Swarthmore College Catalogue, 1982-1983

warthmore

COLLEGE BULLETIN

Swarthmore
College Bulletin

Catalogue Issue
Volume L X X X
Number 1
September 1982

1982-1983

Directions for
Correspondence
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE, SWARTHMORE, PA 19081

Harrison M. Wright

GENERAL COLLEGE POLICY

Acting President

Harrison M. Wright

ACADEMIC POLICY

Provost
ADMISSIONS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND CATALOGUES

Robert A. Barr, Jr.
Dean o f Admissions

Jane H. Mullins

RECORDS AND TRANSCRIPTS

Registrar

Lawrence L. Landry

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Vice President

Lewis T. Cook, Jr.
Associate Vice President —
Business Affairs

Luther Van Ummersen
Controller

Judith Kapustin Katz

CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT

Director
ALUMNI, DEVELOPMENT, AND PUBLIC

r e l a t io n s

Kendall Landis
Vice President

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY INFORMATION

Patricia A. Whitman
Equal Opportunity Officer

GENERAL INFORMATION

Maralyn Qrbison Gillespie
Associate Vice President and
Director o f Information Services

Swarthmore College does not discriminate in
education or employment on the basis o f sex,
race, color, age, religion, national origin, or
handicap. This policy is consistent with rele­
vant governmental statutes and regulations,

including those pursuant to Title IX of the
federal Education Amendments o f 1972 and
Section 504 o f the federal Rehabilitation Act
o f 1973.

The S warthmore C ollege B ulletin (USPS
530-620), o f which this is Volume LXXX,
number 1, is published in September, October,
December, January, April, and Aug.by Swarth­
more College, Swarthmore, PA 19081. Second-

class postage paid at Swarthmore, PA 19081
and additional mailing offices. Postmaster:
send address changes to S warthmore C ollege
B ulletin, Swarthmore, PA 19081.

Printed in U.S.A.

Table of Contents

CALENDAR 5
I

II

III
IV

V

VI

INTRODUCTION 8
EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES 10
ADMISSION 17
EXPENSES 20
FINANCIAL AID 22
COLLEGE LIFE 33
STUDENT COMMUNITY 37
EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM 41
FACULTY REGULATIONS 52
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 56
AWARDS AND PRIZES 58
FELLOWSHIPS 60
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 62
Art 64
Asian Studies 70
Astronomy 72
Biology 74
Black Studies 80
Chemistry 82
Classics 86
Economics 91
Education 98
Engineering 101
English Literature 108
History 118
International Relations 126
Linguistics 127

Literature 129
Mathematics 130
Medieval Studies 136
Modem Languages and Literatures 137
Music 149
Philosophy 155
Physical Education and Athletics 159
Physics 161
Political Science 165
Psychology 172
Public Policy 178
Religion 180
Sociology and Anthropology 185

THE CORPORATION and BOARD OF MANAGERS 193
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS and ALUMNI COUNCIL 197
THE FACULTY 200
ADMINISTRATION 213
VISITING EXAMINERS 221
DEGREES CONFERRED 223
AWARDS AND DISTINCTIONS 227
ENROLLMENT STATISTICS 230
INDEX 231
PLAN OF COLLEGE GROUNDS 238
DIRECTIONS FOR REACHING THE COLLEGE 240

_____________________ ________________________________________
3

Tue W ed
!
8
7 15
14
22
21
28
29

Sun M o n
... 5
12
19
26

6
13
20
2?

MAY

T h u i F ri
2
3
9
10
16
17
23 ; 24
30

Sat
4
11
18
25

Su n M on
1
2
8
9
16
15
22
23
29
30

Tue W ed
3
4
10
11
18
17
24
25
31

Sat
F ri
1 ; - 2
8
9
7 '
14
15
16
23
21 : 2 2
28
29
30

Su n M o n
6
13
20
27

Tue W ed
1
8
7
15
14
21
22
28
29

Su n M o n

Tue W ed

OCTOBER
S u n ; M oo . T u e ; W e d
1 : 3 !
10
n i
24 - ¿
31

4
It ;
18
25 :

5
12
19
26 ;

Thr
4
il
18
25

5
12
19
26

F ri \ Siati
5 I 6
; 12 : 13
19
20
26
27

3
10
17
24
31

5
12
19
26

4
11
18
25

f . 5 ;:
12
19
26

T u e W ed
: 1
7
8
6
13 ' 1 4
15
22
2 0 : 21
29
271 28

y

T h u \ F ri
2 I 3
9
10
16
17
23
24
30
31

Sat
4
11
18
25

3
10
17
24
31

Su n M on
1
8
7
15
14
22
21
28
29

Su n M on

Tue W ed

Thu

F ri

Sat

5
12
19
26

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

8
15
22
29

4
11
18
25

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

Sat
4
11
18
25

Thu

F ri
1
8
15
22
29

Sat
2
9
16
23
30

T u e W ed
1
2
8
9
16
15
22
23

Thu
3
10
17
24

6
13
20
27

Tue W ed
2
3
10
9
16
17
23
24
30
31

4
11
18
25

Tue W ed

5
12
19
26

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

Su n M on
F ri
4
11
18
25

Sat
5
12
19
26

2
9
16
23
30

3
10
17
24
31

Tue W ed
4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

MARCH
6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

T u e W ed
1
2
8
9
16
15
23
22
29
30

Su n M on

Thu
3
10
17
24
31

F ri
4
11
16
25

Sat
5
12
19
26

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

7
14
21
28

Su n M o n
3
10
17
24

4
11
18
25

Su n M on

Tue W ed

Thu

F ri

Sat

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

8
15
22
29

9
16
23
30

5
12
19
26

1 1

4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

Sat
7
14
21
28

$at
Tue W ed Thull Fri
2 : 3
1
4
io
11
8
9
5 wmm « k à i
15
16
17.1 18
12
13
14
25
23
24
19 B a i 21 m k
28
29
26
22
fili
i l !
lililí
^
f l

MARCH

iiiliiÉ
n
ia
B

Thu
4
11
18
25

Thu
1
8
15
22
29

Thu
6
13
20
27

Sat
Fri
Thu
2
3
1
10
8
9
7
15
16
14
17
n
20
21
22
2 3 * 24
27 112811 1 2 9 .i 3 0
31
!¡¡¡lp f i l i
¡¡¡li

■:Tae1 W ed

$« n
B H Iü il
?
12
19
26

6

APRIL

Fri
5
12
19
26

Sat
6
13
20
27

'' " ISuft-'Mori:.' Tue Wed
4
1 » f i l i *
IO
11
8 I l i
18
15 ,"X §.
17
23
24
22
29
30

Fri
2
9
16
23
30

Sat
3
10
17
24

Sun Mrini Tue W ed
1
2
7
$
9
6
16
14 N p
22
23
20
21
28
29
30
27

Fri
6
13
20
27

Tint
5
12
19
26

Sat
7
14
21
28

MAY
Thu
. 3
10
17
24
31

1W : Sat
1 4 ' 5
12
n
18
19
25
26

JUNE
:"./Sutt: Mon
F ri
7
14
21
28

Sat
j
8
15
22
29

Tue W ed

Thu
5

3
10
17
M M .

4
il
18
25

.5
12
19
26

6 :- :i7 i
13'
14
20
21
28
27

Fri
1
8
15
22.
29

Sat
'2
9
16
23
30

Fri
6
13
20
27

Sat
7

F ri
3
10
17
24
31

Sat

JULY
T u e W ed
1
2
8
9
15
16
22
23
30
29

Thu
3
10
17
24

Fri
4
11
18
25

Sat
5
12
19
26

Tue W ed
6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

Sun Mon Tu e Wed
1 M # :: : m
4
io
11
8 ■■9
16 . i ?
18
15
25
24
'-2 2
23
29
30
31

Thu
„5
12
19

26

14

21
28

AUGUST
Sun Mon

DECEMBER
APRIL

M
Ih u
5 - 6
13
12
20
19
26
27

......| j g M od

i f

NOVEMBER
Sun M on

Sun Mon Tu e W ed
3
4
1 W m
10 . 1 1
8
9
18
16
17
15
« ilIÉ I
23
25
24
30
31
29

FEBRUARY

OCTOBER

FEBRUARY
Sun M o n

F ri
3
10
17
24

SEPTEMBER

JANUARY
2
9
16
23
30

Thu
2
9
16
23
30

AU6UST

1983
Su n M o n

Sat
7
14
21
28

A P IS 1 I II

DECEMBER
S u n M on

Fri
6
13
20
27

JULY

NOVEMBER
S ud ; M o n i T u e W e d
-. 1 i
2!
3
10
9
- 7
8 :
16
15
17
14
24
22
23
: 21
30
28
29

Thu
5
12
19
26

JUNE

Thu

6
13
20 '
27

1984
JANUARY

1983

1982
SEPTEMBER

Thu
1
8
15
22
29

F ri
2
9
16
23
30

Sat
3
10
17
24
31

5
12

19
26

6
13
20
27

Tue Wed Thu
2
T
7
14

8
15

21

22

28

29

__

9
16
23
30

4
11
18
25

College Calendar

1982

Fall Semester

September S
September 3
September 4
September 6
September 24*25
November 19
November 29
December 5*4
December 3
December 4
December 6*10
December 10
December 13
December 17
December 18

Freshman placement days
Meeting o f Honors candidates
Registration
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Thanksgiving vacation begins, 6 :00 p.m.
Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Annual meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Enrollment for spring semester
Meeting o f Honors candidates
Reading period (at option o f instructor)
Classes end
Midyear examinations begin
Seminars end
Midyear examinations end

1983

Spring Semester

January 17
February 25*26
March 4
March 14
April 25-29
April 29
April 29-30
May 2
May 5
May 5
May 14
May 16
May 17*18
May 19-21
May 27*28
May 29
May 30
June 4

Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting of die Board o f Managers
Spring vacation begins, 6 :00 p.m.
Spring vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Reading period (at option o f instructor)
Classes and Seminars end
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Enrollment for fall semester
Written Honors examinations begin
Course examinations begin
Course examinations end
Written Honors examinations end
Senior comprehensive examinations
Oral Honors examinations
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Baccalaureate Day
Commencement Day
Alumni Day

5

College Calendar
(Tentative)

1983

Fall Semester

August 31 - September 4
September 2
September 3
September 5
September 23-24
November 18
November 28
December 1-2
December 2
December 3
December 5-9
December 9
December 12
December 16
December 17

Freshman placement days
Meeting o f Honors candidates
Registration
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Thanksgiving vacation begins, 6 :0 0 p.m.
Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Annual meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Enrollment for spring semester
Meeting o f Honors candidates
Reading period (at option o f instructor)
Classes end
Midyear examinations begin
Seminars end
Midyear examinations end

1984

Spring Semester

January 16
February 24*25
March 2
March 12
April 25*27
April 27
April 27*28
April 30
May 3
May 3
May 12
May 14
May 15*16
May 17*19
May 25*26
May 27
May 28
June 2

Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Spring vacation begins, 6 :00 p.m.
Spring vacation ends, 8:30 a.m.
Reading period (at option o f instructor)
Classes and Seminars end
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Enrollment for fall semester
Written Honors examinations begin
Course examinations begin
Course examinations end
Written Honors examinations end
Senior comprehensive examinations
Oral Honors examinations
Meeting o f die Board of Managers
Baccalaureate Day
Commencement Day
Alumni Day

6

I
Introduction to
Swarthmore College

Educational Resources

7

Introduction to
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by
members of the Religious Society o f Friends as
a coeducational institution, occupies a campus
o f more than 300 acres o f rolling wooded land
in and adjacent to the borough o f Swarthmore
in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. It is a small
college by deliberate policy. Its present enroll'
ment is about 1290 men and women students.
The borough o f Swarthmore is a residential

suburb within half an hour’s commuting
distance o f Philadelphia. College students are
able to enjoy both the advantages o f a semirural setting and the opportunities offered by
Philadelphia. The College’s location also makes
possible cooperation with three nearby institu­
tions, Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges and
the University o f Pennsylvania.

O B JE C T IV E S A N D P U R P O S E S
Swarthmore students are expected to prepare
themselves for full, balanced lives as individ­
uals and as responsible citizens through exact­
ing intellectual study supplemented by a varied
program of sports and other extra-curricular
activities.

institutions, each school, college, and univer­
sity seeks to realize that purpose in its own way.
Each must select those tasks it can do best. By
such selection it contributes to the diversity
and richness o f educational opportunity which
is part o f the American heritage.

The purpose o f Swarthmore College is to make
its students more valuable human beings and
more useful members o f society. While it
shares this purpose with other educational

Swarthmore seeks to help its students realize
their fullest intellectual and personal potential
combined with a deep sense o f ethical and
social concern.

V A R IE T IE S O F E D U C A T IO N A L E X P E R IE N C E
Education is largely an individual matter, for
no two students are exactly alike. The Course
and External Examination (Honors) Programs
are designed to give recognition to this fact.
They provide alternative systems o f instruction
for students during their last two years, Both
seek to evoke the maximum effort and devel­
opment from each student, the choice of
method being determined by individual pref­
erence and capacity. The Honors Program, in
which Swarthmore pioneered, provides an
enriching and exciting intellectual experience.
It has as its main ingredients close association

with faculty members, often in small seminars,
concentrated work in various fields o f study,
and maximum latitude for the development of
individual responsibility. Within the Course
Program, options for independent study and
interdisciplinary work offer opportunities for
exploration and development over a wide
range o f individual goals. These opportunities
typically include considerable flexibility of
program choices from semester to semester, so
that academic planning may be responsive to
the emerging needs o f students.

T H E R E L IG IO U S T R A D IT IO N
Swarthmore College was founded by members
o f the Religious Society o f Friends. Although it
has been nonsectarian in control since the
beginning o f the present century, and although
Friends now compose a minority o f the student
body, the faculty, and the administration, the
College seeks to illuminate the lives o f its

8

students with the spiritual principles o f that
Society.
Foremost among these principles is the individ­
ual’s responsibility for seeking and applying
truth, and for testing whatever truth one
believes one has found. As a way o f life,

Quakerism emphasizes hard work, simple
living, and generous, giving; personal integrity,
social justice, and the peaceful settlement of
disputes. The College does not seek to impose
on its students this Quaker view o f life, or any
other specific set o f convictions about the

nature o f things and the duties o f human
beings. It does, however, encourage ethical and
religious concern about such matters, and
continuing examination of any view which may
be held regarding them.

TRADITION AND CHANGE
A college draws strength from tradition, and
energy from the necessity o f change. Its
purposes and policies must respond to new
conditions and new demands. By being open to

change, Swarthmore tries to provide for its
students, by means appropriate to the times,
the standard o f excellence it has sought to
maintain from its founding.

9

Educational Resources

The primary educational resources o f any
college are the quality o f its faculty and the
spirit of the institution. Financial as well as

physical resources play an important suppor­
tive role.

THE ENDOWMENT
The educational resources at Swarthmore
College have been provided by gifts and
bequests from many alumni, foundations,
corporations, parents and friends. In addition
to unrestricted gifts for the operating budget,
these donors have contributed funds for
buildings, equipment, collections o f art and
literature, and permanently endowed profes­
sorships, scholarships, awards, book funds and
lectureships. Their gifts to Swarthmore have
not only provided the physical plant, but also
have created an endowment fund of approxi­
mately $110,000,000 at market value on June
3 0 ,1 9 8 2 . Income from the endowment during
the academic year 1980-81 contributed ap­
proximately $2,650 to meet the total expense
o f educating each student and accounted for
almost 25% o f the College’s educational and
general income.

The College’s ability to continue to offer a high
quality o f education at a reasonable level o f
tuition depends on continuing voluntary sup­
port. Swarthmore seeks additional gifts and
bequests for its current operations, its perma­
nent endowment, and its capital development
programs to maintain and strengthen its re­
sources. The Vice President in charge of
development will be pleased to provide in­
formation about various forms o f gifts: be­
quests, outright gifts o f cash or securities, real
estate or other property, and deferred gifts
through charitable remainder trusts and life
income contracts in which the donor reserves
the right to the annual income during his or her
lifetime.

PHYSICAL FACILITIES
Laboratories, well-equipped for undergraduate
instruction and in some cases for research,
exist in physics, chemistry, zoology, botany, psy­
chology, astronomy, and in civil, mechanical
and electrical engineering. The Sproul Obser­
vatory, with its 24-inch visual refracting tele­
scope, is the center o f much fundamental
research in multiple star systems. The Edward
Martin Biological Laboratory provides facilities
for work in zoology, botany, and premedical
studies. The Pierre S. DuPont Science Building
provides accommodations for chemistry,
mathematics, and physics. Hicks Hall contains
the engineering laboratories, including a com­
puter laboratory equipped with a DEC PDP
11/40 system with disc storage and laboratory
peripherals. Papazian Hall provides facilities
for work in psychology, and for the engineering
shops.
The Arts Center contains the Paul M. Pearson
Experimental Theatre and studios for various
arts and crafts.

10

The Florence Wilcox Gallery for art exhibitions
is located in Commons on the second floor of
Parrish Hall,
The Eugene M. and Theresa Lang Music Building,
opened in 1973, contains an auditorium seating
approximately 500, the Daniel Underhill Music
Library, classrooms, practice and rehearsal
rooms, and an exhibition area. It is the central
facility for the program o f the Music Depart­
ment and for musical activities at the College.
The Computing Center is located on the first
floor o f Beardsley Hall. A PRIME 750 with
two megabytes o f main memory and 600 mega­
bytes o f on-line disk storage is available to
students and faculty for instruction and re­
search. Many computer languages such as APL,
BASIC, COBOL, FORTRAN , PASCAL, and
PL/1 are available as well as statistical and
simulation packages and instructional programs
for various academic disciplines. Several IBM
5100 computers and an APPLE PLUS II micro-

computer are also available. While the ma­
jority o f terminals are located at the Center,
there are also terminals located in the academic
buildings — Martin, Hicks, DuPont, Trotter
and Papazian. Some academic departments also
have microcomputers, and the Engineering
department has a DEC System. A PRIME
Information 1000 is used for the College’s
administrative data processing needs. This sys­
tem is also available to students and faculty on
a limited basis. In addition, through EDUNET,
an international computer network, faculty
and students have access to computing facilities
at a number o f major research institutions such
as Stanford and MIT for special projects and
research.
The Center for Social and Policy Studies in
Beardsley Hall serves as a laboratory for the
social sciences. The Center has a large social
science data archive available for empirical
research on social and policy issues, and it
provides statistical consulting for faculty and
students. The Center also supports the concen­
tration in Public Policy through its physical
facilities, data archives and program o f events.
The Language Laboratory in Martin Hall was
newly installed in the spring o f 1982. It
provides stations for 27 students and has
equipment for both audio and video instruc­
tion.

The Thomas B. and Jeannette E. L. M cCabe
Library contains reading rooms, offices and the
major portion o f the College library collection.
Total College library holdings amount to
570,000 volumes. Some 20,000 volumes are
added annually. About 2,300 periodicals are
received regularly. The general collection is
housed in the library building, situated on the
front campus. The Cornell Library o f Science
and Engineering (completed in 1982) houses
some 52,000 volumes in biology, chemistry,
engineering, mathematics, and physics. A small
collection o f relevant material is located in
Sproul Observatory. The Daniel Underhill
Music Library contains about 13,000 books
and scores, 8,000 recordings, and listening
equipment. A small collection o f relevant
material is housed in the Black Cultural Center.
The library is definitely a collection o f books
and journals for undergraduate use. The
demands o f reading for Honors, however,
make necessary the provision o f large quantities
o f source material not usually found in
collections maintained for undergraduates. It is
a point o f library policy to try to supply, either
by purchase or through interlibrary loan, the
books needed by students or members o f the
faculty for their individual research.

SPECIAL COLLECTIONS
The library contains certain special collections
— the British Americana collection, the Wells
Wordsworth and Thomson collections, the
Auden collection, the Bathe collection o f the
history o f technology and a collection o f the
publications o f 6 5 0 private presses.
A number o f special features enrich the
academic background o f the College. Among
these are the following:
The Friends Historical Library, founded in 1871
by Anson Lapham, is one o f the outstanding
collections in the United States o f manuscripts,
books, pamphlets, and pictures relating to the
history o f the Society o f Friends. The library is
a depository for records o f Friends Meetings
belonging to Baltimore, Philadelphia, and
other Yearly Meetings. More than 3,200 record
books, dating from the 1680’s until the pres­
ent, have been deposited. Additional records

are available on microfilm. The William Wade
Hinshaw Index to Quaker Meeting Records
lists material o f genealogical interest. Special
collections include materials on various sub­
jects o f Quaker concern such as abolition,
Indian rights, utopian reform, and the history
o f women’s rights. Notable among the other
holdings are the Whittier Collection (first
editions and manuscripts o f John Greenleaf
Whittier, the Quaker poet), the M ott manu­
scripts (over4 0 0 autographed letters o f Lucretia
Mott, antislavery and women's rights leader),
and the Hicks manuscripts (more than 300
letters o f Elias Hicks, a prominent Quaker
minister). The library’s collection o f books
and pamphlets by and about Friends numbers
approximately 32,000 volumes. About 100
Quaker periodicals are currendy received.
There is also an extensive collection o f photo­
graphs o f meetinghouses and pictures o f repre-

11

Educational Resources

sentative Friends, as well as a number o f oil
paintings, including two versions o f "The
Peaceable Kingdom” by Edward Hicks. It is
hoped that Friends and others will consider the
advantages o f giving to this library any books
and family papers which may throw light on
the history o f the Society o f Friends.
The Swarthmore College Peace Collection is of
special interest to research students seeking the
records o f the peace movement. The personal
papers o f Jane Addams o f Hull-House, Chicago
formed the original nucleus o f the Collection
(1930). Over the years other major collections
have been added including the papers of
Devere Allen, Emily Greene Balch, Julien
Cornell, Homer Jack, Lucy Biddle Lewis, A.J.
Muste, Lawrence Scott, John Nevin Sayre,
William Sollmann, E. Raymond Wilson, and
others, as well as the records o f the American
Peace Society, A Quaker Action Group, Busi­
ness Executives Move, CCCO, Fellowship of
Reconciliation, Friends Committee on National
Legislation, Lake Mohonk Conferences on
International Arbitration, National Interreli­
gious Service Board for Conscientious Objec­
tors, National Council for Prevention o f War,
National Council to Repeal the Draft, SANE,
War Resisters League, Women’s International
League for Peace and Freedom, Women Strike
for Peace, World Conference o f Religion for
Peace, and many others. The Peace Collection

serves as the official repository for the archives
o f many o f these organizations, incorporated
here in 7,000 document boxes. The Collection
also houses over 10,000 books and pamphlets
and about 1,800 periodical titles. Two hundred
eighty periodicals are currently received from
23 countries. The comprehensive Guide to the
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, published
in 1981, fully describes the archival holdings.
The Potter Collection o f Recorded Literature,
established in 1950 with accumulated income
from the William Plumer Potter Public Speak­
ing Fund, includes a wide variety o f recorded
poetry, drama and prose. Among the 1,200
titles on disc and tape are contemporary
writers reading from and discussing their
works; full length versions o f Shakespearean
plays and other dramatic repertoire; the litera­
ture o f earlier periods read both in modern
English and in the pronunciation o f the time;
British and American ballads; lyrical verse in
musical settings; and recordings o f literary
programs held at Swarthmore. These materials
are used as adjuncts to the study o f literature.
The collection is housed in the McCabe
Library.
The Betty Dougherty Spock Memorial Fund,
established through the generosity o f friends of
the late member o f the Class o f 1952, provides
income for the purchase o f dramatic recordings.
These are kept with the Potter Collection.

SPECIAL FUNDS AND LECTURESHIPS
The W illiam J. Cooper Foundation provides a
varied program o f lectures and concerts which
enriches the academic work o f the College. The
Foundation was established by William J.
Cooper, a devoted friend o f the College, whose
wife, Emma Mcllvain Cooper, served as a
member o f the Board o f Managers from 1882
to 1923. Mr. Cooper bequeathed to the College
the sum of $ 100,000 and provided that the
income should be used "in bringing to the
college from time to time eminent citizens of
this and other countries who are leaders in
statesmanship, education, the arts, sciences,
learned professions and business, in order that
the faculty, students and the college community

12

may be broadened by a closer acquaintance
with matters o f world interest.” Admission to
all programs is without charge.
The Cooper Foundation Committee works
with the departments and with student organi­
zations in arranging single lectures and concerts,
and also in bringing to the College speakers of
note who remain in residence for a long enough
period to enter into the life o f the community.
Some o f these speakers have been invited with
the understanding that their lectures should be
published under the auspices o f the Founda­
tion. This arrangement has so far produced
eighteen volumes.

The Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation.
About three hundred twenty-five acres are
contained in the College property, including a
large tract of woodland and the valley of Crum
Creek. Much o f this tract has been developed
as a horticultural and botanical collection of
trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants through
the provisions o f the Arthur Hoyt Scott
Horticultural Foundation, established in 1929
by Mrs. Arthur Hoyt Scott and Owen and
Margaret Moon as a memorial to Arthur Hoyt
Scott of the Class of 1895. The plant collections
are designed both to afford examples o f the
better kinds o f trees and shrubs which are
hardy in the climate o f Eastern Pennsylvania
and suitable for planting by the average
gardener, and to beautify the campus. All
collections are labeled and recorded. There are
exceptionally fine displays o f hollies, Japanese
cherries, flowering crab apples, magnolias and
tree peonies, and a great variety o f lilacs,
rhododendrons, azaleas, and daffodils. Many
interested donors have contributed generously
to the collections.
The Foundation offers horticultural educa­
tional programs to the general public and an
extracurricular course in horticulture to
Swarthmore students. These workshops, lec­
tures and classes are designed to cover many
facets o f the science/art called gardening.
Special programs have been prepared to ac­
quaint the youth o f the area with the signifi­
cance o f plants with classes from local elemen­
tary schools coming to the campus to receive
instruction in plants and their relationship to
people. Tours are conducted throughout the
year for college people and interested public
groups.
Aiding the Foundation’s staff, in all o f its
efforts are the "Associates o f the Scott Horti­
cultural Foundation.” This organization pro­
vides not only financial support but also
assistance in carrying out the myriad operations
which make up the Foundation’s total program,
such as public lectures and bus tours to other
gardens. The Associates’ newsletter, Hybrid,
serves to publicize their activities and provides
up-to-date information on seasonal gardening
topics.
The Barnard Fund was established in 1964 by
two graduates o f the College, Mr. and Mrs.
Boyd T. Barnard o f Rosemont, Pennsylvania.
The fund has been augmented by the 50-year

class gifts from the classes o f 1917 and 1919,
and other friends. The income from the fund
may be used for any activity that contributes to
the advancement o f music at the College. It has
been used, for example, for concerts on the
campus, for the purchase o f vocal and orches­
tral scores and
other musical literature, and to provide schol­
arship for students in the Department o f Music
who show unusual promise as instrumentalists
or vocalists.
The Gene D. Overstreet Memorial Fund, given by
friends in memory o f Gene D. Overstreet
(1924-1965), a member o f the Political Science
Department, 1957-1964, provides income to
bring a visiting expert to the campus to discuss
problems o f developing or modernizing nations
and cultures.
The Benjamin West Lecture, made possible by
gifts from members o f the class o f 1905 and
other friends o f the College, is given annually
on some phase o f art. It is the outgrowth o f the
Benjamin West Society which built up a
collection o f paintings, drawings, and prints,
which are exhibited, as space permits, in the
college buildings. The lecture owes its name to
the American artist, who was born in a house
which stands on the campus and who became
president of the Royal Academy.
The Swarthmore Chapter o f Sigma Xi lecture series
brings eminent scientists to the campus under
its auspices throughout the year. Local mem­
bers present colloquia on their own research.
The Lee Frank Memorial Art Fund, endowed by
the family and friends o f Lee Frank, Class of
1921, sponsors each year a special event in the
Art Department: a visiting lecturer or artist, a
scholar or artist in residence, or a special
exhibit.
The Marjorie Heilman Visiting Artist Fund was
established by M. Grant Heilman, Class of
1941, in memory o f Marjorie Heilman to
stimulate interest in art, particularly the prac­
tice o f art, on campus.
The Suzanne Belkin Memorial Reading, estab­
lished by her family in memory o f Suzanne
Belkin, Class of 1978, makes possible an
annual appearance on campus o f a distin­
guished writer.

13

Endowed Professorships

The Edmund Allen Professorship o f Chemistry was
established in 1938 by a trust set up by his
daughter Laura Allen, friend o f the college and
cousin o f Manager Rachel Hillborn.
The Albert L. and E dna' Pownall Buffington
Professorship was established by a bequest from
Albert Buffington, Class of 1896, in 1964, in
honor of his wife, Edna Pownall Buffington,
Class o f 1898.
Centennial Chairs. Three professorships, un­
restricted as to field, were created in 1964 in
honor o f Swarthmore’s Centennial from funds
raised during the Centennial Fund Campaign.
The Isaac H. Clothier Professorship o f History and
International Relations was created in 1888 by
Isaac H. Clothier, member o f the Board of
Managers. Originally in the field o f Civil and
Mechanical Engineering, he later approved its
being a chair in Latin, and in 1912 he approved
its present designation.
The Isaac H. Clothier, Jr., Professorship o f Biology
was established by Isaac H. Clothier, Jr. as a
tribute of gratitude and esteem for Dr. Spencer
Trotter, Professor o f Biology, 1888-1926.
The Morris L. Clothier Professorship o f Physics
was established by Morris L. Clothier, Class of
1890, in 1905.
The Julien and Virginia Cornell Visiting Profes­
sorship is endowed by Julien Cornell ’30,
member, and Virginia Stratton Cornell ’30,
former member o f the Board of Managers, to
bring professors and lecturers from other
nations and cultures for a semester or a year.
Since 1962, from every corner o f the world,
Cornell professors and their families have
resided on the campus so that they might
deepen the perspective o f both students and
faculty.

The Howard M. and Charles F. Jenkins Professor­
ship o f Quaker History and Research was en­
dowed in 1924 by Charles F. Jenkins, Hon. ’26
and member o f the Board o f Managers, on
behalf o f the family o f Howard M. Jenkins,
member of the Board o f Managers, to increase
the usefulness of the Friends Historical Library
and to stimulate interest in American and
Colonial history with special reference to
Pennsylvania. The fund was added to over the
years through the efforts o f the Jenkins family,
and by a 1976 bequest from C. Marshall
Taylor ’04.
The William R. Kenan, Jr. Professorship was
established in 1973 by a grant from the
William R. Kenan, Jr. Charitable Trust to
*'support and encourage a scholar-teacher
whose enthusiasm for learning, commitment
to teaching and sincere personal interest in stu­
dents will enhance the learning process and
make an effective contribution to the under­
graduate community.”
The Eugene M. Lang Research Professorship,
established in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang ’38,
member o f the Board of Managers, normally
rotates every four years among members o f the
Swarthmore faculty and includes one year
devoted entirely to research, study, enrichment
or writing. It carries an annual discretionary
grant for research expenses, books and mate­
rials.
The Eugene M. Lang Visiting Professorship,
endowed in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang ’38,
brings to Swarthmore College for a period of
one semester to three years an outstanding
social scientist or other suitably qualified
person who has achieved prominence and
special recognition in the area o f significant
social change.

The Alexander Griswold Cummins Professorship
o f English Literature was established in 1911 in
honor o f Alexander Griswold Cummins, Class
of 1889, by Morris L. Clothier, Class of 1890.

The Susan W. Lippincott Professorship o f French
was endowed in 1911 through a bequest from
Susan W . Lippincott, member of the Board of
Managers, a contribution from her niece
Caroline Lippincott, Class o f 1881, and gifts
by other family members.

The Howard N. and A da J. Eavenson Professor­
ship in Engineering was established in 1959 by a
trust bequest o f Mrs. Eavenson, whose hus­
band graduated in 1895.

The Edward Hicks Magill Professorship o f Mathe­
matics and Astronomy was created in 1888
largely by contributions o f interested friends of
Edward H. Magill, President o f the College

14

1872-1889, and a bequest from John M.
George.
The Charles and Harriet Cox McDowell Professor­
ship o f Philosophy and Religion was established
in 1952 by Harriet Cox McDowell, Class of
1887 and member o f the Board of Managers, in
her name and that o f her husband, Dr. Charles
McDowell, Class o f 1877.
The Richter Professorship o f Political Science was
established in 1962 by a bequest from Max
Richter at the suggestion o f his friend and
attorney, Charles Segal, father o f Robert L.
Segal ’46 and Andrew Segal ’50.
The Henry C. and J. Archer Turner Professorship
o f Engineering was established with their con­
tributions and gifts from members o f the
Turner family in 1946 in recognition o f the

devoted service and wise counsel o f Henry C.
Turner, Class o f 1893 and member o f the
Board o f Managers, and his brother J. Archer
Turner, Class o f 1905 and member o f the
Board of Managers.
The Daniel Underhill Professorship o f Music was
established in 1976 by a bequest from Bertha
Underhill to honor her husband, Class o f 1894
and member o f the Board o f Managers.
The Joseph Wharton Professorship o f Political
Economy was endowed by a trust given to the
College in 1888 by Joseph Wharton, President
of the Board o f Managers.
The Isaiah V. Williamson Professorship o f Civil
and Mechanical Engineering was endowed in
1888 by a gift from Isaiah V. Williamson.

15

Admission
Expenses

16

Financial Aid

Admission

Inquiries concerning admission and appliestions should be addressed to the Dean o f

Admissions, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore,
Pennsylvania 19081.

GENERAL STATEMENT
In the selection o f students, the College seeks
those qualities o f character, social responsibil­
ity, and intellectual capacity which it is primarily
concerned to develop. It seeks them, not in
isolation, but as essential elements in the whole
personality o f candidates for admission.
Selection is important and difficult. No simple
formula will be effective. The task is to choose
those who give promise o f distinction in the
quality of their personal lives, in service to the
community, or in leadership in their chosen
fields. Swarthmore College must choose its
students on the basis o f their individual future
worth to society and o f their collective realiza­
tion of the purpose o f the College.
It is the policy o f the College to have the
student body represent not only different parts
of the United States but many foreign countries,
both public and private secondary schools, and
various economic, social, religious, and racial
groups. The College is also concerned to
include in each class sons and daughters of
alumni and o f members o f the Society of
Friends.
Admission to the freshman class is normally
based upon the satisfactory completion of a
four-year secondary school program. Under
some circumstances, students who have vir­
tually completed the normal four-year program

in three years will be considered for admission,
provided they meet the competition o f other
candidates in general maturity as well as
readiness for a rigorous academic program.
All applicants are selected on the following
evidence:
1. Record in secondary school.
2. Recommendations from the school princi­
pal, headmaster, or guidance counselor, and
from two teachers.
3. Scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and
in three Achievement Tests o f the College
Entrance Examination Board.
4. A brief essay (subject specified).
5. Reading and experience, both in school and
out.
Applicants must have satisfactory standing in
school, in aptitude and achievement tests, and
strong intellectual interests. Other factors of
interest to the College include strength of
character, promise o f growth, initiative, ser­
iousness o f purpose, distinction in personal
and extra-curricular interests, and a sense of
social responsibility. The College values the
diversity which varied interests and back­
grounds can bring to the community.

PREPARATION
Swarthmore does not require a set plan of
secondary school courses as preparation for its
program. The election o f specific subjects is
left to the student and school advisers. In
general, however, preparation should include:
1. Accurate and effective use o f the English
language in reading, writing, and speaking.
2. Comprehension and application o f the
principles o f mathematics.
3. The strongest possible command o f one or
two foreign languages. The College encour­

ages students to study at least one language
for four years, if possible.
4. Substantial course work in (a) history and
social studies, (b) literature, art and music,
(c) the sciences. Variations o f choice and
emphasis are acceptable although some
work in each o f the three groups is
recommended.
Those planning to major in engineering should
present work in chemistry, physics, and four
years o f mathematics including algebra, geo­
metry, and trigonometry.

17

Admission

APPLICATIONS AND EXAMINATIONS
Application to the College may be submitted
through one o f three plans: Regular Admission,
Fall Early Decision, or Winter Early Decision.
Applicants follow the same procedures, submit
the same supporting materials, and are evalu­
ated by the same criteria under each plan.

R egular A dm ission

The Regular Admission plan is designed for
those candidates who wish to keep open
several different options for their undergradu­
ate education throughout the admissions pro­
cess. Applications under this plan will be
accepted at any time up to the February 1
deadline.

Candidates reply date

The two Early Decision plans are designed for
candidates who have thoroughly and thought­
fully investigated Swarthmore and other col­
leges and found Swarthmore to be an unequivo­
cal first choice. The Winter Early Decision
plan differs from the Fall Early Decision plan
only in recognizing that some candidates may
arrive at a final choice o f college later than
others. Early Decision candidates under either
plan may file regular applications at other
colleges with the understanding that these
applications will be withdrawn upon admission
to Swarthmore; however, one benefit o f the
Early Decision plans is the reduction o f cost,
effort, and anxiety inherent in multiple appli­
cation procedures.
Application under any o f the three plans must
be accompanied by a non-refundable applica­
tion fee o f $25. Timetables for the three plans
are:
F a ll Early D ecision
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate

November 15
November 30
on or before
December 15

Winter Early D ecision
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate

18

January 1
January 15
on or before
February 1

Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate

February 1
February 20
on or before
April 15
May 1

Any Early Decision candidate not accepted
through either the Fall or Winter will be
reconsidered without prejudice among the
Regular Admission candidates.
All applicants for first-year admission must
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test and three
Achievement Tests given by the College En­
trance Examination Board. English Composi­
tion is required, and the other two Achieve­
ment Tests should be selected from two
different fields. Applicants for Engineering
must take one Achievement Test in Mathe­
matics.
Application to take these tests should be made
directly to the College Entrance Examination
Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.
A bulletin o f information may be obtained
without charge from the Board. Students who
wish to be examined in any o f the following
western states, provinces, and Pacific areas —
Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii,
Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Ore­
gon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming, Alberta,
British Columbia, Manitoba, Saskatchewan,
Mexico, Australia, and all Pacific Islands
including Formosa and Japan — should address
their inquiries and send their applications to
the College Entrance Examination Board, Box
1025, Berkeley, California 94701. Application
should be made to the Board at least a month
before the date on which the test will be taken.
No additional tests are required o f candidates
for scholarships. All applicants who would like
to be considered for any o f our scholarships
should complete their applications at the
earliest possible date. Information concerning
financial aid will be found on pages 22-31.

THE INTERVIEW
An admissions interview with a representative
of the College is a recommended part o f the
application process. Applicants should take
the initiative in arranging for this interview.
Those who can reach Swarthmore with no
more than a half day’s trip are urged to make an
appointment to visit the College for this
purpose.* Other applicants should request the
Office o f Admissions to arrange a meeting with
an alumni representative in their own area.

Interviews with alumni representatives take
longer to arrange than interviews on campus.
Applicants must make alumni interview
arrangements well in advance of the final dates
for receipt of supporting materials.
Arrangements for on-campus or alumni inter­
views can be made by writing the Office of
Admissions or calling 215-447-7300.

ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Freshmen may apply for advanced standing or
placement in particular courses if they have
taken college level courses and the Advanced
Placement Tests of the College Entrance Exam­
ination Board. Decisions are made by the
departments concerned. Every effort is made
to place students in the most advanced courses
for which they are qualified.
Those freshmen who wish to have courses

taken at another college considered for either
advanced placement or credit must provide an
official transcript from the institution attended
as well as written work (papers, examinations),
syllabi, and reading lists in order that the
course work may be evaluated by the depart­
ment concerned. Such requests for credit must
be made within the freshman year at Swarth­
more.

APPLICATIONS FOR TRANSFER
The College welcomes well qualified transfer
students. Applicants for transfer must have
had a good academic record in the institution
attended and must present full credentials for
both college and preparatory work, including a
statement o f honorable dismissal. They must
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the
College Entrance Examination Board if this
test has not been taken previously.
As a general practice, transfer students are not
admitted to advanced standing later than the

beginning o f the sophomore year. Four semes­
ters of study at Swarthmore College constitute
the minimum requirement for a degree, two of
which must be those o f the senior year.
Applications for transfer must be filed by April
15 of the year in which entrance is desired.
Decisions on these applications are announced
by June 1. Application for transfer at mid-year
must be received by November 15. A limited
amount of financial assistance is available for
transfer students.

See page 35 for information on withdrawal and readmission for health reasons.

* Directions for reaching the College can be
found inside the back cover of this catalogue.

19

Expenses

STUDENT CHARGES
Total charges for the 1982-83 academic year
(two semesters) are as follows:
Tuition
General Fee
Room and Board

$ 7,130
540*
______ 3,000
$10,670

These are the only charges billed by the
College. Students and their parents, however,
should plan for expenditures associated with
books, travel, and other personal items.
A deposit o f $ 100, due before registration for
each semester, is required o f all new and
continuing students. This is credited against
the College bill. Semester bills are mailed on or
about July 2 0 and December 5 o f each year.
Payment o f charges for the first semester is due
by August 15 and for the second semester by
January 1. Payments should be made by check
payable to Swarthmore College and sent to the
Office o f the Controller. A late fee is assessed
on payments received after the due date.

Students engaged in independent projects away
from the College for which regular academic
credit is anticipated are expected to register in
advance in the usual way and pay normal
tuition. If the student is away from the College
for a full semester, no charge for room, board,
or the general fee will be made; but, if a student
is away only for a part o f a semester the above
charges may be made on a pro rata basis.
The regular College tuition covers the normal
program of four courses per term as well as
variations o f as many as five courses or as few
as three courses. Students who elect to carry
more than five courses incur a unit charge for
the additional course ($900) or half course
($450), although they may within the regular
tuition so vary their programs as to average as
many as five courses in the two semesters of
any academic year. College policy does not
permit programs o f fewer than three courses
for degree students in their first eight semesters
of enrollment.

PAYMENTS
For parents who may desire assistance in
meeting the payment deadlines, the College
offers two alternative payment plans.
The New Insured Tuition Payment Plan com­
bines the benefits o f a monthly savings plan
and a loan program that results in a schedule of
equal monthly payments. Payments to the plan
are completed before the student’s graduation.

The Edu'Check Program extends a line o f credit.
A book o f checks is given to parents, and they
may write checks as needed for educational
expenses. Interest is charged only on the
amount o f money in use, and repayment terms
o f up to twice the borrowing term are available.
Information on payment programs is mailed to
all parents in April.

WITHDRAWAL REFUNDS
Refunds will be made for students who, for
reasons approved by the Dean, withdraw on or
after the first day o f classes as follows:
Prior to the 2nd week o f classes
Prior to the 3rd week o f classes
Prior to the 4th week o f classes

80%
60%
40%

*There is included in the General Fee a charge
o f $ 4 0 for mandatory accident and sickness
insurance.

20

Prior to the 5th week o f classes
Thereafter

20%
None

No refund o f the $100 deposit is made in the
event o f withdrawal. Students who are granted
withdrawal should consult the Controller as
soon thereafter as possible.

INQUIRIES
All correspondence regarding payment of
student charges should be addressed to Luther
Van Ummersen, Controller.

Financial Aid

The College strives to make it possible for all
students who are admitted to attend Swarthmore, regardless o f their financial circum­
stances, and to enable them to complete their
education when financial reversals take place.
Financial aid awards are assigned without
regard to race, sex, religious preference or
handicap. Forty-five percent o f the total
student body currently receive aid from the
College. Most financial aid awarded by the
College is based upon financial need and is
usually a combination o f grant, loan, and
student employment.
A prospective aid student must apply for
College as well as outside assistance at the time
o f application for admission: admission and
financial aid decisions are, however, made
separately, and need is met, assuming sufficient
funding. The Financial Aid Form o f the
College Scholarship Service is the form re­
quired of financial aid applicants. Instructions
for obtaining and filing a Financial Aid Form
with the College Scholarship Service are
included on the admissions application. The
principles o f this agency and careful review of
its recommendations by the Committee on
Financial Aid determine the amount o f aid
needed in each case. Essentially this amount is
the difference between the College budget and
a family’s expected contribution. That contri­
bution is determined by weighing the family’s
income and assets against demands made by
such items as taxes, living expenses, medical
expenses, and siblings’ tuition expenses. It also
includes the expectation o f $ 1,000 from the
student’s summer earnings as well as a portion
o f his or her personal savings and assets.
For 1982-83 the College bill, which includes
tuition, room and board, a comprehensive fee
and the health insurance fee, will be $10,670.
This comprehensive fee covers not only the
usual student services — health, library, labora­
tory fees, for example — but admission to all
social, cultural, and athletic events on campus.
The total budget figure against which aid is
computed is $11,470. This allows $800.00 for
books and personal expenses, exclusive o f
travel.
An admitted student seeking aid must submit
to the Finanical Aid Office a photocopy o f the
parents’ most recent federal income tax return.
When a student receives financial aid from a

22

source other than the College, the College
subtracts the amount of that financial aid from
the Swarthmore award. This equitable distri­
bution o f total available resources enables the
College to assist additional students. Thus, the
amount o f financial aid a student may expect to
receive from the College is determined by
other grants received as well as by the
anticipated family contribution.
In keeping with the policy o f basing financial
aid upon need, the College reviews each
student’s award annually. Mid-year each stu­
dent who has aid must submit a new financial
aid application for the next academic year. This
information is reviewed by the Committee on
Financial Aid under the guidance o f the
Director. A student’s aid is not withdrawn
unless need is no longer demonstrated. Assis­
tance is available only for the duration o f a
normal four-year undergraduate program. Stu­
dents who choose to live off campus may not
receive College grant assistance in excess of
their College bill, although the cost o f living off
campus will be recognized in the calculation of
a student’s financial need and outside sources
o f aid may be used to help meet off-campus
living costs.
Students who have not previously received
financial aid may apply if special circumstances
have arisen. A student who marries may
continue to apply for aid, but a contribution
from the parents is expected equal to the
contribution made were die student single.
For the academic year 1981-82 die College
awarded approximately $1,850,000 in grants.
About one half o f that sum was provided
through the generosity o f alumni and friends
by special gifts and the endowed scholarships
listed on pp. 24-31. The Federal government
also makes Pell Grants and Supplemental
Educational Opportunity Grants available. It is
not necessary to apply for a specific college
scholarship; the Committee on Financial Aid
decides who is to receive endowed scholarships
and others are helped from general scholarship
funds. Although some endowed scholarships
are restricted by locality, sex, religion or
physical vigor, the College’s system o f awarding
aid makes it possible to meet need without
regard to these restrictions. Financial need is a
requirement for all scholarships unless otherwise
indicated.

LOAN FUNDS
Longterm loan funds with generous repayment
terms combine with Swarthmore’s program of
scholarships and grants to enable the College to
meet the needs o f each student.
Interest on both National Direct Student
Loans and Swarthmore College loans is 5% on
the unpaid balance beginning six months after
the student leaves school.
The College also maintains special loan funds
which are listed below:
The Class o f 1916 Loan Fund
The Class o f 1920 Loan Fund
The Class o f 1936 Loan Fund
The Class o f 1937 Loan Fund
The John A. Miller Loan Fund
The Paul M. Pearson Loan Fund
The Thatcher Family Loan Fund
The Ellis D. Williams Fund
The Swarthmore College Student Loan Fund
The Joseph W. Conard Memorial Fund, estab­
lished by friends o f the late Professor Conard,

provides short-term loans without interest to
meet student emergencies. Income earned by
The Alphonse N. Bertrand Fund is also available
for this purpose.
Because the College does not have enough
Swarthmore College Loan and National Direct
Student Loan funds to assist all students in
need, some students are asked to seek loans
through the Guaranteed Student Loan Program
available through local banks. Currently, the
interest on this long-term, low-interest, educa­
tional loan is federally subsidized while the
borrower is still in school. Six months after the
borrower leaves school, interest begins to
accrue at 9% and principal repayment must
begin. The Guaranteed Student Loan (and the
interest subsidy) is currently available to all
students, who, according to federal guidelines,
demonstrate financial need. The maximum an
undergraduate may borrow through this pro­
gram is $2,500 annually, although, $12,500 is
the aggregate maximum for the full-undergraduate program.

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
Student employment on the Swarthmore cam­
pus is handled by the Student Employment
Office, which is under student direction. Jobs
are available in such areas as the dining hall,
library, departmental offices and the post
office, and applications are made when stu­
dents arrive in the fall. On-campus rates o f pay
run from $3.35 to $3.55 per hour. Students on
financial aid are usually offered the oppor­
tunity to earn up to $750 during the year and
are given hiring priority under the guidance of
the Director o f Financial Aid, but there are
usually jobs available for others who wish
employment. The Student Employment Office
publicizes local off-campus and temporary

employment opportunities. Students are gen­
erally able to carry a moderate working
schedule without detriment to their academic
performance.
For students who qualify under the federal
College Work-Study Program (most needy
students), off-campus placements in public or
private, non-profit agencies in the local or
Philadelphia area can be arranged through the
Financial Aid Office during the academic year
or summer. Among suitable agencies are
hospitals, schools, museums, social service
agencies and local, state or federal government
agencies.

Swarthmore College
National and Regional Scholarships
On occasion Swarthmore College awards fouryear National and Regional Scholarships to the
outstanding men and women entering the
freshman class.

New England Scholarships are awarded to
students who reside in Connecticut, Maine,
Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island,
or Vermont.

23

Financial Aid

Midwest Scholarships are awarded to students
who reside in Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas,
Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska,
North and South Dakota, Oklahoma, or
Wisconsin.
Rocky Mountain Scholarships are awarded to
students who reside in Arizona, Colorado,
Idaho, Montana, New Mexico, Utah, or
Wyoming.
Southeast Scholarships are awarded to students
who reside in Alabama, Arkansas, Florida,
Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi,
North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, or
Texas.

Pacific Scholarships are awarded to students
who reside in Alaska, California, Hawaii,
Nevada, Oregon, or Washington.
The awards are made to those candidates.who,
in the opinion o f Committees o f Award, rank
highest in scholarship, leadership, character,
and personality. The amount o f the annual
award varies from $ 300 to $ 10,000 according
to the financial need o f the winner. In those
instances where there is no demonstrated
financial need, scholarships carry an honorary
award.

O ther Scholarships
(Financial need is a requirement for all scholarships unless otherwise indicated.)
The Aetna Life and Casualty Foundation Scholarship provides assistance to qualified students
with financial need.
The Lisa P. Albert Scholarship is awarded to a
young man or woman on the basis o f scholar­
ship and need with preference given to those
with a demonstrated interest in the humanities.
The Vivian B. Allen Foundation provides schol­
arship aid to enable foreign students to attend
Swarthmore College, as part o f the Founda­
tion’s interest in the international exchange of
students.
The Evenor Armington Scholarship is given each
year to a worthy student with financial need in
recognition o f the long-standing and affection­
ate connection between the Armington family
and Swarthmore College.
The Frank and Marie Aydelotte Scholarship is
awarded biennially to a new student who
shows promise o f distinguished intellectual
attainment based upon sound character and
effective personality. The award is made in
honor o f Frank Aydelotte, President o f the
College from 1921-1940, and originator o f the
Honors program at Swarthmore, and o f Marie
Osgood Aydelotte, his wife.
The Philip H. Barley Memorial Scholarship,
established in memory o f Philip H. Barley, ’66,

24

by his family and friends and the Class o f 1966,
which he served as president, provides financial
assistance for a junior or senior who has
demonstrated outstanding leadership qualities
at Swarthmore.
The Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants are
awarded by the Department o f Music to
students at the College who show unusual
promise as instrumentalists or vocalists and
who need help to pay for private instruction.
The Curtis Bok Scholarship was established in
the College’s Centennial Year 1964 in honor of
the late Philadelphia attorney, author and
jurist, who was a Quaker and honorary
alumnus o f Swarthmore. The scholarship is
assigned annually to a junior or senior whose
qualities o f mind and character indicate a
potential for humanitarian service such as
Curtis Bok himself rendered and would have
wished to develop in young people. Students in
any field o f study, and from any part o f this
country or from abroad, are eligible. The
scholarship is renewable until graduation.
The Book and Key Scholarship, established by
the Book and Key men’s senior honorary
society in 1965 when the Society dissolved
itself, is awarded each year to a senior man who
has shown quality o f leadership and has demon­
strated through past performance his eagerness

to give service to college and community. He
should rank high in scholarship, character and
personality.
The Edward S. Bower Memorial Scholarship,
established by Mr. and Mrs. Ward T. Bower in
memory o f their son, Class o f ’42, is awarded
annually to a man or woman student who ranks
high in scholarship, character, and personality.
The Daniel Walter Brenner Memorial Scholarship,
established by family and friends in memory of
Daniel W. Brenner, Class o f 1974, is awarded to
a senior majoring in biology who is distin­
guished for scholarship and an interest in plant
ecology, or wildlife preservation, or animal
behavior research. The recipient is chosen with
the approval of biology and classics faculty.
The Leon Willard Briggs Scholarship was estab­
lished by a bequest o f Ina Carey Diller in honor
of Leon Willard Briggs ’17, to be awarded to
worthy engineering students with financial
need. In the event there are no engineering
students who need the scholarships, they shall
be awarded to students engaged primarily in
the study of classics and belles lettres.
The Robert C. Brooks Scholarship was established
as a memorial to Professor Brooks by a number
of his former students. It is available to a major
in Political Science in the junior or senior year.
The Edna Pownall Buffington Fund was estab­
lished during the College’s Centennial Year of
1964. The income from this Fund is used to
provide scholarships for a student or students
attending Swarthmore College who are concen­
trating their studies in the field o f the social
sciences and who indicate an interest in the
objects or purposes o f the American Friends
Service Committee and a desire to serve in
those fields following their graduation and
post-graduate work. Awards are made to
students in any of the four classes.
The Chi Omega Scholarship provides an award
annually to a member o f the freshman class.
Preference is given to daughters or sons of
members o f the fraternity.
The Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship, established in
1977 through a bequest by Susan P. Cobbs,
Dean Emerita o f Swarthmore, is awarded to a
junior or senior student majoring in some
branch o f the Classics. The recipient is desig­
nated by the Classics Department.

The Cochran Memorial Scholarship was estab­
lished by a bequest o f Marie Cochran in
memory o f the Cochran family. It is given
annually to a student matriculating at Swarth­
more College.
The Sarah Antrim Cole Scholarship was founded
by her parents in memory of Sarah Antrim
Cole o f the Class o f 1934. It is awarded to a
graduate of the Worthington High School,
Worthington, Ohio.
The Charles A. Collins Scholarship Fund is
awarded every year to a deserving student who
is in need o f financial assistance, in accordance
with the donor’s will.
The N. Harvey Collisson Scholarship established
by his family and the Olin Mathieson Charit­
able Trust in memory o f N. Harvey Collisson o f
the Class o f 1922 is awarded to a freshman man
or woman.' Selection will place emphasis on
character, personality and ability.
The Marion L. Dannenberg Scholarship is awarded
to a freshman student with financial need who
ranks high in personality, character and schol­
arship. This endowment is in memory of Mrs.
Dannenberg who was mother and grandmother
of six students who attended Swarthmore.
The Delta Gamma Scholarship is to be awarded
to a blind student at Swarthmore College. In
any year in which there is no such candidate the
fund may be awarded to a freshman woman.
The Francis W. D'Olier Scholarship, in memory
o f Francis W. D’Olier o f the Class o f 1907, is
awarded to a freshman. Selection will place
emphasis on character, personality and ability.
The Howard S. and Gertrude R Evans Scholarship
Fund provides scholarships for worthy stu­
dents, preference being given to students with
highest scholarship from high schools of
Delaware County, PA.
The ]■ Horace Ervien Scholarships are awarded
annually, with preference given to students
who plan to major in engineering. Considera­
tion will be given to academic qualifications,
financial need, character and qualities of
leadership. The scholarship is renewable for
qualified students. These scholarships were
named in a bequest by Mrs. Elsa G. Giele
Ervien in honor o f her husband, J. Horace
Ervien, B.S. ’03, C.E. TO.

25

Financial Aid

The Donald Renwick Ferguson Scholarship, estab­
lished by Mrs. Amy Baker Ferguson, in
memory o f her husband, Donald Renwick
Ferguson, M.D., o f the Class o f 1912, is
awarded to a young man who is looking
forward to the study of medicine.
The Theodore and Elizabeth Friend Scholarship is
established as an expression o f respect and
appreciation by Board members and others
who have been associated with them in the
service o f Swarthmore College. The scholar­
ship will be awarded each year on the basis of
need to a worthy student.
The Joyce Mertz Gilmore Scholarship is awarded
to an entering freshman, and may be renewed
for each o f the following three undergraduate
years. The recipient is chosen on the basis o f
mental vigor, concern for human welfare, and
the potential to contribute to the College and
the Community outside. The award was estab­
lished in 1976 by Harold Mertz ’26 in memory
o f Joyce Mertz Gilmore, who was a member of
the class o f 1951.

team activities, as well as academic standing.
The Rachel W. Hillbom Scholarship was founded
by Anne Hillbom Philips o f the Class o f 1892
in memory o f her mother, with the stipulation
that the income shall go to a student in the
junior or senior class who is studying for
service in the international field. Preference is
given to a Friend or to one who intends to
contribute to world understanding through
diplomatic service, participation in some inter­
national government agency, the American
Friends Service Committee, or similar activi­
ties.
The Hadassah M.L. Holcombe Scholarship is
awarded to a freshman with financial need and
is renewable for four years at the discretion of
the College. Preference will be given to mem­
bers o f the Society o f Friends.
The Everett L. Hunt Scholarship, endowed by the
Class o f 1937 in the name o f its beloved
emeritus professor and dean, provides an
unrestricted scholarship to be awarded annual­
ly by the College.

The Barbara Entenberg Gimbel Scholarship Fund
was endowed in memory o f Barbara Entenberg
Gimbel ’3 9 by her husband, Dr. Nicholas S.
Gimbel. The scholarship is awarded on the
basis o f need to a worthy student, with
preference to a black candidate.

The Betty P. Hunter Scholarship Fund. Betty P.
Hunter, Class o f 1948, one o f the first Black
students to attend Swarthmore College, estab­
lished this fund through a bequest "to provide
scholarship aid to needy students.”

The Mary Lippincott Griscom Scholarship is given
to a woman student with financial need, who
ranks high in character, personality and schol­
arship. Preference is given to a member o f the
Society o f Friends.

The Aaron B. Ivins Scholarship is awarded
annually to a young man o f the graduating class
o f Friends Central School, Overbrook, Phila­
delphia. This scholarship is awarded by the
faculty o f Friends Central School, and is
subject to the approval o f Swarthmore College.

The Stella and Charles Guttman Foundation
Scholarships were established in 1964 by a grant
from the Foundation to provide scholarships
to defray all or part o f the cost o f tuition and
fees for students who require financial assis­
tance. Preference is given to students of
recognized ability who have completed two
academic years o f college and who are contem­
plating graduate or professional study. The
scholarships are renewable for a second year.
The A. Price Heusner Scholarship, given by his
family in memory o f A. Price Heusner, Class of
1932, is awarded to an upperclassman from the
Middle West. Preference is given to a pre­
medical student. Consideration is given to the
candidate’s character, demonstrated concern
for the welfare o f others, and participation in

26

The George K. and Sallie K. Johnson Fund
provides aid during the senior year, for young
women who are fitted to become desirable
teachers.
The Howard Cooper Johnson Scholarship, estab­
lished by Howard Cooper Johnson *96, is
awarded on the basis o f all-around achievement
to a male undergraduate who is a member of
the Society o f Friends.
The Richard Kahn Scholarship is given in
memory o f Richard G. Kahn ’45 by his wife.
Kappa A lpha Theta Scholarship, established by
Kappa Alpha Theta Fraternity at Swarthmore,
is awarded annually to a woman student.
The K appa Kappa Gamma Scholarship provides

an award to a member o f the freshman class,
renewable each year. Preference is given to a
relative o f members o f the fraternity.
The Jessie Stevenson Kovalenko Scholarship Fund,
the gift o f Michel Kovalenko in memory o f his
wife, is awarded to a student, preferably a
woman, in her junior or senior year and a
major in astronomy, or to a Swarthmore
graduate, preferably a woman, for graduate
work in astronomy at Swarthmore or else­
where.
The Walter W. Krider Scholarship was estab­
lished by his wife and daughter for a young man
who ranks high in scholarship, character and
personality.
The Lafore Scholarship is awarded in memory of
John A. Lafore o f the Class o f 1895. The
College in granting this scholarship gives
preference to qualified candidates who are
descendants o f Amand and Margaret White
Lafore.
Eugene M. Lang Opportunity Grants. Awarded
each year to as many as four entering students.
Selection by a special committee on the basis of
distinguished academic and extra-curricular
achievement and demonstrable interest in
social service. Stipends are based on financial
need and take the form o f full grants up to the
amount o f total college charges. Each Lang
Scholar is also eligible for summer or academic
year research or community service support,
while an undergraduate, up to a maximum o f
$5,000 and for a $2,000 fellowship for
graduate study. The program is made possible
by the gift o f Eugene M. Lang ’38.
The Ida and Daniel Lang Scholarship established
by their son, Eugene M. Lang o f the Class of
1938, provides financial assistance for a man or
woman who ranks high in scholarship, characI ter and personality.
The E. Hibberd Lawrence Scholarship provides
i for a scholarship to an incoming freshman man
or woman who ranks high in scholarship,
| character, and personality.
The Stephen Girard Lax Scholarship, established
by family,' friends and business associates of
Stephen Lax ’41, is awarded on the basis of
financial need every two years to a student
entering the junior year and showing academic
j distinction, leadership qualities, and definite
interest in a career in business.

The Scott B. Lilly Scholarship, endowed by Jacob
T. Schless o f the Class o f 1914 at Swarthmore
College, was offered for the first time in 1950.
This scholarship is in honor o f a former
distinguished Professor o f Engineering and,
therefore, students who plan to major in
engineering are given preference. An award is
made annually.
The Christian R. and Mary F. Lindback Founda­
tion Scholarship is awarded to deserving stu­
dents from the States of Pennsylvania, New
Jersey, Delaware or Maryland.
The Long Island Quarterly Meeting, N.Y., Schol­
arship, is awarded annually by a committee of
that Quarterly Meeting.
The Mary T. Longstreth Scholarship was founded
by Rebecca C. Longstreth in memory o f her
mother and is awarded annually to assist a
young woman student to pursue her studies in
the College.
The David Laurent Low Memorial Scholarship,
established by Martin L. Low, Class of 1940,
his wife, Alice, Andy Low, Class o f 1973, and
Kathy Low in memory o f their son and
brother, is awarded to a man or woman who
gives the great promise that David himself did.
The award assumes both need and academic
excellence, and places emphasis, in order, on
qualities o f leadership, a concern for others,
character and/or outstanding and unusual
promise. The scholarship is awarded to a
freshman and is renewable for the undergrad­
uate years.
The Edward Martin Scholarships, established by
a bequest o f Edward Martin, friend o f Swarth­
more College, provides financial aid to juniors
and seniors majoring in Biology, or pre-medical
students taking substantial work in this field.
Awards are made in consultation with the
Department o f Biology.
The Dorothy Maynor Scholarship, established by
the Hearst Foundation, is awarded to a student
from the Harlem School o f the Arts in honor of
its founder. It provides a grant for the full
amount o f need and for music lessons. The
awardee will be nominated by the Harlem
School o f the Arts and selected by Swarthmore
College on the basis o f all-around qualifica­
tions.
The Thomas B. M cCabe Achievement Awards,
established by Thomas B. McCabe ’15, are

27

Financial Aid

awarded to entering students from the Delmarva Peninsula, and Delaware, Montgomery
and Chester Counties, Pennsylvania, who give
promise o f leadership. In making selections,
the Committee places emphasis on ability,
character, personality, and service to school
and community. These awards provide a
minimum annual grant o f tuition, or a maxi­
mum to cover tuition, fees, room and board,
depending on need. Candidates for the McCabe
Awards must apply by January 15 for admission
to the College.
The Peter Mertz Scholarship is awarded to an
entering freshman outstanding in mental and
physical vigor, who shows promise o f spending
these talents for the good o f the college
community and o f the larger community
outside. The award was established in 1955 by
Harold, LuEsther and Joyce Mertz in memory
o f Peter Mertz, who was a member o f the class
of 1957. It is renewable for the undergraduate
years.
The James E. Miller Scholarship. Under the will
o f Arabella M. Miller, funds are available
annually for students from Delaware County
(with preference for residents o f Nether Prov­
idence Township).
The Margaret Moore Scholarship Fund provides
scholarships to foreign students with a prefer­
ence given to students o f South Asian origin.
National Society o f Professional Engineers Scholar­
ships are awarded annually by the College in
cooperation with the Society. Prospective
engineers apply for these awards through their
home state’s branch o f the NSPE. NSPE
Scholarships currently carry a minimum sti­
pend o f $ 1,000, with assistance in excess o f that
amount based on the scholar’s need.

who maintain satisfactory grades and who
require financial assistance.
The Harriet W. Paiste Fund provides a scholar­
ship for a young woman who is a member of
the Society o f Friends (Philadephia Yearly
Meeting).
The Rogers Palmer Scholarships, established in
1973 by Rogers Palmer of the Class of 1926, are
awarded to members o f the freshman class who
show promise o f leadership and who have need
o f financial assistance. The Scholarships are
renewable for a total o f four years at the
discretion o f the College.
The Penniman Scholarship Fund was established
by Ellen Penniman Willets in honor o f Dr.
Anson Warren and Jane W. Griscom Penniman
and David Joseph Griscom. It is awarded to a
student with financial need, with preference
given to great grandchildren o f the Pennimans.
The T. H. Dudley Perkins Memorial Scholarship is
awarded annually to an entering freshman on
the basis o f qualities o f manhood, force o f
character and leadership; literary and scholastic
ability; physical vigor as shown by participating
in out-of-doors sports or in other ways.
The Cornelia Chapman and Nicholas O. Pittenger
Scholarship established by family and friends is
awarded to an incoming freshman man or
woman who ranks high in scholarship, charac­
ter and personality and who has need for
financial assistance.
The Anthony Beekman Pool Scholarship. This
scholarship is awarded to an incoming fresh­
man man o f promise and intellectual curiosity.
It is given in memory o f Tony Pool o f the Class
o f 1959.
The Presser Foundation Scholarship is awarded
annually to one or more students, selected by
the President and the Department o f Music,
who plan to become teachers o f music.

The Florence Eising Naumburg Scholarship, named
in 1975 in honor o f the mother o f an alumna of
the Class o f 1943, is awarded to a student
whose past performance gives evidence of
intellectual attainment, leadership, and charac­
ter, and who shows potential for future intellec­
tual growth, creativity, and scholarship, and for
being a contributor to the College and ultimate­
ly to society.

The Mary Coates Preston Scholarship Fund. A
sum o f money has been left by the will o f
Elizabeth Coates, the annual interest o f which
provides a scholarship to a young woman
student in Swarthmore College. Preference is
given to a relative o f the donor.

The Howard Osborn Scholarships, established by
Howard Osborn in memory o f his mother and
father, Viola L. Osborn and Frank Osborn, are
awarded to worthy students o f good character

The Robert Pyle Scholarship was established by
his sisters, Margery Pyle and Ellen Pyle Groff,
in memory o f Robert Pyle o f the Class o f 1897
and for many years a member o f the Board of

28

Managers. Applicants who show promise of
intellectual attainment based upon sound char­
acter and effective personality and who reside
in Chester County are given preference.
I

I
I
I
I
II
I
II
11
I

The Raruay-Chandra and Niyomsit Scholarships
are given by Renoo Suvarnist ’47 in memory of
his parents. They are given in alternate years:
the Ruruay-Chandra Scholarship to a woman
for her senior year, and the Niyomsit Scholars­
hip to a man for his senior year, who has high
academic standing and real need for financial
aid. Preference is given to a candidate who has
divorced or deceased parents or a deceased
or father.
The Lily Tily Richards Scholarship, established
by Peirce L. Richards, Jr., in memory o f his
wife, Lily Tily Richards ’29, is awarded to a
woman distinguished for high scholarship,
character, personality and physical vigor.

I

The Adele Mills Riley Memorial Scholarship,

| founded by her husband, John R. Riley, was
^ awarded for the first time for the academic year
I 1964-65. An annual award subject to renewal is
I made to a deserving student, man or woman.
I Selection stresses the candidate’s capacity for
I significant development of his or her interests
I and talents during the college years. Qualities
I of intellectual promise as well as potential for
I service
The Byron
are sought
T. Roberts
in making
Scholarship,
this appointment.
endowed by
his family in memory o f Byron T. Roberts, ’12,
is awarded annually to an incoming student
and is renewable for his or her years of study at
Swarthmore.
I
I
I
■
I
I
I
I
I

The Louis N. Robinson Scholarship was established during the College’s Centennial year by
the family and friends of Louis N. Robinson.
Mr. Robinson was for many years a member o f
the Swarthmore College faculty and founder of
the Economics Discussion Group. A member
of the junior or senior class who has demonstrated interest and ability in the study of
Economics is chosen for this award.
The Edith A. Runge Scholarship Fund, estab­
lished by the will o f Edith A. Runge o f the
Class of 1938, provides assistance annually to
students who have need o f financial aid.
The David Barker Rushmore Scholarship, estab­
lished in honor o f David Barker Rushmore,
Class of 1894, by his niece Dorothea Rushmore

Egan ’24, is awarded annually to a worthy
student who plans to major in Engineering or
Economics.
The Katharine Scherman Scholarship is awarded
to a student with a primary interest in the arts
and the humanities, having special talents in
these fields. Students with other special inter­
ests, however, will not be excluded from
consideration. Awarded in honor o f Katharine
Scherman, o f the Class of 1938, it is renewable
for the full period o f undergraduate study.
The William G. and Mary N. Serrill Honors
Scholarship is a competitive scholarship for
men, awarded to a candidate for admission to
the College, based upon the general plan o f the
Rhodes Scholarships. Preference will be given
to men who are residents o f Abingtori Town­
ship, including Jenkintown and Glenside,
Montgomery County, Pennsylvania.
The Clinton G. Shafer Scholarship endowed by
his family in memory of Clinton G. Shafer, of
the Class o f 1951, is awarded to students
interested in engineering and physical science.
The committee in making its selection con­
siders character, personality and leadership.
The Annie Shoemaker Scholarship is granted
annually to a young woman o f the graduating
class of Friends Central School, Overbrook,
Philadelphia. This scholarship is awarded by
the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is
subject to the approval of Swarthmore College.
The Thomas H. and Mary Williams Shoemaker
Fund provides scholarships annually for chil­
dren o f Friends.
The Sarah W. Shreiner Scholarship, given in
loving memory by her daughter, Leah S. Leeds
o f the Class of 1927, is awarded annually to a
woman who ranks high in scholarship, charac­
ter and personality.
The W illiam C. and Barbara Tipping Sieck
Scholarship is awarded annually to a student
showing distinction in academics, leadership
qualities and extra-curricular activities and
who indicates an interest in a career in
business.
The W.W. Smith Charitable Trust provides
scholarships for middle income and foreign
students.
The Cindy Solomon Memorial Scholarship is

Financial Aid

awarded by preference to a young woman in
need o f financial assistance, and who has
special talent in poetry or other creative and
imaginative fields.
The Babette S. Spiegel Scholarship Award, given
in memory of Babette S. Spiegel, Class o f 1933,
is awarded to a student showing very great
promise as a creative writer (in any literary
form) who has need of financial assistance. The
Department of English determines those eligi­
ble.
The Harry E. Sprogell Scholarship was established
in 1981 in memory o f Harry E. Sprogell ’32,
and in honor of his class’s 50th reunion. It is
awarded to a junior or senior with financial
need who has a special interest in law or music.
The Clarence K. Streit Scholarship is awarded to
a student entering the junior or senior year and
majoring in history. Preference is given to
persons in the Honors Program, outstanding in
initiative and scholarship, who demonstrate a
particular interest in Early American History.
This scholarship honors Clarence K. Streit,
author of Union Now: A Proposal For An
Atlantic Federal Union o f the Free, whose
seminal ideas were first made public in three
Cooper Foundation lectures at Swarthmore.
The Katherine Bennett Tappen, Class o f 1931,
Memorial Scholarship, established in 1980 is
awarded to a freshman student. The scholar­
ship is renewable for four years at the
discretion o f the College. Preference is given to
a resident o f the Delmarva Peninsula.
The Newtown E. Tarble Award, established by
Newton E. Tarble o f the Class o f 1913, is
granted to a freshman man who gives promise
of leadership, ranks high in scholarship, char­
acter and personality, and resides west o f the
Mississippi River or south of Springfield in the
State o f Illinois.
The Jonathan K. Taylor Scholarship, in accor­
dance with the donor’s will, is awarded by the
Board o f Trustees o f the Baltimore Monthly
Meeting o f Friends. First preference is to
descendants o f Jonathan K. Taylor; then to
members o f the Baltimore Yearly Meeting of
Friends; then to others.
The Phebe Anna Thome Fund provides an
income for scholarships for students whose
previous work has demonstrated their earnest­

30

ness and ability. This gift includes a clause of
preference to those students who are members
o f the New York Monthly Meeting o f Friends.
The Titus Scholarships established by the will of
Georgiana Titus o f the Class o f 1898 are
awarded to young women in order that they
may pursue their studies in the College.
The Audrey Friedman Troy Scholarship, estab­
lished by her husband, Melvin B. Troy ’48, is
awarded to a freshman man or woman. The
scholarship is renewable for four years at the
discretion of the College. In awarding the
scholarship, prime consideration is given to the
ability o f the prospective scholar to profit from
a Swarthmore education, and to be a contribu­
tor to the College and ultimately to society.
The Daniel Underhill Scholarship was estab­
lished by a bequest from Edward Clarkson
Wilson *91, and a gift from Daniel Underhill
’94, in memory o f this member of the first
Board of Managers. The award is made at the
discretion o f the College.
The William Hilles Ward Scholarships, in mem­
ory o f William Hilles Ward o f the Class of
1915, are awarded annually, preferably to
students who plan to major in science. The
committee in making its selection has regard
for candidates who are most deserving of
financial assistance.
The Stanley and Corinne Weithom Scholarship
Fund was established to provide financial
assistance on the basis of need and merit.
The Barclay and Edith Lewis White Scholarship is
awarded annually by the Music Department to
a student o f music.
The Samuel Willets Fund. This fund provides an
annual income for scholarships. A portion of
the fund is assigned for scholarships in the
name of Mr. Willets’ children, Frederick
Willets, Edward Willets, Walter Willets, and
Caroline W. Frame.
The I.V. Williamson Scholarship. Preference is
given to graduates of Friends Central, George
School, New York Friends Seminary, Baltimore
Friends School, Wilmington Friends School,
Moorestown Friends School, Friends Academy
at Locust Valley, Sidwell Friends School and
Brooklyn Friends School.
The Edward Clarkson Wilson Scholarship has

I been established at Swarthmore by friends o f
I Edward Clarkson Wilson, ’91, formerly PrinI cipal o f the Baltimore Friends School. It is
awarded each year to a former student o f the
I Baltimore Friends School, who has been apI proved by the faculty o f the school, on the
I basis o f high character and high standing in
I scholarship.
I The Elmer L. W inkler Scholarship Fund, estab-

I lished in 1980 by a member o f the class of
I 1952, is awarded annually to a deserving
I student on the basis o f merit and need.
I
I
1
I
I
I

The Leticia M. Wolverton Scholarship Fund,
given by Letitia M. Wolverton o f the Class of
1913, provides scholarships for members of the
junior and senior classes who have proved to
be capable students and have need for financial
assistance to complete their education at
I Swarthmore College.
I The Mary W ood Fund provides a scholarship

I which may be awarded to a young woman who
I is preparing to become a teacher.
I The income from each o f the following funds is

I awarded at the discretion o f the College.
The Barclay G. Atkinson Scholarship Fund
The Rebecca M. Atkinson Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1913 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1914 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1915 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1917 Scholarship Fund

The Class o f 1925 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1956 Scholarship Fund
The W illiam Dorsey Scholarship Fund
The George Ellsler Scholarship Fund
The Caroline W. Frame Scholarship Fund
The Joseph E. Gillingham Fund
The Thomas L. Leedom Scholarship Fund
The Sarah E. Lippincott Scholarship Fund
The David L. Price Scholarship
The Reader’s Digest Foundation Endowed
Scholarship Fund
The M ark E. Reeves Scholarship Fund
The Edward Rivlin M emorial Scholarship
The Seventh Congressional District Scholar­
ship
The Shell Assists Scholarship
The Caroline Shero Scholarship Fund
The W.W. Smith Charitable Trust Scholarship
' Fund
The Frank Solomon M emorial Scholarship
Fund
The Mary Sproul Scholarship Fund
The Helen Squier Scholarship Fund
The W alter Frederick Sims Scholarship Fund
The Francis Holmes Strozier Memorial
Scholarship Fund
The Joseph T. Sullivan Scholarship Fund
The Deborah F. Wharton Scholarship Fund
The Thomas H. W hite Scholarship Fund
The Edward Clarkson W ilson and Elizabeth
T. Wilson Scholarship Fund
The Thomas Woodnutt Scholarship Fund

31

College Life

Student Comm unity

College Life

HOUSING
Swarthmore is primarily a residential college,
conducted on the assumption that the close
association o f students and instructors is an
important element in education. Most students
live in College dormitories, which include

coeducational housing as well as single sex
dormitories and sections. Many members of
the faculty live on or near the campus, and are
readily accessible to students.

Residence Hath
Eleven residence halls, ranging in capacity from
16 to 235 students, offer a diversity of housing
styles. These dormitories include: Ashton and
Woolman Houses; Dana and Hallo well Halls
which were opened in 1967; the upper floors in
the wings o f Parrish Hall; Wharton Hall,
named in honor o f its donor, Joseph Wharton,
at one time President of the Board o f Managers;
Roberts Hall on South Chester Road; one
building on the Mary Lyon School property;
Worth Hall, the gift o f William P. Worth and J.
Sharpies Worth, as a memorial to their parents;
Willets Hall, made possible largely by a
bequest from Phebe Seaman, and named in
honor of her mother and aunts; and Mertz Hall,
the gift o f Harold and Esther Mertz.
About seventy-five percent o f dormitory areas
are designated as coeducational housing either
by floor, section, or entire dorm; the remaining
areas are reserved for single sex housing.
Dormitory sections may determine their own
visitation hours up to and including twentyfour-hour visitation.
New students are assigned to rooms by the
Deans. Efforts are made to follow the prefer­
ences indicated, and to accommodate special
needs, such as physical handicaps. Other

students choose their rooms in an order
determined by lot. All students are expected to
occüpy the rooms to which they are assigned or
which they have selected through the regular
room choosing process unless auth.orized by
the Deans to move. Permission must also be
obtained from the Deans to reside outside
college housing.
Dormitories remain open during Thanksgiving
week but are closed to student occupancy
during Christmas and Spring vacations. Stu­
dents enrolled for the fall semester only are
expected to vacate their dormitory rooms
within twenty-four hours after their last sched­
uled examination. Freshmen, sophomores, and
juniors are expected to leave immediately after
their last examination in the spring so that their
rooms may be prepared for use by Commence­
ment visitors.
The insurance program for the College is
designed to provide protection for College
property and does not include the property of
students or others. Students and their parents
are strongly urged to review their insurance
program in order to be sure that coverage is
extended to include personal effects while at
college.

Sharpies Dining H all
All students living on campus are required to
subscribe to the College board plan for meals
in the Philip T. Sharpies Dining Hall. The
board plan covers 19 meals a week. Although
an effort is made to meet the dietary needs o f all
students, not all special requirements can be

accommodated; permission to reside off cam­
pus will be extended to any student not able to
participate in the board plan. The dining hall is
closed during the Christmas and Spring vaca­
tions.

33

College Life

Tarble Social Center
Through die generosity o f Newton E. Tarble o f
the Class o f 1913, the building which formerly
housed the College Library was completely
renovated and, since 1967, has served as the

College’s Social Center. It includes recreational
facilities, lounges, meeting rooms, and a snack
bar.

Black Cultural Center
A Black Cultural Center, located in the
Caroline Hadley Robinson House, provides a
library and facilities for various cultural activi­
ties o f special interest to black students. The
Center and its program are guided by a director

and a committee o f black students, faculty, and
administrators. Programs planned by the Cen­
ter are open to all members o f the College
community.

A lice Paul Women’s Center
The Alice Paul Women’s Center, housed in
Bond, was established to draw all women o f the
Swarthmore community together through com­
mon concerns. The Center, which serves
faculty, students, faculty wives, staff and
alumnae, maintains a library o f resource

books, pamphlets and periodicals, provides
information, and sponsors a variety o f pro­
grams, lectures, discussions and symposia for
all members o f the College community about
issues relating to women.

RELIGIOUS LIFE
The religious life o f the College is founded on
the Quaker principle that the seat o f spiritual
authority lies in the Inner Light o f each
individual. The Society o f Friends is com­
mitted to the belief that religion is best
expressed in the quality o f everyday living.
There are accordingly no compulsory religious
exercises. Students are encouraged to attend
the churches o f their choice. Seven churches
are located in the borough o f Swarthmore;

other churches and synagogues may be found
in the nearby towns o f Morton, Media, Chester
and Springfield. The Swarthmore Friends
Meeting House is located on the campus.
Students are cordially invited to attend its
meeting for worship on Sunday. Extracurricu­
lar groups with faculty cooperation exist for
the study o f the Bible and the exploration o f
common concerns o f religion.

STUDENT SERVICES
Health and Psychological Services
The college physicians hold office hours every
weekday at the College, where students may
consult them without charge. Students should
report any illness to the college physicians, but
áre free to go for treatment to another doctor if
they prefer to do so.
As a part o f die matriculation process each
student must submit a brief medical history
and health certificate prepared by the family

34

physician on a form supplied by the College.
Pertinent information about such matters as
physical reserve, unusual medical episodes,
severe allergies, or psychiatric disturbances
will be especially valuable to the college Health
Service in assisting each student. All this
information will be kept confidential.
The Health Center staff cooperates closely
with the Department o f Physical Education

and Athletics. Recommendations for limited
activity may be made for those students with
physical handicaps. In occasional cases a
student may be excused entirely from the
requirements o f the Physical Education De­
partment, although adaptive programs are
offered.
The Worth Health Center, a gift o f the Worth
family in memory o f William Penn Worth and
Caroline Hallowell Worth, houses offices for
the college physicians and nurses, out-patient
treatment facilities, offices o f the Psychological
Services director and staff, and rooms for
students who require in-patient care. Registered
nurses are on duty under the direction o f the
college physicians.
Each student is allowed ten days in-patient care
in the Health Center per term without charge
unless the services o f a special nurse are
required. After ten days, a charge o f $5.00 per
day is made. Students suffering from a com­
municable disease or from illness which makes
it necessary for them to remain in bed must
stay in the Health Center for the period o f their
illness. Ordinary medicines are furnished with­
out cost, but a charge is made for special
medicines, certain immunization procedures
and laboratory tests, and transportation when
necessary to local hospitals.
The medical facilities o f the College are
available to students injured in athletic activ­

ities or otherwise, but die College cannot
assume additional financial responsibility for
medical and surgical expenses arising from
accidents. Insurance coverage for all students
participating in athletics, however, is included
in the mandatory health insurance package as is
supplementary coverage for all accident in­
juries.
A program of psychological counseling services
for students with personal or emotional prob­
lems is coordinated by a director, who also sees
students for individual or group consultations.
The director and the staff o f psychological
counselors hold office hours by appointment
each week, and a consulting psychiatrist is
available as necessary. Brief psychotherapy
within the limits o f available time will be given
to students without charge. In instances where
longer treatment is indicated, the student will
be referred to an outside psychiatrist or
psychologist.
Special educational seminars and workshops
on issues o f concern to the entire college
community are also sponsored by the coun­
selors, usually with the support o f or in
conjunction with student organizations or
interest groups and the Deans. The counselors
are also available to consult with faculty
members, Resident Assistants, and other mem­
bers o f the college’s supportive staff.

W ithdrawal and Readmission for Health Reasons
Students may withdraw voluntarily because of
health problems. Where health problems o f a
physical or psychological nature substantially
interfere with a student’s academic perform­
ance or safety, or the safety o f others, the
student may be withdrawn at the discretion of
the College. The College reserves the right to
require withdrawal when, in the judgment of
either the Director o f Health Services or the
Director o f Psychological Services, a student’s
functioning is impaired or in jeopardy.
A student who has withdrawn for health
reasons may apply for readmission. Although
application for readmission may be made at
any time, the College expects that ordinarily

readmission will not be effective except at the
beginning o f a semester.
A student applying to the College for readmis­
sion must provide evidence from his or her
physician or psychotherapist o f increased
ability to function academically or o f decreased
hazard to health or safety. After such evidence
has been provided, the student will ordinarily
be required to be evaluated in person by a
physician employed by the College Health
Services and/or the Director o f Psychological
Services, as appropriate. Recommendations
for readmission are made to the Dean o f the
College, who makes the final decision.

35

College Life

Student Advising
Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member
who acts as course adviser until this response
bility falls to the chairman o f the student’s
major department at the end o f the sophomore
year. Requests for a change o f advisor should
be addressed to the Dean and will be freely
granted, subject only to equity in the number
o f advisees assigned to individual faculty
members.
The Deans hold overall responsibility for the
advising system. They are themselves available
to all students for advice on any academic or

personal matters, and for assistance with
special needs, such as those arising from
physical handicaps.
A consultant for testing and guidance is
available to assist students with special prob­
lems o f academic adjustment, study skills and
reading proficiency. In addition, aptitude and
interest tests may be given on request.
Resident assistants, selected from the junior
and senior classes, are assigned to each o f the
dormitory sections.

Career Planning and Placement
The Office o f Career Planning and Placement
provides assistance to students in considering
how a given major may relate to future
employment, choosing an occupation, and
locating employment during the summers and
upon graduation. Students may also elect to
establish a file o f credentials for use in seeking
employment. Periodic conferences are planned

and interviews are arranged with prospective
employers. In addition, an Extern Program is
offered through which students may observe at
first hand the business and professional activi­
ties o f alumni who are working in fields related
to students’ potential career interests. The
program takes place during the spring recess.

INFORMATION SERVICES
Alumni O ffice
The Alumni Office keeps records o f the
addresses o f all living graduates and alumni of
the College. It helps edit the Swarthmore
alumni magazine, and acts as liaison for the

College with all alumni and alumni groups,
interpreting to them the present plans and
policies o f the College.

Information Services O ffice
The Office o f Information Services (News
Office) works with the print and broadcasting
media to provide news and information about
the College to the public in neighboring
communities, in the Philadelphia tri-state area,
and throughout the nation. It responds to
requests from the media for information on a
variety o f subjects by calling on the resources

36

and expertise o f the faculty and professional
staff. The News Office prepares two publica­
tions: On Campus, a monthly schedule of
activities at the College that are open to the
public, distributed on request to over 2,000
households in the Philadelphia area, and a
weekly newsletter o f events and announce­
ments distributed to faculty, staff, and students.

Student Community

Student Conduct
The influence o f the Society o f Friends within
the College community is one o f the important
factors in making Swarthmore what it is.
Students who choose Swarthmore as their
college should understand that they are accept­
ing social and academic standards which, while
subject to periodic review, are essential to the
well-being o f the community. In general, the
life o f students should be governed by good
taste and accepted practice rather than elaborate
rules. Certain regulations, however, are of
particular importance and are listed below.
1. The possession and use o f alcoholic bever­
ages on the campus is regulated by State law
and limited to those areas o f the campus which
are specified by the Student Council and the
Dean. The observance o f moderation and
decorum in respect to drink is a student
obligation. Disorderly conduct is regarded as a
serious offense.
2. The use or possession o f injurious drugs or
narcotics without the specific recommendation
of a physician and knowledge o f the Deans
subjects a student to possible suspension or
expulsion.
3. The use or possession of firearms or other
dangerous weapons is not permitted. Fire­
crackers or other explosives are prohibited.
The setting o f fires outside o f restricted areas is

a serious offense, as is tampering with fire
alarms or fire prevention equipment.
4. No undergraduate may maintain an auto­
mobile while enrolled at the College without
the permission o f the Car Authorization
Committee, a student-faculty group. This
permission is not extended to freshmen. Day
students may use cars for commuting to
College, but special arrangements for stickers
must be made for campus parking. More
detailed information may be obtained from the
Office o f the Deans.
5. The participation by any student in any
disruption or interference with the orderly
programs, functions, or conduct o f College
activities o f any kind is a serious offense.
Penalties for violations o f College regulations
such as those listed above are set by judicial
committees or the Deans and may involve
suspensions or expulsion. Standing regulations
may be modified and new rules may be added
at any time upon notice to the student body.
The College reserves the right to exclude at any
time students whose conduct it regards as
undesirable, and without assigning any further
reason therefor. Neither the College nor any of
its officers shall be under any liability whatso­
ever for such exclusion.

Student Council
The semi-annually elected Student Council
represents the entire undergraduate commu­
nity and is the chief body o f student govern­
ment. Its efforts are directed toward coordina­
tion of student activities and the expression of
student opinion.
Committees o f the Council include the Budget

Committee, which regulates distribution of
funds to student groups; the Elections Com­
mittee, which supervises procedure in campus
elections; and the Social Committee (see
below). In addition to these, there are several
joint Faculty-Student Committees, whose stu­
dent membership is appointed by Council.

Judicial Bodies
Two committees have different jurisdictions.
The Student Judiciary Committee, elected by the
entire student body, acts on cases o f alleged
violations o f students* rules and campus
regulations except as they fall within the sphere
of the College Judiciary Committee. The
College Judiciary Committee is composed o f

student, faculty and administration members.
It has primary jurisdiction over cases that may
involve academic dishonesty. It also acts upon
cases referred by or appealed from the Student
Judiciary Committee. A more complete de­
scription o f the judicial system is available
from the office o f the Dean.

37

Student Community

Social Committee
An extensive program o f social activities is
managed by the Social Committee appointed
by the Student Coucil. The program is designed

to appeal to a wide variety o f interests, and is
open to all students. There is usually no charge
for college social functions.

EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
In addition to the foregoing organizations,
Swarthmore students have an opportunity to
participate in a program o f extra-curricular
activities wide enough to meet every kind of
interest. There are more than thirty-five orga­
nized activities, not including departmental

clubs or political organizations. They vary as
greatly as the interests of the students vary. The
College encourages students to participate in
whatever activities best fit their personal
talents and inclinations.

The Studio Arts Program
The Studio Arts Program, administered by the
Department o f Art, is an academic program,
but the instruction and facilities are open to
students who wish to participate on an extra­

curricular basis. Refer to the Art Department
program for a listing o f credit and non-credit
courses.

M usic
The Department o f Music administers and
staffs several performing organizations. The
College Chorus, directed by Professor Peter
Gram Swing, rehearses three hours per week.
(The College Singers, a select small chorus
drawn from the membership o f the Chorus,
rehearses an additional one or two hours per
week.) The College Orchestra, directed by
Professor James D. Freeman, rehearses twice a
week. (The Chamber Orchestra, a small,
unconducted ensemble consisting o f firststand players from the Orchestra, also rehearses
frequently.) The Orchestra each year sponsors
a Concerto Competiton, open to all Swarth­
more College students. The winner performs
with the Orchestra during the Spring Semester.
Auditions are normally held the first Thursday
after Christmas vacation. A College Concert
Band, which rehearses one night weekly and
gives two major concerts each year in addition
to several outdoor performances, is under the
direction o f Gerald Levinson, a member o f the
Music Department faculty. Members o f the
Orchestra, other instrumentalists and solo

38

singers can participate in the chamber music
coaching program.
The Chorus and Orchestra give several public
concerts each year at the College and elsewhere.
Both organizations require auditions for mem­
bership. Several student chamber music con­
certs (in which all interested students have an
opportunity to perform) are given each semes­
ter. These concerts also provide an opportunity
for student composers to have their composi­
tions performed publicly.
Practice and performance facilities in the Lang
Music Building include 16 practice rooms
(each with at least one piano), two concert and
rehearsal halls (each with its own concert
grand), two organs, two harpsichords, and an
electronic studio. The Daniel Underhill Music
Library has excellent collections o f scores,
books, and records.
The William J. Cooper Foundation presents a
distinguished group o f concerts each year on
the campus. The Music Department adminis­
ters a separate series o f public concerts.

D ance
The Swarthmore College Dancers, a modern
dance group directed by Professor Patricia
Boyer, performs public concerts with works
choreographed by students, the dance faculty
and other professional choreographers.
For the past few years Swarthmore College has
been the recipient o f National Endowment for

the Arts grants which have enabled the College,
in conjunction with the William J. Cooper
Foundation, to bring outstanding professional
dance companies for short term residencies.
The Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics sponsors a coeducational perform­
ance group in Folk Dance.

Drama
Professor Lee Devin is Director o f The
Theatre. He supervises the drama program,
which includes course work, workshops with
guest directors, invited speakers, and a number

o f student-directed projects each semester.
Interested students should consult the depart­
mental statement in English Literature.

A thletics
Swarthmore’s athletic policy is based on the
premise that any sports program must be
justified by the contributions which it can
make to the educational development o f the
individual student who chooses to participate.
In keeping with this fundamental policy,
Swarthmore’s athletic program is varied and
extensive, offering every student a chance to
take part in a wide range o f sports within the

limits o f finance, personnel, and facilities. The
College feels that it is desirable to have as many
students as possible competing on its intercol­
legiate or club teams, or in intramural sports.
Faculty members serve as advisers for several
o f the varsity athletic teams. They work closely
with the teams, attending practices and many
o f the scheduled contests.

Sw arthm ore C olleg e U pw ard B ound
The Upward Bound Program at Swarthmore
College, begun in 1964 and continued with
Federal support, is intended to provide simul­
taneously a valuable experience for Swarth­
more students and a service to members of
surrounding communities. It offers both a six-

week residential summer school in which
Swarthmore students serve as counselors, and
a series o f activities during the academic year in
which Swarthmore students serve as tutors.
The program is administered by Edwin A.
Collins, Project Director.

Fratem ities
There are three fraternities at Swarthmore;
Delta Upsilon and Phi Sigma Kappa are
affiliated with national organizations, while Phi
Omicron Psi is a local association. Fraternities
are adjuncts to the college social program and
maintain separate lodges on the campus. The

lodges do not contain dormitory accommoda­
tions or eating facilities. New members are
pledged during the late fall o f their first year at
the College. In recent years about ten per cent
o f the freshman men have decided to affiliate
with one o f the fraternities.

39

IV
Educational Program
Faculty Regulations
Degree Requirements

40

Awards and Prizes
Fellowships

Educational Program

GENERAL STATEMENT
Swarthmore College offers the degree o f Bache­
lor o f Arts and the degree o f Bachelor of
Science. The latter is given only to students
who major in Engineering; the former, to
students in the Humanities, the Social Sciences,
and die Natural Sciences.* Four years o f
resident study are normally required for a
Bachelor’s degree (see page 56), but variation in
this term, particularly as a result o f Advanced
Placement credit, is possible (see page 19).
The selection o f a program will depend upon
the student’s interests and vocational plans.
The purpose o f a liberal education, however, is
not primarily to provide vocational instruction,
even though it provides the best foundation for
one’s future vocation. Its purpose is to help
students fulfill their responsibilities as citizens
and grow into cultivated and versatile individ­
uals. A liberal education is concerned with the
cultural inheritance o f the past, with the
cultivation of moral, spiritual, and aesthetic
values, with the development o f analytical
abilities. Intellectually it aims to enhance
resourcefulness, serious curiosity, open-minded­
ness, perspective, logical coherence, insight,
discrimination.
One comprehensive review o f Swarthmore’s
curriculum (Critique o f a College, 1967) sug­
gested two principles for a liberal education.
"One is the principle o f Depth. To make the
most of a liberal education, each student must
go far enough into some subjects to give him a
genuine mastery o f disciplinary skills, so that
he can use them to generate new discoveries on
his own . . . He must go far enough to grasp
systematic connections within a field, to see
how fundamental principles combine to make
intelligible a range of subordinate principles or
phenomena . . . The other principle is that o f
Diversity. To make the most o f a liberal
education, each student must have enough
breadth and variety in his studies so that he can
compare and contrast different methods of
inquiry . . . , and so that he can have the
experience o f making the bright spark of
connection leap across wide gaps. It is this
breadth that gives point to the two senses of

’relevance’ that are fundamental in liberal
education__ perception o f the relevance of
one part o f learning to another, even across the
boundaries o f fields and subjects (and) . . .
perception o f the relevance o f learning to the
exigencies o f life . . . ” To these two principles
the study added that the curriculum should aim
to encourage resourcefulness and self-reliance
and develop the personal conditions of intellec­
tual progress by placing substantial responsi­
bility upon the student for his or her education,
amply allowing individuality o f programs and
requiring important choices about the com­
position of programs. "W hat we are pro­
posing,” the study concluded, "is a curriculum
that leans rather sharply toward specialized
diversity, and away from uniform generality. . .
Our emphasis is on serious encounters with
special topics and problems at a comparatively
high level o f competence, and on student
programs that reflect individual constellations
of diversified interests.”
Accordingly, the Swarthmore curriculum re­
quires o f the student both a diversity of
intellectual experience sufficient to test and
develop different capacities and perspectives
and concentration on some field(s) sufficiently
intensive to develop a serious understanding o f
problems and methods and a sense o f the
conditions o f mastery. These ends o f a liberal
education are reflected in requirements for
distribution and for the major.
During the first half o f their college program all
students are expected to satisfy some if not all
o f die distribution requirements, to choose
their major and minor subjects, and to prepare
for advanced work in these subjects by taking
certain prerequisites. The normal program
consists o f four courses each semester chosen
by the student in consultation with his or her
faculty advisor.
The program for upper class students affords a
choice between two methods o f study: the
External Examination (Honors) Program and
the Course program. Reading for Honors is
characteristically the more intensive, Course

*For groupings o f departments see page 212.

41

Educational Program

work the more diversified. An Honors candidate concentrates on two or three fields, the
major and one or more minors; studies are
intensive and will occupy three-fourths o f the
student’s working time during the last two
years. In addition, the student takes four
courses, or the equivalent, which provide
opportunities for further exploration outside
the Honors program. At the close o f the senior
year, the Honors candidate takes a series o f six
examinations given by visiting examiners.
A student in die Course program has wider
freedom o f election and normally takes four
courses or their equivalent in each o f the last
four semesters. Before the end o f the senior
year, students are required to pass a compre­

hensive examination given by the major depart­
ment. Students in the Course program are
admitted to seminars when space is available;
but work in colloquia as well as independent
work is part o f the Course program.
The program for engineering students follows a
similar basic plan, with certain variations which
are explained on page 98. Courses outside the.
technical fields are distributed over all four
years.
The course advisors o f freshmen and sopho­
mores are members o f the faculty appointed by
the Dean. For juniors and seniors the advisors
are the chairmen o f their major departments or
their representatives.

PROGRAM FOR FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES
The curriculum o f the first two years intro­
duces a student to the content and methods o f a
variety o f fields important to a liberal educa­
tion. The College distribution requirements
are designed to lead the student into serious
work in several different, important, and
broadly characteristic kinds o f intellectual
activity without insisting on a specific or
narrow classification o f knowledge and inquiry.

perspectives o f disciplines and of departments
change and in recognition o f the pluralism of
intellectual work.

To meet these distribution requirements a
student must take at least two courses in each
o f the four subject-matter groups listed below,
elect work in at least six departments, and
complete at least 20 credits outside the major
before graduation. Three o f the four distribu­
tion groups (those dealing with the natural
sciences and engineering, literature and the
arts, and the social and policy sciences)
correspond generally to the College’s grouping
o f academic departments in three divisions; a
fourth group comprises subjects especially
relevant to more than one division. Mathe­
matics, though not included in the four groups,
may be counted as one of the six departments
in which work should be elected. Other
courses which will not fulfill a distribution
requirement (e.g. courses taught jointly by
members o f different departments, courses in
education, elementary language courses) may
not be counted as one o f the six departments.
The distribution requirements are reviewed
and revised from time to time by the Faculty as

2. Art (courses in art history), Classics (litera­
ture courses numbered 11 or above),
English Literature (with the exception of
English 1A and IB and workshop and
studio courses), Modern Languages (litera­
ture courses numbered 11 or above), Music
(except courses numbered 40-48 and Dance
1-12 and 40); Psychology/English 52.

42

The four groups for the distribution require­
ment at present are:
% Astronomy (except Astronomy 9), Biol­
ogy, Chemistry, Engineering (except Engi­
neering 23), Physics (except Physics 5).

3. Classics (Greek 1-2; Latin 1-2; courses in
ancient history), History, Linguistics,
Modern Languages (courses numbered 1
through 10), Philosophy, Psychology,
Religion.
4. Economics (except Economics 3, 5), Polit­
ical Science, Sociology and Anthropology.
Courses taught jointly or alternately by faculty
members o f departments in different distribu­
tion groups may not be used to satisfy
distribution requirements; and courses crosslisted between departments in two groups
fulfill the distribution requirement only for the

group in which the offering department be­
longs.
Students entering college with special prepara­
tion in any o f the subjects included in the
distribution requirements may apply to the
Committee on Academic Requirements for
exemption from that requirement, but second­
ary school courses o f an advanced level do not
usually provide grounds for such exemption.
It is most desirable that students include in
their programs some work in a foreign language.
A student who intends to major in one o f the
natural sciences, mathematics, or engineering
should take an appropriate mathematics course
in the freshman year. Students intending to
major in one o f the social sciences should be
aware o f the increasing importance o f mathe­
matical background for these subjects.
In addition to the requirements listed above,
prerequisites must be completed for the work
of the last two years in major and minor
subjects, and sufficient additional electives
must be taken to make up a full program,

bearing in mind the requirement that at least 20
credits must be taken outside the major
department.
Early in the sophomore year, the student
should identify two or three subjects as
possible majors, paying particular attention to
departmental requirements and recommenda­
tions.
While faculty advisors assist students in
preparing their academic programs, it is empha­
sized that students themselves are individually
responsible for planning and adhering to
programs and for the completion o f graduation
requirements. Faculty advisors, department
chairmen, other faculty members, the Deans,
the Associate Provost and the Registrar are
available for information and advice.
In the freshman and sophomore years all
students not excused for medical reasons are
required to complete a four quarter (two
semester) program in physical education. The
requirements are stated in full on page 54.

COURSE PROGRAM FOR JUNIORS AND SENIORS
The work o f juniors and seniors in the Course
program includes some intensive, specialized
study within a general area o f interest. This
comprises enough work in a single department
(designated as a "m ajor” ) to make an equiva­
lent of at least eight courses before graduation.
There is no upper limit to the number o f
courses a student may take in the major field,
provided that at least twenty credits be taken
outside the major field. It has been the practice
of the Committee on Academic Requirements
to review cases in which this rule is alleged to
create a special hardship. Before graduation the
student must pass a comprehensive examina­
tion in his or her major subject.
Students must determine a major subject by
the end o f their sophomore year, and apply
formally through the Registrar to be accepted
by the department or division concerned.
Acceptance will be based upon the student’s
record arid an estimate o f his or her capabilities
in the designated major. Students who fail to
secure approval o f a major cannot be admitted
to the junior class.
With departmental permission it is possible
for a student to plan a Special Major that

includes closely related work in one or more
departments outside the major department.
This work (up to four courses normally) is part
o f the major program for the comprehensive
examination; some o f it may consist o f a thesis
or other written research project(s) designed to
integrate the work across departmental bound­
aries. In any case, the program o f the Special
Major is expected to be integral in the sense
that it specifies a field o f learning (not
necessarily conventional) or topic or problems
for sustained inquiry that crosses departmental
boundaries and can be treated as a sub-field
within the normal departmental major. Special
Majors consist o f at least 10 credits and
normally o f no more than 12 credits. Occa­
sionally, where regular departmental require­
ments unduly constrain the possibilities of a
Special Major, these requirements may be
relaxed to a minimum o f six courses in the
primary department or by the omission of
certain courses in that department normally
required for the sake o f breadth o f experience
of the major field; but course requirements
central to systematic understanding o f the
major field will not be waived. By extension,
Special Majors may be formulated as joint

Educational Program

majors between two departments, normally
with at least five credits in each department and
11 in both departments, which, in such pro­
grams, collaborate in advising and in the
comprehensive examination.
During the junior and senior years, Course
students are advised by the chairman of the
major department for a member o f the

department designated by the chairman) whose
approval must be secured for the choice of
courses each semester.
The faculty may award the bachelor’s degree
With Distinction to students who have done
distinguished work in the Course program and
have achieved the grade average established for
this degree.

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (READING FOR HONORS) FOR
JUNIORS AND SENIORS
The External Examination Program, initiated
in 1922 by President Frank Aydelotte and
modified most recently in 1977, is a distinctive
part o f Swarthmore’s educational life. While
the program is designedly flexible and respon­
sive to new needs, it has been characterized
from the beginning by three basic elements,
which taken together may be said to be the
essence o f the system.

sessions lasting three hours or more. The exact
technique o f the seminar varies with the subject
matter, but its essence is a cooperative search
for truth, whether it be by papers, discussion,
or laboratory experiment. While students
preparing for Honors examinations may under
unusual circumstances elect to take as many as
eight seminars, an Honors candidate will
usually take no more than six seminars; if over
(1 ) - Reading for Honors involves a concentra­ six are taken, those six which constitute
commitment to be considered for Honors must
tion of the student’s attention during the junior
be designated at the time of entry into the
and senior year upon a limited field o f studies.
External Examination program. Once a semi­
Normally, the student pursues only two sub­
nar in a designated subject has been taken, the
jects each semester, avoiding fragmentation of
student must stand for the external examina­
interests. Content of studies is correspondingly
broader and deeper, permitting a wide range of tion as part of his or her Honors program.
Seminars not so designated will be foreclosed
reading and investigation and demanding o f the
from consideration for Honors. Fewer than six
student correlations o f an independent and
seminars may be taken, since it is possible to
searching nature.
prepare in other ways for Honors examinations.
(2) While Reading for Honors frees students
from periodic examination, it exposes their
In practice three avenues toward an Honors
thinking to continual scrutiny from both
degree are open:
classmates and instructors. In this program,
(1) The normal program o f reading for Honors
students are prepared for examinations in six
consists o f six subjects studied during the last
subjects, given at the close of the senior year. In
two years in preparation for papers, i.e.,
these, the student is expected to demonstrate
examinations, given by the visiting examiners at
competence in a field o f knowledge rather than
the close o f the senior year. The usual pattern is
mere mastery o f those facts and interpretations
four papers in the major department and two in
which the instructor has presented. These
a minor department, but other combinations o f
examinations, consisting o f a three-hour paper
major and minor fields are possible. No student
in each field, are set by examiners from other
is allowed more than four papers in the major;
institutions who also come to the campus to
in those cases where three subjects are offered
conduct an oral examination of each student.
in each o f two fields, one of them is designated
(3) Reading for Honors is customarily carried as the major. While there is a general belief that
on in seminars, in independent projects, or in two papers in a minor field are desirable
classes which have been approved as prepara­ because o f the mutual reinforcement they
tions for Honors. Seminars meet once a week, provide, there are by custom certain subjects
in many cases in the home of the instructor, for which are allowed to stand alone. Thus there is

44

a considerable flexibility in Honors programs,
each being subject to the scrutiny o f the
departments and divisions in which the work is
done.
(2) Students who have a special reason to
study for one or two semesters abroad or in
another American institution must take the
normal number o f examinations. Such programs must be worked out in advance, since it
may not be possible to provide special visiting
examiners for work taken elsewhere and since
instruction in some fields o f the student’s
choice may not be available in die other
institution. In general the student following
this avenue to an Honors degree should weigh
carefully the advantage o f working indepen­
dently or under tutorial guidance against the
loss incurred by missing both the stimulus and
criticism provided in seminar.
(3) Students who at the end o f the sophomore
year did not elect or were not permitted to read
for Honors, but whose work has subsequently
shown distinction, may be encouraged to enter
the External Examination program as late as the
middle o f the senior year. They shall receive no
remission o f the number o f examinations by
reason o f their preparation in the Course
program. Such students must petition the
division before the beginning o f the second
semester o f the senior year for permission to
take the Honors examinations and must submit
an acceptable list o f examinations which they
are prepared to take.
A candidate for admission to the External
Examination program should consult the chair­
men o f his or her prospective major and minor
departments during the second semester o f the
sophomore year and work out a program for
the junior and senior years. This proposed
program must be tiled in the office o f the

Registrar who will forward it to the divisions
concerned. The acceptance o f the candidate by
the divisions depends in part upon the quality
o f the student’s previous work as indicated by
the grades received but mainly upon the
student’s apparent capacity for assuming the
responsibility o f reading for Honors. The
major department is responsible for the origi­
nal plan o f work and for keeping in touch with
the candidate’s progress from semester to
semester. The division is responsible for ap­
proval o f the original program and o f any later
changes in that program.
At the end o f the junior year, Honors candi­
dates are required to take the Honors examina­
tions set at that time for the fields they have
studied. These trial papers are read by Swarthmore instructors, not by the visiting examiners.
On the basis o f the showing made in these
examinations, the student may be advised or
required to drop out o f the External Examina­
tion program. Those students who move to the
Course program under these circumstances or
for other reasons will receive grades for the
work accomplished while reading for Honors,
but in no case without taking examinations in
the field covered.
At the end o f the senior year the reading o f the
examinations and the decision o f the degree of
Honors to be awarded the candidates is entirely
in the hands o f the visiting examiners. Upon
their recommendation, successful candidates
are awarded the Bachelor’s Degree with Honors,
with High Honors, or with Highest Honors.
When the work of a candidate does not in the
opinion o f the examiners merit Honors o f any
grade, Swarthmore faculty review the student’s
examination papers and determine whether or
not to grant a degree in the Course program.

EXCEPTIONS TO THE FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM
Although the normal period o f uninterrupted
work toward the Bachelor o f Arts and Bachelor
of Science degrees is four years, graduation in
three years is freely permitted when a student
can take advantage o f Advanced Placement
credits, perhaps combining them with extra
work by special permission. When circum­

stances warrant, a student may lengthen the
continuous route to graduation to five years by
carrying fewer courses than the norm o f four:
this may be appropriate for students who enter
Swarthmore lacking some elements o f the usual
preparation for college, who are physically
handicapped, or who wish to free time for

45

Educational Program

activities relating to their curricular work
although not done for academic credit. Such
five-year programs are possible in Music and
Studio Arts for students who are taking
instruction off campus or who wish to pursue
studio or instrumental work without full credit
but with instruction and critical supervision;
but such programs are possible only on
application to and selection by the department
concerned, which will look for exceptional
accomplishment or promise. In all cases where

it is proposed to reduce academic credit and
lengthen die period before graduation the
College looks particularly to personal circum­
stances and to careful advising and necessarily
charges the regular annual tuition (see the
provisions for overloads, p. 20). Full-time
leaves o f absence for a semester or a year or
more are freely permitted and in some cases
encouraged, subject also to careful planning
and academic advising.

NORMAL COURSE LOAD
Although normal progress toward the degree of
Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor o f Science is made
by eight semesters’ work o f four courses or the
equivalent each semester, students may and
frequently do vary this by programs o f five
courses or three courses if it is desirable for
them to do so. The object o f progress toward
the degree is not primarily, however, the mere

accumulation of 32 credits. College policy
does not permit programs o f fewer than three
courses within the normal eight semester en­
rollment. Programs of more than five courses
or fewer than four courses require special per­
mission (see p. 2 0 on tuition and p. 53 on
registration).

FORMATS OF INSTRUCTION
While classes and seminars are the normal
curricular formats at Swarthmore, faculty
regulations encourage other modes as well.
These include various forms o f individual
study, student-run courses, and a limited
amount o f "practical” or off-campus work.
The principal forms o f individual work are
attachments to courses, directed reading, and
tutorials. The faculty regulation on attach­
ments provides that a student may attach to an
existing course, with permission o f the instruc­
tor, a project o f additional reading, research,
and writing. If this attachment is taken concurrendy with the course it is normally done for
half credit. If it is taken in a later semester
(preferably the semester immediately follow­
ing) it may be done for either half or full credit.
This kind o f work can be done on either a
small-group or individual basis. It is not
possible in all courses, but it is in most,
including some introductory courses. For
freshmen and sophomores it is a way o f
developing capacities for independent work,
and for Honors candidates it is an alternative to
seminars as a preparation for papers. Students
who decide before the middle o f the semester

46

to do a half-credit attachment may commonly,
with permission, drop a regular course and
carry three and a half credits in that term to be
balanced by four and a half credits in another
term. Students may do as many as two
attachments each year.
Directed reading and tutorials are similar; but
the faculty role in the former is more biblio­
graphical than pedagogical, and, because they
require somewhat less faculty time, opportuni­
ties for directed reading are more frequent in
most departments than are opportunities for
tutorials. In both cases substantial written
work and/or written examinations are con­
sidered appropriate, and it is generally desir­
able that the work be more specialized or more
sharply focussed than is usually the case in
courses or seminars; the work may range from
a course of reading to a specific research
project. Such work is available primarily to
juniors and seniors in accordance with their
curricular interests and as faculty time permits.
The faculty regulation on student-run courses
permits "a group o f students to propose a topic
to an instructor for half or single credit and to

run their own course with a reading list
approved by the instructor and a final examina­
tion or equivalent administered by him, but
normally with no further involvement o f
faculty.” In organizing such a course students
obtain provisional approval and agreement to
serve as course supervisor horn a faculty
member by December 1st (for the spring term)
or May 1st (for the fell term) on die basis o f an
initial memorandum emphasizing the principal
subject matter to be studied, the questions to
be asked about it, the methods o f investigation,
and providing a preliminary bibliography. The
course is then registered by its organizers with
the Provost, who has administrative supervi­
sion o f such work, and who may waive the
foregoing deadlines to recognize problems in
the organization o f such courses. The course
supervisor consults his or her department, and
in the case o f an interdepartmental course, any
other department concerned, whose represen­
tatives together with the Provost will decide
whether to approve the course. The supervisor
also reviews the course oudine and bibliog­
raphy and qualifications and general eligibility
of students proposing to participate in the
course. After a student-run course has been
found acceptable by the appropriate depart­
ment (or departments) and the Provost, the
course supervisor’s final approval is due ten
days before the term begins, following which a
revised reading list and class list are given to the
Librarian and the course title and class list are
filed with the Registrar. At the end o f the
course the supervisor evaluates and grades the
students’ work or arranges for an outside exam­
iner to do so.
Student-run courses may vary in format and
content. In particular, they may be provisional­
ly proposed for half credit to run in the first
half o f the semester, and at midterm, may be
either concluded or, if the participants and
course supervisor find the work profitable,
continued for the balance o f the term for full
credit. Alternatively, student-run courses may
be started after the beginning o f the semester

(up to midsemester ) for half credit and then be
continued, on the same basis, into the follow­
ing term. O r they may be taken for half credit
over a full term. The role o f the course
supervisor may exceed that in planning and
evaluation outlined above and extend to
occasional or regular participation. The only
essentials, and the purpose o f the procedures,
are sufficient planning and organization o f the
course to facilitate focus and penetration. The
course planning and organization, both analyti­
cal and bibliographical, are also regarded as
important ends in themselves, to be empha­
sized in the review o f proposals before ap­
proval. Up to four o f the 32 credits required
for graduation may be taken in student-run
courses.
Finally, as to applied or practical work, the
College may under faculty regulations grant up
to one course credit for practical work, which
may be done off campus, when it can be shown
to lend itself to intellectual analysis and is likely
to contribute to a student’s progress in regular
course work, and subject to four conditions:
( 1) agreement o f an instructor to supervise the
project; (2) sponsorship by the instructor’s
department, and in the case o f an interdisci­
plinary project, any other department con­
cerned, whose representatives together with
the Provost will decide whether to grant
permission for the applied or practical work
before that work is undertaken; (3 ) a basis for
the project in some prior course work; and (4)
normally, the examination o f pertinent litera­
ture and production o f a written report as parts
o f the project. This option is intended to apply
to work in which direct experience o f the offcampus world or responsible applications of
academic learning or imaginative aspects o f the
practice o f an art are the primary elements.
Because such work is likely to bear a loose
relation to organized instruction and the regu­
lar curriculum, the College limits academic
credit for it while recognizing its special
importance for some students’ programs.

INTERDISCIPLINARY WORK
The requirements o f the major typically leave
room for significant flexibility in students’
programs, both within and outside the major.
This may be used to pursue a variety o f

interests and to emphasize intellectual diversity;
it may also be used for the practical integration
o f individual programs around interests or
principles supplementing the major. The Col­

47

Educational Program

lege offers interdepartmental majors in Medi­
eval Studies, Literature, and LinguisticsPsychology, and formal interdisciplinary pro­
grams short o f the major in Asian Studies,
Black Studies, International Relations, and
Public Policy. The programs in Education and
in Linguistics have departmental status as to
staff. It should be recognized that some depart­
ments are themselves interdisciplinary in na­
ture; that a considerable number of courses are
cross-listed between departments; that each
year some courses are taught jointly by mem­
bers o f two or more departments; that depart­
ments commonly recommend or require sup­
porting work for their major in other depart­
ments; and that students can organize their
work into personally selected concentrations
in addition to or as extensions of their majors.

particularly in Special Majors. Such concentra­
tion is formally provided in Black Studies,
Asian Studies, International Relations, and
Public Policy. Many other opportunities exist
informally — e.g., in comparative literature, in
African studies, in American studies, in Reli­
gion and Sociology-Anthropology, in Engineer­
ing and Social Sciences, or in Biology and
Chemistry. Students are encouraged to seek the
advice of faculty members on such possibilities
with respect to their particular interests. In
some cases faculty members of several depart­
ments have planned and scheduled their course
offerings with some consultation so as to
afford a de facto concentration in addition to
the major, and students may wish to know and
take advantage o f these cases of overlapping
faculty interests.

HEALTH SCIENCES ADVISORY PROGRAM
The function o f the health sciences advisory
program is twofold: to advise students inter­
ested in a career in the health sciences, and to
prepare letters'of recommendation for profes­
sional schools to which students apply. The
letters are based on faculty evaluations re­
quested by the student, the student’s academic
record and non-academic activities.
Students intending to enter a career in the
health sciences, especially those applying to
medical or dental schools, should plan their
academic programs carefully to meet the
necessary requirements, as well as the general
College requirements. The following courses
are among the minimum requirements for
students entering medical or dental schools:
Biology 1, 2 (students who have earned
advanced placement credit for Biology 1, 2
should take two other biology courses);
Chemistry 10,22, 3 2 ,3 6 ; Physics 1, 2, or 3 ,4 ;
Math 5 and one additional math course; and
English Literature, two semester courses. Stu­
dents who have taken Chemistry 1, 2 may
complete their chemistry requirement with
Chemistry 28, 29 during the 1982-83 school
year. After this year, Chemistry 2 8 ,2 9 will be
replaced by Chemistry 2 2 ,3 2 . Students should
note the physics and math prerequisites for
Chemistry 3 6 and plan their sequence of
courses accordingly. In addition to die minimal

48

requirements, some medical schools require
and many recommend the following courses:
Cell Biology, Developmental Biology, Genetics,
and one year o f calculus. However, the student
should bear in mind that requirements change,
and should remain in touch with those profes­
sional schools in which he or she is interested.
The work o f the junior and senior years may be
completed in either the Course or the Honors
Program, and in any major department o f the
student’s choice. However, professional schools
in the health sciences generally require a
demonstrated proficiency in the basic sciences.
All required courses should therefore be taken
on a graded basis after the first semester o f the
freshman year.
Almost all medical schools require applicants
to take the New Medical College Admission
Test which is given in April and September
each year. It is recommended that students take
the test in the Spring o f the year that they apply
for admission to medical schools. The Student
M anual for the New MCAT should be reviewed
as early as practical and may be purchased in
the College bookstore. Swarthmore College is
a testing center for the New MCAT. Corollary
tests, the Dental Aptitude Test and the Veteri­
nary Aptitude Test, are often required by
dental and veterinary schools.
Specific requirements for each medical and

dental school along with much other useful
information are given in two publications
which are available in the College bookstore or
the Health Sciences Advisory Office: M edical
School Admission Requirements and Admission
Requirements o f American Dental Schools. Cata­
logs for most medical and veterinary schools
are also on file in the Advisory Office.
The Health Sciences Advisor meets periodical-

ly with students interested in health careers and
is available to assist students in planning their
programs in cooperation with students’ own
academic advisors. Further information on
opportunities, requirements and procedures
can be obtained from the Health Sciences
Advisor but it is the student’s responsibility to
make his or he, intentions known to the
Advisor at the earliest possible date.

C R E A T IV E A R T S
Work in the creative arts is available both in the
curriculum o f certain departments and on an
extracurricular basis. Interested students
should consult the departmental statements in

Art, English Literature, and Music. A total of
not more than five courses in the creative arts
may be counted toward the degrees» of Bachelor
o f Arts and Bachelor of Science.

W R IT IN G C O U R S E S
In 1981 the faculty adopted, as a four-year
experiment, a program of voluntary "Writing
Courses” in various disciplines. In these courses
students write extensively as an integral part of
learning the subject matter in courses (or

sections o f larger courses) o f limited enroll­
ment. Depending on the amount o f work
involved, the courses may be designated for 1.0
or 1.5 credits.

C O O P E R A T IO N W IT H N E IG H B O R IN G IN S T IT U T IO N S
With the approval o f their faculty advisor and
the Registrar, students may take a course
offered by Bryn Mawr or Haverford College or
the University o f Pennsylvania without the

payment o f extra tuition. This arrangement
does not apply to the summer session o f the
University o f Pennsylvania.

STU D EN T EXCH ANGE PRO G RA M S
To provide variety and a broadened outlook
for interested students, the College has student
exchange arrangements with Howard Univer­
sity, Middlebury College, Mills College,
Pomona College, Rice University, and Tufts
University. Selection is made by a committee
of the home institution from among applicants
who will be sophomores or juniors at the time

o f the exchange. With each institution there is
a limited and matched number o f exchanges.
Students settle financially with the home
institution, thus retaining during the exchange
any financial aid for which they are eligible.
Exchange arrangements do not permit transfer
o f participants to the institution with which the
exchange takes place.

E D U C A T IO N A B R O A D
The College recognizes the general educational
value o f travel and study abroad and cooperates

as far as possible in enabling interested students
to take advantage o f such opportunities. It

49

Educational Program

distinguishes, however, between those foreign
study plans which may be taken for credit as
part o f a Swarthmore educational program,
and those which must be regarded as supplemen­
tary. l o be acceptable for credit, foreign study
must meet Swarthmore academic standards,
and must form a coherent part o f die student’s
four-year plan o f study. The External Examina­
tion (Honors) Program in particular demands a
concentration o f study which is not easily
adapted to the very different educational
systems o f foreign universities. Therefore,
while some o f the approved programs listed
below may normally be taken as substitutes for
a semester or a year o f work at Swarthmore,
each case is judged individually, and the
College may withhold its approval o f a partic­
ular program, or may insist that the program be
carried out as an extra college year.
Plans for study abroad must be approved in
advance by the Associate Provost, the Registrar,
and the chairmen o f departments concerned, if
credit is to be given for courses taken. Students
may be asked to take examinations upon their
return to the College. Requests for credit must
be made within the academic year following
return to Swarthmore. Individual departments,
such as Art and Modern Languages and
Literatures, publish separate instructions for
transfer o f credits from other institutions.
These are available from the respective depart­
ment offices.
1. The Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, France,
inaugurated in the fall o f 1972. Students
entering this program spend either one or two
semesters at the University o f Grenoble, where
their course o f study is the equivalent o f one or
two semesters at Swarthmore. This program,
under the auspices o f the Department o f
Modern Languages and Literatures, is open to
students from any department, but especially
those in the humanities and social sciences.
Should there be places available, applications
from students at other institutions are accepted.
The number o f participants in limited to
twenty-five.
Students are integrated into the academic life at
the University o f Grenoble through regular
courses, when their language competence al­
lows, or through special courses for foreign
students. Individual programs are arranged to
suit the needs and competencies o f students.

Preparation o f Honors papers is possible in
certain fields. The program is designed primar­
ily for juniors and second semester sopho­
mores, but seniors can be accommodated in
special cases.
A member o f the Department o f Modern
Languages and Literatures acts as resident
Director. The Director teaches a course or a
seminar, supervises the academic program and
the living arrrangements o f the students, and
advises on all educational or personal prob­
lems. A coordinator o f the program at Swarth­
more handles such matters as admissions to the
program (in consultation with the Deans),
financial aid, transfer o f academic credit to
departments within the College and to institu­
tions whose students participate in the program.
Applications for the fall semester must be
submitted by March 15 and for the spring
semester by October 15.
2. Academ ic Year in M adrid, Spain. This pro­
gram is administered by the Romance Language
Department o f Hamilton College, in coopera­
tion with faculty members o f Williams, Mount
Holyoke and Swarthmore Colleges. Students
many enroll either for the full academic year or
for the fall semester only. The program
attempts to take full advantage o f the best
facilities and teaching staff o f the Spanish
community, while adhering to the code of
intellectual performance characteristic o f the
most demanding American institutions.
A distinguishing aspect o f the program is the
individual guidance provided students in nonacademic areas, especially in ( 1) the efforts that
are made to find homes well suited for student
lodging, and (2) the activities which are
planned to insure ample contact with Spanish
students.
The program is based in Madrid, where the
cultural, educational and geographic benefits
are optimum. Classrooms and office space are
located at the International Institute (Miguel
Angel 8, Madrid). The Institute is centrally
located, it houses a library eminently suited for
study and research, and it sponsors a series of
lectures, concerts and social activities.
The program is under the general guidance o f a
committee comprised o f members o f the
Hamilton College Department o f Romance
Languages, who, in rotation with professors

from Williams, Mount Holyoke and Swarthmore Colleges, serve also as directors-inresidence in Madrid.

the supervision o f American college personnel.
Interested students should consult the Associ­
ate Provost.

Applications and further information are avail'
able from the Department o f Modern Languages and Literatures.

5. Direct Enrollment. Application may also be
made directly to foreign institutions for admis­
sion as a special student. This should be done
only after consultation with the Associate
Provost, the Registrar, and the appropriate
department head. Care must be taken to assure
in advance that courses taken abroad will be
acceptable for Swarthmore credit. Most for­
eign universities severely limit the number of
students they accept for short periods.

3. Sw arthm ore-supported Programs o f Study
Abroad. Beginning in the academic year 198081 Swarthmore students may apply their
scholarship monies to the cost o f participating
in one o f the programs o f academic study
abroad listed below, subject to the student’s
acceptance to the program in question and the
customary regulations which apply to study
abroad as outlined above.
1) Swarthmore College Program in Grenoble
(France) for either semester or the entire
academic year (see above);
2) Hamilton College Academic Year in Madrid
(Spain) for the fall semester or the entire
academic year (see above);
3) Wayne State Junior Year in Germany, either
at the University o f Freiburg or the Univer­
sity o f Munich (West Germany) for the
entire academic year;
4 ) Smith College Junior Year at the University
o f Hamburg (West Germany) for the entire
academic year;
5) Great Lakes College Association Latin
America Program (Ceuca) in Bogota (Co­
lombia) for either semester or the entire
academic year;
6) The Intercollegiate Center for Classical
Studies in Rome (Italy) for either semester
or the entire academic year.
7) Sweet Briar Junior Year in France (Paris).
Students who intend to apply scholarship
funds to the above programs should consult
with the Financial Aid officer o f the College.
4. O ther Established Programs. Students who
wish to study abroad under formal academic
conditions but whose needs would not be met
by any o f the programs listed above may apply
to one o f the programs administered by other
American colleges and universities; for exam­
ple, those o f Oberlin College, with whose
Chinese Studies Program at Tunghai University
the College is also affiliated, Smith College, or
Sweet Briar College. These are full-year pro­
grams o f study at foreign universities, under

6. Peaslee Scholarships. These scholarships, the
gift o f Amos Peaslee (Class o f ’07), were
instituted in 1953 and are normally awarded
each year on the recommendation of the
Department o f Modern Languages and Litera­
tures, preferably to sophomores and juniors,
for academic studies centering on the languages
and literatures taught in the Department.
Scholarships are awarded for study in Europe,
South America, and, under special circum­
stances, in other non-English speaking coun­
tries on the basis o f the plan o f study submitted
by the applicant and the promise o f academic
distinction. The scholarships are for a mini­
mum o f one semester plus a summer; course
credit is given for the work done upon
approval o f the department concerned. Appli­
cations are available from the Department of
Modern Languages and Literatures. Applica­
tions for the spring semester and summer are
due on or near November 1 o f each year; for the
summer and fall semester on or near April 1 of
each year.
7. The O lga Lam kert Memorial Fund. Income
from a fund established in 1979 by students of
Olga Lamkert, Professor o f Russian at Swarthmore College from 1949to 1956, is available to
students with demonstrated financial need
who wish to attend a Russian summer school
program in this country or either the Leningrad
or Moscow semester programs in the USSR.
Awards based on merit and financial need will
be made on the recommendation o f the
Russian section of the Department o f Modern
Languages and Literatures.
8. Intercollegiate Center for Classical Studies,
Rome. See announcement of the Art Depart­
ment, p. 64, and o f the Classics Department,
p. 86.

51

Faculty Regulations

ATTENDANCE AT CLASSES
Registration to take a course for credit implies
regular attendance at classes, unless a student
specifically elects to obtain credit in a course
without attending classes. The conditions for
exercising this option are set forth below. With
this exception, students are responsible for
regular attendance. Faculty members will re­
port to the Dean the name o f any student whose
repeated absence is in their opinion impairing
the student’s work. The number o f cuts
allowed in a given course is not specified, a fact
which places a heavy responsibility on all
students to make sure that their work is not
suffering as a result o f absences. Since freshmen
must exercise particular care in this respect,
and since the Faculty recognizes its greater
responsibility toward freshmen in the matter of
class attendance, it is expected that freshmen,
especially, will attend a ll classes.
When illness necessitates absence from classes,
the student should report at once to the nurses
or to the college physician.

A student may obtain credit for a course
without attending class meetings by reading the
material prescribed by a syllabus and taking a
final examination, under the following condi­
tions:
1) The student must signify intent to do so at
the time o f registration, having obtained the
instructor’s approval in advance.
2) If after such registration the student wishes
to resume normal class attendance, the instruc­
tor’s approval must be obtained.
3) The student may be required to perform
such work, in addition to the final examination,
as the instructor deems necessary for adequate
evaluation o f his or her performance.
4) The final grade will be recorded by the
Registrar exactly as if the student had attended
classes normally.

GRADES
Instructors report to the Dean’s and Registrar’s
offices at intervals during the year upon the
work o f students in courses. Informal reports
during the semester take the form o f comments
on unsatisfactory work. At the end o f each
semester formal grades are given in each course
under the letter system, by which A means
excellent work, B good work, C satisfactory
work, D passing but below the average required
for graduation, and NC (no credit) for uncom­
pleted or unsatisfactory work. Letter grades are
qualified by pluses and minuses. W signifies
that the student has been permitted to with­
draw from the course by the Committee on
Academic Requirements. X designates a condi­
tion; this means that a student has done
unsatisfactory work in the first half of a year
course, but by creditable work during the
second half may earn a passing grade for the full
course and thereby remove the condition. R is
used to designate an auditor or to indicate cases
in which the work o f a foreign student cannot
be evaluated because o f deficiencies in English.

52

Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete
with respect to specific assignments or exami­
nations. The Faculty has voted that a student’s
final grade in a course should incorporate a zero
for any part of the course not completed by the
date o f the final examination, or the end o f the
examination period. However, if circumstances
beyond the student’s control preclude the
completion o f the work by this date, a grade of
Incomplete (Inc.) may be assigned with the
permission of the Registrar. In such cases
incomplete work must normally be made up
and graded and the final grade recorded within
five weeks after the start of the following term.
Except by special permission o f the Registrar
(on consultation with the Committee on
Academic Requirements) all grades o f Inc. still
outstanding after that date will be replaced on
the student’s permanent record by NC (no
credit). Waiver o f this provision by special
permission shall in no case extend beyond one
year from the time the Inc. grade was incurred.

The only grades recorded on students’ records
for courses taken during their first semester of
the freshman year are CR (credit) and NC (no
credit). In the balance o f their work at
Swarthmore, students may select up to four
courses for Credit/No Credit by informing the
Registrar’s Office within the first two weeks of
the term in which the course is taken. For
freshmen and sophomores CR will be recorded
for work that would earn a grade o f D or higher;
for juniors and seniors the minimum equiva­
lent letter grade for CR will be C. Instructors
are asked to provide the student and the faculty
adviser with evaluation o f the student’s Credit/
No Credit work. The evaluation for firstsemester freshmen includes a letter-grade equi-

valent; for other students the evaluation may be
either a letter-grade equivalent, or a comment.
Such evaluations are not a part of the student’s
grade record. Letter grade equivalents only, for
first semester freshmen courses only, may be
provided to other institutions if requested by
the student and absolutely required by the
other institution.
Reports o f grades are sent to students at the end
o f each semester. They are not routinely sent to
parents or guardians, but such information
may be released when students request it.
A C (2 .0 ) average is required in the courses
counted for graduation.

REGISTRATION
All students are required to register and enroll
at the time specified in official announcements
and to file programs o f courses or seminars
approved by their faculty advisors. Fines are
imposed for late or incomplete registration or
enrollment.
A regular student is expected to take the
prescribed number o f courses in each semester.
If more than five or fewer than four courses
seem desirable, the faculty advisor should be
consulted and a petition filed with the Commit­
tee on Academic Requirements.

Applications involving late entrance into a
course must be received within the first two
weeks o f the semester. Applications involving
withdrawal from a course must be received not
later than the middle o f the semester, or the
mid-point of the course if it meets for only onehalf a semester.
A deposit o f $100 is required of all returning
students prior to their registration in both the
spring and fall semesters. This deposit is
applied to charges for the semester, and is not
refundable.

EXAMINATIONS
Any student who is absent from an examina­
tion, announcement o f which was made in
advance, shall be given an examination at
another hour only by special arrangement with
the instructor in charge o f the course.

No examination in absentia shall be permitted.
This rule shall be interpreted to mean that
instructors shall give examinations only at the
College and under direct departmental super­
vision.

ACADEMIC HONESTY
Members o f an academic community have an
unequivocal responsibility to present as the
result o f their own work only that which is
truly theirs. Cheating, whether in examinations
or by plagiarizing the work o f others, is a most

serious offense, and one which strikes at the
foundations o f academic life.
The responsibility o f the Faculty in this area is
threefold: to explain the nature o f the problem

53

Faculty Regulations

to those they teach, to minimize temptation and
to report any case o f cheating to the Dean for
action by the College Judiciary Committee.
The College Judiciary Committee will consider
the case, determine guilt, and recommend a
penalty to the President. The order o f magni­
tude of the penalty should reflect the serious­
ness o f the transgression. It is the opinion o f the

Faculty that for the first offense failure in the
course and, as appropriate, suspension for a
semester or deprivation o f the degree in that
year is not unsuitable; for a second offense the
penalty should normally be expulsion. A full
description o f College judicial procedure may
be obtained from the office o f the Dean.

STUDENT LEAVES OF ABSENCE
Student leaves o f absence are freely permitted
provided the request for leave is received by the
date o f enrollment and the student is in good
standing. If a student has not enrolled and has
not arranged for a leave of absence for the
subsequent semester, it is assumed that he or

she is withdrawing. Such students must apply
to the Dean for re-admission in order to return
to College after an interval. The purpose of this
policy is to assist the College in planning its
enrollments.

SUMMER SCHOOL WORK
Students desiring to receive Swarthmore Col­
lege credit for work at a summer school are
required to obtain the approval o f the chairman
o f the Swarthmore department concerned
before doing the work. Prior approval is not
automatic: it depends upon adequate informa­
tion about the content and instruction o f the
work to be undertaken. Validation o f the work
for credit depends upon evaluation o f the
materials o f the course including syllabus,
reading lists, written papers, and examinations,

by the Swarthmore department concerned
after the work has been done. Validation may
include an examination, written or oral, admin­
istered at Swarthmore. An official transcript
from the summer school must be presented to
the Office o f the Registrar before the work can
be validated for credit. Requests for credit
must be made within the academic year
following the term in which the course is taken.
One course credit at Swarthmore is regarded as
equivalent to 4 semester hours.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION
In the freshman and sophomore years all non­
veteran students not excused for medical
reasons are required to complete a four quarter
(two semester) program in physical education.
All students must pass a survival swimming test
or take up to one quarter o f swimming

54

instruction. (See the departmental statement of
the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics.) Students who have not fulfilled
their Physical Education requirement will not
be allowed to enter their junior year.

EXCLUSION FROM COLLEGE
The College reserves the right to exclude at any
time students whose academic standing it
regards as unsatisfactory, and without assigning

any further reason therefor; and neither the
College nor any o f its officers shall be under
any liability whatsoever for such exclusion.

55

Degree Requirements

BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The degree o f Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor of
Science is conferred upon students who have
met the following requirements for graduation.
The candidate must have:
1. Completed thirty-two courses or their equi­
valent.
2. An average grade o f C in the courses
counted for graduation.*
3. Complied with the distribution require­
ments and have completed at least twenty
credits outside the major. (See pages 42-43.)
4. Beginning with the Class o f 1987, either: a)
passed at least three years’ study o f one foreign
language while in high school; or, b) achieved a
score o f 600 or its equivalent in a foreign
language on a standard achievement test; or, c)

passed one year o f a foreign language while at
Swarthmore.
5. Met the requirements in the major and
supporting fields during the last two years.
6 . Passed satisfactorily the comprehensive
examinations in his or her major field, or met
the standards set by visiting examiners for a
degree with Honors.
7. Completed four semesters o f study at
Swarthmore College, two o f which have been
those o f the senior year.
8. Completed the physical education require­
ment set forth on page 54 and in statements of
the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics.
9. Paid all outstanding bills and returned all
equipment and library books.

MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF SCIENCE
The degree o f Master o f Arts or Master of
Science may be conferred subject to the
following requirements:
Only students who have completed the work
for the Bachelor’s degree with some distinction,
either at Swarthmore or at another institution
o f satisfactory standing, shall be admitted as
candidates for the Master’s degree at Swarth­
more.
The candidate’s record and a detailed program
setting forth the aim o f the work to be pursued
shall be submitted, with a recommendation
from the department or departments con­
cerned, to the Curriculum Committee. If
accepted by the Committee, the candidate’s
name shall be reported to the faculty at or
before the first faculty meeting o f the year in
which the candidate is to begin work.
The requirements for the Master’s degree shall

*"A n average o f C” is interpreted for this
purpose as being a numerical average o f at
least 2.0 (A +, A = 4.0, A- = 3.67,
B + = 3.33, B = 3.0, B- = 2.67, C + = 2.33,
C = 2.0, C- = 1.67, D + = 1.33, D - 1.0, D-

include the equivalent o f a full year’s work of
graduate character. This work may be done in
courses, seminars, reading courses, regular
conferences with members o f the faculty, or
research. The work may be done in one
department or in two related departments.
A candidate for the Master’s degree shall be
required to pass an examination conducted by
the department or departments in which the
work was done. The candidate shall be
examined by outside examiners, provided that
where this procedure is not practicable, excep­
tions may be made by the Curriculum Commit­
tee. The department or departments concerned,
on the basis o f the reports o f the outside
examiners, together with the reports o f the
student’s resident instructors, shall make rec­
ommendations to the faculty for the award of
the degree.
At the option o f the department or departments

= 0.67). Grades o f Credit/No Credit and
grades on the record for work not taken at
Swarthmore College are not included in
computing this average.

concerned, a thesis may be required as part of
the work for the degree.
A candidate for the Master’s degree will be
expected to show before admission to candi­
dacy a competence in those languages deemed
by his or her department or departments most
essential for the field o f research. Detailed

language requirements will be indicated in the
announcements o f departments which admit
candidates for the degree.
The tuition fee for graduate students who are
candidates for the Master’s degree is $6,250
per year, and the general fee for these students
is $398 per semester.

57

Awards and Prizes

The Ivy Award is made by the Faculty each year
to the man o f the graduating class who is
outstanding in leadership, scholarship, and
contributions to the College community.
The O ak L ea f Award is made by the Faculty
each year to the woman o f the graduating class
who is outstanding in leadership, scholarship,
and contributions to the College community.
The M cCabe Engineering Award, founded by
Thomas B. McCabe, 1915, is presented each
year to the outstanding engineering student in
the Senior Class. The recipient is chosen by a
committee o f the faculty o f the department of
Engineering.
The F lack Achievement Award, presented by the
Flack Foundation, one o f whose founders is
Hertha Eisenmenger Flack o f the Class of 1938,
is made to a deserving student who, during the
first two years at Swarthmore College, has
demonstrated a good record o f achievements
in both academic and extracurricular activities
while showing leadership potential as a con­
structive member o f the College. The donor
hopes these awards will go to students of
demonstrated achievement and high potential
who are dedicated to the basic principles of
American democracy and o f academic free­
dom. The awards are not related to need.
The Academy o f American Poets awards $100
each year for the prize poem (or group of
poems) submitted in a competition under the
direction o f the Department o f English Litera­
ture.
The Adam s Prize o f $100 is awarded each year
by the Department o f Economics for the best
paper submitted in quantitative economics.
T he Stanley Adamson Prize in Chemistry is
endowed in memory o f Stanley D. Adamson
’65 by his parents, June and George Adamson.
It is awarded each spring to a well-rounded
Junior majoring in Chemistry who, in the
opinion o f the Department, gives promise of
excellence and dedication in the field.
American Chem ical Society Award is given to the
student who is judged by the Department of
Chemistry to have the best performance in
chemistry and overall academic achievement.
American Institute o f Chemists Award is given to
the student who is judged by the Department
o f Chemistry to have the second best record in
chemistry and overall academic performance.

58

The Brand Blanshard Prize, honoring Brand
Blanshard, Professor o f Philosophy at Swarth­
more from 1925 to 1945, has been established
by David H. Scull, o f the Class o f 1936. The
award o f $100 is presented annually to the
student who, in the opinion of the Department,
submits the best essay on any philosophical
topic.
The Sophie and W illiam Bramson Prize will be
awarded annually to an outstanding student
majoring in Sociology and Anthropology. The
Prize recognizes excellence o f the Senior Thesis,
in either the course or the external examination
program, as well as excellence o f the student’s
entire career in the Department. The Bramson
Prize, given in memory of Sophie and William
Bramson, parents o f Leon Bramson, founding
chairman o f the Sociology-Anthrology De­
partment, includes an award o f $500.
The Heinrich W. Brinkmann M athematics Prize,
honoring Hienrich Brinkmann, Professor of
Mathematics, 1933-1969, was established by
his students in 1978 in honor o f his 80th
birthday. Two awards o f $100 each are to be
presented annually to a Course student and
Honors candidate who, in the opinion o f the
Mathematics Department, have demonstrated
excellence in Mathematics.
The Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship, founded
by Sallie K. Johnson in memory o f her
grandparents, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper,
is awarded to the member o f the Junior Class
who is judged by the faculty to have had, since
entering College, the best record for scholar­
ship, character, and influence.
The A lice L. Crossley Prize in Asian Studies of
$100 is awarded to the student who, in the
opinion o f the Asian Studies Committee,
submits the best essay on any topic in Asian
Studies.
The Dorothy Ditter Gondos Award, bequeathed
by Victor Gondos, Jr., in honor o f his wife,
Class o f 1930, is given every other year to a
student o f Swarthmore College who, in the
opinion o f a faculty committee, submits the
best paper on the subject dealing with a
literature o f a foreign language. The prize of
about $100 is awarded in the spring semester.
Awarding o f the prize will be under the
direction o f the Literature Committee.
The John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes are offered

for the best original poem or for a translation
from any language.
The Philip M. H icks Prizes are endowed by
friends o f Philip M. Hicks, former Professor o f
English and Chairman o f the Department of
English Literature. One is awarded to the
senior English major who in the opinion o f the
Department writes the best senior essay or
thesis; one is awarded to the student who in the
opinion o f the Department submits the best
critical essay on any topic in the field o f
literature.
The Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion o f $100,
donated by Eleanor S. Clarke o f the Class of
1918 and named in honor o f Jesse Holmes,
Professor o f History o f Religion and Philoso­
phy at Swarthmore from 1899 to 1934, is
awarded to the student who, in the opinion of
the Department o f Religion, submits the best
essay on any topic in the field o f religion.
The Kwink Trophy, first awarded in 1951 by the
campus managerial organization known as the
Society o f Kwink, is presented by the faculty of
the Department of Physical Education and
Athletics to the senior man who best exempli­
fies the Society’s five principles: Service,
Spirit, Scholarship, Society, and Sportsman­
ship.
The E lla Frances Bunting Extemporary Speaking
Fund and the Owen Moon Fund provide income
for a poetry reading contest as well as funds for
visiting poets and writers.
The Lois M orrell Poetry Award, given by her
parents in memory of Lois Morrell o f the Class
of 1946, goes to that student who, in the
opinion o f the faculty, submits the best original
poem in the annual competition for the award.
The award o f $100 is made in the spring o f the
year.
The A. Edward Newton Library Prize o f $50,
endowed by A. Edward Newton, to make
permanent the Library Prize first established by

W.W. Thayer, is awarded annually to that
undergraduate who, in the opinion o f the
Committee o f Award, shows the best and most
intelligently chosen collection o f books upon
any subject. Particular emphasis is laid not
merely upon the size o f the collection but also
upon the skill with which the books are
selected and upon the owner’s knowledge of
their subject-matter.
The May E. Parry M emorial Award, donated by
the Class o f 1925 o f which she was a member,
is presented by the faculty of the Department
o f Physical Education and Athletics to the
senior woman who by her loyalty, sportsman­
ship, and skill in athletics has made a valuable
contribution to Swarthmore College.
The Drew Pearson Prize o f $100 is awarded by
:he editors o f The Phoenix at the end o f each
staff academic year to a member o f The Phoenix
for excellence in journalism. The prize was
established by the directors of The Drew
Pearson Foundation in memory o f Drew
Pearson, Class o f 1919.
The John W . Perdue M emorial Prize, established
in 1969 in memory o f an engineering student
o f the Class o f 1969, is awarded by the
Department o f Engineering to the outstanding
student entering the junior class with a major in
engineering.
The W illiam Plumer Potter Public Speaking Fund,
established in 1927, in addition to providing
funds for the collection o f recorded literature
described on page 14, sponsors awards for the
best student short stories, and is a major source
o f funds for campus appearances by poets and
writers.
The M elvin B. Troy Award o f $250 is given each
year for the best, most insightful paper in
Music or Dance, or composition or choreog­
raphy by a student, judged by the Department
o f Music and Dance. The prize was established
by the family and friends o f Melvin B. Troy,
Class o f 1948.

FACULTY AWARD
The Flack Faculty Award is given for excellence
in teaching and promise in scholarly activity to
a member o f the Swarthmore Faculty, to help
meet the expenses o f a full year o f leave
devoted to research and self-improvement.
This award acknowledges the particularly
strong link that exists at Swarthmore between

teaching and original scholarly work. The
award itself is to be made by the President upon
the recommendation o f the Provost and the
candidate’s academic department. This award
is made possible by an endowment established
by James M. Flack and Hertha Eisenmenger
Flack ’38.

59

Fellowships

Three fellowships (the Leedom, Lippincott, and
Lockwood Fellowships—see below) are awarded
annually by the Faculty, and two fellowships
(the Mott and Tyson Fellowships — see below)
are awarded by the Somerville Literary Society,
to seniors or graduates o f the College for the
pursuit o f advanced work. These awards are
made on recommendation o f the Committee
on Fellowships and Prizes for a proposed
program o f study which has the approval o f the
Faculty. Applications must be in the hands of
the Committee by March 31. The Committee
considers applicants for all o f these fellowships
for which they are eligible and makes recom­
mendations which overall do not discriminate
on the basis o f sex. These fellowships are:
The Hannah A. Leedom Fellowship founded by
the bequest of Hannah A. Leedom.
The Joshua Lippincott Fellowship founded by
Howard W. Lippincott, of the Class of 1875, in
memory o f his father.
T he John Lockw ood M em orial Fellow ship,
founded by the bequest o f Lydia A. Lockwood,
New York, in memory o f her brother, John
Lockwood. It was the wish of the donor that
the fellowship be awarded to a member o f the
Society o f Friends.
T he Lucretia Mott Fellowship, founded by the
Somerville Literary Society and sustained by
the contributions o f Swarthmore alumnae. It is
awarded each year to a woman senior who is to
pursue advanced study in an institution
approved by the Committee.
The M artha E. Tyson Fellowship, founded by the
Somerville Literary Society in 1913 and sus­
tained by the contributions o f Swarthmore
alumnae. It is awarded each year to a woman
senior or graduate who plans to enter elemen­
tary or secondary school work. The recipient
o f the award is to pursue a course o f study in an
institution approved by the Committee.
Other fellowships are awarded under the
conditions described below:
Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship, established to
honor the memory o f Dean Susan P. Cobbs, is
awarded at the discretion o f the Classics
Department to a student majoring in Classics
for study in Greece or Italy.
The General Electric Foundation Graduate Fellow­
ship, to be awarded to a graduating senior for

60

the first year o f graduate work, is intended to
encourage outstanding scholars to pursue an
academic career. The recipient, who must be a
United States citizen or permanent resident,
will receive the amount necessary to cover
tuition, fees, and subsistence allowance for
study directed toward a PhD in Engineering or
Computer Science at another institution in the
United States. The precise amount o f each
fellowship will be based on the costs and
policies o f the university and department
chosen for graduate work.
T he Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet
Scholarships, endowed by Frank W . Fetter ’20,
Robert Fetter *53, Thomas Fetter *56 and Ellen
Fetter Gille in memory o f Elizabeth P. Fetter
*25, subsidize the private instrumental lessons
o f four top-notch student string players at the
College. Interested applicants should write to
the Chairman of the Department o f Music and
should plan to play an audition at the College
when coming for an interview.
Friends o f Music and Dance Summer Fellowships
provide stipends for attendance at summer
workshops in music and dance. Recipients are
selected by the Department o f Music and
Dance on the basis o f written proposals.
Phi Beta K appa Fellowship. The Swarthmore
Chapter o f Phi Beta Kappa (Epsilon o f Penn­
sylvania) awards a Fellowship for graduate
study to a senior who has been elected to Phi
Beta Kappa and has been admitted to a
program o f advanced study in some branch of
the liberal arts.
T he Eugene M. Lang Alumni Fellowship. Begin­
ning with 1981, a visiting fellowship program
was established on an experimental basis to
bring back to the College for a spring semester
a recent Swarthmore graduate whose experi­
ences and achievements in academic, scientific,
professional, business, government, artistic, or
social service activities, within not more than
ten post-graduate years, have been distinctive,
significant and likely to be instructive and
inspirational to current students.
The Eugene M. Lang Graduate Incentive Fellow­
ship. All Eugene M. Lang senior Scholars who
have completed their Opportunity Project (see
Financial Aid) and who have academic achieve­
ment at Swarthmore sufficient to earn Distinc­
tion or Honors may apply for these fellowships.
Applicants should submit to the Committee

on Fellowships and Prizes a plan o f graduate
study with high potential for service to society.
This fellowship is made possible by the gift of
Eugene M. Lang *38.

demonstrated superior qualities o f leadership.
Young alumni and graduating seniors are
eligible to apply.

The Thomas B. M cCabe, Jr. and Yvonne Motley
M cCabe M emorial Fellowship. This Fellowship,
awarded annually to a graduate o f the College,
provides a grant toward the first year o f study
at the Harvard Business School. Yvonne and
Thomas B. McCabe, Jr., were for a time
residents o f Cambridge, Massachusetts, and
Mr. McCabe received the M.B. A. from Harvard
and was a Visiting Lecturer there. In selecting
the recipient, the Committee on Fellowships
and Prizes follows the standards that determine
the McCabe Achievement Awards, giving
special consideration to applicants who have

The J. Roland Pennock Undergraduate Fellowship
in Public A ffairs. The Fellowship, endowed by
friends o f Professor J. Roland Pennock at his
retirement in 1976 and in recognition o f his
many years of distinguished teaching of Political
Science at Swarthmore, provides a grant for as
much as $2,500 to support a substantial
research project (which could include inquiry
through responsible participation) in public
affairs. The Fellowship, for Swarthmore under­
graduates, would normally be held off-campus
during the summer. Preference is given to
applicants from the Junior Class.

FACULTY FELLOWSHIP
The Eugene M. Lang Faculty Fellowship is
designed to enhance the educational program
of Swarthmore College by contributing to
faculty development, by promoting original or
innovative scholarly achievement o f faculty
members, and by encouraging the use o f such
achievements to stimulate intellectual exchange
among scholars. The Fellowship will provide
financial support for faculty leaves through a
grant o f about one half the recipient’s salary
during the grant year. Upon recommendation
of the Selection Committee, there may be a
small additional grant for travel and project
expenses and for library book purchases. The

Selection Committee shall consist o f the
Provost, three Divisional Chairmen, and three
other persons selected by the President, of
whom at least two must be Swarthmore
alumni. Any faculty member eligible for leave
may apply, and up to three may be chosen.
Fellows will be expected to prepare a paper or
papers resulting from the work o f their leave
year, presented publicly for the College and
wider community. The Selection Committee
may support wholly or in part the cost of
publishing any of these papers. These fellow­
ships are made possible by an endowment
established by Eugene M. Lang ’38.

61

y
Courses o f Instruction

62

The course (semester course) is the unit of
credit. Seminars and colloquia are usually given
£or double credit, i.e., equivalent to two
courses. A few courses are given for half-course
credit.
Courses are numbered as follows:
1 to 10 — introductory courses
11 to 9 9 — other courses (Some o f these
courses are not open to fresh­
men and sophomores.)
100 to 199 — seminars for Honors candi­
dates and graduate students.

Year courses, the number o f which are joined
by a hyphen (e.g., 1-2 ) must be continued for
the entire year; credit is not given for the first
semester’s work only, nor is credit given for the
first semester if die student fails the second
semester.
Although the course listings in this catalogue
cannot be guaranteed as accurate, these are
intended to facilitate planning by representing
probable offerings over a two year period.
Those courses actually offered each semester
are listed in the schedule o f classes available
before enrollment for that semester.

Art
T. KAORI KITAO, Professor and Acting Chairperson
CONSTANCE CAIN HUNGERFORD, Associate Professor^
CURTIS HANSMAN BRIZENDINE, Assistant Professor
MICHAEL W. COTHREN, Assistant Professor*
RANDALL EXON, Assistant Professor
JOYCE FILLIP, Assistant Professor
SRIAN A. MEUNIER, Assistant Professori}.
JOYCE NAGATA, Assistant Professor (part-time)
SUSAN FISHER STERLING, Lecturer!t

The Department o f Art offers historical,
critical, and practical instruction in the visual
arts. Courses in art history consider questions
having to do with the forms, traditions,
meaning, and historical context o f works o f art
and architecture; studio arts courses explore
problems o f methods, processes, and personal
resources which arise in the actual creation of
objects in various media.
W ilcox Gallery: The Florence Wilcox Art
Gallery in Commons, Parrish Hall, provides
seven to nine exhibitions a year, which are an
integral part o f the Studio Arts Program. The
works o f nationally known artists as well as
those o f younger artists, in various media, are
exhibited in group and one-person shows.
Randall Exon is in charge o f the Gallery.
Heilman Artist: Each year die Department of
Art, in cooperation with the majors in art,

selects an artist to visit the College to serve
as a visiting artist and critic under the Marjorie
Heilman Visiting Artist Program. The work of
the invited artist is exhibited in the Wilcox Art
Gallery in Commons; he or she gives critiques
in the studios and also meets and talks with
students, both majors and non-majors, on an
informal basis.
Lee Frank Lecture: See p. 13.
Benjamin W est Lecture: See p. 13.
Study Abroad: Swarthmore is one o f the
institutions sponsoring the Intercollegiate Cen­
ter for Classical Studies in Rome, which
provides facilities also for the study o f Art
History. Art majors, recommended by the
Department, are eligible to study at the Center
during their junior year, for one semester or
two.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Prerequisites: ARTH 1 or 2 is the prerequisite
for all other art history courses in the Depart­
ment, unless otherwise noted. It is strongly
recommended that the appropriate segment o f
Introduction be taken before an advanced
course in a particular subject. STUA 1 is the
usual prerequisite for studio arts courses; it
may be waived by presenting a portfolio. All
majors and minors must take ARTH 1 and 2; in
addition, majors in the Honors and Course
Programs alike must take one studio course. It
is strongly recommended that these require­
ments be fulfilled before the junior year.
Students are also advised that graduate work in
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1982.
f f Spring semester, 1983.

64

art history requires a reading knowledge o f at
least German and French.
Course Majors in Art History: The program
consists o f at least eight courses in Art History
(including ARTH 1 and 2), plus one Studio
Arts course and Senior Seminar (ARTH 97,
required for graduation). Contingent on de­
partmental approval, a two-credit thesis in the
fall semester o f the senior year may be
substituted for Senior Seminar. The Course
major in Art History is required to take at least
one course (at Swarthmore) from each o f the
four core groups: (a) Ancient and Medieval
\Absent on leave. 1982-1983.

Art—courses 12, 13, 15, 16, and 17; (b) Re­
naissance and Baroque Art—courses 20, 25,
26, and 28; and (c) Modern Art—courses 30
(only if preceded by ARTH 1 or 2), 32, and 35;
and (d) Non-Western Art—courses 45, 46,
47, and 48. Course majors may take Seminars
with the consent o f the instructor.
Course M ajors in Art: The combined program of
the Course Major in Art consists o f a minimum
of five courses in Art History, including ARTH
1 and 2, and at least one course in a period
before 1800; and five courses in Studio Arts
including Drawing and one course in 3-D

medium for 2-D specialist and vice versa. In
lieu o f Senior Seminar, the Comprehensive,
consisting of Senior Exhibition and Catalog, is
a requirement for graduation.
M ajors and Minors in T he External Examination
Program: In addition to ARTH 1 and 2 (and one
studio course for majors), majors in the
Honors Program should take four seminars in
the Department; minors should take two. A
corresponding course with an attachment may
be substituted for a seminar if that seminar will
not be offered during the period o f the
student’s Honors preparation.

A rt History
1. Introduction to Art History; I.

13. Roman Art.

A critical and historical introduction to the
study o f architecture, sculpture, and painting
in the East and the W est to the fourteenth
century. Two lectures and one hour conference
section per week.
Section 3 will be a Writing Course of 1.5
credits (see p. 49).
Fall semester. Brizendine and Kitao.

A survey o f the art o f the Italian peninsula
before the ascendancy o f the Roman imperium
and the subsequent spread o f Roman art
throughout the empire to the establishment of
tetrarchic rule at the end o f the third century.
Topics to be considered will include the
significance o f the Greek and Etruscan herit­
age, art as a manifestation o f power, the art of
the middle class preserved at Pompeii, por­
traiture, architecture as theatre, provincialism,
and the celebration o f triumph. Special atten­
tion will be given to the relationship between
the social order and artistic production.
Spring semester, 1983-84. Cothren.

2. Introduction to Art History, II.
A survey o f art and architecture in the East and
the West from the fourteenth century to the
present. ARTH 1 is not required for ARTH 2
but is strongly recommended. Two lectures and
one hour conference section per week.
Spring Semester. Brizendine, Kitao, and Sterling.

6. Picasso.
An introduction to problems and methods in
art history through examination o f Picasso and
his place in modern art. Symbolism, Cubism,
and Surrealism will be emphasized. No prere­
quisite.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. Hungerford.

12. Greek A r t
The art, architecture and archaeology of
ancient Greece from the Minoan period through
the Hellenistic age.
Not offered 1982-83.

15. Early Christian and Byzantine Art.
An examination o f the emergence o f a Chris­
tian form o f artistic expression from the
heritage o f late antique art, followed by a sur­
vey o f its international development through
the sixth century and its progression in the
Byzantine empire centered in Constantinople
until the fall o f that empire to the Ottoman
Turks in 1453. Attention will be given to
architecture, its monumental mosaic and fresco
decoration, manuscript illumination, iconic
devotional images, and the minor arts o f ivory
carving, metalwork and enamels.
Fall semester, 1983-84. Cothren.

65

Art

16. Early Medieval Art in the West

28. Raroque Art.

A survey o f the art and architecture o f Western
Europe from the migration o f the barbarian
tribes through the establishment o f a mature
Romanesque style in the twelfth century. The
political implications o f the Carolingian revival
o f the classical heritage, monasticism and art,
the Book o f Kells and Celtic tradition, apocalyptic anxiety around the year 1000, and
Romanesque sculptureas ecclesiastical propaganda.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. Cothren.

European art o f the 17 th century. Special
problems considered include: the impact o f the
Catholic Reformation on art and artists, the
question of reality and illusion, the nature of
allegory and propaganda in art, the rise of
academies and the art market, and the spread of
the Baroque style through France, the Low
Countries, and Spain. Artists considered in­
clude Caravaggio, Bernini, Velazquez, Poussin,
Rubens and Rembrandt.
Spring semester, 1983-84. Kitao.

17. Gothic Art.
The course will emphasize the formation of
Gothic art around the year 1140 and its
development and codification in France during
the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries. Topics
will include the role o f Abbot Suger’s Neo­
platonism in the establishment o f a Gothic
aesthetic, Saint Louis’ “court style” as a
statement o f political ideology, the inspiration
for and effectiveness o f structural systems in
Gothic architecture, and Gothic humanism
around the year 1200. Architecture, sculpture,
stained glass and manuscript illustration will be
considered.
Spring semester: Cothren.

30. Modern Architecture.

20. Northern Renaissance A rt

Painting and sculpture from the Post-Impres­
sionists to the present, considered in the
context o f relevant social, political, economic,
and cultural factors. The course focuses on art
in Western Europe through the outbreak of
World War II and then turns to developments
in the United States beginning c. 1940.
Spring semester. Sterling.

Art in the Netherlands and Germany in the
15th and 16th centuries.
Spring semester. Brizendine.

25. Italian Renaissance A r t
Study o f the emergence of a new style in Italy
circa 1390 and its aftermath, with special
emphasis on Leonardo da Vinci and the young
Michelangelo. Topics discussed include hu­
manism in art, historicism, scientific method,
secularization, and the artist’s role in society.
Offered alternately with ARTH 26.
Fall semester, 1983-84. Kitao.

26. Michelangelo and His Times.
Michelangelo’s art, architecture, poetry, and
artistic theory in relation to his Quattrocento
predecessors and High Renaissance contempo­
raries. Topics include classicism, art as prob­
lem-solving, definition o f genius, the idea of
the canon in art, the rise o f art criticism, and
Mannerism.
Fall semester. Kitao.

66

Architecture in Europe and the United States
1750 to the present. The prerequisite is waived
from for students in Engineering.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83.

32. Nineteenth Century Art.
Developments in European painting, sculp­
ture, and architecture from the late 18th
century through the Post-Impressionist gen­
eration o f Cézanne, van Gogh, and Gauguin.
Relevant social, political, economic, and cul­
tural contexts are considered.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. Hungerford.

35. Twentieth Century A rt

41. American Art.
Painting and sculpture in the United States
from the Colonial Period to the present, with
special attention to the relationship between
developments in American art and those in
Western European art.
Spring semester.Not offered 1982-83. Hungerford.

42. Special Topics: American Stained
Glass.
Field work and research on windows in the
Philadelphia area in conjunction with the
ongoing Census o f Stained Glass in America
1840-1940. Can be taken for full or half credit.
Enrollment only with the instructor’s consent.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. Cothren.

45. Arts of China.
This course is an introduction to the religious
and secular arts o f China from the neolithic
period through the 1980s with special emphasis
on art in relation to a broad historical context.
While the course will focus on painting,
sculpture, and the usable arts, architecture,
gardens, and city planning will also be discussed.
Fall semester. Brizendine.

46. Arts of India and Southeast Asia.
An introduction to the history of Indian and
Southeast Asian sculpture, architecture, paint­
ing, and the usable and decorative arts from the
Indus Valley civilization through the Moghul
conquest, with special reference to cultural,
religious, and political contexts.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. Brizendine.

47. Arts of Japan.
This course is intended to introduce the arts of
Japan from ca. 6 0 0 0 BCE through the present
era. Topics will include the arts o f Shinto and
Buddhism, architecture, ceramics, painting,
sculpture, and printmaking, as well as the
traditional crafts and decorative arts. Strong
emphasis will be placed on viewing art in
relation to its larger historical context.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83. Brizendine.

48. Islamic Art.
An introduction to the art and architecture of
the Islamic world. Emphasis will be on the
development o f a characteristic Islamic form of
expression and its major regional and dynastic
manifestations.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83. Cothren.

54. The City.
The city as artifact. Analytical study o f visual
and physical aspects o f the man-made envi­
ronment: buildings as signs and the spaces
between them. Topics include the anatomy of
space, urban iconography, dwelling and social
behavior, forms o f cities and streets in history,
theories o f design and planning, and preserva­
tion, with special emphasis on Rome, London,
Paris, and Philadelphia.
Not offered 1982-83. Kitao.

55. Philadelphia: City and
Architecture.
Architecture and urban forms, focusing on
Philadelphia, in relation to the Europe of
Neoclassicism, Georgian and Victorian Lon­
don, Paris o f the Second Empire, the Chicago
School, the International Style, and PostModernism; topics include orthogonal plan­
ning, Penn’s idealism, the row house phenom­
enon, the Centennial Exhibition, urban renewal
and historic preservation.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. Kitao.

65. Classical Heritage in
Architecture.
Renaissance and Baroque architecture, mostly
churches and palaces, considering primarily
the syntactics o f the Classical Order; topics
include the serial and central systems, Michelangelesque subversion, Mannerist ambiguity,
rhetoric of the facade, Baroque geometry,
cosmology and liturgy, and regional transfor­
mations.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83. Kitao.

74. History of Photography.
Origins and development o f photography as a
form o f artistic expression and cultural com­
munication, with emphasis on the 19th and
early 20th centuries.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. Hungerford.

75. The Cinema.
Cinema as visual and narrative art; close
analysis o f a few selected works (Blue Angel,
Thirty-nine Steps, Rules o f the Game, Citizen
K ane) in the first half, followed by a historical
survey and study o f principal critical and
semiotic theories. Screening, lectures, discus­
sions, papers and filming exercises. The pre­
requisite of ARTH 1 or 2 may be waived with
the instructor’s consent; recommended to
advanced students only; class limited to twenty.
Fall semester. Kitao.

91. Special Topic: Asian Landscape.
The course will examine the concept of
landscape and the existence o f landscape as a
genre in the arts o f China and Japan from a
variety of points o f view, including conceptual,

67

Art

geographical, geological, and formal. W e will
consider a variety of media, including painting,
architecture, sculpture, literature, and possibly
film. This course will also fill departmental
distribution requirement (d).
Spring semester. Brizendine.

Paper, which will serve as the Comprehensive
Examination. The topic o f the paper, which
may vary periodically, will be defined by the
Department.
Spring semester. Cothren.

93. Directed Reading.

Contingent on departmental approval, a twocredit thesis in the fall semester o f the senior
year may be substituted for Senior Seminar.
For Course majors in Art History only.
Fall semester. Staff.

Staff.

97. Senior Seminar.
For Course majors in Art History only. As part
o f this course the students will write a Senior

99. Senior Thesis.

SEMINARS
Seminars are open to all majors with the
consent o f the instructor; for Honors candi­
dates an appropriate course with an attachment
may be substituted for a seminar in the event
that seminar is not offered during the two years
in which the student is eligible to take
seminars.

132. Nineteenth Century A rt
Fall semester, 1983-84. Hungerford.

135. Twentieth Century Art.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. Hungerford.

146. Chinese Painting.
Not offered 1982-83. Brizendine.

117. Gothic Art.

191. Special Topics.

Spring semester, 1983-84. Cothren.

Staff.

125. Italian Renaissance Art.

195. Thesis.

Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83. Kitao.

Staff.

128. Raroque Art.
Spring semester. Kitao.

Studio Arts
Studio Arts courses meet six hours weekly in
two three-hour sessions; all courses are for full
course credit unless otherwise noted. Studio
Art I is the usual prerequisite for studio arts
courses; it may be waived by presenting a
portfolio.

3. Drawing.
W ork in various media directed toward a
clearer perception of space, light and form. A
course for all levels of ability. Weekly outside
drawing problems and a final project.
Fall semester. Exon.

1. Introduction to Studio Arts.

4. Sculpture.

Explorations in the visual description and
construction o f objects and ideas; problems in
drawing, color, and three-dimensional form.
Attention will be given both to the theoretical
aspects o f the work and to the development of
studio techniques.
Each semester. Exon and Fillip.

Investigation o f three-dimensional forms
through modelling, assemblage, and construc­
tion; emphasis on contemporary methods and
concepts: slide lectures and discussions.
Spring semester. Fillip.

2. Pottery.
An introduction to the techniques o f pottery.
No credit.
Each semester. Nagata.

68

5. Ceramics.
Techniques o f forming (wheel and hand-built),
glazing and firing (raku, low-fire, porcelain,
stoneware and salt); understanding, mastery,
and use of these techniques towards a personal
understanding and expression in the medium.

Admission at the discretion o f the instructor
and with the approval o f the Department.
Each semester. Nagata.

6. Photography.
Introduction to the technical processes and
visual and theoretical concepts o f photography,
both as a unique medium and as it relates to
other forms o f non-photographic composition.
Each semester. Fillip

niques singly and in combination.
Not offered 1982-83. Exon.

13. Advanced Drawing.
Fall semester. Exon.

14. Advanced Sculpture.
Spring semester. Fillip.

15. Advanced Ceramics.
Each semester. Fillip.

8. Painting.

16. Advanced Photography.

Investigation in oil paint o f pictorial structure
and o f the complex nature o f color—how it can
define surface, space, light, temperature and
mood.
Each semester. Exon.

Each semester. Fillip.

9. Printmaking.
Techniques o f intaglio, serigraph, woodcut,
and the aesthetic possibilities o f these tech­

18. Advanced Painting.
Each semester. Exon.

19. Advanced Printmaking.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. Exon.

20. Special Studies.
Staff.

69

Asian Studies

Coordinator: LILLIAN M. LI
The Asian Studies Program provides an opportunity for students to become familiar with the
traditions and cultures o f East, South, and
Southeast Asia. By fulfilling the requirements
indicated below students may graduate with a
Concentration in Asian Studies in addition to a
regular major. A concentration may focus on
East, South, or Southeast Asia. Alternatively, it
may apply the approaches o f one or two
disciplines to more than one o f these areas. The
concentration is open to majors in all depart'
ments.

with an oral examination administered by the
Committee, be substituted for this require­
ment.

A student intending to concentrate in Asian
Studies should submit a program proposal for
approval by a subcommittee o f the Asian
Studies faculty by the end o f the Sophomore
year. The proposal should be the result of
discussion with a member o f the Asian Studies
faculty drawn, whenever possible, from the
student’s major department. It will explain
what the student intends to undertake and how
the Asian Studies Concentration will relate to
his or her departmental major. Insofar as
possible the courses or seminars required for
the major and those for the Concentration
should be chosen in a way that will comprise a
well integrated and focussed program.

Department of History

Each concentration must include at least five
Asian Studies credits. A t least three o f them
must be outside the major department and
must be chosen from at least two other
departments. In order to provide students with
a common experience, a shared basis for
identification and discussion, and a basic
preparation for continuing study in the Asian
area, each candidate in addition will normally
be required to include in his or her program
two o f the following courses: History 9
(Chinese Civilization), History 72 (Japanese
Civilization), Religion 10 (The Hindu Tradi­
tion), Religion 11 (The Buddhist Tradition).
Finally, in the senior year each student must
either write a major research paper on a topic
approved by the Asian Studies Committee
followed by an oral examination administered
by the Committee, or take a comprehensive
examination administered by the Committee
on the program he or she has set out. A thesis
or major paper written for another department
may, with the approval o f the Committee, and

70

Courses and seminars presently offered that
count toward fulfillment o f the Asian Studies
Concentration:

Department of Art
45.
46.
47.
91.
9.
72.
74.
75.
77.
144.

Arts of China
Arts o f India and Southeast Asia
Arts o f Japan
Asian Landscape
Chinese Civilization
Japanese Civilization
Modern China
Modern Japan
China: the Politics o f History
Modem East Asia

Department of Political Science
19. Comparative Communist Politics
20. Politics o f China
107. Comparative Communist Politics

Department of Religion
2.
10.
11.
21.

Patterns of Asian Religions
The Hindu Tradition
The Buddhist Tradition
Southeast Asia: Culture, History, and
Religion
31. Indian Religious Literature
32. Religions in East Asia
104. Religion in Southeast Asia
Any course in an Asian Language above the second
year level (one credit o f first or second year lan­
guage may be counted toward the concentration).
Other courses and seminars which include
Asian materials (see departmental listings for
year offered):

Department of Economics
11.
31.
106.
109.

Economic Development
Comparative Economic Systems
Comparative Economic Systems
Economic Development

Department of Modern Languages
1B-2B Introduction to Mandarin Chinese
3B-4B Second-year Mandarin Chinese

Department of Music
8. Music o f the Orient

Department of Political Science
63. Advanced International Politics

Department of Religion
13. Comparative Religious Mysticism
101. Religious Perspectives East and West

Department of Sociology and
Anthropology
21. Southeast Asia: Culture, History, and
Religion
30. Religion as a Cultural Institution
107. Religion as a Cultural Institution
In planning their programs, students may wish
to consult one o f the following Asian Studies
faculty members: Alfred Bloom (Linguistics),
Curtis Hansman Brizendine (Art), T. Kaori
Kitao (Art), Cecilia Lee (Modern Languages),
Gerald Levinson (Music), Lillian M. Li (History), Kenneth Lieberthal (Political Science),

Steven Piker (Sociology-Anthropology), or
Donald K. Swearer (Religion).
Students concentrating in Asian Studies should
be aware o f the opportunities which exist
outside o f Swarthmore for Asian language and
Asian area studies: cross-registration at Bryn
Mawr, Haverford, and the University o f Penn­
sylvania during the regular academic year;
study at institutes such as the Middlebury
College Summer Language School during the
summer; and overseas programs in India,
Japan, Hongkong, the People’s Republic of
China, and the Republic o f China (Taiwan).
Overseas programs will normally be under­
taken during the junior year and presuppose
work in Asian Studies. Students who are inter­
ested in participating should plan well in ad­
vance so that they can take the necessary prior
work as well as fulfill their other academic
obligations while at Swarthmore.

71

Astronomy

JOHN E. GAUSTAD, Professor, Chairman, and Director o f Sproul Observatory
WULFF 0. HEINTZ, Professor

Astronomy deals with the nature o f the
universe about us and with the methods
employed to derive the laws underlying the
observed phenomena. The department offers
introductory courses for students in all divi­
sions (Astr. 1 to 4 ) and for science students (5
to 9). Various topics o f astronomy and
astrophysics are considered in detail in ad­
vanced courses which are given at 2-year or
3-year intervals.
The principal telescope, the 61-cm. Sproul
refractor with a focal length o f 11 metres, is
used for reseach on the distances, motions,
orbits, and masses o f stars by means o f visual
and photographic observations. It has been in

constant operation since 1912. Other equip­
ment includes a high-precision measuring
machine for the photographs, installed in
1971, photoelectric and photographic photo­
meters, and a Brashear micrometer. A 61-cm.
reflector equipped with a high-resolution spec­
trometer is available for solar and stellar
spectroscopy in cooperation with the Physics
department. A 15-cm. refractor and a 20-cm.
reflector are used for instruction and for
student projects. The astronomy library pos­
sesses a large collection o f research publications
acquired through international exchange. Vis­
itors’ Nights at the observatory are announced
in the monthly calendar o f the College.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
An Astronomy major is required to complete
eight credits which include Astr 5, 6, 21, 22,

and 59, and to have a reading knowledge o f one
foreign language.

GRADUATE WORK
In conformity with the general regulations for
work leading to the Master’s degree, this
Department offers the possibility for graduate
work. Candidates will normally take three or
four seminars, together with supporting work
in Mathematics and Physics, and submit a
thesis.

1. Introductory Astronomy.
A one-semester courses which highlights the
scientific investigation o f the universe by
observation and theory, and includes the basic
notions o f physics as needed in astronomical
applications. Topics include astronomical in­
struments and radiation; the sun and planets;
properties, structure and evolution o f stars; the
Galaxy and extra-galactic systems; and the
origin and structure o f the universe. Three

72

class periods each week. Telescopic observing
sessions and projects will also be arranged on a
weekly basis.
Fall term. Gaustad.

5,6. General Astronomy I, II.
The courses introduce the methods and results
o f astronomy and astrophysics, emphasizing
both descriptive and mathematical aspects.
They are prerequisites for courses numbered
21 and up.
Fall: The celestial sphere. Orbital motions; the
solar system. Radiation and astronomical
instrumentation. Observed properties o f stars
and binary stars.
Spring: Structure and evolution o f stars;
distance and time scales. The Milky Way and

extragalactic systems; radio results; large-dis­
tance studies.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 5 or equivalent.
Corequisites: Physics 3 and 4.
Heintz.

9. Introduction to Meteorology.

j
i

The elements o f weather, its recording and
prediction. Structure and dynamics o f the
atmosphere. Includes regular weather obervations and comparison with maps. Course
should not be taken for distribution requirement.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 5, 6 or equivalent.
Spring term. Heintz.

23. Methods of Observational
Astronomy.
Theory and practice in the techniques of
I modern optical astronomy. Instrumentation:
[ Telescopes, spectrographs, photometers, elec­
tronic detectors, measuring equipment. Spec­
tral classification; data analysis. The photo­
graphic process. Students will undertake pro­
jects using the Swarthmore telescopes.
Prerequisits: Astronomy 5, 6 .
Spring term. Heintz and Gaustad.

I 56. Cosmology.
General relativity and the theoretical frame­
work of cosmology. World models. Optical

and radio results on galaxies and quasars.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5 ,6 ; Mathematics 6.
Fall term. Heintz.

61. Current Problems in Astronomy
and Astrophysics.
The course will involve reading and discussion
o f selected research papers from the astro­
nomical literature. Instruction will be given in
techniques of journal reading, use o f abstract
services, and other aids for the efficient
maintenance o f awareness in a technical field.
Prerequisite: Astronomy 21, 22 or consent of
instructor.
Fall and spring terms (h a lf credit each). Gaustad.

66. Peculiar Stars.
A study o f the observed properties and
physical models for variable stars, novae,
supernovae, white dwarfs, neutron stars, black
holes, and stars with peculiar spectra.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6; Physics 15.
Spring term. Gaustad.

94. Research Project.
Staff.

4 (Concepts of the Cosmos), 21-22 (Theo­
retical Astrophysics), 51 (Celestial Mechanics),
55 (Planetary Science), 59 (Positional Astro­
nomy), 64 (Galactic Structure) and 93
(Directed Reading) are not offered in 1982/83.

73

Biology

JOHN B. JENKINS, Professor and Chairman
ROBERT E. SAVAGE, Professor*
MARK JACOBS, Associate Professor!
MARGARET L. MIOVIC, Associate Professor^
TIMOTHY C. WILLIAMS, Associate Professor
GREGORY L. FLORANT, Assistant Professor
SCOTT F. GILBERT, Assistant Professor
MARY BETH SAFFO, Assistant Professor
JACOB WEINER, Assistant Professor
MORTON KLEIN, Lecturer
BARBARA Y. STEWART, Lecturer
TEDD R. GOUNDIE, Assistant
GLORIA U. ROSEN, Assistant
The student may be introduced to the study of
biology by taking Biology 1 and Biology 2.
Either course may be taken first. A diversity of
advanced courses, some offered in alternate
years, affords the student the opportunity of
building a broad biological background while
concentrating, if he or she chooses, in some

specialized areas such as cellular and develop­
mental biology, animal or plant physiology,
genetics and evolution, ecology, or ethology. A
special major in biochemistry is offered in
cooperation with the Department o f Chemistry
(cf. Chemistry) and in biopsychology in collab­
oration with the Department o f Psychology.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students electing a Course major in Biology
should include the following supporting sub­
jects in addition to the minimum o f eight
courses composing the major: introductory
chemistry, at least one semester o f organic
chemistry, and two semesters o f college math­
ematics. These courses should be completed
before the senior year. Introductory physics is
strongly recommended, and is prerequisite to
some departmental offerings. Further, it should
be noted that medical schools and graduate
schools in biology require introductory physics
for admission.

Certain limitations may be made in the
student’s freedom of choice in selection of
biology courses due to heavy enrollment and
space limitations. Students majoring in Biology
will take at least one course in each o f the
following three groups: I, cell and molecular
biology (2 0 ,2 1 ,3 2 ,3 4 ,3 8 ,5 1 ,5 3 ,5 6 ,6 1 ,6 8 ,
74); II, organismal biology (1 2 ,3 1 ,3 6 ,3 7 ,5 2 ,
57, 66, 73, 76, 78, 178); 111, populational
biology (17, 25, 26, 40, 45, 50, 69, 70, 84,
160).

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM
Qualified students may prepare for External
Examinations in animal behavior, cell or
developmental biology, ecology, evolution,
genetics, microbiology, plant or animal physi­
ology via seminars or combinations o f courses.
Admission to the Honors Program is based on
academic record and completion o f prerequi\Absent on leave, 1982-83.
* Absent on leave, fall 1982.
f Absent on leave, spring 1983.

74

sites for the courses or seminars used in
preparation for external examination. Depart­
mental requirements in chemistry and mathe­
matics must also be fulfilled. Students majoring
in Biology include Thesis, Biology 180, as part
o f their program.

1. Cellular and Molecular Biology.
An introductory study o f phenomena funda­
mental to living systems illustrated by examples
drawn from the fields o f microbiology, cell
biology, genetics, and developmental biology.
Emphasis is upon the means by which biologists
have attempted to elucidate these phenomena
rather than upon a survey o f them.
One laboratory period per week.
Enrollment limited to 144.
Fall semester. Staff.

2. Organismal and Population Biology.
An introduction to the study o f whole organ­
isms, chiefly the higher plants and animals.
Stress is placed on adaptive aspects o f the
morphology and physiology o f organisms,
their development, behavior, ecology, and
evolution.
One laboratory period per week.
Enrollment limited to 144.
Spring semester. Staff.

12. The Vertebrates.
A consideration o f the anatomy o f vertebrate
classes from an evolutionary viewpoint. Struc­
ture and function o f particular vertebrate
organs are emphasized. Laboratory exercises
include dissection, physiological demonstra­
tions, films, an introduction to basic histology,
and when possible, radiographic presentations.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Fall semester. Fiorant.

17. Systematic Botany.
Classification and identification o f vascular
plants, with greatest emphasis on the family
level. Stress is upon the flora o f the northeastern
United States. The course is open to biology
majors and interested non-majors.
Two lecture-laboratory periods or field trips
per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 or consent o f instruc­
tor.
Enrollment limited to 16.
Spring semester. Weiner.

20. Genetics.
An examination o f the transmission, structure,
and function o f the genetic material. The
course content includes the establishment of
Mendelism; the chromosome theory o f inheri­
tance; the expansion o f Mendelism; the identi­

fication, structure, and replication o f the
genetic material; gene function; bacterial and
viral genetics and the regulation o f gene
activity.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1.
Enrollment limited to 32.
Spring semester. Jenkins.

21. Cell Biology.
A study o f the ultrastructure and function of
cell components, ceil division, biosynthesis of
macromolecules, and intermediary metabolism.
Laboratory exercises are designed to illustrate
the variety o f approaches to findings in cell
biology.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Organic Chemistry.
Enrollment limited to 32.
Spring semester. Savage.

25. Field Studies in Animal Behavior.
Ethological studies o f animal behavior under
natural conditions. Subjects of study include
primarily vertebrates and the social insects.
Class work involves both lectures and seminar
format. Laboratories consist of field trips and
small group projects in the local area. Partial
overlap with Biology 45 and 60.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 2. Math 2 recommended.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Alternate years, Fall semester. Williams.

26. Adaptational Plant Anatomy.
An examination of the anatomical adaptations
o f vascular plants to environmental factors,
principally light, water, temperature and biotic
factors. Topics include the adaptive anatomy/
morphology o f hydrophytes, xerophytes, epi­
phytes, arctic and alpine plants, insectivorous
plants, and plants’ flowers, fruits and seeds.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2.
Enrollment limited to 20.
Spring semester. Not offered 1983. Jacobs.

32. Membrane Molecular Biology.
An examination o f the structure and function
of biological membranes. Topics include struc­
tural organization, lipid metabolism, energy
transduction, transport systems and mech­
anisms for the recognition and control of
cellular activity. Students are required to
present a major report on a selected area of

75

Biology

contemporary research in any area o f molecular
biology.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Organic Chemistry.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Alternate years, spring semester. Stewart.

34. Immunology.
A survey o f the humoral and cellular mecha­
nisms by which vertebrates recognize and
destroy material foreign to their bodies. Special
attention will be given to the cellular interac­
tions leading to immunocompetency and to the
strategies whereby certain microorganisms,
tumors, and fetal cells avoid immune detection.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. 2 0 or 21
recommended.
Enrollment limited to 32.
Fall semester. Gilbert.

36. Invertebrate Zoology.
The evolution and adaptive biology o f inver­
tebrate animals. Consideration is given to
adaptive morphology, phylogeny, ecology,
physiology, and comparative biochemistry of
invertebrates.
One laboratory period per week. Occasional
field trips.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 18.
Spring semester. Saffo.

37. Plant Physiology.
A study o f the principal physiological processes
of higher plants, including photosynthesis, gas
exchange, water and nutrient transport, miner­
al metabolism, plant hormone action, and
environmental responses.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and concurrent
enrollment in Organic Chemistry.
Enrollment limited to 20.
Fall semester. Jacobs.

38. Microbiology.
A study o f microorganisms with an emphasis
on prokaryotes. Mechanisms o f energy genera­
tion, growth and metabolic regulation, and
genetic exchange are studied with stress upon
aspects unique to prokaryotes. Ecological
diversity is considered with an emphasis on the
indispensable role o f microorganisms to life on
earth. Laboratory exercises are designed to
teach techniques o f cultivating and identifying
bacteria as well as to demonstrate the variety of

76

ways in which prokaryotes can be used to study
applied and theoretical questions.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, and concurrent regis­
tration in Organic Chemistry.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Fall semester.

40. Evolution.
An introduction to the history and principles
o f evolutionary biology. The course content
includes a brief history o f evolutionary theory;
population: structure and concept; the princi­
ple o f the equilibrium population; microevolutionary changes; the process o f speciation; and
macroevolutionary changes that include se­
lected evolutionary pathways.
Laboratory/discussion periods.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2, or consent of
instructor.
Enrollment limited to 32.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Jenkins.

42. History of Biology.
An intensive overview o f the history of
biological thought and its relationship to other
intellectual and social events. The major axis of
the course includes the species controversies
from Aristotle through Darwin, the triumph of
Darwinism, the rise of physiological embry­
ology and genetics, the gene theory, evolu­
tionary synthesis, and the foundations of
molecular biology. Two major papers required.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 20.
Alternate years, spring semester. Gilbert.

45. Field Studies in Primate Behavior.
An investigation o f primate ethology as studied
in the animal’s natural environment. Particular
emphasis is placed on those studies relating
social behavior to habitat or population stress.
The course includes both lecture and seminar
format; one laboratory period per week. Partial
overlap with Biology 25 and 160.
Prerequisites: Permission o f the instructor and
Biology 2 or one introductory level course in
Sociology/Anthropology giving an appropriate
background in anthropology.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Williams.

50. Marine Biology.
Ecology o f oceans and estuaries, including
discussions o f physiological and structural

adaptions of marine animals, plants, and
microorganisms.
One laboratory period per week; several allday field trips.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 16.
Fall semester. Saffo.

51. Cells in Culture.
An examination o f the biology o f plant and
animal cells as revealed by their activities in
vitro. Discussions focus on patterns o f cell
growth, the findings derived from somatic cell
hybridization studies, and cellular aspects of
immunology and cancer. In the laboratory,
techniques o f animal and plant cell culture and
of somatic cell fusion are introduced. Stu 'nts
then undertake independent investigative pro­
jects.
Continuing laboratory work.
I Prerequisite: Biology 21 or consent o f instruc­
tor.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982. Savage.

j 52. Developmental Biology.
An integration o f molecular and organismal
aspects o f animal development. Topics include
fertilization, embryonic cleavage and gene
expression, the formation o f representative
organs, cell migration in development, develop­
mental genetics, and the roles o f the cell surface
in development. Laboratory exercises investi­
gate the developmental anatomy o f selected
organisms in normal and manipulated condi­
tions.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2; either 20 or 21.
Enrollment limited to 18.
Spring semester. Gilbert.

53. Virology.
A study o f the molecular biology o f viruses,
their modes o f gaining entrance to specific
cells, their regulation o f macromolecular syn­
thesis and assembly and their modes o f exit
from and/or damage to host cells. Viruses as
agents o f genetic exchange and the problems of
defining what is virus and what is cell are also
I considered. Laboratory exercises demonstrate
basic techniques o f working with bacteriophage
and mammalian viruses.
One laboratory period every week.
Prerequisites: Biology 38 or 21.
Enrollment limited to 18.
I Spring semester.

56. Human Genetics.
An examination o f human inheritance patterns
using techniques o f genetic analysis that are
appropriate to humans. Research into the
structure, function, organization and regulation
of the human genome will be discussed, along
with applications o f current research.
Laboratory project.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 or 2; 20 recommended.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Jenkins.

57. Animal Physiology.
A comparison o f major physiological systems
among vertebrates. The endocrine, cardiovas­
cular, renal, respiratory, and central nervous
systems are studied in detail. Emphasis is also
placed on physiological control processes
involved in the various adaptations to unusual
environments. Laboratory exercises include
investigation o f physiological responses to
different stimuli in various species, including
humans.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 12, Physics 2 or 4, and
Organic Chemistry.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Spring semester. Florant.

61. Advanced Topics in Cell Biology.
A consideration o f cellular structure and
function, cell development and evolution, and
interaction o f separate intracellular genetic
systems, conducted in seminar format based
upon readings in the current research journals.
Investigative laboratory projects.
Prerequisite: Biology 21.
Enrollment limited to 8.
Spring semester. Savage.

66. Control of Plant Development.
An examination o f cellular, intercellular and
environmental control mechanisms operating
in plant growth and development. An area of
primary interest will be the role and action of
plant hormones, both as agents o f internal
control and as mediators o f external factors.
Particular examples will be studied in depth,
with an emphasis upon critical evaluation of
original research literature.
One seminar meeting each week and continuing
laboratory projects.
Prerequisites: Biology I, 2, and one other
Biology course.
Enrollment limited to 10.
Fall semester. Jacobs.

77

Biology

69. Ecology.

76. Advanced Topics in Physiology.

The scientific study o f the relationships that
determine the distribution and abundance of
organisms. Topics covered include interactions
between organisms and their environments,
population dynamics, species interactions,
community ecology and nutrient cycles.
One laboratory period or field trip per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 18.
Fall semester. Weiner.

This course will focus on physiological prob­
lems in animals which relate to neuro-endocrine,
thermoregulatory, and behavioral function.
The course will require a basic understanding
of physiological mechanisms. A seminar format
will be used to discuss recent papers. Continu­
ing laboratory work.
Prerequisites: Consent o f the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 10.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Florant.

70. Plant Ecology.

78. Physiological Mechanisms of
Animal Behavior.

An advanced course which considers plant
individuals, populations and communities in
their relationships with their physical and
biological environments. Areas developed inelude climatology, soil science, plant population
biology, competition, herbivory, plant com­
munities and ecosystem analysis. Laboratory
and field work emphasize hypothesis formation
and the collection, analysis and interpretation
of data.
One laboratory period or field trip per week.
All Saturdays during the first half of the
semester must be reserved for field work.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, concurrent enroll­
ment in Biology 6 9 and consent o f instructor.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Fall semester. Weiner.

73. Animal Orientation and Migration.
An investigation o f the long distance move­
ments o f animals, the sensory systems that
guide those movements and the physiological
mechanisms that stimulate and support migra­
tion. Laboratory consists of original research
projects. The course is conducted in seminar
format. Partial overlap with Biology 78.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 and 12 or permission
o f the instructor. Physics and Math 2 are
strongly recommended.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Williams.

74. Developmental Genetics.
An investigation of the various mechanisms
governing eukaryotic gene expression concen­
trating on gene activity in early development
and on specific cases o f differential genetic
regulation.
Seminar format.
Prerequisites: Biology 21, 52, or permission of
instructor.
Enrollment limited to 10.
Alternate years, spring semester. Gilbert.

78

A consideration of the mechanisms underlying
animal behavior. Areas of primary interest are
neurobiology, sensory physiology, orientation,
and biorhythms. Material is presented in both
lecture and seminar format. Laboratory work
consists of small group research projects.
Partial overlap with Biology 73.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, at least one other
Biology course, and Physics 2 or 4. Math 2
recommended.
Alternate years, spring semester. Williams.

80. Endocrinology.
The endocrine system will be examined in
detail. This course will cover the structure and
function o f each endocrine gland, and will
explore in depth its cellular physiology in
addition to its relationship to other endocrine
and nervous system organs. Current research
in the area o f hormone regulation will be
emphasized. A seminar format will be used and
students will have two short presentations and
occasional laboratory projects.
Prerequisites: Biology 12 and 57, or consent of
instructor; 21, 34 and Psychology 30 recom­
mended.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Florant.

84. Biology of Symbiosis.
Intimate associations between taxonomically
dissimilar organisms. Investigation of relation­
ships between animals, plants, and microorgan­
isms at biochemical, physiological, structural,
and ecological levels.
Lectures, discussions, and laboratory. A 2credit colloquium.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and one other
Biology course.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Fall semester. Saffo.

93. Directed Reading.
With the permission o f a staff member who is
willing to supervise it, a qualified student may
undertake a program o f directed reading in an
area o f biology not included in the curriculum,
or as an extension o f one o f his/her courses.
Fall or spring semester. Staff.

94. Research Project.
With the permission of the Department,
qualified students may elect to pursue a
research program.
Staff.

95. Senior Paper.
A senior paper is required o f all senior Course
majors in Biology in satisfaction o f the require­
ment o f a comprehensive examination for
graduation. However, students are not required
to enroll in 95 while writing the paper. Does
not count as a course for the major.

160. Behavioral Ecology.
The study of behavior as an adaptation to an
environment. The topics covered include those
normally encountered in a discussion of
sociobiology (reproductive and feeding strat­
egies and the evolution o f societies). In
addition the seminar treats topics considered
in animal ecology: ecological methods, habitat
description, the growth and regulation of
populations, and the ecological consequences
of migration.

Prerequisites: Biology 2 and one other organismal biology course or permission o f the
instructor; Math 2 recommended.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Williams.

178. Mechanisms of Behavior.
A discussion o f the mechanisms underlying
behavior. In addition to traditional discussions
o f sensory physiology and orientation, a large
segment o f the seminar is devoted to discussion
of neurobiology, especially those preparations
in which behavior can be understood by the
actions of a small number of neurons. Relatively
little time is spent on vertebrate CNS function
or brain function as these topics are treated
extensively in other biology or psychology
courses at the College.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2 and one other
Biology course, Physics 2 or 4, or permission
o f the instructor; Math 2 recommended.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, spring semester. Williams.

180. Thesis.
A research project required only o f students
who major in Biology for the external examina­
tion program. Students minoring in Biology
may elect to do a thesis as part o f their external
examination program.

79

Black Studies

Coordinator: JEROME H. WOOD, JR.

The purpose of the Black Studies Program is
( 1) to introduce students to the history,
culture, society, and political and economic
conditions o f Black people in Africa, the
Americas, and elsewhere in the world; and (2)
to explore new approaches—in perspectives,
analyses and interdisciplinary techniques—
appropriate to the study of the Black experience.
Students in any department may add a Concern
tration in Black Studies to their departmental
major by fulfilling the requirements stated
below. Applications for admission to the
Concentration should be made in the spring
semester o f the sophomore year to the Coordi­
nator o f the Program. All programs must be
approved by the Committee on Black Studies.
All Concentrators in Black Studies are required
to take History 7, as early as feasible, and Black
Studies 91, ordinarily in the last semester o f the
senior year. They must take a minimum o f five
courses in Black Studies. These must include at
least three courses (which may include Black
Studies 91) outside the departmental major,
from at least two departments other than the
major.
Black Studies 91, Special Topics in Black
Studies, will take the form o f a one-credit
tutorial (if there are three or fewer students in
any one year) or a seminar (if there are four or
more students), with all senior Concentrators
participating. The topics selected for reading,
class discussions, and the writing o f seminar
papers will be drawn from a list of representa­
tive works in Black Studies from a variety of
disciplines and perspectives and will depend on
the interests and backgrounds o f the partici­
pants. The tutorial or seminar will normally be
taken in the spring semester of the senior year,
and will culminate in a comprehensive exami­
nation administered by the Black Studies
Committee.
Courses o f the Black Studies Concentration
are listed below. Courses o f independent study,
special attachments on subjects relevant to
Black Studies, and courses offered by visiting
faculty (those courses not regularly listed in the
College Bulletin) may, at the discretion o f the

80

Black Studies Committee, be included in the
Program. Students who wish to pursue these
possibilities should consult with the appropri­
ate department and with the Black Studies
Committee.

Economics 26. Social Economics.
English Literature 11. Figures in
the Vale.
English Literature 29. The Black
American Writer.
English Literature 47. The
Contemporary Black Writer of the
United States.
English Literature 55. The Black
African Writer.
English Literature 82. Colloquium:
The Harlem Renaissance.
English Literature 121. Modern
Black Fiction.
History 7. African-American History.
History 8. Africa.
History 53. Black Oral Culture and
Black Consciousness.
History 56. Ex-Slave Narratives.
History 58. The World of WLE.B.
DuBois.
History 63. South Africa.
History 67. The African in Latin
America.
History 140. Modern Africa.
History 141. South Africa.
Music 4. Black Music in
America.
Political Science 21. Politics of Black
Africa.
Political Science 92. Race, Ethnicity
and Public Policy.
Sociology-Anthropology 27. AfroAmerican Culture and Society:

Sociology-Anthropology 36. Peoples
and Cultures of Africa.

Black Studies 91. Special Topics in
Black Studies.

Chemistry

EDWARD A. FEHNEL, Professor
JAMES H. HAMMONS, Professor
RODERT F. PASTERNACK, Professor
PETER T. THOMPSON, Professor and Chairman
CAROL C. KAHLER, Assistant Professor
MARIA MALICKA-RLASZKIEWICZ, Visiting Assistant Professor
JUDITH G. VOET, Assistant Professorin
URSULA M. DAVIS, Assistant
MARGARET M. LEHMAN, Assistant
NITA H. SICILIANO, Assistant

The aim of the Department of Chemistry is to
provide sound training in the fundamental
principles and basic techniques o f the science

and to provide interested students with the
opportunity for advanced work in the main
subdisciplines o f modern chemistry.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The normal route for entrance to the advanced
level program is to take Chemistry 10 followed
by 2 2 ,3 2 . Students with especially strong pre­
college background in chemistry may be
advised to begin with Chemistry 22. Such
students will normally be asked to take a
placement examination. Students seeking Ad­
vanced Placement credit may also be required
to take this examination. Consult with the
Department Chairman.
The minimum requirement for a major in
Chemistry is nine courses in the Department.
These must include Chemistry 10, 22, 32, 34,
3 6 ,4 5 and three additional courses o f which at
least two must have a laboratory (chosen from
Chemistry 56, 57, 75, 76, 78 or 94). Students
should note the Mathematics and Physics
prerequisites for Chemistry 34, 36 and 45.
Those considering a major in Chemistry are
strongly urged to complete these prerequisites
by the end of the Sophomore year.
Those students planning professional work in
Chemistry should include in their programs a
fourth semester o f mathematics and at least

two additional courses in chemistry. Those
wishing to obtain a degree accredited by the
American Chemical Society should include
both Chemistry 57 and 76 in their programs.
ACS accreditation is useful for those who
intend to pursue a career in chemical industry.
Further, proficiency in reading scientific Ger­
man, Russian or French is an asset to the
practicing chemist.
Research opportunities with individual staff
members are available through Chemistry 94
and 180. Majors are encouraged to consult the
staff about current research problems under
investigation.
In collaboration, the Departments o f Chem­
istry and Physics provide for a Special Major in
Chemical Physics (see discussion o f Special
Major, page 43), which offers students the
opportunity to gain strong background in the
study o f chemical processes from a micro­
scopic, molecular point o f view. Interested
students should consult Dr. Kahler and the
Chairmen o f both departments.

BIOCHEMISTRY SPECIAL MAJOR
In collaboration with the Department of
Biology, the Department o f Chemistry also
\Absent on leave, 1982-83.

82

offers a Special Major in Biochemistry, which
provides the student with the opportunity to

gain a strong background in chemistry with
special emphasis on the application of chemis­
try to biochemical and molecular biological
problems. The requirements include Chemis­
try 10, 2 2 ,3 2 ,3 4 , 3 6 ,4 5 ,5 8 and either 78 or

94. W ork in Biology includes Biology 1; two
courses chosen from 2 0 ,2 1 ,3 2 ,3 4 ,3 7 ,3 8 ,5 2 ,
57, 76, and 77; and one course elected from
53, 68, and 74. Interested students should
consult the Chairmen of the two departments.

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM
Students preparing for the External Examination program in Chemistry should complete
Chemistry 1 0 ,2 2 ,3 2 and 36 (or 34), two years
of college mathematics, and two semesters o f
physics by the end of the sophomore year.
Preparation for each paper consists of a
combination o f one course and one seminarcourse as follows: Organic, Reaction Medianisms (62+ 72); Quantum Chemistry (34+ 74);
Thermodynamics and Kinetics (45+ 75); Inorganic Chemistry (36+ 76); Biological Chemistry (5 8 + 7 8 ). A research thesis (180) must be
included as one o f the Papers. Interested
students should consult with the Chairman o f
the Department.

10. General Chemistry.
A study o f the central concepts and basic
principles o f chemistry; the interpretation o f
chemical properties and reactions on the basis
of equilibrium constants, oxidation potentials,
free energies, thermochemistry; atomic struc­
ture; bonding and molecular structure; rates
and mechanisms o f chemical reactions.
One laboratory period weekly.
Fall semester. Pasternack, Kahler and Staff.

theoretical
concepts o f structure and mecha­
t
nism
are applied throughout the course to the
i
interpretation
o f the properties and reactions
i
o
< f a wide variety o f organic compounds. The
1laboratory work illustrates some o f the prin­
ciples
and reactions discussed in the classroom
i
sand provides practical experience in the tech­
iniques involved in synthesizing, isolating,
[purifying, and characterizing organic com­
jpounds.
One
laboratory period weekly.
(
1Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 or 14, or permission
of
< the instructor.
1Fall and spring semesters, 1982-83 only. Fehnel
,

32. Organic Chemistry il.

A continuation o f Chemistry 22 with emphasis
on more advanced aspects of the chemistry of
'
monofunctional and polyfunctional organic
1
compounds, multi-step methods o f synthesis,
1
and an introduction to bioorganic chemistry.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 22
Fall semester. Fehnel.
(W ill begin Fall, 1983)

34. Quantum Chemistry.

An introduction to the chemistry of some of
the more important classes of organic com­
pounds; nomenclature, structure, physical and
spectroscopic properties, methods o f prepara­
tion and reactions o f alphatic and aromatic
hydrocarbons, halides and several types of
monofunctional oxygen compounds, with an
emphasis on ionic reaction mechanisms.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 10.
Spring semester. Hammons.

An introduction to some basic physical chemitry concepts at the atomic and molecular level
including particles and waves, elementary
quantum theory, atomic and molecular struc­
ture, valence bond and molecular orbital
theory, symmetry and group theory, spectros­
copy, solid state structure and statistical
mechanics.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 18,
Physics 4 (or 2).
Spring semester. Kahler.

28,29. Organic Chemistry.

36. Inorganic Chemistry.

An introduction to the chemistry of the more
important classes of organic compounds, with
emphasis on nomenclature, structure, reac­
tions, and methods o f synthesis. Current

A study o f the main group elements, acid-base
reactions, oxidation-reduction reactions, elec­
trochemistry, and an introduction to transition
metal chemistry. Laboratory will emphasize

22. Organic Chemistry I.

83

Chemistry

the preparation and analysis of inorganic
compounds.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 5,
and concurrent enrollment in Physics 4 (or 2).
Spring semester. Pasternack.

45. Thermodynamics and Kinetics.
An introduction to some basic concepts of
physical chemistry including states of matter,
kinetic theory o f gases, laws of thermodynam­
ics, chemical and phase equilibria, solutions
and reaction rates.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 18,
Physics 4 (or 2).
Fall semester. Thompson.

56. Organic Structure Determination.
Classroom and laboratory study o f the princi­
ples and techniques involved in the elucidation
o f the structures o f organic compounds.
Emphasis is placed on the correlation of
structure and properties o f organic molecules
and on the theoretical principles underlying
various chemical and spectroscopic methods
o f identification and structure determination.
One four-hour laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 28, 29.
Fall semester. Hammons.

57. Instrumental Chemical Analysis.
A study of the principles and techniques of
modern instrumental analysis in chemistry.
Elementary electronics with emphasis on digital
logic and computer applications o f data collec­
tion and control in chemical analysis are
studied.
One four-hour laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 45 and concurrent
enrollment in Chemistry 34.
Spring semester. Thompson.

58. Biological Chemistry.
An introduction to the chemistry o f living
systems: protein conformation, principles of
biochemical preparation techniques, enzyme
mechanisms and kinetics, bioenergetics, inter­
mediary metabolism, and molecular genetics.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 3 2 ,3 6 , and Biology 1.
Fall semester. Malicka-Blaszkiewicz.

62. Organic Reaction Mechanisms I.
A variety o f topics in physical organic chemis­
try including valence bond theory, stereo­
chemistry, linear ffee-energy relationships,
thermochemistry, kinetics and mechanisms,
acid-base theory, nucleophilic aliphatic substitu­
tion, ionic addition and elimination reactions,
aromatic substitution, and ionic reactions of
carbonyl compounds.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 32 and 45.
Fall semester. Hammons.

SEMINAR COURSES
The following single credit courses taught in
seminar style may be taken for course credit or
combined with other courses to prepare for
Papers in the External Examination Program.

Prerequisites: Chemistry 34 and 45 and Math­
ematics 16.
Fall semester. Kahler.

72. Organic Reaction Mechanisms II.

74. Advanced Quantum Chemistry.

Topics to be studied will be selected from more
advanced aspects o f thermodynamics and
statistical mechanics including interactions in
the gaseous and liquid states, the theory of
solutions, and chemical reaction dynamics.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 34 and 45.
Spring semester. Thompson.

Topics to be studied will be selected from laser
chemistry, molecular orbital calculations, spec­
troscopy, quantum theory o f light, scattering
theory, group theory and time-dependent
perturbation theory.

The study o f topics to be selected from
applications o f symmetry and group theory;
transition metal chemistry; bonding; reaction
mechanisms; spectroscopy; organometallic

A continuation o f the study begun in Chemis­
try 62 with topics to include molecular orbital
theory; free-radical, pericyclic and photochem­
ical reactions.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 3 4 and 62.
Fall semester. Hammons.

84

75. Advanced Physical Chemistry.

76. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry.

chemistry; bioinorganic chemistry; and solid
state chemistry.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 34 and 36.
Spring semester. Pasternack.

78. Advanced Biological Chemistry.
Reading and laboratory projects in a few
important areas o f current biochemistry, such
as enzyme structure and function, spectro­
scopic methods, nucleic acid conformation,

mechanisms of transcriptional and transla­
tional control in bacteriophage and in higher
organisms, chromosomal organization in eu­
caryotes, immunochemistry, and membraneassociated phenomena.
One four-hour laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 45 and 58 or permis­
sion of the instructor. Prior or concurrent
enrollment in Biology 20 or 21 is recom­
mended.
Spring semester. Malicka-Blaszkiewicz.

STUDENT RESEARCH
94. Research Project.

180. Research Thesis.

This course provides the opportunity for
qualified students to participate in research
with individual staff members. Periodic group
meetings o f all participants will allow inter­
change o f ideas on research plans, progress,
and results. Students who propose to take this
course should consult with the staff during the
preceding semester concerning problem areas
under study. This course may be elected more
than once.
Each semester. Staff.

An opportunity for students in the External
Examination program to participate in research
with individual staff members. The thesis topic
must be chosen in consultation with some
member o f the staff and approved early in the
semester preceding the one in which the work
is to be done.
Each semester. Staff.

85

Classics

N.G.L HAMMOND, Cornell Visiting Professori f
HELEN F. NORTH, Professor and Chairman
MARTIN OSTWALD, Professor
GILRERT P. ROSE, Professor!
RICHARD P. SALLER, Assistant Professori
WILLIAM TURPIN, Assistant Professor

The Department o f Classics offers instruction
in the various fields which constitute the study
o f Greek and Roman culture. Courses num­
bered from 1 to 20 are devoted to the Greek
and Latin languages and literatures. Courses
numbered from 21 onwards presuppose no
knowledge o f the Greek or Latin languages and
are open (except for 42 and 44) without
prerequisite to all students; they deal with the
history, mythology, religion, archaeology, and
other aspects o f the ancient world and include
the study o f classical literature in translation.
Swarthmore College contributes to the Ameri­
can Academy in Rome and the American

School of Classical Studies in Athens, and its
students have the privileges accorded to under­
graduates from contributing institutions (use
of the library at both schools and consultation
with the staff). Swarthmore is also one o f the
institutions sponsoring the Intercollegiate Cen­
ter for Classical Studies in Rome, which
provides facilities for the study o f Classics,
Archaeology, and Ancient History. Classics
majors, recommended by the Department, are
eligible to study at the Center, usually during
their junior year, either for one semester or for
two. Students o f the classics are eligible for the
Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship and the Susan P.
Cobbs Prize Fellowship (see pp. 00 and 00).

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Greek, Latin, or Ancient History may be
offered as a major subject either in the Course
Program or in the External Examination
Program, and as a minor subject in the latter
Program.
A student majoring in Greek or Latin in the
External Examination (Honors) Program or in
the Course Program should complete during
the first two years either Intermediate Greek or
Intermediate Latin.
In the Honors Program, a student majoring in
Greek is also expected to study Latin through
the intermediate level and a student majoring
in Latin is expected tô study Greek through the
intermediate level before graduation.
Students minoring in either Greek or Latin in
the Honors Program should complete during
the first two years either Intermediate Greek or
Intermediate Latin.
A major in Greek or Latin in the Course
Program will consist o f at least 8 courses in the
f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1983.
\Absent on leave, 1982-83.
f t Spring semester, 1983.

86

appropriate language above the introductory
level.
Students majoring in either the Honors Pro­
gram or the Course Program are required to
take for at least one semester a course in prose
composition (Greek 9, 10, or Latin 9, 10).
In the Honors program, three or four papers
constitute a major in Greek or in Latin.
Normally all or ail but one o f these will be
prepared for by seminars. Either Directed
Reading in a field in which a seminar is not
given (course 93), a thesis, or a course
supplemented by additional independent work
(i.e., an "attachment” ) may be used to prepare
for the remaining paper. A minimum o f two
papers constitutes a minor in Greek or in Latin,
at least one o f which must be prepared for by a
seminar.
A major in Ancient History will consist o f (1)
Classics 42, with attachments, (2 ) Classics 44,
with attachments, and (3 ) either or both o f the

following: Greek 113, Latín 102. The prerequi­
sites for Classics 42 and 44 are Classics 21 or
31, aiid Classics 32. For Greek 113 the
prerequisite is one year o f Intermediate Greek,
for Latin 102, one year of Intermediate Latin.

A minor in Ancient History will normally
consist o f ( 1) and (2) above, with the specified
prerequisites.

Greek
1-2. Intensive First-year Greek.
Greek 1 (fall) imparts a basic knowledge of
Ancient Greek grammar sufficient to equip the
student to begin reading after one semester. It
meets four days per week and carries 1Vi
credits. Greek 2 (spring) is an introduction to
Greek literature. A major work o f the Classical
period is read, usually a dialogue o f Plato. It
meets four days per week and carries 1Vi
credits.
Year course. Rose, Ostwald.

9,10. Greek Prose Composition.
Course meets one hour a week. A requirement
for majors, this course is recommended in
conjunction with courses at the intermediate
level or above, to provide the student with
grammatical and stylistic exercise.
H alf course, one semester each year. Turpin.

11. Intermediate Greek Reading.
Selections from Herodotus are read.
Fall semester. Turpin.

12. Homer.
Selections from either the Iliad or the Odyssey
are read in Greek; the remainder o f the poem is
read in translation.
Spring semester. Hammond.

from their common source, Proto-Indo-Euro­
pean. Students should have some knowledge of
both Classical languages, but no prior experi­
ence in linguistics is assumed.
Given in alternate years.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. Rose.

91. Special Topics.
Readings selected to fit the needs of individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehensive
examinations.
Spring semester. Staff.

93. Directed Reading.
A program o f independent work under the
supervision of the instructor. It is open only to
advanced students and may be taken only with
the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.

95. Attachment
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare for
an external examination, but available also to
Course students for the purposes described on
page 0 0 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.

19. Comparative Grammar of Greek
and Latin.
A study o f the phonology, morphology, and
inflection of Greek and Latin words derivable

Latin
1-2. Intensive First-year Latin.

9,10. Latin Prose Composition.

An intensive course in the essentials of Latin
grammar aiming to provide sufficient knowl­
edge'of the language to make possible the study
and appreciation o f Latin literature.

The development o f Latin prose style is
studied, with an analysis o f Latin texts and
extensive translation o f English into Latin. A
requirement for majors, it is recommended in
conjunction with Latin 11 and Latin 12. The
course meets one hour a week.
H alf course, one semester each year. Turpin.

The course will have four one-hour meetings
each week. It carries one and one-half course
credits each semester.
Year course. North.

87

Classics

11. Intermediate Latin: Catullus.
The study of Catullus is preceded by an
intensive, three-week review of the funda­
mentals o f the language, accompanied by
readings in Latin prose.
Fall semester. Rose.

12. Intermediate Latin: Cicero.
An oration and selected letters. This course is
designed to introduce students to a great
historical and literary figure o f the Roman
Republic. It combines a study o f his major
political and literary achievements with a
careful analysis o f his prose style.
Spring semester. Staff.

13. Literature of the Augustan Age.
Roman Elegiac Poetry: Tibullus, Propertius,
Ovid.
Fall semester. Turpin.

14. Mediaeval Latin.
Works chosen from the principal types of
mediaeval Latin literature (including religious
and secular poetry, history and chronicles,

saints* lives, satire, philosophy, and romances)
are studied in this course.
Spring semester. North.

91. Special Topics.
Readings selected to fit the needs of individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehensive
examinations.
Spring semester. Staff.

93. Directed Reading.
A program o f independent work under the
supervision of the instructor. It is open only to
advanced students and may be taken only with
the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.

95. Attachment.
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare for
an external examination, but available also to
Course students for the purposes described on
page 00 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.

Ancient History and Civilization
21. Ancient Greece.
Greek thought, literature, and history from the
Homeric age to Plato, with emphasis upon the
interrelationships between the intellectual cur­
rents and the social, economic, and political
systems. Readings (in translation) include
Homer, Herodotus, Thucydides, Greek trag­
edy and comedy, and Plato. Two lectures and
one discussion session per week. Two credits,
one in distribution group 2, one in group 3.
Satisfies prerequisite requirement for Classics
42 and advanced courses in the Department of
History. Counts as part o f a major in History.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. Rose and
Sailer.

31. History of Greece.
The course is devoted to the study o f the
political and social history o f the Greek states
to the time o f the Hellenistic kingdoms. Special
attention is given to the 6th and 5th centuries
B.C. Considerable reading is done in the
primary sources in translation. Classics 31
meets the distribution requirement for Group
3; it counts toward a major in History, and also

88

serves as prerequisite for advanced courses in
History.
Fall semester. Ostwald.

32. The Roman Republic and
Augustus.
A study o f Rome from its foundation through
the reign o f Augustus (753 B.C.-A.D. 14). The
following subjects will be considered in detail:
(1) The evolution o f the republican constitu­
tion, (2) Rome’s wars o f expansion, (3) The
accompanying changes in Roman society and
economy, (4 ) The Roman Revolution, (5 ) The
Augustan Principate.
Students will read the pertinent original sources
in translation as well as a selection o f modem
viewpoints. There is no prerequisite. This
course meets the distribution requirement for
Group 3; it counts toward a major in History,
and also serves as prerequisite in advanced
courses in History.
Spring semester. Turpin.

33. Greek Literature in Translation.
The works studied in this course range in time
from Homer to Plato and Aristotle and include

selected masterpieces o f epic, lyric and elegiac,
and dramatic poetry, history and philosophy.
Lectures on the historical and cultural context
supplement class discussion.
Not offered 1982-83

and non-Greek world. Classics 42 counts
towards a major in History.
The course is normally given in alternate years.
Prerequisite: Classics 31 or its equivalent.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83. Ostwald.

35. Latin Literature in Translation —
Classical and Mediaeval.

44. The Early Roman Empire.

The works studied in this course range in time
from the age o f the Roman Republic to the
twelfth century after Christ. They include the
major authors o f the classical period, St.
Jerome and St. Augustine from the Latin
Fathers, and from the Middle Ages, Boethius,
Prudentius, the chief figures o f the Carolingian
Renaissance, and the writers of Mediaeval
Latin hymns and secular poetry. The course is
given in alternate years.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. North.

36. Classical Mythology in Literature
and Art.
A study o f selected myths in works o f Greek
and Latin literature ranging from Homer’s
Odyssey to the M etamorphoses o f Ovid and
Apuleius. Attention is given not only to works
of art inspired by mythical figures and cycles,
but also to ancient sites connected with them.
Fall semester. North.

38. Greek and Roman Literary
Criticism.
A study of ancient literary criticism from its
beginnings in Presocratic philosophy and Old
Comedy to its latest stages in the writings of the
Church Fathers, especially St. Augustine.
Emphasis will be placed on such major critics
as Plato, Aristotle, Dionysius o f Halicarnassus,
Demetrius, 'Longinus’, Quintilian, Cicero, and
Horace. Topics to be considered include the
social and historical context of ancient criti­
cism in its principal stages, and the influence of
ancient theories on certain schools o f Mediae­
val and Renaissance criticism.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. North.

42. Greece in the Filth Century B.C.
An intensive study, chiefly on the basis o f
primary sources, o f Athens and the Greek
world from the reforms o f Cleisthenes to the
end o f the Peloponnesian War. Special empha­
sis is placed on the political, social, and
economic institutions o f the Athenian democ­
racy and on the problems o f the Delian League,
both internal and in its relation to the Greek

A detailed study, using primary sources, o f the
political, economic, social, and cultural history
o f the Roman world from the fall o f the
Republic through the Antonine Age (50 B.C.A.D. 192). Classics 44 counts toward a major
in History.
Prerequisite: Classics 32 or its equivalent.
Fall semester. Turpin.

45. Greek Political Theory.
A study o f Greek political concepts and
institutions as a background to the political
thought o f Thucydides, Plato, and Aristotle,
on which the major attention o f this course is
focused.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83. Ostwald.

46. An Introduction to Archaeology.
This course imparts a knowledge of techniques
and procedures applicable to archaeological
study in any part of the world. Specific
examples and problems are drawn in the main
from classical archaeology, with emphasis on a
particular period (e.g. Bronze Age, Hellenistic,
Etruscan, etc.).
Spring semester. Staff.

82. The Ancient Theatre.
A representative selection o f Greek and Roman
drama, both tragedy and comedy, will be read
in translation, together with the Poetics of
Aristotle, and there will be a study of ancient
dramatic production and the physical remains
o f Greek and Roman theatres.
Given in alternate years.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83. North.

91. Special Topics.
Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehensive
examination in Ancient History.
Spring semester. Staff.

93. Directed Reading.
A program o f independent work under the
supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to
advanced students and may be taken only with
the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.

89

Classics

95. Attachment
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare for
an external examination, but available also to

Course students for the purposes described on
page 0 0 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.

SEMINARS
102. The Age of Nero.

111. Greek Philosophers.

This seminar will study a range o f Silver Latin
authors writing about the reign o f Nero
(Tacitus, Suetonius, Seneca). The value o f the
works as historical evidence and their literary
merits will be considered.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. Sailer.

This seminar is devoted mainly to the study of
Plato, which is supplemented by study o f the
pre-Socratic philosophers and o f Aristotle and
the Hellenistic schools. The orientation o f the
seminar is primarily philosophical, although
the literary merits o f the Greek philosophers
receive consideration.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. Rose.

103. Latin Epic.
This seminar is devoted to one or more o f the
following: Lucretius’ De Rerum N atura, Virgil’s
Aeneid, Ovid’s M etamorphoses.
Fall semester. Rose.

105. The Age of Cicero.
This seminar will focus primarily on Cicero’s
speeches, letters, and philosophical works in
the context o f the history and thought o f the
final years o f the Republic. In addition, works
o f Sallust and Caesar will be studied for their
historical evidence and their differing prose
styles.
Spring semester. Turpin.

107. Horace: Lyric and Hexameter
Poetry.
The seminar emphasizes the Odes and Epodes
and their place in the tradition o f Greek and
Roman lyric poetry. Attention is also given to
the Satires and Epistles, especially the Ars
Poetica, and to their importance for the history
o f satire and literary criticism. An effort is
made to grasp the totality o f Horace’s achieve­
ment in the context o f the Augustan Age.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83. North.

90

112. Greek Epic.
This seminar will study primarily Homer’s
Odyssey. Selections from Hesiod and Apollonius
will also be read, with some attention to the
development o f Greek epic.
Spring semester. North.

113. Greek Historians.
This seminar is devoted to a study o f Herodotus
and Thucydides, both as examples o f Greek
historiography and as sources for Greek
history.
Fall semester. Ostwald.

114. Greek Drama.
The whole body o f extant Greek tragedies and
comedies is studied, with a careful reading in
the original language o f one play by each o f the
major dramatists.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83. North.

115. Greek Elegiac and Lyric Poetry
The whole body of extant Greek elegy and lyric
is studied, with attention to the political and
social background, and to the relation o f these
literary types to epic and dramatic poetry.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83.

Economics

KENNETH E. BOULDING, Lang Visiting Professor o f Social Change
ROBINSON G. HOLLISTER, JR., Professor (part-time)
HOWARD PACK, Professorij.
FREDERIC L PRYOR, Professor (part-time)
BERNARD SAFFRAN, Professor and Chairman
F. M. SCHERER, Professor
MARK KUPERBERG, Assistant Professor
LEAH JOHNSON SMITH, Assistant Professor
CHARLES F. STONE, III, Assistant Professor
DAVID F. WEIMAN, Assistant Professor
STEPHEN S. GOLUB, Instructor
JACK TOPIOL, Visiting Lecturer f t

The courses in economics are designed: first, to
acquaint the student with the institutions and
processes through which the activity o f pro­
ducing, exchanging, and distributing goods and
services is organized and carried on; second, to
train the student in the methods by which these
institutions and processes may be analyzed;
and third, to enable the student to arrive at
informed judgments concerning relevant issues
of public policy.

tial. If at all possible, such students should take
Mathematics 5 and 6 or the equivalent o f these
courses. Mathematics 23 and 18 would also be
useful for those intending to focus on the more
technical aspects o f economics.

Economics 1-2 is a prerequisite to all other
work in the Department. All students intend­
ing to major in Economics are strongly advised
to take Economics 4 or the equivalent statistics
course in the Mathematics department in order
to prepare for upper level courses and seminars;
some seminars will assume a knowledge of
statistics. Majors in Course are normally
expected to take Economics 20 and 59 before
their senior year. Majors in the External
Examination (Honors) program must take
Economics 103 and are strongly advised to take
in addition either Economics 102 or Economics
59. Students intending advanced work in
applied economics and those intending to go to
law or business schools will find Economics 3
useful preparation.

The first semester course describes the organi­
zation o f the economic system and analyzes the
allocation o f resources, the distribution of
income, and international economic relations.
Section 9 will be a Writing Course o f 1.5
credits (see p. 49).

Knowledge o f the materials covered in an
elementary calculus course is also required for
a major in Economics. For students intending
to do graduate work in Economics, a strong
background in mathematics is virtually essen­

\ Absent on leave, 1982-83.

1-2. Introduction to Economics.
This course is designed both to afford the
general student a comprehensive survey and to
provide students doing further work with a
foundation on which to build.

The second semester course deals with the
problems o f inflation, unemployment, mone­
tary and fiscal policy, and the determination of
national priorities.
Students must take Economics 2 to receive
credit for Economics 1.

3. Accounting.
The purpose o f this course is to equip the
student with the rudiments o f accounting
needed for advanced work in business finance,
banking, taxation, and public regulation. (This
course does not satisfy the distribution require­
ments as outlined previously in this catalogue.)
Spring semester.

f t Spring semester, 1983.

91

Economics

4. Statistics for Economists.
All Economics majors are strongly advised to
take this course (preferably in their sophomore
or junior year) to prepare them for advanced
work in the discipline. The first half of the
course covers basic probability, random vari­
ables, sampling, estimation and hypothesis
testing; the second half, simple and multiple
regression. No mathematics prerequisite ex­
cept high school algebra; the course includes a
self-contained introduction to calculus and
matrix algebra. Course work will include some
problem solving using the computer.
Fall semester. Hollister

5. Computing from the User’s
Point of View.
(Also listed as Mathematics 6A and Physics 5.)
This course provides an introduction to, and
immediate use of, a wide range of computing
functions. No previous experience in computer
use is necessary. Lectures are one hour per
week and supervised workshop sessions are
two hours per week. In the workshop students
apply computing procedures directly to prob­
lems o f economic analysis. Computing topics
introduced are: text and file creation and
editing, runoff, graphics, simple programing
techniques, statistical packages, bibliographic
search and data base handling. Students taking
Economics 4 are urged to take this course
concurrently. Vi unit.
Fall semester. Hollister and Boccio.

11. Economic Development.
Peasant economic responses, agricultural and
industrial technology, interaction between rural
and urban sectors, analysis of international
terms o f trade, export instability, the new
international economic order, import substitu­
tion, the role o f multinational corporations,
foreign aid, political factors.
Spring semester. Golub

12. Econometrics.
A survey of fundamental econometric methods
emphasizing application. Some empirical work
will be required.
Prerequisite: Economics 4.
Spring semester. Hollister.

16. Women in the Economy.
Four major themes will be explored in this
course. The first relates to the unpaid work
performed by women in the home. W e will

92

examine the nature of the family as an
institution, changes in the nature of unpaid
household work, the "value” of such work,
and the social status accorded it. The other
major topics are concerned with the labor
market experiences of women. After a thorough
discussion of alternative economic theories of
the labor market (no prior knowledge o f this
topic is assumed) and of economic approaches
to discrimination, we will consider (1) why so
many women are working for pay (labor
supply/labor demand), (2) why so many
women are clerical workers (occupational
segregation), and (3 ) why so many women earn
substantially less than men (wage differentials).
Spring semester.

17. Economics of Investment
Analysis of investment policies and portfolio
decisions from the perspective of the institu­
tional investor. The evaluation of alternative
investment media including the stock and
bond markets as well as real estate option
writing, foreign investing and venture capital
funds. A close examination o f the techniques
used by institutional investors to structure and
diversify portfolios.
Fall semester. Landry

18. Money, Banking, and the Economy.
This course will examine the behavior of
financial markets and their connection to real
economic activity, using a combination o f an­
alytical and institutional perspectives. Among
the topics to be considered are (1) the structure
of U .S. financial markets: the banking system,
the bond and stock markets, etc; (2 ) the
Federal Reserve System and the conduct of
monetary policy; (3) monetarism; (4) interest
rates, monetary policy, and inflation; (5 ) social
and private risks, and investor behavior:
speculative bubbles versus the efficient markets
hypothesis; (6) international financial relations:
the Eurodollar market, the foreign exchange
market, and international lending.
Fall semester. Golub

19. Economics of the Environment and
Natural Resources.
Micro and macroeconomic theory applied to
problems of the environment and natural
resources. Long run implications of resource
use for economic growth, evaluation o f alter­
native uses of natural environment and methods
o f pollution control. Government response to

situations involving externalities, public goods
and common property resources. Case studies
of air pollution, recreation versus mineral or
fuel development on public lands, the fishing
industry and offshore petroleum development.
Fall semester. L. Smith.

20. Economic Theory.
Microeconomic theory at an intermediate
level. Determination of prices in theory and in
practice. Distribution o f income. Economic
welfare aspects o f various market structures.
Other selected topics.
Fall semester. Stone.

22. Public Finance.
Introduction to welfare economics including
the role o f the market in allocating resources
and distributing income, market imperfections
and public choice theory. Analysis o f tax and
expenditure policies on economic efficiency
and the income distribution. Special topics
include cost-benefit analysis and general equi­
librium tax incidence.
Fall semester. Kuperberg

24. The Economics of Industry.
Through a series o f case studies, the strategic
responses of firms and industries to their
market and policy environments are analyzed.
Emphasis is on the pricing, technological
innovation, and marketing behavior -of firms
and on such government policy instruments as
import restrictions, price controls and sub­
sidies, antitrust, and patent policy,
i Fall semester. Scherer

25. Labor Problems and Manpower
Policy.
I The structure and behavior o f labor markets,
|issues in labor relations, the development of
manpower, the role of unions, employers and
i government.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83.

26. Social Economics.
The extent, consequences, and causes of pover­
ty and economic inequality; an appraisal of
|reforms in income support programs, medical
care, education, housing, and rural and ghetto
development; the economics of discrimination.
I Not offered 1982-83.

j27. Government Regulation of Industry.
The economics o f the "new” regulation:
occupational safety and health, affirmative
action, pollution, auto insurance, consumer

product safety, pension plans, restrictions on
industrial location and mobility, etc. In each
case the economic rationale for current and
proposed regulation is examined in the context
o f the theory of market failure and evaluated in
terms o f its effects upon economic efficiency
and social equity. In certain cases, "optimal”
schemes devised by economists which differ
greatly from current policy will be considered.
Throughout, the emphasis is on the theory of
government intervention and its implementa­
tion as opposed to current institutional failures.
Not offered 1982-83.

28. Technological Change and
Economic Growth
An exploration o f how technological change
affects economic growth, with emphasis on
such institutions as academic science and
industrial research and development. Covers
production function analysis, induced innova­
tion, the patent system, government R&lD
program conduct, and macrodynamic phe­
nomena.
Spring semester. Scherer

29. The Great Books of Social Change —
Economics
Social change is something that goes on
irreversibly all the time. It is part o f the great
evolutionary process o f the world. Sometimes
it is for the better; sometimes it is for the worse,
according to human valuations. It is profoundly
influenced by human thought and writing. The
first semester will deal with great books of
economics, by such writers as Adam Smith,
Ricardo, Malthus, Marx, and Keynes.
Fall semester. Boulding

30. The International Economy.
The course consists of a brief introduction to
the historical development and institutional
structure o f the international economy and an
introduction to the theory o f trade, commer­
cial policy, and balance of payments adjust­
ment. These tools are used to analyze contem­
porary international economic problems; tariffs
and non-tariff barriers, common markets,
multinational corporations, international oil,
gold, inflation, and the future o f the interna­
tional monetary system.
Spring semester. Stone.

31. Comparative Economic Systems.
Analysis o f methods by which economic
systems can be compared; studies o f empirical

93

Economics

comparisons according to many criteria of
nations in East and West; case studies o f the
Soviet Union, China, Yugoslavia and other
nations.
Fall semester. Pryor

41. Urban Economics.
This course examines the economic structure
and development o f American urban econom­
ics. Topics covered include housing, transpor­
tation, urban renewal, local government fi­
nance, and pollution.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83.

47. Marxist Political Economy.
A study o f Marxist economics and political
theory with particular attention to general
problems o f historical materialism. Primary
emphasis in the reading is placed on the works
o f Marx, Engels, and Lenin; however, some
time is also devoted to the background of
Marxist thought as well as the development of
Marxist theory in the present era.
Prerequisites include two semesters o f either
Political Science or Economics.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83.

49. American Economic History.
(Also listed as History 49 .) Survey o f Ameri­
can economic development from the colonial
settlement to the New Deal. Explores the
transition from a colonial system, based on
agricultural exports within the mercantile
system, to an advanced, industrialized economy
supported by a vast internal market. Emphasis
on i) the role o f agriculture in the process of
economic development, in particular a com­
parative analysis of the plantation system o f the
South and the system o f family farming in the
North, ii) the changing industrial structure
after the Civil War as a consequence o f the
growth o f the large-scale, vertically integrated
corporation and iii) the political and social
bases o f economic development, with particu­
lar attention to the American Revolution, the
Civil War, the new Deal and the evolution of
the legal system, and the political responses to
industrialization.
Prerequisites: Economics 1-2, History 5 or 6,
or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Weiman.

57. Operations Research.
(Also listed as Engineering 57 .) The principles
of operations research as applicable to defining

94

optimum solutions of engineering and financial
problems as an aid to managerial decision
making. Probability and probability distribu­
tions, reliability, random number simulation,
queuing theory, linear programming, dynamic
programming, allocation and transportation
theory. The working principles o f engineering
economy are introduced and combined with
operations research topics. Normally for junior
and senior students.
Spring semester.

58. Health Policy.
(Also listed as Political Science 58.) Analysis
of government policy toward health care and
public health, its impact upon institutions and
resource allocation, and major alternatives for
action. Central topics are the organization of
health care delivery (roles and views of physi­
cians, nurses, administrators, patients and
insurers); the interplay of federal, state, and
local governments, quasi-public authorities,
and interest groups; technical and political
aspects of health insurance alternatives; health
manpower (medical and nursing schools, paraprofessionals); biomedical research programs.
Students wishing to take this course should
consult in advance with the instructors. Prior
work in at least two o f the following will be
helpful: Economics 1 -2,4,26; Political Science
2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineering 4, 32.
Spring semester. Hollister and Smith.

59. Macroeconomic Theory and
Stabilization Policy.
The theory o f the determination o f the level
and composition of aggregate output, employ­
ment, prices and intrest rates. Analysis of
conflicting views o f the relationship between
inflation and unemployment and o f the proper
role of government stabilization policy.
Spring semester. Kuperberg

62. Economics, Justice, and Law.
(Also listed as Political Science 62 .) Explora­
tion o f the premises behind the use of utili­
tarian constructs in the analysis o f public
policy issues. Examination of the appropriate­
ness of the utilization o f economic methodology
through an intensive study o f issues in law and
distributive justice.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83.

66. Energy Policy.
(See Political Science 66 or Engineering 66.)

67. Social Insurance and Welfare
Policy.
(Also listed as Political Science 67.) The
brincipal American policies and programs
dealing primarily with relief o f poverty and
economic insecurity, and the prospects and
options for reform in this field. Topics include:
Social Security, national health insurance,
unemployment compensation and welfare reform. The various public objectives and meth­
ods of income support and related social
Services, as well as certain contextual or
alternative programs and regulatory policies.
Conceptions o f "welfare”; economic, social,
political, and administrative or professional
considerations in policy; historical and com­
parative perspectives. Intended as a single- or
double-credit seminar for students in the
Public Policy Concentration and open for
single credit to others who have taken appro­
priate Public Policy prerequisites, on which
consult the Catalogue and, as to exceptions,
one of the instructors.
Spring semester. Gilbert.

71. Management of Non-Profit
Organizations.
The course will examine the distinctive nature
bf non-profit organizations: social and cominunity agencies and higher education will be
used as examples. Emphasis will be placed on
management approaches in the general areas of
Fiscal and personnel administration,
prerequisite: Accounting.
Not offered 1982-83.

73. History of Economic Thought.
An examination o f classical political economy
[Smith and Ricardo) and Marx with emphasis
pn the origins o f economic analysis in the
tradition of political theory and the structure
and development o f classical thought. W e will
study the precursors o f Adam Smith (James

Steuart and the Physiocrats) to provide the
intellectual background to the Wealth o f
Nations and to explain why Smith marks the
starting point o f economic science. This will be
followed by a careful analysis of Smith and
Ricardo, in particular the issues o f value,
distribution and capital accumulation. Finally
we will conclude with Marx’s critique o f the
Classical School and his reformulation in
Capital, especially Volume I. Emphasis on the
original texts. Prerequisites: Economics 1-2 or
permission of the instructor.
Fall semester. Weiman. Not offered 1982-83.

81. Economies of the Middle East.
Study of selected Middle Eastern economies.
Focus on different economic development
strategies o f countries, some with limited and
others with substantial natural resource bases.
Investigation o f agricultural and industrial
policies, issues in natural resource pricing, and
technology absorption problems.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83.

82. Law and Economics.
Related to Economics 62 but can be taken
independently. Economic analysis o f property
rights and the ways in which legal issues can be
handled with economic analysis. Examination
o f specific policy problems including liability
laws, product safety legislation, workman’s
compensation and work injuries, medical mal­
practice laws, drug safety legislation, crime
control, and racial and sexual discrimination.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83.

91. Political Economy of
Macroeconomic Policy.
(Also listed as Political Science 91.) Focus on
the congressional and administrative processes
by which macroeconomic policy is formulated,
approved, and implemented.
Spring semester. Rubin.

SEMINARS
101. Public Finance.
Introduction to welfare economics including
the role o f the market in allocating resources
find distributing income, market imperfections
and public choice theory. Analysis of tax and
expenditure policies on economic efficiency
land the income distribution. Special topics
(include cost-benefit analysis, general equilib­

rium tax incidence and optimal tax theory.
Fall semester. Kuperberg

102. Macroeconomic Theory
and Stabilization Policy.
(formerly Economic Stability and Growth)
The theory o f the determination o f the level

Economies

and composition of aggregate output, employ­
ment, prices and interest rates. Analysis of
conflicting views of the relationship between
inflation and unemployment and o f the proper
role of government stabilization policy. Special
topics include microfoundations of macroeco­
nomics and economic growth.
Spring semester. Kuperberg.

industrial technology, interaction between rural
and urban sectors, analysis of international
terms of trade, export instability, the new
international economic order, import substitu­
tion, the role of multinational corporations,
foreign aid, political factors.
Spring semester. Golub.

103. Economic Theory.

This seminar will deal in depth with the
structure and development o f American urban
economies. Topics covered will include hous­
ing, transportation, urban renewal, local gov­
ernment finance, and pollution. Methodologi­
cal as well as substantive issues will be
discussed.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83.

This seminar provides the theoretical back­
ground for the more advanced economic
theory seminars. Both microeconomics (8
weeks) and macroeconomics (6 weeks) are
covered.
Both semesters. Saffran.

105. International Economics.
Theory and policy of international economic
relations. The theory of international trade and
balance of payments adjustment. Commercial
policy o f tariffs and non-tariff barriers. Com­
mon markets, customs unions, and regional
economic integration. Multinational enterprise
and economic imperialism. The world mone­
tary system, international inflation, and the
international economics o f oil.
Fall semester. Stone.

106. Comparative Economic Systems.
Analysis o f methods by which economic
systems can be compared; study of resource
allocation and growth in socialist, capitalist,
and mixed economies; case studies o f the
U .S.S.R., Yugoslavia, China, France, and other
nations; examination o f special problems in
economic planning.
Fall semester. Pryor.

107. Labor and Social Economics.
Economic analysis o f the organization o f labor
and labor markets; education, medical care,
housing, discrimination. Determinants of wages
and income inequality, government policies
with respect to labor relations, health, educa­
tion and welfare.
Fall semester. Hollister.

108. Econometrics.
Econometric theory and empirical studies. An
empirical research paper is required.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 6 and Economics
103.
Spring semester. Hollister.

109. Economic Development.
Peasant economic responses, agricultural and

110. Urban Economics.

111. Industrial Organization and Public
Policy.
Applications of theoretical and empirical anal­
ysis to major issues in industrial economics:
optimality and the price system; theories o f the
firm; market structure; the causes of market
failure and alternative policy responses.
Fall semester. Scherer.

112. Mathematical Economics.
Review o f static optimization theory; theory of
consumption and production from a dual
point o f view; elementary approaches to the
existence, stability, and optimality o f general
equilibrium; additional topics of student inter­
est as time permits.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83.

113. Issues in Labor Economics.
Economic analyses of labor markets and labor
organization; employment and unemployment;
wage determination and income inequality;
education; discrimination; women in the labor
force; labor in multinational corporations;
labor in underdeveloped countries; the labor
process and labor productivity. Other topics
depending on student interest, such as U.S.
labor history, labor market institutions and
labor practices in other industrialized countries.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83.

114. History of Economic Thought.
An in depth survey o f the development of
economic science from post-Mercantilist writ­
ers (Steuart and Quesnay) to Keynes. The
object o f the seminar will be two-fold. First we
will examine the origins o f economic analysis
and the structure and development o f Classical

Political Economy (Smith and Ricardo); the
transition from political theory to economic
analysis and the issues o f value, distribution
and capital accumulation in classical analysis.
Then we will consider the two paths of
economics following Ricardo: Marxian and
neoclassical economics. W e will study the
relationship of these two traditions to classical
thought; Marx’s development of the classical
tradition, as opposed to the neoclassical re­
formulation with its emphasis on the allocation
of scarce resources. Particular attention will be
paid to the neoclassical theory of production
and capital, which provides the logical basis for
the Keynesian and post-Keynesian critique.
Finally a critical analysis of the neoclassical
tradition, its treatment o f production and
capital (Sraffa, Robinson) and o f investment
and effective demand (Keynes), as well as the
synthesis o f these criticisms and o f the two
post-Ricardian traditions in the works of
Kalecki, Robinson and Steindl. Permission of
instructor required.
Fall semester. Weiman.

115. American Economic History.
Survey o f American economic development
from the colonial settlement to the New Deal.
Explores the transition from a colonial system,
based on agricultural exports within the mer­
cantile system, to an advanced, industrialized
economy supported by a vast internal market.
Emphasis on i) the role o f agriculture in the
process of economic development, in particu­
lar a comparative analysis o f the plantation
system of the South and the system o f family
farming in the North, ii) the changing industrial
structure after the Civil War as a consequence
o f the growth o f the large-scale, vertically
integrated corporation and iii) the political and
social bases of economic development, with
paticular attention to the American Revolu­
tion, the Civil W ar, the New Deal and the
evolution o f the legal system, and the political
respones to industrialization. Prerequisites:
Economics 1-2, History 5 or 6, or permission
of the instructor.
Spring semester. Weiman.

97

Education
EVA F. TRAVERS, Associate Professor and Program Director^.
ROBERTJ. GROSS, Associate Professor and Acting Program Director
ANN RENNINGER, Lecturer (part-time)
FRANCES SCHWARTZ, Lecturer (part-time)
The Program in Education has three purposes:
to expose students to issues in education from
a variety o f disciplinary perspectives, to provide
a range o f field experiences for students who
wish to explore their aptitude and interest in
teaching, counseling or research in an educa­
tional setting, and to prepare students to be
certified for entry into public school teaching.
Courses in the Program in Education are
intended to be integral to the College’s academic
offerings. The Program’s most important goal
is to help students learn to think critically and
creatively about the process o f education and
the place o f education in society. To this end,
both its introductory and upper level courses
necessarily draw on the distinctive approaches
o f Psychology, Sociology, Political Science,
Philosophy and History. Because students
major in one o f the traditional disciplines,
courses in Education offer both an opportunity

to apply the particular skills o f one’s chosen
field to a new domain and interaction with
other students whose disciplinary approaches
may differ significantly from their own.
A competency-based program for preparing
secondary teachers is offered for students who
seek public school certification from the
Commonwealth o f Pennsylvania. Competency
is judged by an interdisciplinary committee of
the faculty whose members have established
criteria for certification in Biology, Chemistry,
English, French, German, Mathematics, Span­
ish and Social Studies. Individual programs are
developed in conjunction with departmental
representatives and members o f the Education
staff. There is no major in Education. Ail
students seeking certification must meet
Swarthmore College’s general requirements
for course distribution and a major.

REQUIREMENTS FOR TEACHER CERTIFICATION
Students planning to seek secondary certifica­
tion should take Introduction to Education,
Educ. 14, by the end of their Sophomore year
and enroll for Practice Teaching, Educ. 16 (a
double credit course) and Curriculum and
Methods Seminar, Educ. 17, no earlier than
the Spring Semester o f the Junior year. In
addition, they must complete the following
sequence o f courses:
■ Educational Psychology, Educ. 21
■ Child Development, Psychology 39, or
Adolescence, Educ. 23
■ An additional course from the following:
a. Adolescence, Educ. 23
b. Counseling: Principles and Practices,
Educ. 25
c. Education and Society, Educ. 47
d. Education in America, Educ. 52
e. Political Socialization and Schools, Educ.
64

^.Absent on leave, 1982-83.

98

f. Urban Education, Educ. 67
g. Special Topics, Educ. 91
Students preparing for certification must attain
at least a grade point average o f C in courses in
their major field o f certification and a grade of
C + or better in Introduction to Education in
order to undertake Practice Teaching. In addi­
tion, students must be recommended by their
major department and by their cooperating
teacher in Introduction to Education. Place­
ment o f students in schools for Practice
leaching is contingent on successful interviews
with members o f die Education Program staff
and appropriate secondary school personnel.
Swarthmore College is not authorized by the
Commonwealth o f Pennsylvania to certify
elementary teachers. However, students taking
courses in the Education Program have an
opportunity to concentrate their field work in
an elementary setting and may do practice
teaching for credit in an elementary school.

Placements for students who do not desire
certification are also available in a variety of
special education or counseling settings.

14. Introduction to Education.

I

A survey o f issues in education within an
interdisciplinary framework. In addition to
considering the impact of individuals such as
Dewey, Skinner and Bruner, the course will
explore some major economic, historical and
sociological questions in American education
and discuss alternative policies and programs.
The course will give students an opportunity to
determine their own interest in preparing to
teach, as well as furnish them with first-hand
experience in current elementary and second­
ary school practice. Field work is required.
Each semester. Staff.

and the curriculum and programs of the
institutions serving adolescents. The course
will include a component o f field observation
and research.
Spring semester. Gross.

25. Counseling: Principles and
Practice.
An introductory course focusing on theories,
techniques and issues in school and agency
counseling. Field work, guest lectures, role
playing and analysis o f case studies will provide
practical information and experience. Recom­
mended for students considering graduate
programs in educational counseling or those
planning to teach or do youth work in an
agency setting. Enrollment limited.
Not offered 1982-83. Dickerson.

16. Practice Teaching.

47. Education and Society.

Supervised teaching in either secondary or
elementary schools. Double credit. Students
seeking secondary certification must take Edu­
cation 17 concurrently. (Single credit practice
teaching may be arranged for individuals not
seeking secondary certification.)
Each semester. Staff.

The course will explore the social and cultural
functions and consequences o f formal and
informal education in both Western and nonWestern societies. Modes o f intended and
unintended socialization within the school and
outside will be examined. A range o f factors
which can promote or inhibit learning will be
explored and linked to educational perform­
ance. Topics include: school as an agent of
social mobility and its relationship with the
community; the school as a social system and
the dynamics o f classroom life; and the behavorial and academic outcomes o f curricular
innovation. Students will be required to
conduct weekly field work in an educational
setting.
Fall semester. Schwartz.

1
S

17. Curriculum and Methods Seminar.

This course will consider theoretical and
applied issues related to effective classroom
instruction. It must be taken concurrently with
Educ. 16 for students planning to be certified
and may not be taken without taking Educ. 16.
Each semester. Staff.

21. Educational Psychology
(also listed as Psychology 21). This course will
focus on the psychological dimensions o f the
learning process in the classroom. Specific
issues will include: methods and styles of
learning; student motivation, social and emo­
tional climate o f the classroom, role problems
of teachers, and individual diagnosis and
assessment. Field research is required.
Fall semester. Renninger.

23. Adolescence.
(also listed as Psychology 23). This course will
review recent studies o f adolescent develop| ment as a basis for establishing a theoretical
I framework. These, in turn, will be brought to
| bear on adolescent behavior, especially in
schools and other social institutions. There
will be an emphasis on the relationship
between adolescence as a stage o f development

52. Education in America.
(also listed as History 52). A history of
primary, secondary and higher education in
America from the European and colonial
orgins to the present. The course will consider
both theory and practice within the context of
American society and culture, and in relation
to other agencies o f socialization.
Prerequisite: Introductory level History course.
Not offered 1982-83. Bannister.

64. Political Socialization and Schools.
(also listed as Political Science 64). The course
will consider the development o f political
concepts, attitudes and behavior in students
through the period of formal education. The
interrelated but often inconsistent influences

99

Education

o f family, school, peers, media and critical
events in the socio-political system will be
examined; special emphasis will be given to the
formal and informal messages o f schooling.
The course» will include a component o f field
research.
Not offered 1982-83. Travers.

67. Urban Education.
(also listed as Sociology-Anthropology 67).
This course will focus on topics o f particular
significance to urban educators and policy
makers, including desegregation, compensatory
education, curricular innovation, community
control, bilingual education, and standardized

100

testing. The special problems and challenges
faced by urban schools in meeting the needs of
individuals and groups in a pluralistic society
will be examined using the «approaches of
sociology, anthropology and political science.
Current issues will also be viewed in historical
perspective. Field work is required.
Not offered 1982-83. Travers.

91. Special Topics.
With the permission o f the instructor, qualified
students may choose to pursue a topic of special
interest, which for thorough investigation will
usually require field work as well as research.
Each semester. Staff.

Engineering
CARL BARUS, Professor
DAVID L. BOWLER, Professor
H. SEARL DUNN, Professor and Chairman
NELSON A. MACKEN, Professor
M. JOSEPH WILLIS, Professor
ELLIOT B. KOFFMAN, Visiting Professor***
ARTHUR E. McGARITY, Assistant Professor
FREDERICK L. ORTHLIEB, Assistant Professorf
FARUQ M. A. SIDDIQUI, Assistant Professor
STEPHEN M. PLATT, Lecturer**
The professional practice o f engineering requires skill and resourcefulness in applying
scientific knowledge and mathematical meth­
ods to the solution o f technical problems of
ever-growing complexity. In addition, the role
of engineering in our society demands that the
engineer recognize and take into account the
economic and social factors that bear upon all
important technical problems. The successful
engineer must, therefore, possess a thorough
understanding o f social and economic forces,
and have a deep appreciation o f the cultural
and humanistic traditions o f our society. Our
program supports these needs by offering the
student the opportunity to acquire a broad
technical and liberal education. The structure
of the Department’s curriculum permits engi­
neering majors to take almost forty percent of
their course work at the College in the
humanities and social sciences. W ith careful
planning it is possible for a student to acquire a
double major with two degrees, the Bachelor of
Science in Engineering and the Bachelor of

(

Arts in a second academic area in a four-year
course o f study.
The Department’s physical facilities include a
wide range o f laboratories for general instruc­
tion and individual student projects in the
areas o f electronics, system control, communi­
cations, instrumentation, strength o f materials,
solid and structural mechanics, fluid mechanics,
thermodynamics, soil mechanics, and environ­
mental diagnostics. Supporting these labora­
tories with on-line data acquisition and graphi­
cal display is the Department’s computer
laboratory which is equipped with two PDP
systems as well as with smaller digital and
analog computers. Excellent shop facilities for
both metal- and woodworking are available for
student use.
The overall plan leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Science with a major in Engineering
is accredited by the Accreditation Board for
Engineering and Technology.

Courses A vailable to Non-Majors
The Department offers courses in computer
education for students throughout the College;
courses numbered 21 through 26 serve this
purpose. Although Mechanics (6 ) is primarily
for prospective majors, other interested stu­
dents, particularly those interested in preparing
for a career in architecture, are encouraged to
enroll. Problems in Technology (3,4) is de­
signed chiefly for students not contemplating
further work in engineering or the natural
sciences. Public Technology Project (3 2 ) is a
group study project intended for an interdisci­
plinary enrollment. Operations Research (57),

and Environmental Engineering (6 4 ) will also
appeal to many students majoring in other
departments. Students majoring in the physical
sciences or mathematics frequently enroll in
advanced engineering courses.
Students may minor in the External Examina­
tion (Honors) Program in the Engineering
Department by taking appropriately related
advanced engineering courses as preparation
for external examinations. Generally the ad­
vanced engineering courses require one or
more introductory courses as prerequisites.

t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1983.
** Fall semester, 1982.

101

Engineering

Program fo r Engineering M ajors
The general departmental requirements fall
into three categories: successful completion of
at least (i) twelve engineering courses, (ii) four
courses in the sciences including General
Physics 3 and 4, to be taken in the freshman
year, and (iii) four courses in mathematics,
including Math 5 and 6 to be taken in the
freshman year and Math 18, normally taken in
the sophomore year. The two unspecified
science courses in category (ii) and the m^ithematics course in category (iii) may be chosen to
complement the student’s overall program of
study; in general, the Department recommends
Introduction to Chemistry (10) and Linear
Algebra (16) or Mathematical Statistics (2 3 ) or
Differential Equations (30).
Within the Department, the following core
courses are required o f all students: Mechanics,
Physical Systems Analysis I and II, Experimen­
tation for Engineering Design, Thermofluid
Mechanics, and Engineering Design. The first
four courses are normally taken in the freshman
and sophomore years: Mechanics in the second
semester o f the freshman year, Physical Systems
Analysis I in the first semester o f the sopho­
more year, and the remaining two in the second
semester o f the sophomore year. In special
circumstances, however, students with ade­
quate preparation in mathematics and physics
can begin the engineering curriculum as late as
the second semester o f the sophomore year and
still complete all o f the core requirements and
elective work in the Department. The course
Engineering Design, the culminating experience
for engineering majors, is taken in the second
semester o f the senior year.
In consultation with his or her advisor, each
student constructs a program o f advanced
work in the Department. These programs,
normally consisting of six courses, are sub­
mitted to the Department when the student
formally applies for a major in engineering
during the spring semester o f the sophomore
year.
The program constitutes the student’s elected
field o f concentration which may or may not
conform closely to the traditional areas o f
engineering specialization, i.e. civil, electrical,
mechanical, etc. For non-traditional plans for
advanced work, the Department requires a

102

coherent program that, in its judgment, meets
the student’s educational objectives.
Observe that the following courses cannot be
counted in the minimum number o f twelve
engineering courses required o f each major:
Problems in Technology I, II, Digital Compu­
ters I, II, Values and Ethics in Science and
Technology, Engergy Policy, and Environmen­
tal Policy.

Several suggested fields of concentration follow:
(1) General civil engineering: Mechanics of
Solids, Structural Theory and Design, Soil
and Rock Mechanics, Fluid Mechanics,
and Operations Research. Students with a
particular interest in environmental topics
may replace several of the above courses
with Environmental Engineering or Solar
Energy Systems.
(2) General electrical engineering: Electronic
Circuit Analysis and Design I and II,
Electromagnetic Theory, Communication
Systems, and Control Theory and Design.
Students having an interest in digital
systems might replace one or more of
these courses with Digital Logic, Computer
Organization, Computer Systems, or Lab­
oratory Computer Applications.
(3) General mechanical engineering: Mechan­
ics o f Solids, Thermodynamics, Engineer­
ing Materials, Fluid Mechanics, Heat
Transfer, and Control Theory and Design.
Students with a special interest in the field
o f energy may wish to include Solar
Energy Systems or Energy Policy.
(4) Computer engineering and general compu­
ter science: Digital Logic, Computer Or­
ganization, Digital Computers II, Compu­
ter Systems, and Laboratory Computer
Applications. Students with an interest in
computer hardware may include Electron­
ic Circuit Analysis and Design I and II, or
Control Theory and Design. Courses in
mathematics can be used to broaden the
theoretical foundation of the program.

ENGINEERING
3,4. Problems in Technology I and II.
Designed primarily for those not planning to
major in science or engineering, this course is
intended to provide some depth o f understanding o f technology and its impact by examining
in each semester a particular technology.
Technical considerations underlying policy
issues will be stressed. Examples o f semester
topics are: aspects o f the energy problem,
satellite communications, managing environ­
mental hazards, and developments in data
processing. A strong background in high
school mathematics is assumed. Includes labo­
ratory. Credit may be given for either semester,
or both.

6. Mechanics.
Fundamental areas o f statics and dynamics.
Elementary concepts o f deformable bodies
including stress-strain relations, beam, torsion,
and long column theory. Laboratory work is
related to experiments on deformable bodies.
Prerequisite: Physics 3 or equivalent.
Spring semester.

11,12. Physical Systems Analysis I and
II.
These courses are devoted to the study of
physical phenomena which may be represented
to a good degree of approximation by a linear,
lumped-parameter model. E ll (fall semester) is
oriented mainly toward electrical devices and
the development of mathematical techniques
for the analysis of their linear behavior. E12
(spring semester) is more concerned with
mechanical, thermal and fluid systems, but
emphasis throughout both courses will be
placed upon the unity resulting from the
common mathematical representation and an­
alysis of diverse physical systems. The content
of E ll is: Behavior o f electrical circuits; natural
and forced transient response, steady-state
harmonic excitation. Modeling o f active de­
vices, operational amplifiers, and their use in
circuit design. Introduction to the Fourier
series and Laplace transform. Pole-zero con­
cepts, notions o f stability, and energy consider­
ations. E12 will be devoted to: multi-degree of
freedom mechanical, electromechanical, ther­
mal and fluid systems. Transfer function and
matrix descriptions o f compound systems, the
eigen-value problem and state space techniques.

Mechanical systems in two and three dimen­
sions, energy methods, coupled modes of
motion. Transition from many degree of
freedom systems to continuous systems; the
Fourier integral with applications to wave
motion.
Credit may be given for either semester, ,or
both. Staff.

14. Experimentation for Engineering
Design.
Theories o f experimentation and measurement
are presented and are related to engineering
design and research projects. Lectures present
probability theory and its applications in
experimentation. Topics include random vari­
ables, probability distributions, measurement
errors, random noise, system reliability, statis­
tical analysis o f experiments and simulated
experiments, and decision making with experi­
mental results. The laboratory section treats
the analysis o f measurement systems and
involves the experimental determination of
measurement system parameters.
Prerequisites: E ll and E12 (taken concurrently)
Spring semester. Staff.

21. Digital Logic.
An introduction to the theory and design of
digital logic circuits. Following a discussion of
number systems and Boolean algebra, minimi­
zation and realization techniques are studied
for combinational systems. The latter part of
the course will be concerned with the treatment
o f sequential systems. Switching devices will be
characterized only as to their terminal behavior
and no consideration will be given to the
physical basis for their operation. The course is
intended for students with a good background
in basic mathematics through algebra. Includes
laboratory.
Fall semester.

22. Computer Organization.
A study o f the ways in which the functional
units o f a typical digital computer may be
interconnected. Hardware implementation of
registers, counters, adders and the functional
units themselves. Micro-programmed control.
Characteristics o f the several types of memory.
Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E21.
Spring semester.

103

Engineering

23. Digital Computers h Programming
and Applications.

Prerequisites: Math 6; E23 or equivalent.
Fall semester.

An introduction to problem solving by com­
puters. A high-level computer language will be
taught with a brief introduction to an assembly
language. Examples o f computer applications
in education, industry, commerce, and govern­
ment will be presented. Extensive use o f the
Computing Center facilities.
Prerequisite: None; intended for non-science
and non-engineering majors. (Does not satisfy
distribution requirement.)
Fall semester.

32. Public Technology Project.

24. Digital Computers II: Advanced
Computer Applications.
Advanced features o f programming languages;
use o f tapes and disks, data structures, sorting
and searching algorithms, file processing, oper­
ating systems, and introduction to simulation
languages and statistical packages.
Prerequisite: E23, or equivalent. Intended for
non-science and non-engineering majors.
Spring semester.

25. Laboratory Computer Applications.
The study and selection o f microprocessor
architecture, hardware modules, and interfaces
for use in laboratory instrumentation. The
laboratory exercises are designed for the
development o f a working microprocessorbased system.
Prerequisite: Permission o f instructor. In­
tended for engineering and science majors.
Fall semester.

26. Computer Systems: Organization
and Programming.
An introduction to the organization and sys­
tem design o f a small computer. Machine
language, addressing techniques, assembly lan­
guage, and macro instructions. Re-entrant and
recursive programming techniques. Input/output programming. Operating systems and
system interrupts. Extensive use o f computer
laboratory.
Prerequisites: E23, or Mathematics 7 or equiv­
alent.
Spring semester.

27. Numerical Methods.
(Also listed as Mathematics 67). This course
will deal with the numerical solution o f various
mathematical problems, pure and applied. The
computer will be used extensively.

104

An interdisciplinary group project. The class
will be constituted as a study panel charged
with assessing various aspects o f a particular
public-service technology. The group will
jointly prepare a report setting forth its
findings and recommendations. Examples o f
the type o f technology to be investigated are
new energy systems, transportation systems,
automated health care, waste management,
applications o f communication satellites, water
management in the west, etc. The class will
meet weekly in seminar format. Open to all
who have completed the science distribution
requirement.
Offered in either semester when staffing permits.
Barus.

34. Values and Ethics in Science and
Technology (Also listed as Philosophy 34).
The course deals with topics such as the
following: historical and current attitudes
toward technology; the nature o f ethics; origins
and impact o f professional ethics (chiefly in the
engineering professions); ethical dilemmas
faced by engineers and scientists; values in the
technological society; forecasting and assess­
ment o f technological growth; how policy
decisions about technology are made; the role
o f personal ethics o f the engineer or scientist.
Open to all who have completed the science
distribution requirement.
Spring semester. Barus.

35. Solar Energy Systems.
Fundamental principles in the analysis and
design o f systems which collect, store, and use
the direct and indirect forms o f solar energy.
Examples o f current solar technology are used
as illustrations. Stochastic and deterministic
mathematical models are used to describe the
performance o f components and systems. Cost
functions are developed for use in economic
assessments. Techniques for system optimiza­
tion are discussed.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 5, 6 ; Physics 3, 4.
Fall semester. McGarity.

41. Thermofluid Mechanics.
Introduction to macroscopic thermodynamics;
first and second laws, properties o f pure
substances, thermodynamics o f an ideal gas,

| applications using system and control volume
formulation. Introduction to fluid mechanics;
development o f conservation theorems, hydro| statics, dynamics o f one-dimensional fluid
motion. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisites: E12 and E14 (or equivalent
background).
! Fall semester. Macken, Orthlieb.

57. Operations Research.
(Also listed as Economics 57). The principal
mathematical tools for optimal decision making
are presented and applied through case studies
from the private and public sectors. Topics
include assignment and transportation probI lems, linear and dynamic programming, deciI sion making under uncertainty, game theory,
stochastic processes, and queuing theory. Also,
the working principles o f engineering economy
are introduced and combined with operations
research topics. This course may precede or
follow Mathematics 28 (Mathematical Pro­
gramming) for a strong introduction to the
theory and practice o f optimization. Normally
for sophomore and junior students.
Fall semester.

58. Control Theory and Design.
An introduction to the control o f engineering
systems. Analysis and design o f linear control
systems using root locus and frequency re­
sponse techniques. Over-driven operation of
first- and second-order controlled systems.
Digital control techniques, including analysis
I of A/D and D/A converters, digital filters, and
I numerical control algorithms. Laboratory in­
cludes design o f both analog and digital
I controllers.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Spring semester. Dunn.

59. Mechanics of Solids.
This course deals with the internal stresses and
changes o f form when forces act on solid
bodies. State o f stress and strain, strength
theories, stability, deflections, and photoelasI ticity. Elastic and Plastic theories. Includes
laboratory.
Prerequisite: E6 or equivalent.
I Fall semester.

60. Structural Theory and Design.
Principles o f structural systems and mechanics
o f deformable bodies pertaining to deflection
and stability. Structural mechanics o f space and
plane framed structures including stress analy-

sis, and deflections o f determinate and indeter­
minate structures. Includes elements o f design
o f determinate structures. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E59.
Spring semester.

61. Soil and Rock Mechanics.
A study o f the principles o f soil and rock
mechanics. Subjects introduced include forma­
tion of soils, the nature o f soils and rocks, soil
identification and description, soil water, com­
pression and expansion, strength and displace­
ment in earth masses, and slope stability. These
topics are applied to engineering design prob­
lems. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E59 or equivalent.
Fall semester.

63. Environmental Engineering.
An introduction to the elements o f water
quality managment. Effects o f human activities
on water quality and quantity. Environmental
impact assessment. Analysis and treatment of
natural and wastewaters. Introduction to water
quality models. Laboratory and field studies of
local water quality problems.
Prerequisite: Two semesters o f science or
engineering.
Fall semester. Willis.

64. Water Resources.
An introduction to the fundamentals o f water
resources engineering. Pertinent areas o f hy­
drology, hydraulics, and systems analysis are
included. Fundamentals are related to engi­
neering aspects o f planning and designing water
resources projects. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12; E83 recommended.
Spring semester.

66. Energy Policy:
(Also listed as Political Science 66 and Eco­
nomics 66.) Presentation and exploration, in
seminar format, o f political, economic and
technological issues affecting development o f
energy policy, and investigation o f the influ­
ence o f energy policy on policymaking in other
areas. Possible topics include: development of
the U .S. energy bureaucracy, international po­
litical /economic decision-making and OPEC,
development and impact o f energy price
decontrol, economic and political aspects of
U .S. energy technology exports, economic and
environmental perspectives o f energy resource
development (renewable and otherwise). En­
rollment by permission o f instructors. Sug­

Engineering

gested preparation includes Economics 1-2
and Political Science 2 or 51.
Fall semester. (Does not satisfy distribution
requirement.)

68. Environmental Policy.
(Also listed as Political Science 68.) Issues in
environmental policy formulation and imple­
mentation are explored. Both o f these aspects
require an understanding of environmental
processes, including natural and technological
processes. Trade-offs between environmental
and economic objectives are examined using
quantitative policy models. Enrollment is by
consent o f instructor. Operations Research
and/or Statistics are recommended as prereq­
uisites.
Spring semester. (Does not satisfy distribution
requirement.)

71. Circuits and Systems.
Analysis and synthesis o f electric circuits and
other dynamic systems. Properties o f linear
system functions and their application to
system design, active systems and stability,
response to random signals, energy functions
and theorems, digital filters, state variable
analysis o f linear and non-linear systems,
optimization. Application o f theory to engi­
neering design. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Fall semester. Offered when demand and staffing
permit. Barus, Dunn.

73,74. Electronic Circuit Analysis and
Design I and II.
This course begins with an introduction to the
physics o f semiconductor devices and modem
device technology. The remainder o f the year is
devoted to the study o f digital and analog
circuits using both bipolar and field effect
devices. The material is covered in such a way
that E73 alone provides a working knowledge
o f digital logic and operational amplifiers. Use
o f a linear circuit analysis program for circuit
simulation is encouraged. Laboratory work is
oriented toward circuit design.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. E73 is a
prerequisite for E74. Bowler.

75. Electromagnetic Theory.
Engineering applications o f Maxwell’s equa­
tions. Macroscopic field treatment of magnetic,
dielectric and conducting materials. Forces,
motion and energy storage. Field basis of
circuit theory. Electromagnetic waves; wave­

106

guides, transmission lines, and antennas. In­
cludes laboratory.
Prerequisites: E12 or equivalent; Mathematics
18.
Fall semester. Barus.

78. Communication Systems.
Theory and design principles o f analog and
digital electronic communications. Such topics
as information theory, coding, analog and
digital modulation, multiplexing, noise, filter­
ing, and data transmission will be treated.
Emphasis will be placed on theoretical and
practical limitations and functional design.
Application will be made to a variety of
practical systems such as television relay,
facsimile, telemetry, broadcasting, and data
communications. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Spring semester. Barus.

81. Thermal Energy Conversion.
Development and application of the principles
o f thermal energy analysis to energy conversion
systems. Brief examination o f world energy
supplies. Review o f the principles o f the first
and second laws of thermodynamics. Develop­
ment o f the concepts o f availability, reacting
and non-reacting mixtures, chemical and nu­
clear reactions. Applications investigated in­
clude: Rankine cycles, gas turbines, internal
combustion engines, heat pumps, and solar
energy systems. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E41.
Fall semester. Macken.

82. Engineering Materials.
The integration of the selection of engineering
materials into overall design is emphasized.
Such a process blends a basic understanding of
material behavior, a knowledge o f the manner
in which properties may be altered, and
familiarity o f compatible manufacturing pro­
cesses, together with mechanical and thermal
design to produce a successful functional
product. In this course, the basic laws and
concepts relating the structure of solids to their
physical and mechanical properties are empha­
sized. Both metals and non-metals including
wood, concrete, plastic and composite mate­
rials, are included. Various means of altering
properties such as heat treatment and cold
working are then discussed. Manufacturing
processes are studied in detail. Includes labora­
tory.

Prerequisite: E59 or permission of instructor.
Spring semester. Orthlieb.

83. Fluid Mechanics.
Fluid mechanics is treated as a special case of
continuum mechanics in the analysis o f fluid
flow systems. Relevant equations for the
conservation o f mass, momentum, and energy
are derived. These are then applied to the study
of flows o f inviscid and viscous, incompressible
and compressible fluids. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E41 or equivalent.
Fall semester. Macken, Dunn.

84. Heat Transfer.
A basic introduction to the physical phenomena
involved in heat transfer. Analytical techniques
are presented together with empirical results to
develop tools for solving problems in heat
transfer by conduction, forced and free convec­
tion, boiling, condensation, and radiation.
Numerical techniques are discussed for the
solution of conduction problems. Includes
laboratory.
Prerequisite: E41 or equivalent.
Spring semester. Macken.

90. Engineering Design.
This project-oriented course serves as a cul­

minating exercise for all Engineering majors.
Under the guidance o f a faculty member,
students investigate a problem o f their choice
in an area o f interest to them. In some cases,
group projects are possible. At the end o f the
semester students prepare a written report and
make an oral presentation.
Spring semester.

91. Special Topics.
Subject matter dependent on a group need or
individual interest. Normally restricted to
senior students and offered only when staff
interests and availability make it practicable to
do so.

93. Directed Reading.
With the permission of a staff member who is
willing to supervise it, a qualified student may
undertake a program of directed reading in an
area o f engineering as an extension of one o f his
or her courses.

96. Thesis.
W ith approval, a student may undertake a
thesis project as a part of his or her program in
the senior year. The student is expected to
submit a prospectus o f the thesis problem
before the start o f the semester in which the
thesis project is carried out.

107

English Literature

THOMAS H. BLACKBURN, Professor
DAVIO COWDEN, Professor
LEE DEVIN, Professor and Director o f The Theatre
HAROLD E. PAGLIARO, Professor
SUSAN SNYDER, Professor and Acting Chairman
PHILIP M. WEINSTEIN, Professor and Chairman^
CHARLES JAMES, Associate Professor
CRAIG WILLIAMSON, Associate Professor
ERIC A.G. RINNIE, Assistant Professor and Technical Director o f The Theatre*
MARY L POOVEY, Assistant Professor
PETER J. SCHMIDT, Assistant Professor
NATHALIE ANDERSON, Instructor
ELIZABETH CHADWICK, Lecturer
JOAN HUTTON LANDIS, Lecturer**
JOHN LOVEN, Lecturer**

This Department offers courses in English
literature, American literature, theatre, and
some foreign literatures in translation. The
departmental curriculum is planned to provide
experience in several critical approaches to
literature and play production, in the intensive

study o f works o f major writers, the study of
literature o f limited periods, and the study of
the development of literary types. The Depart­
ment also provides instruction in the tech­
niques of writing, acting, and design for the
theatre.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Any introductory course — English 2 through
13 — or its equivalent by departmental
examination, is the prerequisite for all other
courses in literature and theatre. (This prereq­
uisite does not apply to seniors, nor is it
required o f those who wish only to take studio
courses.) Introductory courses are character­
ized by syllabi with less reading than in
advanced courses, by frequent short papers,
and by considerable attention to class discus­
sion; they are viewed by the Department as
particularly appropriate for freshmen. Enroll­
ment will be limited to 25 students per course;
priority is given to freshmen and sophomores.
Students will not normally take a second
introductory course unless approved by the
instructor o f the first course. Only one spch
course may be counted towards the major. The
minimum requirement for admission as a

* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1982.
\ Absent on leave, 1982-83.

108

major or as a minor in English is two semestercourses in the Department.
Students considering a major in English are
strongly urged to take one or two additional
courses during the sophomore year. Majors
and prospective majors should consult a
member o f the English Department for in­
formation about courses in other departments
complementary to their work in English; work
in foreign languages is especially recommended.
Students who plan to do graduate work, to
follow a course o f professional training, or to
seek teacher certification in English, should see
a member o f the Department for early help in
planning their programs, as should students
who plan to include work in English literature
in a program with a major in Literature or

* * Fall semester, 1982.

Medieval Studies. Students planning to qualify
for teacher certification in English are reminded
that work in American literature and in
linguistics or the history o f the English language
is required in addition to other requirements of
the major.
Major in the Course Program: The work o f a
major in Course consists o f a minimum o f eight
semester courses in the Department, including
Shakespeare (English 97), Senior Essay (Eng­
lish 98), and at least two other courses in
literature written before 1800; such courses are
marked with an asterisk ( *). Beginning with the
class of 1984, Course major requirements will
be altered as follows: Senior Essay (English 98)
becomes optional; one course featuring critical
theory becomes required (such courses are
marked by a ** ); and the Comprehensive
Examination (taken at the end o f the spring
semester o f the senior year) will be based, not
upon triads, but upon a list o f major authors.
This list will be available to majors and
prospective majors two years before the date of
the exam itself.
Major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: Majors in the Honors Program must
prepare three or four papers in the Department,
two of which must be on subjects covered in
seminars in Group 1 or on other early material
decided upon after consultation with the
Department. Beginning with the class o f 1984,
majors will also take a course or seminar that
features critical theory (such courses and
seminars are marked by **).
Minor in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: Minors are ordinarily required to
prepare two papers in the Department.
Theatre Concentration: The work of a major in
Course with a concentration in Theatre consists
of a minimum o f eight semester courses in the
Department, including Shakespeare (English
97), Senior Essay (English 98), Play Directing
(English 78), Introduction to Design (English
76), and one other course in dramatic literature
written before the modern period. The remain­
ing work in Theatre may include studio courses
to a maximum of two credits. The Comprehen­
sive Examination in the Theatre Concentration
(taken at the end o f the spring semester o f the
senior year) will consist o f two parts: 1 ) a
take-home essay describing solutions to artistic
and critical problems; 2) a regular three-hour

examination covering a reading list and some
cultural/historical aspects of materials covered
in courses.
Students are urged to consult the announce­
ments of other departments which offer courses
appropriate to the concentration. It is useful
for those anticipating a theatre concentration
to plan their programs early to avoid possible
conflict with the twenty-course rule.

IA. Expository Writing (Workshop).
Individual and group work as intensive prepa­
ration for further work and with applications
to a variety o f fields. For students to whom the
course is recommended. Does not meet the
distribution requirements. May be taken in
more than one semester, but for a maximum of
one and one half credits.
Each semester.

IB. English for Foreign Students.
Individual and group work on an advanced
level for students with non-English back­
grounds. Does not meet distribution require­
ments.
Each semester.

2. Science and the Literary
Imagination.
An introduction to the critical reading of
literature, using texts (in prose and verse from
the 16th century to the present) which are
concerned with or reflect the impact o f science
and scientific thinking on individual and
society.
Fall semester. Blackburn.

3. The Divided Self.
A study of internal conflict in works by
Conrad, Hardy, Faulkner, Penn Warren, Up­
dike, and selected poets.
Each semester. Cowden.

4. The Outsider.
Alienation as stance and theme in drama,
narrative, and lyric poetry: close study of
works by Shakespeare, Milton, Marvell, Con­
rad, Charlotte Bronte, T. S. Eliot, and Margaret
Atwood.
Not offered 1982-83. Snyder.

5. Coming of Age.
This course will deal with various treatments of
growing up in plays, lyrics, and novels from
ancient Greece to contemporary America.
Writers to be studied include Sophocles,

109

English Literature

Shakespeare, Wordsworth, Austen, Dickens,
Joyce, Simic, Rich.
Fall semester. Poovey.

6. Rites of Passage.
The course will focus on various rites of
passage, symbolic actions which chart crucial
changes in the human psyche, as they are
consciously depicted or unconsciously reflected
in different literary modes, and will examine
the shared literary experience itself as ritual
process. Topics will include innocence and
experience, transition and stasis, community
and liminality, and the mediation o f the sacred
and the profane. Major authors will include the
Beowulf poet, Blake, Shakespeare, Conrad and
Lawrence.
Fall semester. Williamson.

7. Quest Romances.
Unlike tragedy (which dramatizes death) and
comedy (which dramatizes the pleasures of
reform), romance deals with the possibility of
rebirth and renewal. Versions o f romance will
be examined in works by Shakespeare, Dickens,
James, Yeats, Raymond Chandler, and Samuel
Beckett.
Fall semester. Schmidt.

8. The Ironic Spirit.
This course focuses on the way the ironic
mode—both verbal and philosophical—accom­
modates responses to fundamental contradic­
tions and paradoxes. Authors include Shake­
speare, Fielding, Hardy, Emily Dickinson,
Twain, Stephen Crane, and Ralph Ellison.
Fall semester. James.

9. Four Secular Men of the Spirit.
A study of iconoclastic authors — Blake, Shaw,
Lawrence, and Heller — whose works attack
orthodox ways and offer moral alternatives as
necessary to human well-being.
Spring semester. Pagliaro.

10. The Disruption of Innocence.
A study o f the means by which selected authors
give form to the experience o f dislocation and
evil which accompanies the passing o f inno­
cence. Authors to be studied will include
Shakespeare, Milton, Melville, James, Edwin
Muir, Robert Lowell.
Not offered 1982-83. Binnie.

11. Figures in the Veil.
A study o f the phenomenon o f double­
consciousness in selected narratives and poetry

110

written by Afro-Americans since the Civil
War. Authors will include Chesnutt, W.E.B.
DuBois, Ellison, Hughes, Zora Hurston, J.W .
Johnson, and selected poets.
Spring Semester. James.

12. The Picaresque.
This course will consider the western devel­
opment of a resilient theme in literature:
adventures of a rogue or scoundrel. The class
will identify structural and thematic concerns
typical o f the literature o f roguery and discuss
the theoretical problems involved in the
definition of literary genre. Readings will be in
English but will be drawn from more than one
linguistic tradition. Major authors will include
Defoe, Twain, Jonson, Shakespeare, Byron,
and a choice among such twentieth-century
authors as Bellow, Kerouac, Ellison and Beck­
ett.
Each semester. Chadwick.

13. Studies in the Literature of
the Fantastic.
Drawing on writings of Freud, Jung, Bettelheim,
and others, this course will examine the literary
uses o f folk and fairy tale material. Authors to
be studied will include Shakespeare, Coleridge,
Keats, Bram Stoker, Yeats, Anne Sexton, and
others.
Each semester. N. Anderson.

16. Survey of English Literature, I.*
An historical and critical survey o f poetry,
prose, and drama from Beowulf to Milton.
Fall semester. Pagliaro.

17. Survey of English Literature, II.
An historical and critical survey o f poetry,
prose, and drama from Dryden to Lawrence.
Spring semester. Pagliaro.

19. Introduction to Old English:
Language, Literature, and Culture.*
The course will be an introduction to Old
English language, literature, and culture with
an emphasis upon elegiac and heroic poetry.
Initially, two days a week will be devoted to
learning the language and to reading selected
prose passages. One day a week will be spent on
a cultural topic such as history, art, architecture,
religion, or Germanic traditions. The latter
part of the course will be devoted entirely to
the study o f Old English poetry. With the
permission of the instructor this course may be
taken without the usual prerequisite course;

however, it may not serve in the place o f a
j prerequisite for other advanced courses.
Fall semester. Williamson.
i

I 20. Advanced Old English.*
I The course will meet once a week in the
I instructor’s meduheall. Texts will include por­
tions of Beowulf, elegies such as "The Seafarer,”
riddles, charms, gnomes, and saints' lives.
One-half credit.
Prerequisite: English 19.
Spring semester. Williamson.

21. Medieval English Literature.*
| The course is a survey o f English literature,
primarily poetry, from the 8th through the
I 15th century. Readings will include: Old
English riddles, elegies, and charms, Beowulf,
several o f Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales and
Troilus and Criseyde, selected mystery plays,
Everyman, Sir Gawain and the Green Knight,
Pearl, portions o f Piers Plowman, and Malory’s
LeMone d’Arthur. Selected lyrics and Canterbury
Tales will be read in Middle English; other
works in translation or modernized forms. No
previous knowledge o f Middle English is
required.
Not offered 1982-83. Williamson.

I 22. Satire.
This examination o f satire as a literary genre
focuses on satiric forms and objectives. Em­
phasis is placed on distinguishing between two
main conceptions o f satire and, therefore, two
different types o f satirists. Selections are
chosen from Horace and Juvenal, Petronius,
{ Shakespeare, Pope, Swift, Voltaire, Twain,
I Huxley, and Ishmael Reed.
I Spring semester. James.

I 23. Studies in English Fiction.
I
I

This course will study developments in fiction
(mainly English) from Dickens, George Eliot,
and Flaubert to Lawrence and Joyce.
Not offered 1982-83. Weinstein.

25a, 25b. Shakespeare.
I
I
I
I
■

(Advanced courses for non-majors, with normal prerequisites for admission.) Each course
will be complete in itself, will aim at covering a
wide range o f Shakespeare's career, and will
avoid duplicating material used in the other
course. (Students may take both 25a and 25b .)

I Fall semester, 25a — Henry IV Parts 1 and 2,
■ Henry V, Midsummer Night*s Dream, Merchant
I o f Venice, As You Like It, Measure for Measure,

Othello, King Lear, Coriolanus, The Tempest.
Blackburn.
Spring semester, 25b — Richard III, Richard II,
Much Ado about Nothing, Romeo and Juliet,
Twelfth Night, Troilus and Cressida, Hamlet,
Macbeth, Antony and Cleopatra, Julius Caesar,
The Winter*s Tale.
Binnie.

27. Theory of the Novel.**
An examination o f various novel types and
conventions, the interpretive problems raised
by the genre, and some o f the critical ap­
proaches contemporary theorists have taken to
these problems. Novelists to be read include
Defoe, Sterne, Austen, Bronte, Conrad, and
Nabokov. This course will be a Writing Course
o f 1.5 credits (see p. 49).
Fall semester. Poovey.

29. The Black American Writer.
This survey o f prose fiction and poetry pays
particular attention to the way the AfroAmerican author engages the modes o f the
pastoral and "antipastoral” as thesis and
antithesis. Writers include Charles Chesnutt,
Jean Toomer, Zora Hurston, Sterling Brown,
Richard Wright, Gwendolyn Brooks, and
James Baldwin.
Fall semester. James.

31. Chaucer.*
Reading in Middle English o f most of Chaucer’s
major poetry with emphasis on The Canterbury
Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. The course
attempts to place the poetry in a variety of
critical and cultural contexts — both medieval
and modern — which help to illuminate
Chaucer's art.
Spring semester. Williamson.

33. Renaissance Poetry.*
Lyric and narrative poetry o f the Elizabethan
age and early 17th century.
Not offered 1982-83. Snyder.

34. Renaissance Comparative
Literature.*
Humanism and "Counter-Renaissance” devel­
opments in major writings o f Renaissance
Europe: Petrarch, Erasmus, More, Rabelais,
Ariosto, Lope de Vega, St. John o f the Cross,
and Cervantes (all studied in translation).
Spring semester. Snyder.

111

English Literature

35. Thdor-Stuart Drama.*
Development o f the English drama in the
sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.
Not offered 1982-83. Blackburn.

36. Milton.*
Study of Milton’s poetry with particular
emphasis on Paradise Lost. This course will be a
Writing Course o f 1.5 credits (see p. 49).
Spring semester. Blackburn.

37. Eighteenth-Century Literature.*
A study o f English prose and poetry from
1660-1800, with attention given to the cultural
and intellectual setting.
Spring semester. Pagliaro.

38. Romantic Poetry.
A study of the poetry o f Blake, Wordsworth,
Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats, with
attention given to the ideas as well as to the
form and structure o f their works.
Fall semester. Pagliaro.

39. Images of Women in the
Eighteenth-Century Novel.*
An examination of selected eighteenth-century
novels which focus on the maturation o f a
young woman. We will read novels by both
men and women in an attempt to discover
major cultural stereotypes and the extent to
which these stereotypes were internalized or
resisted. Writers to be studied include Defoe,
Richardson, Rousseau, Burney, Wollstonecraft,
and Austen.
Fall semester. Poovey.

40. Topics in American Literature.
A survey o f several enduring issues in American
literature, among them the myth of the selfmade man or woman, the “plain style” in prose
and poetry, and the concept of manifest destiny
in Puritan, Deist, and Romantic historiography.
The reading will include a variety o f texts, from
autobiographies, histories, essays, diaries, and
political tracts, to poems and fiction. Among
the authors we will study this year are the
Puritans Bradstreet, Winthrop, Taylor, and
Edwards; the Deists Franklin, Jefferson, and
Paine; and Douglass, Hawthorne, Emerson,
Thoreau, Whitman, Dickinson, Twain, Cho­
pin, and Fitzgerald.
Fall semester. Schmidt.

41. Studies in American Fiction.
The American Short Story. The course will try
to define the changing boundaries of the short

112

story form, as well as to discover why for
American writers the short story is so closely
tied to their work on longer narratives.
Authors to be read include Poe, Hawthorne,
Melville, James, Fitzgerald, Hemingway, Eudora
Welty, and Ann Beattie.
Not offered 1982-83. Schmidt.

43. Contemporary Poetry.
An examination o f representative volumes by
contemporary British and American poets,
including the famous (Lowell’s Life Studies,
Plath’s Ariel), the infamous (Ginsburg’s Howl,
Hughes’s Crow), and the relatively obscure
(Forche’s The Country Between Us).
Spring semester. N. Anderson.

44. Twain, Faulkner, Richard Wright,
and Flannery O’Connor.
Selected works, with emphasis on Faulkner.
The course will focus on the ways in which the
writer’s imagination confronts some o f the
ideals and contradictions of American life
(with special attention to relations between
blacks and whites).
Not offered 1982-83. Weinstein.

45. Modern American Poetry.
Selected poems and prose by Williams, Pound,
Stevens, and Moore, with special attention
given to how each poet invents early, middle,
and late styles.
Not offered 1982-83. Schmidt.

46. Modern British Poetry.
A consideratrion of the major British poets
from Hardy to Ted Hughes, with particular
attention given to each poet’s individual
response to the circumstances of modern life.
Fall semester. N. Anderson.

47. The Contemporary Black Writer of
the United States.
An examination of the way history, myth, and
blues (as oral form) are transformed into
metaphor, ritual, and motif by comtemporary
Afro-Americans. Writers discussed will include
Baldwin, Baraka, Morrison, Reed, Walker and
selected poets.
Not offered 1982-83. James.

48. Modern Drama.
See CEL 48. An examination o f the range of
dramatic literature, theatre aesthetics, critical
theories and production styles since Ibsen.
Not offered 1982-83. Devin.

49. The American Autobiography.

55. The Black African Writer.

In addition to an examination of the creative
impulse to order that is key to the nature and
form o f autobiography, this course suggests
pairings of interrelated black and white autobiographies. Writers include Benjamin Frank­
lin, W .E.B. DuBois, Mark Twain, Gertrude
Stein, Henry Adams, Richard Wright, Mal­
colm X, and Maya Angelou.
Fall semester. James.

An examination of literary themes and modes
employed by the black African to express his
own life and culture and to objectivize his
peculiar relation to European colonialism.
Readings will be chosen from works written in
English and in translation including (but not
limited to) those of Achebe, Armah, Clark,
Mphahlele, Senghor, Ngugi, and Soyinka.
Not offered 1982-83. James.

50. The Modern English Novel.

56. Fictions of American Naturalism.

Study o f the development o f the modern novel
beginning with James and continuing to the
present.
Spring semester. Cowden.

51. Contemporary American Fiction.
An examination of the myriad regional accents,
aims, and styles—from documentary realism
to symbolic fantasy—which distinguish Amer­
ican prose since World War II. Writers to be
studied include Eudora Welty, Peter Taylor,
Vladimir Nabokov, Thomas Pynchon, Donald
Barthelme, Ann Beattie, Raymond Carver,
Toni Morrison, and John McPhee.
Spring semester. Schmidt.

52. Representations of Women’s
Identity.**
(Crosslisted as Psychology 52) A study o f the
ways in which psychology, literature, and
literary theory illuminate women’s identity
and self-expression. By examining such material
as psychological case studies, fairy tales, poetry
and fiction by male and female authors,
psychological theory and literary criticism, we
will identify some o f the ways in which women
have been represented in our culture, the
consequences o f this representation, and pos­
sibilities for expanding self-awareness and
creativity.
Prerequisite: English 2-13 or equivalent.
Spring semester. Poovey and Marecek.

53. Proust and Joyce
(Cross listed as French 75.)
Not offered 1982-83.

54. Proust, Joyce, and Faulkner.
Selections from Proust’s Remembrance o f Things
Past, Joyce’s Portrait o f the Artist and Ulysses
entire, and selected Faulkner novels. Emphasis
on fictional autobiography, the writers* pre­
occupation with time and the past, and the
ideological and formal tenets o f modernism.
Not offered 1982-83. Weinstein.

A study o f the way new ideas o f the late
nineteenth century converged in the imagina­
tion of the American writer o f fiction. The
course focuses on the tensions between hope
and despair and rebellion and apathy that
result from this convergence. Authors include
W . D. Howells, Stephen Crane, Theodore
Dreiser, Frank Norris, Sherwood Anderson,
and Richard Wright.
Not offered 1982-83. James.

57. The Nineteenth-Century English
Novel.
A study o f the development o f the novel during
the Romantic and Victorian periods. The
novelists discussed will include Austen, the
Brontes, Dickens, Thackeray, Eliot, Trollope,
Meredith, and Hardy.
Not offered 1982-83. Cowden.

58. Introduction to Anglo-Irish
Literature.
This course will cover the background to the
modern literature through such topics as epic
literature, the monasteries, the Big House, the
Irish storyteller, and will include readings from
The Tain and the Finn Cycle, as well as from
Somerville and Ross, Synge, O ’Casey,
Kavanagh, Heaney, and others.
Not offered 1982-83. Durkan.

59. Religion and Literature.*
(Crosslisted as Religion 4 2 ) This course will
explore the interactions and tensions between a
tragic view o f existence and Christian theology,
addressing the problem of theodicy—a God
who is just and good presiding over a world full
of evil and injustice—in two ways: ( 1) using the
tragic vision as a mode o f apprehending God’s
more mysterious dealings with human beings,
and ( 2) evaluating the relevance, or irrelevance,
of the Christian theological system to literary
tragedy.
Prerequiites: introductory courses in both
English Literature (2-13) and Religion ( l-9 )o r

113

English Literature

their equivalents.
Spring semester. Snyder and Henry.

60. Fiction Writers’ Workshop.
The course is devoted to the analysis of stories
submitted by students. It meets once a week for
three hours. In addition to receiving practical
help from fellow writers, students have an
opportunity to articulate and explore theoreti­
cal aspects of fiction writing. Students should
submit one story for admission, at a time
announced during the fall semester. Admission
and credit-are granted at the discretion o f the
instructor.
Not offered 1982-83. Williamson.

61. Poetry Workshop.

Each semester. Devin.

73. Theatre: Production Workshop.
Introduction to theatre technology: problems
in lighting, costume, and scene design. Onehalf semester course credit. This workshop
may be repeated for credit with the instructor’s
permission. NOTE: Two sections o f this
course are offered. Each section will be
devoted to different aspects o f technology
selected from those mentioned above. Inter­
ested students should consult with the instruc­
tor in choosing the section appropriate to their
interests. (Studio course)
Spring semester. Binnie.

A class, limited to twelve, in which students
write, read, translate and talk about poetry.
During the early part of the term students
discuss selected poems and pursue formal
exercises such as a dramatic monologue, a
meditation poem and a short translation;
during the rest o f the semester, their own
projects. Students should submit 3-5 pages of
poetry for admission to the workshop, and
once admitted should plan to read some
contemporary poetry o f their own choice
before the course begins. Admission and credit
are granted at the discretion o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Schmidt.

An historical approach to dramatic literature
and its performance. Social and intellectual
backgrounds, together with theatre architecture
and technology, as they influence dramatic
artists and the audience. The topic for Fall
1982: New Theatre Forms. Study o f three
historical "moments” when theatre artists
radically altered the nature of the ordinary or
the acceptable: The rise o f realism in Hellenic
drama; the birth o f naturalism at the close of
the 19th Century; the foundations and emer­
gence o f the contemporary ensemble theatre.
Fall semester. Loven.

62. Theatre: Playwriting Workshop.

75a. Theatre: Ensemble I.

Projects in playwriting. Discussion o f playscripts supported by some reading and analysis
of appropriate models. Students should submit
a completed one-act play in the fall preceding
the semester they wish to take the course.
Admission and credit are granted at the
discretion of the instructor.
Spring semester. Devin.

71. Theatre: Techniques of Acting.
Identification and exploration of some funda­
mental acting techniques through exercise and
scene study, including rehearsal practice, scene
analysis, and warm-up. (Studio course)
Fall semester. Devin.

72. Theatre: Scene Study.
A studio for intermediate and advanced actors.
Emphasis on scene study of scripted material,
using exercises, improvisations and studio
games as tools for character development and
interaction. Prerequisite: English 71 or the
instructor’s permission. This course may be
repeated for credit, with the instructor’s
permission. (Studio course)

114

74. Theatre: Topics in Theatre History.

An intensive course in theatre technique
consisting of a rehearsal period o f five weeks,
five nights a week, 8:00-11:00 p.m. A company
o f 14 actors is selected at the beginning o f each
semester through tryouts and interviews. Onehalf semester course credit. This course may be
repeated for credit with the instructor’s per­
mission. (Studio course)
Fall semester. Devin.

75b. Theatre: Ensemble II.
Study and rehearsal o f a full-length play.
Tryouts as announced. One-half semester
course credit. This course may be repeated
with the instructor's permission. (Studio
course)
Spring semester. Devin.

76. Theatre: Introduction to Design.
The theoretical and historical foundations o f
contemporary theatrical design. Lab work
investigates theory through the practical appli­
cation o f basic techniques.
Spring semester. Binnie.

77. Theatre: Advanced Design.
An intensive study of theatre design with
emphasis on design response to dramatic
literature. Development of design presentation
techniques through lab work. Normally offered
on an individual basis to qualified students
completing an actual design project for produc­
tion. Prerequisite: English 76, or the instruc­
tor’s permission.
Spring semester. Binnie.

78. Theatre: Play Directing.
Analysis o f dramatic literature for production.
Exploration o f performance and production
possibilities. Lab sessions held jointly with
Theatre: Design. Prerequisite: one credit of
studio course work in theatre, or the instruc­
tor’s permission.
Spring semester. Devin.

79. Theatre: Performance Criticism.
The theory and practice of observing, describ­
ing, and judging dramatic art. Attendance at
theatre performances, presentation o f scenes in
class, discussion with actors, directors, and
other dramatic artists.
Fall semester. Loven.

82. Colloquium: The Harlem
Renaissance.
This course focuses on the self-conscious
decade of the 1920’s, also known as the Jazz
Age. Emphasis will be on the spirit of
optimism, innovation, and newness reflected
in selected prose and poetry of the "New
Negro.” Authors include Langston Hughes,
J. W . Johnson, Claude McKay, Eric Walrond,
Jean Toomer, Nella Larson, Countee Cullen,
and Alain Locke.
Spring semester. James.

83. Restoration and EighteenthCentury Drama.*
An examination o f the English theatre in search
of a new identity o f purpose, genre and style,
following eighteen years of Puritan suppres­
sion, focusing on plays by Dryden, Wycherley,
Congreve, Gay, Goldsmith and Sheridan, with
appropriate attention to related developments
in English opera and visual arts.
Not offered 1982-83. Binnie.

86. Folklore and Folklife Studies.
An introduction to the major forms o f folklore
and selected forms o f folklife materials. The
course includes the study o f myth, legend,
folktales, proverbs, jokes, riddles, and other

verbal arts including folk music. It explores
superstition, witchcraft, magic and popular
beliefs; and considers the function o f folklore
in highly industrialized modern societies as
well as in traditional ones. Crosslisted as
History 86.
Spring semester. Morgan.

93. Directed Reading.
Students who plan directed reading must
consult with the appropriate instructor and
submit a prospectus to the Department by way
of application for such work before the
beginning o f the semester during which the
study is actually done. Deadlines for the receipt
o f written applications are the second Monday
in November and the first Monday in April.
Normally limited to juniors and seniors.

96. Criticism/Theory Colloquium.**
This year Modern Drama: Texts and Contexts.
A study of modern dramatic literature from
Ibsen to Pinter with special attention to the
critical contexts (literary, psychological, his­
toric, and theatrical) which help to inform our
vision o f the primary texts. Playwrights will
include Ibsen, Chekhov, Shaw, Pirandello,
Beckett, Genet, and Pinter. Secondary texts
will include work by Aristotle, Stanislavsky,
Brook, Freud, Jung, Marx, and Nietzsche.
Spring semester. Williamson.

97. Shakespeare Conference.
(for course majors only) Study of at least
twenty-two plays, tracing the development of
Shakespeare’s craftsmanship and ideas. Re­
quired of course majors in the Department»
who meet weekly in small groups during the
fall semester. Students should read through the
plays before beginning the course.
Two credits.
Fall semester. Staff.

98,99. Senior Essay, Senior Thesis.
In the fall semester o f the senior year, Course
majors in the Department pursue a literary
project (English 98) o f their own choosing.
The major part o f the semester is devoted to
preparing an essay (or essays) under the
supervision o f a member o f the Department. A
brief prospectus for the project must be
submitted for. approval by the Department in
April o f the junior year. Before submitting this
prospectus, Course majors should consult
with the Department Chairman and with the
Department member who might supervise the
project.

115

English Literature

The project, culminating in an essay (or essays)
o f 20-25 pages, will be completed in December
o f the senior year. Students who do well on this
project and wish to develop it into a compre­
hensive thesis will take English 99 in the spring
semester. The work on the thesis will normally
deepen or expand work completed during the
fall; the relation o f the thesis to the fall essay
(essays) will o f course vary according to the
nature of the student’s project.

English 98 is required o f all Course majors.
English 99 is optional, depending upon the
student’s performance in 98 and interest in
pursuing the project, and the Department’s
approval.

Courses Projected for Subsequent Years:
42. Victorian Literature.

SEMINARS
Group I
101. Shakespeare.

105. Tudor-Stuart Drama.

Study o f Shakespeare as dramatist and poet.
The emphasis is on the major plays, with a
more rapid reading o f the remainder o f the
canon. Students are advised to read through all
the plays before entering the seminar.
Each semester. Staff.

The development o f English drama from
medieval morality plays to Jacobean tragedy
and comedy.
Not offered 1982-83. Blackburn.

102. Chaucer and Medieval Literature.
A survey o f English literature, primarily
poetry, from the 8th through the 15th century
with an emphasis upon Chaucer. Texts will
include Beowulf and other selected Old English
poems, Sir Gawain and the Green Knight,
Chaucer’s Troilus and Criseyde and a major
portion o f The Canterbury Tales, Piers Plowman,
Pearl, Everyman, selected mystery plays, and
portions o f Malory’s LeMorte d ’Arthur. Back­
ground readings will include selections from
Andreas Capellanus and Boethius. Works in
Chaucerian dialect will be read in Middle
English; other works will be read in translation
or in modernized versions.
Not offered 1982-83. Williamson.

104. Milton.
Study o f Milton’s works with special emphasis
on Paradise Lost.
Spring semester. Blackburn.

106. Renaissance Epic.
The two major English epics o f the period,
Spenser’s Faerie Queene and Milton’s Paradise
Lost, considered in the context o f the work of
each poet and in relation to two antecedents,
Virgil’s Aeneid and Tasso’s Jerusalem Delivered.
Not offered 1982-83. Snyder.

108. Renaissance Poetry.
Poetic modes and preoccupations o f the
English Renaissance, with emphasis on Sidney,
Shakespeare, Spenser, Donne, Herbert, and
Marvell.
Fall semester. Snyder.

109. Eighteenth-Century Literature.
Examination o f the literary forms and critical
values o f the age, with special attention given to
the works of Dryden, Swift, Pope, and Johnson.
Not offered 1982-83. Pagliaro.

Group II
110. The Romantic Poets.
Examination of the poetry of Blake, Words­
worth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats.
Fall semester. Pagliaro

112. The Nineteenth-Century English
Novel.
Studies in four novelists: Austen, Dickens,
Eliot, and Hardy.
Spring semester. Cowden.

113. The Modern Novel.
Studies in four novelists: James, Conrad,
Joyce, and Woolf.
Not offered 1982-83. Cowden.

115. Modern Comparative Literature.
Studies in fiction from Flaubert and Melville to
the present. Students are advised to read
Ulysses before taking the seminar. Fall and
Spring reading lists will be different.
Not offered 1982-83. Weinstein.

116. American Literature.
This year, Emerson, Whitman, Hawthorne,
and James. The writers will be studied individ­
ually, but they will also be considered as
“fathers and sons” in literary history: Emerson
and Hawthorne as the parental figures, W hit­
man and James as their progeny.
Fall semester. Schmidt.

118. Modern Poetry.
A study o f the poetry and critical prose of
Yeats, Eliot, and Stevens in an effort to define
their differences and to assess their influence
on later poets and theorists.
Spring semester. N. Anderson

119. Modern Drama.**
A survey o f dramatic literature from Ibsen to
the present. Texts will be examined both as
scripts for living theatre and as literary and
cultural documents. The seminar will visit
various theatres, meet with actors and direc­
tors, and shape appropriate acting exercises.
Secondary readings on dramatic theory, criti­
cism, and intellectual history relevant to the
plays under discussion will be assigned each
Week.
Fall semester. Devin and Williamson.

120. Theory of Criticism.**

rary criticism. In addition to examining the
basic assumptions o f these schools, we will also
survey their relationship to literary modernism
and post-modernism. Theories to be studied
include New Criticism, Structuralism, PostStructuralism, Sociological Criticism, Marx­
ism, Post-Marxism, and Freudian Criticism.
Spring semester. Poovey.

121. Modern Black Fiction.
A comparative approach to black fiction o f the
United States, Africa, and the Caribbean. This
study attempts a unity of themes arising out of
shared experiences o f heritage and exile—exile
from sources, tradition, and landscape. Empha­
sis will be on works by Wright, Baldwin, and
Morrison (U .S.A .), Achebe and Tutuola (Ni­
geria), McKay and Harris (Caribbean).
Not offered 1982-83. James.

180. Thesis.
A major in the Honors Program may elect to
write a thesis as a substitute for one seminar.
The student must select a topic and submit a
plan for Department approval no later than the
end o f the junior year. Normally, the student
writes the thesis, under the direction of a
member o f the Department, during the fall of
the senior year. Staff.

183. Independent Study.
Students may prepare for an Honors Examina­
tion in a field or major figure comparable in
literary significance to those offered in the
regular seminars. Independent study projects
must be approved by the Department and
supervised by a Department member. Dead­
lines for the receipt of written applications are
the second Monday in November and the first
Monday in April. Staff.

A course designed to provide a working
knowledge o f the major schools o f contempo­

117

History
ROBERT C. BANNISTER, Professor and Chairman
JAMES A. FIELD, JR., Professor*
BERNARD S. SMITH, Professori
HARRISON M. WRIGHT, Professor and Provost§
MARGARET ANDERSON, Associate Professor
ROBERT S. DUPLESSIS, Associate Professor
LILLIAN M. LI, Associate Professor
KATHRYN L. MORGAN, Associate Professor*
JEROME H. WOOD, JR., Associate Professor
ANDREW M. WERNER, Instructor
LEE V. CASSANELLI, Visiting Lecturer**

The Department o f History attempts to give
students a sense o f the past, an acquaintance
with the cultural and institutional develop­
ments which have produced the world of
today, and an understanding o f the nature of
history as a discipline. The courses o f the
Department emphasize less the accumulation
o f data than the investigation, from various
points o f view, o f those ideas and institutions
— political, religious, social, economic — by
which people have endeavored to order their
world.

The introductory surveys (courses numbered
one through ten) give special attention to
analysis o f primary sources, and provide a
basic introduction to historiographical and
methodological problems. Upper level offer­
ings typically explore historiography exten­
sively, and normally involve an extended essay
or term paper.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Prerequisites: Any one o f the introductory
history courses (those numbered 1 through
10), or its equivalent by Advanced Placement,
is the prerequisite for advanced history courses
open to students o f all classes (those numbered
11 through 89). In the sophomore and junior
years, with the consent o f the instructor and of
the department chairman, an advanced course
may be taken concurrently with an introductory
course. In the senior year advanced courses
may, with the consent o f the instructor, be
taken without prerequisite. The prerequisite
for admission to the Department as a major in
the Course or External Examination (Honors)
Program or as a minor in the Honors Program
is at least two history courses taken at
Swarthmore and a satisfactory standard of
work in all courses.

* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1982.
f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1983.

118

Advanced Placement: The Department will
grant one semester’s credit for incoming
students who have achieved a score o f 3 ,4 , or 5
in Advanced Placement history tests. This
credit may be counted toward the number of
courses required for graduation. It may be used
in partial fulfillment o f the college distribution
requirements. It may serve as the prerequisite
for advanced courses in history in the same
area as the Advanced Placement course; and as
partial fulfillment o f the departmental distri­
bution requirements listed below.
Major in the Course Program: The work of the
major in course consists of at least eight (and
normally no more than eleven) semester
courses in the department plus a thesis, chosen
so as to fulfill the following requirements:

§ On administrative leave, 1982-83.
**Fall semester, 1982.

(a) Course majors must fulfill certain depart­
mental distribution requirements. For
purposes o f distribution the Department
has divided its courses into four groups:
(1) Ancient, Medieval, and Early Modern
Europe through the 18th century; (2)
Modern Europe (19th-20th centuries);
(3) the United States; and (4 ) Africa, Asia,
and Latin America. Course majors must
take at least one course from each of these
areas. Beyond that, majors are encouraged
to concentrate informally in topics or
areas o f special interest to them, including
at least three courses in the area o f the
senior thesis.
(b) Course majors, beginning with the class of
1984, must take History 91 (Junior Semi­
nar) in the spring o f the junior year. This
course considers the history of historical
writing and the nature and methods of
historical research, and involves the writing
o f an historiographical essay related to the
topic o f the senior thesis.
(c) Course majors in the fall o f the senior year
complete a single credit thesis (History
92) on the topic developed in the junior
seminar.
Major and minor in the External Examination
(Honors) Program: Candidates for Honors may
elect history as a major or a minor in the
Division of Humanities, in the Division o f the
Social Sciences, or in cross-divisional programs.
Majors in the Honors Program may take either
three or four seminars in the Department.
Minors in the Honors Program are ordinarily
expected to take at least two seminars.
General: Students seriously considering a major
in history should try to take more than two
history courses during their freshman and
sophomore years. Those who intend to con­
tinue their studies after graduation should bear
in mind that a reading knowledge o f one or two
foreign languages (particularly French and
German) is now generally assumed for admis­
sion to graduate school.

1. Early Europe.
Europe from the rise o f Christianity to the end
of the Middle Ages. This course will stress the
uses o f primary sources.
Fall. Smith.

2. Early Modern Europe.
From the late Middle Ages to the mid­
eighteenth century, focusing on intellectual
movements, varieties o f state formation, and
economic and social change.
Not offered 1982-83. DuPlessis.

3. Modern Europe.
Europe from the Old Regime to the mid­
twentieth century.
Fall. Verner; Spring. Anderson.

3A. Freshman Seminar: The Third Reich
and the Holocaust.
An intensive examination o f the origins, ide­
ology, and operations o f the Nazi regime, its
extension across Europe, and responses of
victims and collaborators. Open to freshmen
only. Enrollment limited to ten. Preference
given to freshmen entering with Advanced
Placement credit in European history.
Fall. Anderson.

4. Latin America.
The development of the Latin American area
from preconquest times to the present. Empha­
sis is on the political, economic, and social
development o f Brazil, Mexico, and Argentina,
and on recent attempts at radical transforma­
tion.
Spring. Wood.

5. The United States to 1877.
The origins o f a bourgeois, liberal republic:
modernization; the issues of slavery and race
adjustment; the crises o f federalism and the
integration o f the national market.
Fall. Wood.

6. The United States since 1877.
Industrialism and the American social order;
the welfare state from the Square Deal to the
Great Society; world power and its problems;
the 1960s and its legacy.
Spring. Bannister.

7. African-American History.
A survey o f the African-American experience
from its African background to the present.
Topics will include politics, economics, educa­
tion, philosophy, race relations, and selected
forms o f expressive culture.
Not offered 1982-83. Morgan.

8. Africa.
A survey o f African history since 1800.

119

History

Themes include nineteenth century political
change; Islamic reform and revolution; the
scramble for Africa; the culture o f coloniza­
tion; varieties o f nationalism; decolonization
and independence; roots o f ethnic and "tribal”
conflict. Examples to be drawn from north and
sub-Saharan Africa.
Fall. Cassanelli.

9. Chinese Civilization.
An historical introduction to various aspects
o f traditional Chinese civilization and cul­
ture—language, literature, philosophy, art,
imperial and bureaucratic institutions. The
impact o f Chinese civilization on other parts o f
Asia will be examined briefly.
Fall. Li.

10. Islam.
A survey o f the Islamic World from the rise of
the Prophet Mohammed to the present.
Not offered 1982-83.

Classics 21. Ancient Greece.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)

Classics 31. History of Greece.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)

Classics 32. The Roman Republic.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)

Classics 42. Greece in the Fifth
Century B.C.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)

Classics 44. The Roman Empire.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)

11. Early Medieval Europe.
The history o f western Europe from the
accession o f Diocletian to the last Carolingians.
Fall. Smith.

12. Later Medieval Europe.
The history o f western Europe from the tenth
to die fifteenth century, with emphasis on die
role o f the Papacy.
Not offered 1982-83. Smith.

13. England to 1509.
The political, cultural, and religious history o f
England from the Roman occupation to the
accession o f Henry VIII.
Not offered 1982-83. Smith.

14. Medieval European Intellectual
History.
The history o f ideas in western Europe from
the fifth to the fourteenth century, with

roughly equal attention being paid to the
development o f political theory, theology,
philosophy, education, and science.
Not offered 1982-83. Smith.

15. Medieval European Historiography.
Writings on history, from Augustine to Frois­
sart, and the Middle Ages, from the fifteenth
century to the present, will be studied. The
course’s purpose is to identify changes in each
period’s conception of the Middle Ages.
Not offered 1982-83. Smith.

16. The Twelfth Century.
A study o f the most rapid period o f change in
the Middle Ages, seen through the careers of
six representative figures: Abelard, Bernard,
Henry Plantagenet, Barbarossa, Louis VII, and
Pope Alexander III.
F a ll. Smith.

19. The Renaissance.
The emergence o f a new culture in the citystates o f Italy between the fourteenth and early
sixteenth centuries, studied in relation to the
political, economic and social context. Empha­
sis on cultural developments including human­
ism, art, historiography, and political thought«
Christian humanism and the adoption o f as­
pects o f the Renaissance cultural achievement
in other parts o f Europe are also considered.
Not offered 1982-83. DuPlessis.

23. Tudor and Stuart England.
The transformation o f England in the sixteenth
and seventeenth centuries, from the Reforma­
tion to the Glorious Revolution. Topics
include: the Tudor polity, political revolt and
the emergence o f parliamentary monarchy, the
recasting o f the social structure, the rise o f a
capitalist economy, Puritanism and science,
and the course o f religious conflict and change.
Fall. DuPlessis.

24. The Rise of Capitalism.
The transition from agrarian feudalism to
industrial capitalism in Europe from the
fourteenth to the nineteenth centuries. Empha­
sis on varying patterns o f agrarian transforma­
tion, restructuring o f industrial production,
expansion o f the market, class formation,
economic thought and ideology. Analysis o f
theories about the origins o f capitalism and
industrialization. Some discussion o f devel­
opments in Eastern Europe, but most attention
is given to Western Europe, particularly

England and France.
Not offered 1982-83. DuPlessis.

25. Women, Society and Change in
Modern Europe.
A topical study o f European women from the
later Middle Ages to the twentieth century.
Issues to be considered include women and
religion, working women in preindustrial and
industrial economies, family life, sexuality and
reproduction, women and cultural institutions,
women’s collective action, the emergence of
feminist movements and ideology. Historiog­
raphical and methodological issues in women’s
history will be examined.
Spring. DuPlessis.

29. Victorian England.
England from the 1830’s to the end o f the
nineteenth century. Topics will include landed
and industrial society, the poor, and reform;
piety and morality; liberalism and its aesthetic
and moral critics; Ireland; Splendid Isolation
and Empire; and representative figures o f the
age.
Fail. Anderson.

31. Revolutions and Revolutionaries.
Comparison o f the revolutions in France,
Germany, and Russia from the late eighteenth
to the early twentieth century. Old regime state
and social structure, values and aspirations of
masses, crowd behavior and changing nature of
collective violence, revolutionary terror, role
of charismatic leadership, spontaneity versus
organization.
Spring. Vemer.

32. Europe of the Dictators,

Marxism, anarchism, trade unionism and elec­
toral politics, class consciousness and mass
action, war and revolution, the responsibilities
and alienation o f power.
Fall. Verner.

35. Culture and Politics of Modern
France.
An examination o f nation, citizen, and class
from the July Monarchy to the Fifth Republic.
Topics include the revolution of 1848, middle
classes and bourgeois culture, rise o f the
working class, Bonapartism and Commune,
Republican synthesis and stability, radicals and
the church, anti-Semitism, polarization and
disintegration, World War II—collaboration
and resistance, rebirth o f the republic and end
o f empire, Gaullism.
Not offered 1982-83. Verner.

36. Modern Germany.
Germany’s development from Bismarck to
Schmidt.
Spring. Anderson.

37. Modern Russia.
From the end o f serfdom to the demise of
Khrushchev: A century o f continuity and
change in the history o f Tsarist and Soviet
Russia. Topics include the role o f the autocratic
state, the intelligentsia tradition, bureaucratic
reform and reaction, the transformation o f an
agrarian economy, the dilemma o f Russian
liberalism, origins o f Russian Marxism and the
nature o f Russia’s revolutions, Leninism versus
Stalinism.
Spring. Verner.

1914- 1945 .
The assault o f radical politics, left and right, on
the social and political fabric o f Europe; die
interaction o f domestic and international con­
flict; die crisis o f industrial capitalism; national­
ism, militarism, racism; the first effective
experiments in the use o f ideology, technology,
and terror as means o f social control.
Fall. Anderson.

41. The American Colonies.

33. The European left.

42. The American Revolution.

Leftist movements and ideologies in the nine­
teenth and twentieth centuries from preMarxian socialism to post-Leninist commun­
ism. Topics include the changing nature of
social protest, the transformation from corpo­
rate to class society, "utopian and scientific”

The conflict between intensive self-government
in the colonies and English ideas and projects
for empire; the revolt against colonial status
and the elaboration o f a "republican" ethos
and "republican” institutions, 1763-1789.
Not offered 1982-83. Wood.

The foundations o f American civilization,
1607-1763. Topics treated include: the develop­
ment o f representative government; denominationalism and religious toleration; the emer­
gence o f a new social structure; racism and
ethnic relations; and England's imperial policy.
Not offered 1982-83. Wood.

121

History

43. Jeffersonianism and the American and the social settlements, Jim Crow, eugenics
Experience.
and birth control, the women’s movement,
An interdisciplinary course which focuses
intensively on contrasts between the Jeffer­
sonian view o f man and America and other
perspectives in American politics, constitu­
tional law, social theory, religion, literature,
and architecture. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: At least one course in United
States history, or the permission o f the instruc­
tor.
Fall. Wood.

46. Topics in American Intellectual
History.
Selected themes, varying from year to year.
Tentative topic for 1983-84: The Rise o f the
Professions and the Transformation o f Amer­
ican Social Thought 1860-present.
Not offered 1982-83. Bannister.

47. America and the World: to 1900.
The American role in world affairs from the
Revolution through the War with Spain;
independence and westward expansion; ideo­
logical and economic interaction with Europe
and the outer world; the growth o f industrial
power and the problem of "imperialism.”
Not offered 1982-83. Field.

social science and the rise o f the "expert,”
advertising and the roots o f consumerism.
Fall. Bannister.

52. Education in America.
(Also listed as Education 52 .) A history of
primary, secondary, and higher education in
America from the European and colonial
origins to the present. The course will consider
both theory and practice within the context of
American society and culture, and in relation
to other agencies o f socialization.
Prerequisite: The usual exemption for seniors
is extended to juniors in the Program in
Education.
Not offered 1982-83. Bannister.

53. Black Oral Culture and Black
Consciousness.
Exploration into the relationship between
black oral culture and black consciousness
with emphasis placed on twentieth century
America.
Spring. Morgan.

54. Women and the Family in
American History

New responsibilities in the Caribbean and the
Far East; the expansion o f American economic
and cultural influence; two world wars and the
effort to prevent a third; the American "chal­
lenge” and the American "empire.”
Spring. Field.

A consideration o f ideas about women, chil­
dren, education, and the family from the
seventeenth to the twentieth century. Topics
covered are child-rearing practices, marriage
customs, attitudes towards sex, the women’s
movement and changes in family life brought
about by political, economic, and social change.
Not offered 1982-83. Frost.

49. American Economic History.

56. Ex-Slave Narratives.

(Also listed as Economics 49 .) Economic
development from the colonial period to the
New Deal with emphasis on patterns of
growth, the quantitative expansion o f the
economy, changing institutional and social
structure, and the culminating economic and
social crises o f each stage o f development.
May be taken for History credit only by those
who have satisfied the departmental prerequi­
sites.
Spring. Weiman (Department o f Economics).

An exploration o f slavery and slave folklife as
reflected in ex-slave reminiscences. Emphasis
is placed on the relationship o f the narratives to
the understanding o f the black experience in
the United States.
Prerequisite: History 6, 7, or 8, or the permis­
sion o f the instructor.
Not offered 1982-83. Morgan.

48. America and the Wbrld: since 1900.

51. America in the Progressive Era,
1896-1920.
Modernization, social control, and thé rise of
the corporate state. Topics include the control
o f industry, scientific management, socialism

122

57. Oral History
By examining the living past this course seeks
to emphasize the relevance o f history to
modern life with special emphasis on American
subject matter. Students will be taught the
skills requisite for the completion o f an
original research project that involves the
collection, classification, and analysis o f data

selected from both written and oral sources.
General discussion topics include folk religion,
the role o f the family, local and personal
history, and old ways in the new world. Some
work will be done off campus.
Not offered 1982-83. Morgan.

58. The Wtorld of W.E.B. DuBois.
A study o f DuBois* thought on important
issues as reflected in a selection o f his creative
writings, speeches, addresses, and major historical works. Topics include DuBois’ views on
the economic and political position o f blacks in
the United States, on Pan Africanism, and on
imperialism.
Prerequisite: History 6, 7, or 8, or the
permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1982-83. Morgan.

Religion 17. History of Beligion in
America.
(See listing under Department o f Religion.)

Religion 18. Quakerism.
(See listing under Department o f Religion.)

63. South Africa.
A survey o f South African history with an
emphasis on Black-White relations and on the
development o f contemporary problems.
Not offered 1982-83. Wright.

66. Topics in Latin American History.
Thematic as well as regional and national
approaches varying from year to year. Topic
for spring 1983: Revolution and Social Change
in 20th century Latin America. Topic for
spring 1985: Mexico—from the Age o f Silver
to the Age o f Oil. Prerequisite History 4 or the
permission of the instructor.
Spring. Wood.

67. The African in Latin America.
The history o f black people in French, Portu­
guese, and Spanish America: slavery, emancipa­
tion, the contemporary scene. Special attention
will be given to the impact o f African civilization
on Latin countries, as well as to comparative
analysis o f the experience o f blacks in that
region and in the United States.
Not offered 1982-83. Wood.

68. F6od and Famine: Past and Present.
The production, distribution, and consump­
tion of food have affected the relationship of
peoples to their natural and social environ­
ments. This course will consider how different
societies have fed their populations, how the

current world food problem differs from
historical subsistence crises, and how food
affects economic development and interna­
tional relations. W ith the permission o f the
instructor the usual History prerequisites may
be waived for juniors and seniors.
Spring. Li.

72. Japanese Civilization.
Japan’s history from its origins to the early
nineteenth century tracing its dominant politi­
cal, intellectual, religious, and cultural patterns.
Not offered 1982-83. Li.

74. Modern China.
The history o f China since the early nineteenth
century. Topics include the impact o f the west,
reform and revolution, nationalism, and the
development o f the communist movement.
Spring. Li.

75. Modern Japan.
The transformation of Japan into a modern
nation-state, from the early nineteenth century
until the present.
Fall. Li.

77. China: The Politics of History.
This course will examine, with particular
emphasis on political influences, the historiog­
raphy o f China from three perspectives: 1) the
relationship o f the traditional Chinese view of
the past to the Confucian state; 2) major
ideological controversies from the late nine­
teenth century to the present; 3) the changing
views o f Western observers and historians,
both popular and scholarly. Limited enroll­
ment.
Prerequisite: History 9, History 74, or the
permission o f the instructor.
Spring. Li.

86. Folklore and Folklife Studies.
(Also listed as English 86.) An introduction to
the major forms o f folklore and selected forms
o f folklife materials. The course includes the
study o f myth, legend, folktales, proverbs,
jokes, riddles, and other verbal arts including
folk music. It explores superstition, witchcraft,
magic, and popular beliefs; and considers the
function o f folklore in highly industrialized
modern societies as well as in traditional ones.
Spring. Morgan.

88. History Through Folklore and
Literature.
A comparative analysis o f folklore and litera­

123

History

ture. Emphasis will be placed on attitudes
toward life among selected cultural groups in
the twentieth century, primarily but not
exclusively in the United States. Themes
include loneliness and friendship, love and
death, vocation and avocation, life after death,
and the resurgence o f the occult in United
States popular culture. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite, History/Literature 86, or per­
mission o f the instructor.
Sparing. Morgan.

essays related to the topics o f their senior
theses.
Spring. DuPlessis, Wood, (for majors in class
of 1984)

92. Thesis.
A single credit thesis, required o f all course
majors, on a topic developed in the junior
seminar.
Fall. Members o f the Department, (for majors
in the class of 1984)

93. Directed Reading.
91. Junior Seminar.
Required of all course majors, this seminar
considers issues in the research and writing of
history. In the first part o f the semester, works
embodying various conceptual and methodo­
logical perspectives will be discussed; in the
second, students will prepare historiographical

Individual or group study in fields of special
interest to the student not dealt with in the
regular course offerings. The consent o f the
chairman and of the instructor is required.
History 93 may be taken for one-half credit as
History 93A.
Members o f the Department.

SEMINARS
The following seminars are offered by the
Department, when possible, to juniors and
seniors who are preparing to be examined for a
degree with Honors. They may be taken
without regard to chronological order. Some
preliminary reading or other preparation may
be required for seminars on subjects in which
no work has previously been done.

111. Medieval Europe.
Western Europe from the Papal-Frankish
alliance o f the eighth century to about 1300.
Fall 1983. Smith.

116. The Renaissance.
Topics in the development o f the Renaissance
state, society and culture in Italian communes
between the fourteenth and sixteenth centuries.
Issues addressed include forms of political and
economic organization, varieties of humanism,
political theory, changing historical conscious­
ness, art and society, the diffusion o f Renais­
sance values outside Italy. Much attention is
devoted to historiography.
Fall 1983. DuPlessis.

117. Europe in the 16th and 17th
Centuries.
State, society and economy in continental
Western Europe from the sixteenth to the mid­
eighteenth centuries, with emphasis on France,
Spain and the Netherlands. Focus on the

124

disparate patterns of state formation, economic
development and social change; the relations
between economic and political transforma­
tion; political thought and ideology. Consider­
able attention will be given to comparisons
among states, the transition to capitalism, the
crisis o f the seventeenth century, the origins
and functions o f absolutism.
Spring 1983. DuPlessis.

118. Tudor and Stuart England.
The rise o f parliamentary monarchy and
capitalist economy through religious reform,
political revolution and socio-economic trans­
formation. Topics include popular rebellion,
the causes and nature o f the two revolutions of
the seventeenth century, the rise o f the gentry
and crisis o f the aristocracy, enclosure and
agrarian change, the sources o f English eco­
nomic growth, Puritanism and political revolt,
the relation between science and religion.
Fall 1982. DuPlessis.

119. Early Modern European
Intellectual and Cultural History.
European thought and culture in its social
context from the breakup o f cultural unity
following the Renaissance to the emergence of
a new synthesis during the Enlightenment.
Topics include the theology, appeal and institu­
tionalization o f the magisterial, radical and
counter Reformations; rationalism and pes­

simism; the baroque as artistic and cultural
phenomenon; popular mentalities and witch­
craft; intellectual and educational institutions;
printing, literacy and the difussion of learning;
the evolution o f Enlightenment ideas. Atten­
tion will be given to conceptual and method­
ological issues in the study o f cultural history.
Spring 1984. DuPlessis.

122. Europe 1760 to 1870.
Selected topics in the social, economic, and
political history o f France, England, and
Germany from the ancien regime to German
unification. Special emphasis on the origins
and nature o f the French Revolutions, the
Industrial Revolution in England and its
consequences, class structure and conflict,
German nationalism and the failure of liberal­
ism.
Fall. Verner.

124. England, 1815-1914.
England in the liberal age. The rise o f the first
modern industrial state and its social, political,
and cultural problems and achievements.
Fall 1983. Anderson.

125. Fascist Europe.
Italy, Spain, Hungary, Rumania, and Germany
in the early twentieth century.
Spring. Anderson.

128. Russian Empire in the 19th
and 20th Centuries.
From Emancipation to de-Stalinization. Salient
themes in Russian and Soviety history in­
cluding autocratic politics and bureaucratic
reform, the role o f social groups such as the
intelligentsia, nobility, peasantry, and workers,
problems o f economic development, revolu­
tionary theory and practice, Leninist and
Stalinist alternatives o f the Soviet system.
Spring. Verner.

130. Early American History.
Political, economic, social, and cultural aspects
of the period from the explorations to the early
National era.
Fall. Wood.

132. The United States since 1787.
Selected topics in the history o f the United
States.
Fall. Bannister.

134. American Diplomatic History.
A study o f the evolution since 1776 of
American relations with the outer world with
emphasis on ideological, economic, and strate­
gic developments.
Spring. Field.

136. American Intellectual History.
Political, social, and literary culture from the
late eighteenth century through World War I.
Spring. Bannister.

140. Modern Africa.
Studies in sub-Saharan African history with
emphasis on the period since 1800.
Spring.

141. South Africa.
South Africa from the seventeenth century to
the present.
Not offered 1982-83. Wright.

144. Modern East Asia.
Political, social, and intellectual change in
China and Japan since the early nineteenth
century, comparing the different responses to
western imperialism and the different ap­
proaches to modernization.
Fall. Li.

148. Latin America.
Selected topics in Latin American history.
Not offered 1982-83. Wood.

180. Thesis.
With the permission o f the Department,
Honors candidates may write a thesis for either
single or double course credit. Double-credit
theses will normally be written in the fall
semester o f the senior year for submission as
papers to the visiting examiners. Honors
candidates wishing to write a thesis for single
(non-Honors) credit should elect History 92.

125

International Relations

Coordinator: JAMES R. KURTH

Students who plan to enter upon a career in
some field o f international affairs may wish to
graduate with a concentration in international
relations. Such students should include in their
programs, during the first two years, introduce
tory courses in economics, history, and political
science and should complete the intermediate
course in one or more modern languages.
Advanced courses selected from the groups
listed below may be incorporated in the
programs o f students who do their major work
in economics, history, political science, or
modern language.

departments with a concentration in interna­
tional relations may take a Senior Comprehen­
sive Examination planned for this concentra­
tion. Students preparing for this examination
should take eight or more courses from among
those listed below, including all those listed in
Group I, one or more in Group II, and one or
more in Group III, in addition to other courses
in the major Department as may be required by
that Department, so as to have a minimum of
eight courses in the major. The examination
will be administered by the major department
after consultation with the concentration coor­
dinator.

j
j

Students who wish to major in one o f these

Group I
Political Science 4.

Economics 30.

International Politics

The International Economy

Political Science 14.
American Foreign Policy

Group II
History 4.

History 47.

Latin America

America and the World: to 1900

History 8.

History 48.

Africa

America and the World: since 1900

History 10.

History 74.

Islam

Modern China

History 37.

History 75.

Modern Russia

Modern Japan

Group III

Political Science 21.

Economics 11.

Political Science 22.

Economic Development

Latin American Politics

Politics o f Black Africa

Economics 31.

Political Science 55.

Comparative Economic Systems

Modern Political Theory

Economics 92.

Political Science 63.

Economics of the Middle East

Advanced International Politics

Political Science 3.
Comparative Politics

Political Science 13.
International Organizations in World Politics

Political Science 18.
Political Development

Political Science 19.
Comparative Communist Politics

Political Science 20.
Politics o f China

126

Political Science 70.
(also listed as Economics 7 0 } The Political
Economy o f Communist Systems
Students who plan to enter the External
Examination (Honors) Program will find it
possible to select a similar combination o f
courses and seminars in the field o f interna­
tional relations. In planning such programs,
they should consult with the chairman o f their
prospective major department.

]

Linguistics

Program Director: ALFRED BLOOM * f

1 Linguistics is the study o f language. On the
1 most general level it deals with the internal
1 structure o f languages, the history o f their
1 development and the role they play in influenc1 ing the entire spectrum o f human activity.
1 Descriptive linguistics involves an attempt to
1 arrive at an adequate description o f the
1 phonological, syntactic and semantic compo1 nents of language, differentiating those ele■ ments which are generic to all languages from
1 those which are particular to any given language
1 or family o f languages. Diachronic or historical
I linguistics looks at the evolution o f these
I Icomponents over time. Sociolinguistics centers
1 on the link between language and the social
1 context in which it is spoken; mathematical
1 linguistics o n the formal analysis o f linguistic
1 [structures; and psycholinguistics on the interplay
1 between language and the processes o f percep1 tion and cognition. Futhermore, linguistic
1 variables influence interaction at the individual
1 and societal levels, play a central role in shaping
I the form and meaning o f literary expression
I Iand constitute a significant area o f philosophical
1 inquiry. Special majors bridging linguistics and
1 the humanities or the social sciences are
■ encouraged for Course students. All such
I programs are designed on an individual basis to
■ suit the interests o f the student, but it is highly
■recommended that Linguistics 108 be included
■ a t some point in the course sequence.

the principles o f structural linguistics, trans­
formational grammar and semantic theory. The
second part will turn from a description of
internal structure to brief explorations into the
role played by linguistic variables in psycholog­
ical processes and development, philosophical
inquiry, socio-political interaction and artistic
creation.
Spring semester. Bloom.

■ T h e Honors Major o f Linguistics consists o f a
■ minimum o f three external examination prepa■rations. Honors candidates in addition are
■required to include in their programs at least
■ o n e seminar in theoretical linguistics and to
■ have developed competence in at least one
■foreign language beyond the intermediate level
■through an advanced course or an introductory
■literature course.

56. Cognitive Patterns in Moral,
Linguistic and Political Behavior.

■1. Language — An Introduction.
■ An introduction to language and its multi'
■faceted interaction with human thought and
■behavior. The first part o f the course will
■ concentrate on the description o f the internal
■structure o f language, providing a grounding in

27. Philosophy of Language.
(See Philosophy 26.)

34. The Psychology of Language.
An exploration into the interplay o f language
and psychological functioning with special
emphasis on the psychological implications of
contemporary modes o f linguistic description
and on the role played by linguistic variables in
the development o f cognitive processes and in
the shaping o f world view.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1, Psychology 3 or
permission of the instructor.
Fall semester. Hirsh-Pasek.

52. Diachronic Linguistics.
An introduction to historical linguistics: the
reconstruction o f prehistoric linguistic stages,
the establishment o f language families and their
interrelationships, and the examination of
processes o f linguistic change on all levels,
phonological, morphological, syntactic and
semantic.

(Crosslisted as Psychology 56.) An investiga­
tion into the role played by cognitive dimen­
sions in influencing linguistic, moral and
political behavior, with emphasis on adoles­
cence and beyond. An attempt will be made to
place the investigation within a framework
provided by current trends in cognitive psy­
chology, existential philosophy and linguistics
and to draw on the implications o f these
dimensions with respect to the relationship of
the individual to the nation-state and the
international system.
Spring semester. Bloom.

* Joint appointment with Psychology,
f Absent on leave, fall semester, 1982.

127

Linguistics

61. Aphasia.
This course examines language disorders caused
by brain damage, with particular concern for
the following questions: 1 ) Is it possible to
characterize aphasic impairment in terms of
specific levels o f linguistic representation? 2)
Do some or all aphasic syndromes represent an
actual loss o f grammatical knowledge or rather
an inability to use that knowledge fully for
other reasons? This question will be explained
in light o f current models of language pro­
cessing. Prerequisites: Ling 1 or Ling 56.

93. Directed Reading or Research.
Students may conduct a reading or research
program in consultation with the instructor
(permission o f the instructor required).
Either semester. Bloom.

96. Senior Paper.
Spring semester. Bloom.
Other courses o f particular interest to students
o f Linguistics:

Chinese1R-2B. Introduction to
Mandarin Chinese.
Russian 16. History of the Russian
Language.
French 29. History of the French
Language.
Greek 19. Comparative Grammar
of Greek and Latin.

SEMINARS
104. Human Hature and Culture:
Convergent Perspectives.

Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or permission of
instructor.

(see Sociology 104).

108. Contemporary Approaches to
Descriptive Linguistics.

107. Language and Thought.
An intensive investigation o f selected linguistic,
psychological and philosophical approaches to
the elusive interaction of language and thought.
Emphasis will be placed on developmental and
cross-cultural perspectives, and students will
be encouraged to undertake independent re­
search projects in their specific areas of
interest.

128

A comparison o f models o f linguistic descrip­
tion with emphasis on recent developments in
syntax and semantics.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or permission of the
instructor.

180. Thesis

Literature

Coordinator: HAROLD E. PAGLIARO

i

i

|
[
I
I
1
I
I

The Literature major is administered by a Lit­
erature Committee representing the Depart­
ments o f Classics, English Literature, and
Modern Languages and Literatures. The basic
requirement for a major in Literature is work
in two or more literatures in the original
language. A student who intends to major in
Literature will submit to the Literature Com­
mittee a proposed program o f integrated work
which sets forth the courses or seminars to be
taken and the principle o f coherence upon
which the selection is based. The Committee
will review the proposal and advise the student.
Subject to the requirement o f serious study of
at least two literatures in the original language,
one of which may be English, work in
translation is encouraged, especially as it
consists of thematic or comparative courses. In
lieu of a regular course, the Literature Commit­
tee will consider proposals for an individual or
cooperative project, for one or more research
papers written as course attachments, or for
the substitution o f a thesis for course credit
when these projects have as their purpose
either the integration o f work within the maj or
or the relating o f work outside the major to
some portion o f the major.
For a major in the Course Program the requirements
are as follows:
1. A minimum o f ten courses in two or more
literature departments, including a substantial
concentration o f work — normally not fewer
than five courses — in one o f the departments.
Only courses numbered 11 or above in Classics
and Modern Languages and Literatures are
counted as constituents o f the Literature
major. O f English courses numbered 2 through
10, only one may be counted for the major.

I The courses and seminars that compose the
Literature major’s formal field will naturally
differ with each major. Attention is called,
however, to the following comparative offerings presently listed in the Catalogue:

I
I
1I

1
I
1
I
I

CEL t3. Medieval Comparative
Literature.
CEL 14. Modern European Literature.
English 34. Renaissance Comparative
Literature.

2. A senior essay planned early in the first
semester o f the senior year. The senior essay
counts for at least one credit, usually for two
credits, and is thus a paper of considerable
scope or intensiveness in which a theme or
result of the student’s individual program of
work is developed. In some cases the Commit­
tee may require that the essay be written in
whole or in part in a language other than
English.
3. A comprehensive examination taken in the
second semester o f the senior year.
For a major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program the requirements are as follows:
Not fewer than five papers in Literature,
including at least three in one department and
significant work done in a foreign language,
ancient or modern. Literature majors in the
Honors Program are encouraged to include in
their program a thesis with the purpose of
integrating the work o f the major in accord
with the principle o f coherence on which the
program is based.
Literature Majors in Course will meet with
members o f the Literature Committee before
the end o f the Junior Year to review and assess
informally the student’s progress under his or
her proposal o f study.
Majors in Course or in the External Examina­
tion Program are asked to submit to the
Coordinator a prospectus o f their thesis no
later than two weeks after the beginning o f the
student’s senior year.
Prospective majors in Literature are urged to
make their plans early so as to acquire the
necessary linguistic competence by the junior
year.

English 48. Modern Drama.
SAL 50. Contemporary SpanishAmerican Literature.
English 53./French 75. Proust/Joyce.
English 54. Proust, Joyce, Faulkner.
English 55. The Black African Writer.
English 115. Modern Comparative
Literature.

Mathematics

GUDMUND R. IVERSEN, Professor o f Statisticsf
EUGENE A. KLOTZ, Professor
DAVID ROSEN, Professor
J. EDWARD SKEATH, Professor and Chairman
STEPHEN R. NIAURER, Associate Professori;
CHARLES IVI. GRINSTEAD, Assistant Professor
HELENE SHAPIRO, Assistant Professor
IRENE T. MULVEY, Instructor

Mathematics is one o f the most powerful tools
available to the physical, biological, and social
sciences, and to engineering. It is the aim o f the
Swarthmore Mathematics Department to en­
able those who so wish, to study mathematics
as a discipline in its own right, while providing
the skills and structural insights necessary to
those in need of its power.
We live in a time when mathematics is cutting
across more and more disciplines; there now
exist such specialties as mathematical econom­
ics, mathematical linguistics, mathematical so­
ciology, mathematical psychology, and mathe­
matical biology, along with more traditional
areas such as mathematical physics. Computer
Science and Operations Research are disciplines
which rely heavily on both mathematics and
engineering. In recognition o f all this, the
Mathematics Department is interested in facili­
tating the creation o f joint majors, and also in
developing carefully worked out programs
which involve concentration in mathematics
and some other discipline.
Mathematics courses available to first semester
freshmen include Math I (Statistics for Observa­
tional Data), Math 2 (Statistics for Experimen­
tal Data), Math 3 (Basic Mathematics), Math 5
(Calculus), Math 7 (Introduction to Computer
Science), Math 9 (Discrete Mathematics), all
with only normal high school preparation.
Students may take Mathematics 6 by passing
the Calculus I placement exam, Mathematics
16 by passing departmental Calculus II place­
ment exam, or Mathematics 16H by passing
the departmental Calculus II and Calculus III
placement exams. All freshmen planning to
enroll in Mathematics 3, 5, 6, 16, or 16H are
required to take the appropriate departmental

t Absent on leave, spring 1983.
t Absent on leave, 1982-83.

130

placement exams given during freshman orien­
tation.
Programs for premedical students: Most medical
schools require a year o f college mathematics.
Many require that one semester be calculus,
and a few require the full year to be calculus.
For a semester o f calculus most premedical
students should consider Math 4 or 5. In
addition, premedical students should consider
the precalculus courses 2 and 3, the second
semester calculus course 6, the discrete mathe­
matics course 9, and the post-calculus statistics
course 23. Sometimes medical schools will give
credit for calculus taken in high school, but
only if it is acknowledged on the college
transcript, as an AP or placement exam credit.
Programs for social science majors: Most leading
graduate departments in the social sciences
regard it as a definite plus if an applicant has
had calculus, statistics, and computer experi­
ence. Economics graduate departments often
go further, requiring a year o f calculus and
hoping for much more: multivariate calculus,
linear algebra, differential equations, probabil­
ity, operations research. Mathematics courses
o f particular interest to social science students
included: Elementary, 1 ,2 ,3 ,4 ,1 3 ; Intermedi­
ate, 5, 6 , 7, 9, 16, 18, 23, 41, 57; Advanced,
30, 53, 61, 64.
Programs for students in Chemistry and Engineer­
ing: Students interested in Chemistry and
Engineering might plan to take a minimum of
Mathematics 5, 6 , 18 and 30, or (with proper
Advanced Placement), Mathematics 16, 18,
and 30. Other courses o f general interest to
students in these areas include Mathematics
23, 4 1 ,6 7 , 81 and 82. Special interest courses

include Mathematics 49, 67, 7 7 ,8 5 or equiva­
lent seminars.

57 on multivariate analysis. Students who want
a seminar in statistics can take Math 111.

Programs for physics majors: See Physics section
for basic requirements. Other useful courses
are Math 16, 41, 49, 53, 67, 77 and 85.
Appropriate seminars include Math 101, 102,
104, and 105.

Computer Science: The Departments o f Mathe­
matics and Engineering are working together
on a curriculum in computer science. This
curriculum will include the courses Math 7 and
Math 9.

Mathematics majors: The normal preparation
for a major in mathematics consists o f the
sequence o f Mathematics 5, 6, 16 and 18 (or
with Advanced Placement 16 or 18).
A student who wishes to major in mathematics
in Course must complete five courses num­
bered 20 or above and the Senior Conference
or the departmental comprehensive examina­
tion, in addition to the normal sequence of
four courses just listed. An Honors candidate
with a major in mathematics will normally take
Math 101 and 102 in the junior year, and two
other mathematics seminars in the senior year.
Mathematics majors are urged to study in some
depth a discipline which makes use o f mathe­
matics. All mathematics students are urged to
acquire some facility with the computer. Stu­
dents bound for graduate school in mathematics
should obtain a reading knowledge o f French,
German, or Russian.
Secondary accreditation: A Course or Honors
major in mathematics will normally qualify a
student for secondary school certification in
mathematics. In view o f the impact of compu­
ters on mathematics, the department urges
prospective teachers to obtain a facility in the
use of computers. A student who is not a
mathematics major can achieve certification by
taking the following courses: Math 5 and 6 and
four advanced courses such as 16, 18, 45 and
49. All persons asking for certification should
register for a directed reading with the depart­
ment in order to become familiar with mathe­
matics texts that will be helpful in their
teaching career.
Statistics: Students who do not know calculus
can take Math 1 or 2, with the choice
determined by their intended major. Both
courses lead to Math 13 on multivariate
statistical analysis. Students who know calculus
should take Math 23 and students with a strong
background in mathematics can take the more
theoretical Math 53. Both courses lead to Math

1. Statistics for Observational Data.
Data for one variable are examined through
averages and measures o f variation. Relation­
ships between variables are studied using meth­
ods such as chi-square, rank correlation and
regression analysis. The main examples are
taken from sample surveys and governmental
data, and the course is intended for students in
political science, sociology, and related disci­
plines making use o f observational data. The
course does not satisfy any mathematics pre­
requisite, except for Math 13, nor can it be
counted toward a major or minor in the
Department.
Not offered 1982-83.

2. Statistics for Experimental Data.
Data for one variable are examined through
averages and measures o f variation. Relation­
ships between variables are studied using
methods such as chi-square, rank correlation,
analysis o f variance and regression analysis.
The main examples are taken from experimen­
tal research, and the course is intended for
students in biology, psychology and related
disciplines making use o f experimental data.
The course does not satisfy any mathematics
prerequisite, except for Math 13, not can it be
counted toward a major or minor in the
Department.
Fall semester. Iversen.

3. Basic Mathematics.
This course focuses on two objectives (1)
review and remedial work, and (2) preparation
for calculus. Some special attention will be
given to those whose previous experience with
mathematics has not been entirely prosperous.
Prospective students should take the Basic
Skills Test during Orientation Week, preferably
at the Math Exam time. (The results will be
used to help determine both classroom topics
and individual strengths and weaknesses.)
Subject matter will be taken from logic,
algebra, trigonometry and geometry.
Fall semester. Staff.

131

Mathematics

4. Calculus Concepts.

9. Discrete Mathematics.

This course, which covers the basic concepts of
one variable calculus, is particularly useful for
biology and social science majors. Topics to be
included are sequences, series, differentiation,
integration, transcendental functions, and ex­
tremal problems.
Spring semester. Staff.

An introduction to noncontinuous methods in
mathematics, this course is o f special value to
students interested in computer science or
applications of mathematics to the social and
management sciences. Topics include sets,
functions, number systems, induction, and an
introduction to logic, counting methods, dif­
ference equations, finite probability, graph
theory, and the algorithmic way of thinking.
This course will be taught at a level of
sophistication similar to Math 5 and 6 and may
be taken before, during, or after calculus.
Spring semester.

5,6. Calculus I and II.
The first semester will cover topics in differen­
tiation and integration o f functions o f one
variable with some applications. The second
semester is a continuation o f the first. Topics
covered in the second semester include series,
improper integrals, differential equations and
techniques of integration. Math 6 may be taken
in the fall semester by passing the departmental
Calculus I placement exam. All students plan­
ning to enroll in 5 or 6 in the fall semester are
required to pass the appropriate departmental
placement exam. Students taking Math 6 are
also required to take a half credit attachment,
Math 6 A (cross listed as Physics 5, Economics
5), Computing from the User’s End, see course
description below. This requirement is waived
for students taking E23 or Math 7.

6A. Computing from the User’s End.
(Also listed as Physics 5 and Economics 5.)
A practical introduction to computer use
including interactive operating protocol, the
BASIC language, and graphics and statistical
packages. Assumes no prior background in
computing or physics. One intensive lecture
plus a workshop session per week; one-half
credit course. Some o f the workshops will be
included in regular Physics Labs. There will be
a separate workshop stressing applications
appropriate to Math 6 for students taking 6A
but NOT taking Physics 1 or 3.
Each semester.

7. Introduction to Computer Science.
This course includes a brief survey o f the
computer science field, with detailed attention
to algorithms and the structuring o f programs.
The approach will stress problem solving in
general with programming implemented in a
high level language. This course is intended to
form the normal introduction to computer
science for students interested in this discipline
and also to offer an introduction to the
computer for students in the natural sciences,
engineering, and mathematics.
Fall semester. Staff.

132

13. Multivariate Statistical Analysis.
Given as a continuation o f Math 1 or 2, the
course deals mainly with the study o f relation­
ships among three or more variables. Included
are such topics as multiple regression analysis,
with multitude and partial correlation, several
variable analysis o f variance and the analysis of
multidimensional contingency tables. The
course ends with an introduction to Bayesian
methods. The course does not satisfy any
mathematics prerequisite nor can it be counted
toward a major or minor in the Department.
Prerequisite: Math 1 or 2 or 23 or 53 or Econ 4
or Psych 13.
Not offered 1982-83.

16. Linear Algebra.
The subject matter o f this course consists of
vector spaces, matrices and linear transforma­
tion with applications to solutions o f systems
o f linear equations, determinants and the
eigenvalue problem.
Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math 6
or a passing grade on the departmental Calculus
II placement exam.
Each semester.

16H. Linear Algebra Honors Course.
This honors version o f Mathematics 16 will be
more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than
its standard counterpart (the subject matter
will be equally as valuable in applied situations,
but applications will not be dwelt upon). It is
intended for students with exceptionally strong
mathematical skills, and primarily for students
who enter with BC Advanced Placement
calculus courses.
Prerequisite: A grade o f B or better in Math 6
or a passing grade on the departmental Cal­
culus II placement exam.
Fall semester.

18. Several Variable Calculus.
This course considers differentiation and inte­
gration o f functions o f several variables with
special emphasis on two and three dimensions.
It is the normal sequel to Math 6 and is a
prerequisite for several other mathematics
courses.
Prerequisite: Math 6 or 16.
Each semester.

18H. Several Variable Calculus
Honors Course.
This honors version o f Mathematics 18 will be
more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than
its standard counterpart (the subject matter
will be equally as valuable in applied situations,
but applications will not be dwelt upon). It is
intended for students with exceptionally strong
mathematical skills, and primarily for students
who have successfully completed Math 16H.
Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math
16H or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester.

23. Statistics.
This calculus-based introduction to statistics
covers most o f the same methods examined in
Math 1 and 2, but the course is taught on a
higher mathematical level. The course is in­
tended for anyone who wants an introduction
to the application of statistical methods.
Prerequisite: Math 5.
Fall semester. Iversen.

30. Differential Equations.
An introduction to differential equations that
includes such topics as: first order equations,
linear differential equations, approximative
methods, some partial differential equations.
Prerequisite: Math 6 or 16.
Spring semester.

33. Foundations of Real Analysis.
This course is designed to give the student an
understanding o f basic theorems of calculus.
The student is also expected to learn how to
construct a mathematical proof. This course is
recommended for students majoring in mathe­
matics in course and for students planning to
major in mathematics in honors.
Spring semester.

37. Number Theory.
The theory o f primes, divisibility concepts,
and the theory o f multiplicative number theory
will be developed. Potential secondary school
teachers should find this course valuable.

Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1982-83.

41. Probability.
This course deals with the mathematical theory
and concepts o f probability including an
introduction to stochastic processes.
Prerequisite: Math 5, 18, or permission.
Fall semester.

45. Geometry.
Synthetic and analytic projective geometry will
be considered axiomatically. Affine and Euclid­
ean geometry will be developed as special cases.
Spring semester.

49. Introduction to Modern Algebra.
The course will survey some of the important
topics o f modern algebra, such as groups,
integral domains, rings, and fields.
Prerequisite: Math 16 or permission o f the
instructor.
Fall semester.

53. Mathematical Statistics.
Based on probability theory, this course exam­
ines the statistical theory for the estimation of
parameters and tests o f hypotheses. Both small
and lafge sample properties o f the estimators
are studied. The course concludes with the
study of models dealing with relationships
between variables including chi-square and
regression analysis.
Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18.
Not offered 1982-83.

57. Multivariate Statistics.
Given as a continuation o f Math 23 or 53, the
course deals mainly with statistical models for
relationships between variables. The general
linear model, which includes regression, vari­
ance, and covariance analysis, is examined in
detail. The course concludes with nonparametric statistics, sampling theory and Bayesian
statistics.
Prerequisite: Math 23 or 53.
Not offered 1982-83.

61. Modeling.
An introduction to the methods and attitudes
o f mathematical modeling. Since modeling in
natural science and engineering is already
taught in courses in those disciplines, applica­
tions in this course will be primarily to social
and biological sciences. Various standard
methods used in modeling will be introduced:
differential equations, Markov chains, game

133

Mathematics

theory, graph theory, computer simulation.
However, the emphasis will be on how to apply
these subjects to specific modeling problems,
not on their systematic theory. The format of
the course will include projects as well as
lectures and problem sets.
Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18, or instructor’s
permission.
Spring semester.

64. Mathematical Programming.
Linear Programming and its extensions: the
simplex method, duality, assignment problems,
network flows, two-person game theory, and
an introduction to non-linear programming.
Numerous algorithms are discussed, and there
will be opportunities for computer imple­
mentation. A different perspective on mathe­
matical programming is available in Engineering/
Economics 57, Operations Research. In com­
parison, Mathematics 6 4 is more advanced
mathematically in that there is more emphasis
on theory, and linear algebra is used to present
it. However. Engineering 57 is more extensive
in that engineering economics and probabilistic
decision models are also covered, and case
studies are involved. A student may take both
courses; together they form a strong introduc­
tion to the theory and practice o f optimization.
Prerequisites for Math 64: Math 16 and 18, or
instructor’s permission.
Not offered 1982-83.

67. Numerical Methods.
This course will deal with the numerical
solution o f various mathematical problems,
pure and applied. The computer will be used
extensively. Also listed as Engineering 27.
Prerequisite: Math 6 and Math 7 or E23 or
equivalent.
Fall semester. Rosen.

70. Data Structures.
Trees, lists, arrays, stacks, queues, sorting and
searching, garbage collection, applications of
use in doing algorithms in computer science
(parsing, efficient storage and use o f sparse
matrices, etc.)
'Not offered 1982- 1983.

73. Algorithms.
The construction, analysis, and theory of
algorithms for solving mathematical problems.
Algorithms for constructing all or random
combinatorial objects, e.g., subsets, permuta­
tions, partitions. Algorithms on graphs, e.g.,

134

graph coloring and shortest paths. Complexity
o f algorithms and the theory o f NP-Completeness. Overlap with Mathematics 64, Mathe­
matical Programming, and Mathematics 70,
Data Structures, wiU be minimized by avoiding
lengthy discussion o f algorithms studies in
those courses.
Prerequisite: Math 9 and/or further courses in
mathematics and computing.
Not offered 1982-83.

77. Groups and Representations.
An introduction to some o f the applicable
portions o f the theory o f groups and their
representations. O f potential interest to stu­
dents in chemistry, physics and engineering, as
well as mathematics. This course may be
combined with Math 88, Functional Analysis
with Applications, to comprise an Honors
paper in mathematics.
Spring semester.

81. Applied Analysis I.
Analytic functions, integration and Cauchy’s
Theorem, power series, residue calculus, con­
formal mapping, and harmonic functions. The
emphasis o f this course is on applications to
the physical sciences.
Prerequisite: Math 18.
Fall semester.

82. Applied Analysis II.
Fourier series, the Fourier transform, orthogo­
nal functions, introduction to Hilbert space
and operators. The motivation for these topics
will be in partial differential equations arising
in the physical sciences.
Prerequisites: Math 30; Math 81, or permis­
sion o f the instructor.
Spring semester.

85. Differential Geometry.
An introduction that will include surfaces,
manifolds, curvature, Riemannian geometry.
The algebra o f tensors and differential forms
will be developed as needed.
Prerequisite: Math 18.

88. Functional Analysis with
Applications.
Basic theorems on Banach and Hilbert spaces,
and spectral analysis o f self-adjoint operators,
will be the main topics covered in this course.
The emphasis o f the course will be on applica­
tions o f the material to quantum theory, and
thus a certain amount o f the subject matter will

be presented informally. This course may be
combined with Math 77 Groups and Represen­
tations, to comprise an Honors paper in
mathematics.
Prerequisite: Math 81 or permission o f instruc­
tor.

93. Directed Reading.
96. Thesis.

97. Senior Conference.
This half course is designed to give students an
overview o f all o f their mathematics courses by
solving a variety o f mathematical problems.
When offered, this course replaces the depart­
mental comprehensive examination.
Half course credit.
Spring semester.

SEMINARS
101a and b. Real Analysis.
This seminar concentrates on the careful study
of the principles underlying the calculus o f real
valued functions o f real variables.
Fall semester
(a); Spring semester io i(b ).
i o i

102a and b. Modern Algebra.
This seminar deals with the theoretical proper­
ties o f such formal systems as groups, rings,
fields and vector spaces. While these concepts
will be illustrated by many concrete examples,
the emphasis will be on the abstract nature of
the subject.
Fall semester 102(a); Spring semester 102(b).

103. Complex Analysis.
A brief study o f the geometry o f complex
numbers is followed by a detailed treatment of
the Cauchy theory o f analytic functions o f a
complex variable. Various applications are
given and some special classes o f functions,
such as elliptic functions, are studied. Analytic
continuation and the theory o f Weierstrassare
also discussed.
Spring semester 1983.

104. Topology.
The subject matter o f this seminar will include
such topics as point set topology with some
application, piecewise linear topology, homol­
ogy and homotopy theory.
Spring semester 1984.

105. Probability.
The purpose o f this seminar is to give the
mathematical background necessary for an
understanding o f the mathematical analysis o f

statistical data. In addition, the modern devel­
opment o f this subject provides a valuable
application o f the concepts and techniques
acquired in the study o f advanced calculus. The
topics treated may include: the axiomatic
approach, the use o f Stieltjes integrals, correla­
tion and regression, some special distributions,
sampling theory, and a short introduction to
the theory o f statistical estimation.
Fall semester 1983.

106. Combinatorics, Optimization and
Algorithms.
A selection, in seminar format and at a higher
level o f sophistication, o f topics related to
Math 9, 64, 70, and 73. The emphasis will
depend on student interest. Possible topics are:
advanced enumeration, combinatorial struc­
tures (e.g., graphs, matroids, designs), optimi­
zation, game theory, social choice theory,
theory o f computational complexity. If slanted
towards combinatorics and theory o f algo­
rithms, this seminar will be o f special interest
to those studying computer science. If slanted
towards the other topics, it will be o f special
interest to those studying mathematical eco­
nomics.
Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission.
Spring semester 1984.

111. Mathematical Statistics.
Properties o f random variables are studied
together with ways o f inferring about param­
eters in statistical models. Special emphasis is
put on the study o f models for relationships
between random variables.
Fall semester 1982.

135

Medieval Studies

Coordinator: BERNARD S. SMITH (fall), MICHAEL W. COTHREN (spring)

This program offers an opportunity for a
comprehensive study o f European and Medi­
terranean civilization from the fourth century
to the fifteenth. The period, which has a critical
importance for the understanding o f Western
culture, can be approached best through a
combination o f several disciplines. Hence eight
Departments (Art, Classics, English Literature,
History, Modern Languages, Music, Religion,
and Philosophy) cooperate to provide a course
o f study which may be offered as a major in
either the course Program or the External
Examination (Honors) Program.
For a major in the Course Program the
requirements are as follows:
1. Latin 14, Mediaeval Latin
1 course in Medieval History (History 11 or

iff
Either Religion 37/Philosophy 19 or His­
tory 14

The prerequisites for the courses listed above
are:
Latin 1-2 or the equivalent; an introductory
history course; Philosophy 1.
2. Five other courses chosen from three o f the
following fields:
Art (15, 16, 17).
History (1 1 ,1 2 ,1 3 ,1 4 ,1 5 ).
Religion (35, 37).
Literature (Classics 35; English 19, 2 0 ,2 1 ,
31; CEL 13, French 2 0 and 30; Spanish
30). Music (20).
Other courses appropriate to Medieval
Studies that are from time to time included

136

in departmental offerings.
Directed readings in medieval subjects.
3. A student may write a thesis as a substitute
for a course during the first semester of the
senior year.
4. The student must pass a comprehensive
examination in the senior year based on
courses taken in the medieval field. The
examination includes a section o f Latin
translation.
For a major in the Honors Program the
requirements are as follows:
1. The student must satisfy the language and
distribution requirements o f the program,
as listed above, by appropriate courses or
seminars. Some work in one or more o f the
fields, included in the program must be
done before admission to the Program.
2. Seminars may be chosen from the follow­
ing: Philosophy 110 (Medieval Philosophy),
History 111 (Medieval Europe), Art 117
(Gothic Art), English 102 (Chaucer and
Medieval Literature) or French 100 (Littér­
ature du Moyen-Age).
3. By attachments to the courses listed above,
and by writing a thesis, the student may
expand the possibilty o f work in the
Honors Program beyond these five sem­
inars.
The minor program should be planned with
the coordinator so as to insure a close relation
to the major. No minor in Honors is offered.
Students wishing to minor in subjects included
in this field should take them as minors in the
department in which they are normally offered.

Modern Languages and
Literatures
GEORGE C. AVERY (German), Professor
GEORGE KRUGOVOY (Russian), Professor
PHILIP METZIDAKIS (Spanish), Professor
JEAN ASHMEAD PERKINS (French), Professor and Chairman, 1983-86.f
ROBERT ROZA (French), Professor*ff f
FRANCIS P. TAFOYA (French and Spanish), Professor and Chairman, 1980-83.
EUGENE WEBER (German), Professor
THOMPSON BRADLEY (Russian), Associate Professor
JOHN J. HASSETT (Spanish), Associate Professor
SIMONE VOISIN SMITH (French), Associate Professor
MARION J. FABER (German), Assistant Professorin
GEORGE M0SK0S (French), Assistant Professor***
FLORENCE R. ECHTMAN (French), Lecturer**
EVGENIYA L. KATSENELINBOIGEN (Russian), Lecturer
MARY K. KENNEY (Spanish), Lecturer
CECILIA CHIN LEE (Chinese), Lecturer
LI-CHING CHANG MAIR (Chinese), Lecturer
ELKE PLAXTON (German), Lecturer
RENATA STORA (German), Lecturer
ROSELYNE ROESCH (French), Assistant

The purpose o f the major is to acquaint
students with the important periods and
principal figures of the literatures taught in the
Department, to develop an appreciation of
literary values, to provide training in critical
analysis, and to foster an understanding o f the
relationship between literary phenomena and
the historical and cultural forces underlying
the various literary traditions. In addition to
demonstrated competence in the language, a
foreign literature major will normally complete
seven credits in literature courses or seminars,
take Special Topics, and pass the comprehen­
sive examination. Students whose interests lie
primarily in language or civilization are advised
to consider the possibility o f a Special Major in
combination with Linguistics, History, or some
other appropriate department. Students inter­
ested in studying literature in more than one
language are encouraged to consider a Litera­
ture major.
Courses numbered IB through 8 are primarily
designed to help students acquire the linguistic
competence necessary to pursue literary studies
in a foreign language through work with the
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1982.
***Program Director, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble, fall semester, 1982.
ttfProgram Director, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble, spring semester, 1983.

language and selected texts o f literary or
general interest.
For a detailed description o f the orientation in
these courses see the Explanatory Note on
language courses below. Courses numbered 11
or above emphasize the study o f literature as a
humanistic discipline as well as competence in
the spoken and written language.
Students who plan to major in a foreign
language and its literature are advised to
present sufficient credits on admission to
enable them to enroll in courses numbered 11
and 12 in their freshman year. Students who
enter with no previous knowledge o f the
language and are interested in majoring in a
foreign literature should register for the inten­
sive language courses (1B-2B) in the freshman
year. Language courses numbered IB through 5
(8 in German) do not count toward the
minimum o f eight credits required for the
major.
Students who wish to continue a language
begun elsewhere will be placed at the course
level where they will profit best according to
f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1983.
^Absent on leave, 1982.
**Fall semester, 1982.

137

Modem Languages and Literatures

their score in the College Entrance Examina­
tion or placement tests administered by the
Department in the fall.
Prerequisites for majors are noted under the
listing of each o f the literatures taught. Excep­
tions to course requirements are made for
those who show competence in the language of
specialization. Students who speak French,
German, Russian or Spanish fluently should
consult with the Department before electing
courses.
Majors are urged to elect supporting courses in
other literatures, in history, philosophy, lin­
guistics, or art history. The Department also
recommends participation for a minimum o f a
summer and a semester in an academic program
abroad. Linguistically qualified students may
apply to the Swarthmore Program at the
University o f Grenoble, for one or two
semesters in the sophmore or junior year. This
program is particularly suited for majors in the
humanities and the social sciences. Students
competent in Spanish should consider the
Hamilton College Program in Madrid, Spain,
which is cooperatively sponsored by Swarth-

more. Students on scholarship may apply
scholarship monies to designated programs of
study abroad, in addition to the Hamilton
College Program in Madrid and the Swarthmore
Program in Grenoble (see Education Abroad,
pp. 49-51).
Students wishing to receive a Teaching Certifi­
cate in French, German, Russian or Spanish
should plan on taking the regular program of
language and literature courses required for the
major or show proof o f the equivalent. In
addition, they should take Linguistics 1 or a
course in the history o f the language offered in
the Department. Appropriate supporting
courses which broaden knowledge and under­
standing of the foreign culture being studied
are also recommended. Prospective teachers of
a foreign language should plan to include a
minimum o f a summer and a semester abroad
in their academic program.
Students planning to do graduate work are
reminded that, in addition to the language of
specialization, a reading knowledge of other
languages is often required for admission to
advanced studies.

Continental European and Spanish American
Literatures (in translation)
Students acquainted with a particular foreign
language are urged to elect an appropriate
literature course taught in the original language.
CEL/SAL courses provide students with the
opportunity to study literature which they
cannot read in the original. These courses may
be used to satisfy the distribution require­
ments, but cannot be substituted for the 11 or
12 level courses to satisfy the departmental
prerequisites for a major or minor in the
original languages. In some cases CEL/SAL
courses may form an appropriate part of
supporting upper-level work, part o f a Litera­
ture Major, or they may serve as the basis of
preparation for an Honors paper. Students
planning programs where such considerations
might apply should consult with the Depart­
ment.

Other, cross-listed courses in foreign literature
in translation are listed after SAL 50.

Normally, at least one CEL or SAL course is
offered each semester; these courses are an­
nounced before fall and spring registration.

13» Mediaeval Comparative Literature.

138

12R. Russian Thought and Literature
in the Quest for Truth.
The development of Russian intellectual tradi­
tion as reflected in Russian philosophy and
literature from the 18th century to the present.
Brief consideration o f Russian medieval litera­
ture and thought. Eighteenth century: seculari­
zation o f culture. Nineteenth and twentieth
centuries: philosophical and literary polemics
within the framework o f current secular ideol­
ogies and religious thought. Russia and the
West and the dream of a Perfect World.
Not offered 1982-83. Krugovoy.

13R. The Russian Novel.
See Russian 13.
The tension between ideals and their realization
as reflected in the literature o f the Middle Ages,

especially the epic (Roland, Cid, Nibelungen)
and the romance (Tristan, Yvain, The Grail).
Not offered 1982-83.

analyzed in class with active participation by
students.
Fall semester, 1982. Krugovoy.

14. Modern European Literature.

50G. Studies in Modern German
Literature.

Contributions in theme and form to a European
tradition o f modern fiction will be examined
and compared in seminar format (presentation
and critical discussion o f student papers).
Authors will include Rilke« Doestoevsky,
Thomas Mann, E. M. Forster, Italo Svevo,
Kafka, and Malraux. Intended especially for
freshmen and sophomores contemplating a
Literature major. Limited enrollement.
Avery.

15G. Freshman Seminar: Modern
German Prose Fiction.
The contribution o f German prose fiction to
the emergence o f the modern novel in the early
twentieth century in both form and theme will
be examined in seminar format (presentation
and critical discussion o f students papers).
Authors will include Fontane, Rilke, Robert
Musil, Thomas Mann, Kafka and Alfred
Doblin. One Russian, English, and French
novel each will be used for comparative
purposes. All works will be read in English.
Admission by approval o f the instructor.
Not offered 1982-83.

20G. The German Novel Since 1945.
A study o f intellectual, literary, and sociolgical
currents in East and West Germany, Austria,
and Switzerland since the end o f World War II
as they appear in representative works of prose
fiction. Authors include Th. Mann, Boll,
Gunter Grass, Max Frisch, Uwe Johnson,
Peter Handke and Christa W olf. Lectures and
discussions in English. German majors will be
required to read some o f the works in German.
Not offered 1982-83.

25ft. Russian Folklore and Russian
Culture.
A study o f folk poetry in its cultural and
artistic aspects. Folklore and the genesis of
literature and civilization. Survivals o f myth
and ritual in Russian folk poetry and their
significance for the understanding o f the
collective psychological dominants in Russian
cultural outlook will be discussed. Special
attention will be given to ritual poetry, tales,
heroic epic and lyric poetry with extensive use
of comparative evidence from non-Russian
folk traditions. Representative texts will be

Under this course title topics will be offered
from year to year that reflect the richness and
variety o f literature in German-speaking coun­
tries, against the background o f this century’s
dominant social and cultural crises. Courses to
be offered in subsequent years include: The
Novels o f Thomas Mann; Modern German
Criticism from Nietzsche to Benjamin; Women
in Modern German Literature; German Ex­
pressionism, Austrian Writers o f the 20th
Century; Nietzsche and his Literary Influence;
Films and Literature in Weimar Germany.
Not offered 1982-83.

30R. The Petersburg Theme in
Russian Literature.
Literary and historical perspectives o f the
urbanistic theme in Russia. Petersburg as a
social reality, demonic delusion and myth.
Alienation in the modern city, individual
search for self-identification, and personal
reintegration in a meaningful cosmos. Readings
and discussions based on works by Pushkin,
Gogol, Chernyshevsky, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy
and Bely. This course is not a regular offering
and may not be repeated in the foreseeable
future.
Not offered 1982-83. Krugovoy.

50R. Russian Literature and
Revolutionary Thought.
A study o f continuity and change in the rela­
tionship between the major political and social
movements and the writers before and after
1917. Special attention will be given to the postrevolutionary literary and political struggle in
the 1920’s and its revival o f the 1960’s.
Spring semester, 1983. Bradley.

50S. Spanish Thought and Literature
off the Twentieth Century.
The struggle between traditionalism and libera­
lism, its background and manifestations in
Spanish thought and letters from the turn of
the century through the Civil War to the
present day. Emphasis on Unamuno, Ortega y
Gasset, Federico García Lorca, Camilo Jose
Cela, Carmen Laforet, and Juan Goytisolo.
Not offered 1982-83.

139

Modem Languages and Literatures

SAL 50. Contemporary SpanishAmerican Literature.
A consideration o f intellectual and social
themes and artistic innovations which mark
the coming into the mainstream o f SpanishAmerican fiction. Representative authors from
the various national literatures. ARGENTINA:
Borges, Cortázar; P E R U : Vargas Llosa;
COLOMBIA: García Márquez; GUATEMA­
LA: Asturias; MEXICO: Fuentes, Rulfo, Pedro;
CUBA: Carpentier.
Not offered 1982-83.

SAL 60. Spanish American Society
Through Its Novel.

tween society and the novel in Spanish America.
Selected works by Carlos Fuentes, Mario
Vargas Llosa, Gabriel García Márquez, Miguel
Angel Asturias and others will be discussed in
conjunction with sociological patterns in con­
temporary Spanish America. See SociologyAnthropology 60.
Not offered 1982-83. Hassett and Munoz.

34. ^Renaissance Comparative
Literature.
See English Literature 34.

48. ^Modern Drama.
Not offered 1982-83.

This course will explore the relationship be­

EXPLANATORY NOTE OF FIRST- AND SECOND-YEAR LANGUAGE
COURSES:
A. Courses numbered 1-2 are designed for
students who begin their study o f the
language in college and whose primary
interest is the acquisition of reading skills:
1-2 combines the presentation o f grammar
with readings from the humanities
(including literature), social sciences
and sciences. Classes meet three times
per week and are conducted in English.
May be used to prepare for fulfilling
the reading requirement o f graduate
schools but does not prepare students
for intermediate or advanced courses
in literature taught in the original
language.
Students who start in the 1-2 sequence
must complete 2 in order to receive
credit for 1. However, students placing
directly in 2 can receive credit for a
single semester of language work.
B. Courses numbered 1B-2B, 3B carry one
and one-half credits per semester. Three
semesters in this sequence are equivalent to
two years o f work at the college level.
Designed to impart an active command of
the language and combine the study or
review o f grammar essentials and readings
o f varied texts with intensive practice to

140

develop the ability to speak the language.
Recommended for students who want to
progress rapidly and especially for those
with no previous knowledge o f the language
and who are interested in preparing for
intermediate or advanced courses in litera­
ture taught in the original language. Students
who start in this orientation can major in a
foreign language and literature not studied
previously. These courses (a) meet as one
section for grammar presentation and in
small groups for oral practice with a native
speaker o f the language, and (b) may
require periodic work in the language
laboratory.
Students who start in the 1B-2B sequence
must complete 2B in order to receive credit
for IB. However, students placing directly
in 2B can receive one and one-half semester
credits. Courses numbered 3B and 4B may
be taken singly for one and one-half
semester credits.
Although no major in Chinese exists in either
the course program or the External Examina­
tion Program, qualified students may prepare
for one External Examination in the field of
Classical Chinese Literature.

Chinese
1B-2B. Introduction to Mandarin
Chinese.

modern Chinese literary and expository prose.
Lee.

An intensive introduction to written and
spoken Mandarin Chinese. Specifically de­
signed to prepare students for continuing study
in Taiwan, Hong Kong, or Middlebury Summer
Language School.
Lee.

5,6. Third-Year Chinese.

3B, 4B. Second-year Mandarin Chinese.
A two-semester course designed for students
who have mastered over five hundred charac­
ters (800 words) and basic grammar. The
course combines the study o f grammar and
oral practice with writing and readings in

Concentrates on reading in Modern Chinese.
Principal objective of these courses is to
develop the ability to read a variety of Modern
Chinese writings, fiction, essays, documentary
and journalistic materials. Emphasis is on rapid
expansion o f vocabulary and thorough under­
standing o f grammatical patterns. Classes con­
ducted in Chinese, though oral translation into
English is an important component o f students’
recitation.
Not offered 1982-83.

French
French may be offered as a major in the Course
Program or as a major or minor in the External
Examination (Honors) Program. Prerequisites
for both Course students and Honors candi­
dates are as follows: French 12 and 16, the
equivalent, or evidence o f special competence.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory departmental statement.
Majors in the Course and Honors Programs, as
well as minors in the Honors Program are
expected to be sufficiently proficient in spoken
and written French to do all o f their work in
French, i.e., discussions and papers in courses

and seminars, and all oral and written examina­
tions, including comprehensive and Honors
examinations.
Course majors are required to do Special
Topics and to complete a comprehensive
examination in the Spring semester o f their
senior year. This examination is based on a
reading list o f essential works from the Middle
Ages to the Twentieth Century. Students may
choose to prepare any two consecutive cen­
turies, plus one genre in any o f two other
centuries, and they are expected to devise a
suitable program o f study on this basis in the
Fall semester o f the junior year.

COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered
every year. Students wishing to major or minor
in French should plan their program in
consultation with the Department.

1B-2B, 3B. Intensive French.
For students who begin French in college.
Designed to impart an active command of the
language. Combines the study o f grammar with
intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in
literary or expository prose. Prepares for
intermediate and advanced courses in literature
taught in the original language. Recommended
for students who wish to acquire minimal

linguistic competence for study abroad in the
Swarthmore Program in France. See the ex­
planatory note on language courses above as
well as the description o f the Swarthmore
program at the University o f Grenoble under
Education Abroad.

4B. Pratique Du Francais.
This course carries one and one-half credits
and satisfies the prerequisites for intermediate
and advanced courses taught in the original
language, such as 12 or 16. Emphasis is on the
consolidation o f grammatical principles with
an aim to increasing the facility to write and

141

Modem Languages and Literatures

speak the language through work with formal
grammar, selected readings o f literary or
general interest, newspaper and magazine arti­
cles, radio programs, film strips, etc. Recom­
mended for students who wish to study abroad
at the university level.
Prerequisite: French 3B or the equivalent.
Fall semester. Tafoya.

5A. French Conversation.

28. La France Contemporaine.
A study o f events and ideas which have shaped
French society from the 19th century to the
present. Selected French works in history,
political science, sociology and literature.
Fall semester. Smith.

30. Littérature du Moyen-Age.
35. L’Humanisme de la Renaissance.

A half-credit conversation course concentrating
on the development of the students’ ability to
speak French.
Spring semester. Roesch.

42. Le Classicisme.

10. Images de la France.

60. Le Roman du 19e Siècle.

Salient aspects o f French civilization in the age­
long struggle for human values. May include
literary works depicting life or events in a given
period (e.g. Les Dieux ont Soif—the period of
revolutionary terror) but emphasis is on social,
political, and artistic highlights rather than
belles lettres as such. Readings and discussions
in French.
Spring semester, 1983. Tafoya.

43. Le Théâtre.
50. Le Roman avant la Révolution.
Spring, 1984.

61. Romantisme.
65. Raudelaire, Rimbaud, Mallarmé,
Apollinaire.
70. Théâtre Moderne.
Fall semester, 1983. Roza.

71. Poésie Contemporaine.

^.Introduction to Literary Studies.

72. Le Roman du 20e Siècle.

An analytical approach to French literature
through the study o f particular genres or
specific modes o f expression. Selected works
from Moliere to Beckett.
Prerequisite: French 4B, a score o f 675 on the
College Entrance Examination, or the equiva­
lent with special permission.
Each semester.

A study of the literature o f commitment before
and after World W ar II. Principally an exami­
nation o f the literary manifestations o f French
Existentialism. Includes works by Malraux,
Satre, de Beauvoir, Camus, or others.
Spring 1983. Tafoya.

15. Freshmen Seminar.
For freshmen only. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: a score o f 675 or above in French,
and satisfactory performance in the Placement
Exam for Literature courses administered
during Freshman Orientation.
Fall semester. Perkins.

16. Studies in Stylistics.
For majors or those who wish an advanced
course to develop self-expression in the written
and oral language. Original compositions are
based on a stylistic study o f texts by representa­
tive French authors from the 17th century to
the present.
Prerequisite: French 4B, 12, or the equivalent
with special permission.
Each semester. Smith.

20. History of the French Language.
25. L’Ancien Regime.

142

73. Littérateurs Engagés.

74. Le Nouveau Roman.
75. Proust and Joyce.
The French section offers a series o f advanced
survey courses (numbered 80-83), covering
the 17th, 18th, 19th, and 20th centuries. These
courses are designed to familiarize all qualified
and interested students with the major literary
movements, authors and works o f each century
in their historical context. They are especially
useful in preparing majors for senior compre­
hensive examinations. All these are advanced
courses which both satisfy the distribution
requirements and count towards the major.
Not offered 1982-83.

80. Littérature du 17e Siècle.
Fall semester, 1982. Smith.

81. Littérature du 18e Siècle.
Fall semester, 1983.

82. Littérature du 19e Siècle.
Spring semester, 1983. Moskos.

83. Littérature du 20e Siècle.
Spring semester, 1984.

Spring semester. Topic to be announced.
Moskos.

91. Special Topics (for senior majors).

93. Directed Reading.

Study of individual authors, selected themes,
or critical problems. Open to qualified upperlevel students.

94. Thesis.

S E M IN A R S
Preparation of topics for External Examinations
(Honors) may be done by appropriate courses
plus attachments only when seminars are not
available. Students preparing for External
Examinations should consult with the De­
partment on the suitability and availability of
attachments.

100. Littérature du Moyen-Age.
Old French readings in lyric poetry, theatre and
romance.
Perkins.

103. L’Age des Lumières.
Concentrating on Diderot and Rousseau.
Perkins.

104. Stendhal et Flaubert.
Fall, 1982. Tafoya.

105. Proust.
Style and vision in L a Recherche du Temps perdu.
Roza.

106. Poesie Symboliste.

101. La Renaissance.

From Baudelaire to Apollinaire.
Roza.

Prose works o f Rabelais, Marguerite de Na­
varre, and Montaigne. Poetic innovations from
Marot through the Pléiade.
Spring semester, 1984. Smith.

Major innovations in form and theme from
Gide and Proust to the New Novel.
Fall semester, ig8^.Roza.

102. Le Théâtre Classique.

109. Le Romantisme.

1. Aristotle, Corneille and Racine: a study of
"the Tragic” and the theories o f tragedy. 2.
Molière.
Spring, 1983. Smith.

Moskos.

108. Le Roman du 20e Siècle.

180. Thesis.

German
German may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre­
requisites for both Course students and Honors
candidates are as follows:
Required: German 11 or 12, or equivalent
work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the

introductory departmental statement.
W ith minor exceptions, the language o f in­
struction in courses numbered 11 and above is
German. Students are expected to have a
sufficient command o f the language to be able
to participate in class discussions and do
written work in German. Course majors are
required to do Special Topics.

C O U RSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars
are offered every year. Students wishing to
major or minor in German should plan their
program in consultation with the Department.

All courses listed under Groups I and II are
open to students after either German 11 or 12.
The courses listed under Group II are offered
on a regular two-year sequence. Majors in

143

Modern Languages and Literatures

Course are required to select a minimum of
four courses from Group II.

1-2. German Reading and Translation.
For students who wish to acquire the funda­
mentals o f German grammar and a reading
knowledge o f the language. This two-semester
course is a terminal sequence. See the explana­
tory note on language courses above.
Plaxton.

1B-2B, 3B. Intensive German.
For students who begin German in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar with
intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in
literary or expository prose. See the explanatory
note on language courses above. Normally
followed by 8, 11 or 12.

training equivalent to 3B. Review o f grammar,
literary readings o f moderately difficult texts,
such as Brecht’s Gedichte, Durrenmatt’s Die
Physiker, Stifter’s Brigitta. Regular written as­
signments. Normally followed by German 8,
11, or 12. Admission contingent upon depart­
mental testing or permission of the instructor.
Fall semester. Staff

8. Writing and Speaking German.
Oral discussions and writing practice based on
general and literary topics of contemporary
interest. For students who want to consolidate
their skills of expression. Recommended for
German majors. Can be taken concurrently
with German 11 or 12.
Prerequisite: German 3B, 4, or by departmental
placement test.
Spring semester. Avery.

4. Intermediate German.
For entering students with high school language

GROUP 1
11. Introduction to German Literature
(early 20th century).
An introductory course which emphasizes
critical and analytical reading o f literature.
Representative poetry, drama, and fiction from
the beginning o f the 20th century, including
works by Rilke, Schnitzler, Kafka, Mann and
Brecht.
Prerequisite: German 3B, 4, 8 or equivalent
work.
Spring semester. Avery.

12. Introduction to German Literature
(The Age of Goethe).
An introduction to German literature through
close reading o f selections from the second half
o f the 18th and the early part o f the 19th
century. Repreesentative works o f Lessing,
Goethe, Schiller and the Romantics.
Fall semester. Avery.

13. Translation: Theory and Practice.
This course aims at exploring the act of
translation, at first theoretically, and subse­
quently—and primarily—through practice in
translating texts from various fields within the
humanities from German into English. In the
second half o f the course, students will pursue
individual projects in consultation with the

144

instructor. This course does not count towards
the major.
Prerequisite: German 2, 3B, or the equivalent.
Not offered 1982-83.

20. The German Libretto.
A distinguishing feature o f German opera is the
high quality o f many o f the libretti. This course
explores some o f the major libretti from the
point o f view of sources, dramatic qualities and
literary merit. Libretti of Die Zauberflote, Der
Rosenkavalier, and Die Dreigroschenoper will be
among the texts studied. This course does not
count toward a major in German.
Prerequisite: A score of 6 5 0 on the College
Board German Placement Examination, Ger­
man 1 1 , 12, or permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1982-83.

50. Oie Deutsche Lyrik.
Readings in the major German poets.
Not offered 1982-83.

63. Goethe’s Faust.
An intensive study of Faust 1 and II.
Fall semester. Weber.

83. Kafka and Brecht.
A study o f the principle works o f each author
with emphasis on the emergence o f major

themes and the examinations o f literary crafts­
manship. Kafka’s notebooks and journals and
Brecht’s journals and critical writings will be
considered in the context of the authors’
cultural and social environment.
Not offered 1982-83.

GROUP II
60. Aufklaerung und Sturm und Drang.
The German Enlightenment and various reac­
tions to it. Authors read include Geliert,
Lessing, Klopstock, Wieland, Herder, the early
Goethe and the early Schiller.
Spring semester. Weber.

62. Weimarer Klassik.
Major writings o f the authors associated with
the Weimar Court from the time of Goethe’s
arrival in 1775. An investigation in the main of
the works and concerns o f the later Goethe,
Schiller, and Herder.
Not offered 1982-83.

70. Die Deutsche Romantik.
See German 105 below.

80. Klassiker der Moderne.
A study o f German literature from the begin­
nings o f Modernism through World War I.
Authors include Hofmannsthal, Rilke, George,
Schnitzler, Trakl, Sternheim, and Thomas
Mann.
Not offered 1982-83. Avery.

91. Special Topics (for senior majors).
Study o f individual authors, selected themes,
or critical problems. Open to qualified upperlevel students.
Spring semester. Avery.

82. Literatur des zwanzigsten
Jahrhunderts.
German literature from the twenties to the
present with emphasis on the continuity of the
modern tradition under the impact of political
exile and World War II. Authors include
Brecht, Thomas Mann, and post-World War II
writing in Austria, Switzerland, East and West
Germany.
Spring semester. Avery.

Courses to be offered in subsequent
years:
52. Das Deutsche Drama.
72. Literatur des neunzehnten
Jahrhunderts.
German literature from the end o f Romanti­
cism to the beginnings of Modernism.

84. Rilke, Hofmannsthal, George.

SEMINARS
All seminars to be offered in a particular year
will be announced in advance. Preparation of
topics for External Examinations (Honors)
may be done by appropriate courses plus
attachments only when seminars are not
available. Students preparing for External
Examinations should consult with the Depart­
ment on the suitability and availability of
attachments.

104. Goethe.
A study o f Goethe’s major works in the
context o f his life and times. (The seminar does
not include Faust.)
To be offered 1983-84. Weber.

105. Die Deutsche Romantik.
Romanticism as the dominant movement in
German literature, thought, and the arts in the
first third of the 19th century. Authors include
Tieck, Novalis, Hölderlin, Kleist, Brentano,
Eichendorff, the early Büchner, and Heine.
Also offered as a course. See 70.
Spring semester.

107. Moderne Prosa.
The development of German prose narrative
since 1900 as reflected in works by Schnitzler,
Hofmannsthal, Rilke, Mann, Kafka, Döblin,
Karl Kraus and R. Walser.
Fall semester. Avery.

145

Modern Languages and Literatures

Russian
Russian may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre­
requisites for both Course students and Honors
candidates are: Russian 6, 11, 12, and 13, or
equivalent work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory department statement.
NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars
are offered every year. Students wishing to
major or minor in Russian should plan their
program in consultation with the Department.
Course majors are required to do Special
Topics.

1-2. Russian Reading and Translation.
For students who wish to acquire the funda­
mentals o f Russian grammar and a reading
knowledge o f the language. This course is
designed especially for those students in the
Social and Natural Sciences who seek to read
and translate scholarly, scientific materials in
the original.
Bradley.

11. Introduction to Russian Literature.
Old Russian literature and its place within
European literature. 18th century: Classicism
and Sentimentalism. 19th century: Romanti­
cism and Golden Age o f Russian poetry.
Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol. Lectures and
discussions in Russian.
Fall semester. Krugovoy.

12. Introduction to Russian Literature.
19th and 20th century Russian literature to
1918, and its place within European literature.
Realism and literary tendencies in the first two
decades o f the 2 0 th century. Turgenev,
Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, Bunin, Bely.
Silver Age o f Russian poetry. Lectures and
discussions in Russian.
Spring semester. Krugovoy.

13. The Russian Novel.
Continuity and change in the development of
the novel in the 19th century and in the post­
revolutionary period. Lectures and readings in
English. Russian majors will be required to
read a part of the material in Russian.
Fall semester. Bradley.

IB-28, 3B. Intensive Russian.

16. History of the Russian Language.

For students who begin Russian in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study of grammar with
intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in
literary or expository prose. See the explana­
tory note on language courses above. Normally
followed by 6 , 11, and 12.

An introductory course. A study o f the origin
o f the Russian language and its place among the
other modern Indo-European and Slavic lan­
guages. The uses o f philology and linguistics
for the ideological and stylistic analysis of
literary texts.
Satisfies the linguistics requirement for teacher
certification.
Not offered 1982-83. Krugovoy.

6. Advanced Russian.
For majors and those primarily interested in
perfecting their command o f language. Ad­
vanced conversation, composition, translation,
and stylistics. Readings include short stories
and newspapers. Conducted in Russian.
Spring semester. Krugovoy.

91. Special Topics.
(For senior majors.) Study o f individual
authors, selected themes or critical problems.

93. Directed Reading.

SEMINARS
101. Tolstoy.
Fall semester. Krugovoy.

105. Literature of the Soviet Period.
106. Russian Drama.

102. Russian Short Story.

107. Russian Lyrical Poetry.

103. Pushkin and Lermontov.

108. Modern Russian Poetry.

104. Dostoevsky.
Spring semester. Krugovoy._____________

146

Spanish
Spanish may be offered as a major in the
Course Program but not as a major or minor in
the External Examination (Honors) Program.
Prerequisites for Course students are as follows:
Required: Spanish 11, 13, or equivalent work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the

introductory departmental statement.
Majors are expected to speak Spanish with
sufficient fluency to take part in discussion in
the language and to pass all oral comprehensive
examinations in Spanish. Course majors are
required to do Special Topics.

COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered
every year. Students wishing to major in
Spanish should plan their program in consultation with the Department.

1B-2B, 3B. Intensive Spanish.
For students who begin Spanish in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study of grammar with
intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in
literary or expository prose. See the explana­
tory note on language courses above. Normally
followed by 5, 11, 13.

13. Introduction to Spanish American
Literature.
A study of representative prose fiction, poetry
and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries
(works by Echeverría, Sarmiento, Marti, Silva,
Darío, Lugones, Sanchez, Lillo, Neruda,
Vallejo, Huidobro, Rulfo, Garcia Marquez).
Discussions, papers.
Spring semester. Hassett.
NOTE: Spanish 11, 13, the equivalent, or
consent o f instructor, are prerequisite for the
courses in literature that follow.

5. Composition and Diction.

42. La Poesía del Benacimiento y del
Siglo de Oro.

For majors and others who wish advanced
courses in which the emphasis is not primarily
literary. An effort is made to correct faulty
pronunciation and to improve both oral and
written self-expression in the language.
Each semester. Fall semester, Hassett.

From the Romancero through the Baroque.
Special emphasis on Garcilaso de la Vega,
Herrera, Fray Luis de León, San Juan de la
Cruz, Lope de Vega, Quevedo and Góngora.
Fall semester, 1982. Metzidakis.

7. Fonética Española.

The works o f Cervantes with special emphasis
on the Quijote.
Spring semester, 1983. Metzidakis.

A course designed to improve the individual
student’s pronunciation of Spanish and to
acquaint him with its phonetic and phonolog­
ical makeup. Extensive work in the language
laboratory.
Spring semester, 1984. Metzidakis.

11. Introduction to Spanish Literature.
A study of representative prose fiction, poetry,
and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries
(works by authors such as Espronceda, Zorrilla,
Bécquer, Pérez Galdós, Unamuno, Baroja,
Lorca, etc.). Discussions, papers.
Prerequisite: Spanish 3B, the equivalent, or
special permission.
Fall semester. Metzidakis.

44. Cervantes.

70. La Generación del 98.
Studies in the works o f Valle-Inclán, Azorin,
Baroja, Unamuno, Benavente and Antonio
Machado.
Spring semester, 1983. Metzidakis.

71. Literatura Española
Contemporánea.
Major figures of the 20th century not covered
in Spanish 70: Juan Ramón Jimenez, Garcia
Lorca, Alberti, Salinas Guillen and Hernandez
among the poets; novels by Cela and Delibes;
the theater of Casona and Sastre.
Fall semester, 1983. Metzidakis.

147

Modern Languages and Literatures

75. Teatro Hispanoamericano
Contemporáneo.
After a brief introduction to the origins o f
Spanish American theatre this course will
focus principally on representative works by
some o f the most important figures of twentieth
century Spanish American Theatre. Our selec­
tion o f dramatists will include Florencio
Sánchez, Rodolfo Usigli, René Marqués, Egon
Wolff, Emilio Carballido, Carlos Solorzano
and Enrique Solary Swayne.
Spring semester, 1984. Hassett.

77. La Novela Hispanoamericana del
Siglo XX.
Novels by Juan Rulfo, Carlos José Donoso,
Mario Fuentes, Vargas Llosa, Gabriel García
Márquez and Manuel Puig.
Fall Semester, 1982. Hassett.

79. El Cuento Hispanoamericano.
The Spanish American short story from the
early 19th century to the present. Representa­
tive authors include Echevarría, Carrasquilla,
Payró, Lillo, Portillo y Rojas, Roa Bastos,
Borges, Bioy Basares, Rulfo Cortázar, and
others.
Fall semester, 1983. Hassett.

91. Special Topics.
Study o f individual authors, selected themes or
critical problems. Topic for Spring 1983: The
Fiction o f Mario Vargas Llosa. Open to all
students with previous experience in Spanish
or Spanish American Literature.
Spring semester, 1983. Hassett.
Courses to be offered in subsequent years:

30. La Literatura Medieval.
40. El Teatro del Renacimiento y del
Siglo de Oro.
60. La Novela en el Siglo XIX.
72. La Novela Española de la Posguerra.
73. Unamuno.
74. Literatura Española de Posguerra.
76. La Poesía Hispanoamericana
en el Siglo XX.
78. La Novela Mexicana Social del
Siglo XX.

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION (HONORS) PROGRAM
Although the Spanish section can not now
prepare students for External Examinations,

148

students interested in such a possibility should
make their wishes known to the section.

Music

JAMES D. FREEMAN, Professor and Chairmanf
PETER GRAM SWING, Professor
PATRICIA WITYK ROYER, Associate Professor o f Dance and Director o f the Dance Program§§§
ANN L KOSAKOWSKI, Assistant Professor
GERALD LEVINSON, Assistant Professori}.
YINAM LEEF, Lecturer
PORTIA K. MAULTSBY, Lecturer**
DOROTHY K. FREEMAN, Associate in Performance (Music)
PAUL KLOCKE, Associate in Performance (Dance)
KAREN MEYERS, Associate in Performance (Music)
CAROLYN REICHEK, Associate in Performance (Dance)
PAULA SEPINUCK, Associate in Performance (Dance)
ROBERT M. SMART, Associate in Performance (Music)
CLAY TALIAFERRO, Associate in Performance (Dance)**

The study of music as a liberal art requires an
integrated approach to theory, history and
performance, experience in all three fields
being essential to the understanding of music as
an artistic and intellectual achievement. Theory
courses train the student to work with musical
material, to understand modes o f organization
in composition and to evolve methods of
musical analysis. History courses and seminars
introduce students to methods o f studying the
development o f musical styles and genres, and
the relationship of music to other arts and areas
of thought. The department encourages students to develop performing skills through
private study and through participation in the
early music ensemble, orchestra, chorus, band
and chamber music coaching program which it
staffs and administers. The Department also
assists instrumentalists or singers to finance the
cost o f private instruction. Credit may be
granted under the provisions for Creative Arts.
Students wishing to combine instrumental or
vocal studies outside the College with a major
in music at Swarthmore can, with special
permission, from the department and the
Provost, elect a five-year plan o f study, thus
reducing the normal number o f courses to be
taken per semester.

history (including Music 20 and either 21 or
22) and meet the basic piano requirement.
Major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: A student intending to major in the
Honors Program will generally stand for four
papers in music. The department strongly
recommends that one paper be a thesis or
research project. Music 15, 16, 17, or 19 may
be used as the basis o f a paper. Papers in history
can be prepared by taking a history course with
a concurrent or subsequent attached unit of
additional research, or by directed reading, or
by a tutorial.
Minors in the Honors Program: A student
intending to minor in the Honors Program will
generally stand for two papers in music. Two
semester courses in theory and one semester
course in history are prerequisite for a minor.
Music 2 may, with permission of the Depart­
ment, be substituted for the theory prerequisite.
Language Requirements for Graduate Schools:
Students are advised that graduate work in
music requires a reading knowledge o f French
and German. A reading knowledge o f Latin is
also desirable for students planning to do
graduate work in musicology.

Two semester courses in theory and one
semester course in history are prerequisite for
acceptance as a major. Majors will normally
take five semester courses in theory (including
Music 15,16, ot 17), three semester courses in

Proficiency on an instrument: All majors in music
will be expected to play a keyboard instrument
well enough by their senior year to perform at
sight a two-part inyention o f J. S. Bach and a
first movement o f an easy late 18th or early
19th century sonata. By the end o f the jynior

f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1983.
\Absent on leave, 1982-83.

§§§Acting Chairman, spring semester, 1983.
**Fall semester, 1982.

149

Music

year they should be able to read chamber music
scores, vocal music in four clefs, and realize
figured basses. The department recommends
that majors take one or two semesters o f Music
42 to develop these skills. Students with
exceptional proficiency in an instrument other
than the piano, or in singing, will not be
expected to meet the performing standards of
pianists.

The basic piano program: This program is
designed to develop keyboard proficiency to a
point where a student can effectively use the
piano as a tool for study, also to help students
meet the keyboard requirements outlined
above. It is open to freshmen and sophomores
planning to major in music. No academic credit
is given for basic piano.

CREDIT FOR PERFORMANCE
Chorus, Orchestra, Early Music Ensemble, Band,
Chamber Music
Students may take Performance Chorus (Music
43), Performance Orchestra (Music 44), Per­
formance Early Music Ensemble (Music 45),
Performance Band (Music 46), or Performance
Chamber Music (Music 47), for credit with the
permission o f the Department member who
has the responsibility for that performing
group. The amount o f credit received will
normally be a half-course in any one semester
and usually will be granted only to students
participating for a full year in a particular
activity. Students applying for credit will fulfill
requirements established for each activity, i.e.,
regular attendance at rehearsals and perform­
ances and participation in any supplementary
classes held in connection with the activity.
Students will be graded on a credit/no credit
basis.

Music Department. A half-course in any one
semester is allowed.

Individual Instruction
Music Majors and members o f the Band,
Chorus, Early Music Workshop, Gospel Choir,
and Orchestra may, if they wish, take lessons
for credit. Students who are not Music Majors
and are not in any o f the above performing
organizations may take lessons for credit i f they
are concurrently enrolled in a course offered by the

The Department views individual instruction
as related to performance. A student will be
expected to perform as a soloist, or in a
chamber music ensemble, or in one or more
concerts or workshops, including one directly
supervised by the Department during the
semester for which credit is sought.

A student applying for credit to study an
instrument or voice (Music 48) will first
demonstrate to the Department an ability to
undertake such study at least at an intermediate
level. The student will arrange to work with a
teacher o f her/his choice, subject to the
approval o f the Department, which will then
supervise the course of study. The teacher and
the student will submit written evaluations at
the close o f the semester to be used by the
Department in making its evaluation for credit
to be given and consideration for future
applications. The Department will pay onequarter the cost o f eight lessons for all students
except for Music Majors and section leaders,
who will receive two-thirds the cost o f eight
lessons, up to a maximum o f $ 200.00 per
semester.

COURSES AND SEMINARS
A course designed to teach intelligent listening.
The course assumes no prior training in music.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Spring semester. Swing.

panding aural perception o f pitch, rhythm,
structure, phrasing and instrumentation. The
course assumes no prior training in music.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Not offered 1982-83.

2. Introduction to Music.

3. Words and Music.

A course that approaches listening and analysis
through concentration on musical fundamen­
tals: reading notation and developing or ex­

An introduction to music and to elements of
music theory through a study o f the relation­
ship o f words anmd music in various genres

1. Introduction to Music.

150

from the middle ages to the present: chant,
motet, madrigal, cantata, Mass, oratorio, song,
opera, and tone poem.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Fall semester. Freeman.

4. Black Music in America.
A general survey o f the musical genres created
and developed by Black Americans in the
United States from the 17th through the 20th
centuries. Emphasis will be placed on 1)
historical and socio-cultural trends that influ­
enced the development o f various Black musical
genres, and 2) musical and non-musical ele­
ments and performance styles associated with
those genres.
Fall semester. Maultsby.

6. J. S. Bach.
An introduction to his career as composer and

performer through readings and through study
o f his compositions in representative genres.
The course emphasizes training in informed
listening.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Fall semester. Swing.

7. W. A. Mozart.
A study o f representative works, including The
Marriage o f Figaro.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Not offered 1982-83.

8. Music of the Orient
Introduction to music and musical theories of
the Near East and Far East. Guest lecturers in
special fields will meet with the class at
appropriate intervals.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Not offered 1982-83.

THEORY AND COMPOSITION
Students who anticipate taking further courses
in the Department or majoring in Music are
urged to take Music 11-12 as early as possible.
Placement exams are given each year at the first
meeting o f that course for students who feel
they may be able to place out o f it. Majors will
normally take Music 11-12, 13-14, and 15, 16,
or 17 in successive years.

11-12. Harmony amt Counterpoint 1.
Written musical exercises include composition
o f original materials as well as commentary on
excerpts from the tonal literature. Listening
assignments coordinated with written work.
Prerequisite: knowledge o f traditional notation,
major/minor scales, ability to play or sing at
sight simple lines in treble and bass clef.
Year course. Kosakowski.

13-14. Harmony and Counterpoint KL
Continued work with the tonal literature at an
intermediate level. Detailed study o f selected
works with assignments derived from these
works.
Prerequisite: Music 11-12 (or the equivalent).
Year course. Leef.

HISTORY OF MUSIC
20. Medieval and Renaissance Music.
Emphasis is given to the analysis and perform­
ance o f selected compositions. This course is
also concerned with studying the relationship

15. Harmony and Counterpoint III.
Detailed study o f a limited number of works
both tonal and non-tonal, with independent
work encouraged.
Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent).
Not offered^ 1982-83.

1& Schenker.
An introduction to Schenkerian analysis. An
extension o f traditional analytical techniques,
incorporating Schenker*s principles o f voice
leading, counterpoint, and harmony.
Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent).
Fall semester. Kosakowski.

17. History of Music Theory.
A survey o f primary sources (in translation)
from Boethius, Tinctoris, and Zarlino through
Rameau, Riemann, and Schoenberg.
Prerequisite: Music 11-12 (or equivalent).
Spring semester. Kosakowski.

19. Composition.
Not offered 1982-83.

o f music to the art and thought o f the times,
and the function o f music in the Roman
Catholic liturgy.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota-

151

Music

ion.
Fall semester. Swing.

21. Baroque and Classical Music.
Topics in music of the 17th and 18th centuries,
with emphasis on the development o f chorale,
cantata, fugue, sonata, and symphony.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional notation.
Spring semester. Swing.

22. Nineteenth-Century Music.
Beethoven through Wagner, Brahms, and
Mahler. A study o f Romanticism in music,
stylistic characteristics and historical premises.
Prerequisite: a knowledge of traditional nota­
tion.
Not offered 1982-83.

23. Twentieth-Century Music.
An examination o f a selected group o f com­
position and of their historical and theoretical
premises.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota­
tion.
Not offered 1982-83.

30. W.A. Mozart.
A study of representative works in the light of
modern style criticism. A reading knowledge
o f French or German is desirable.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota­
tion.
Not offered 1982-83.

31. Opera.
An examination o f the problems and relation­
ship o f opera and drama. Scenes from two or
three operas will be prepared, staged, and
studied in detail. Other operas from various
periods will be examined in terms o f the
musico-dramatic problems encountered in the
prepared scenes.
Prerequisite: Some vocal, dramatic or instru­
mental ability.
Not offered 1982-83.

32. History of the String Quartet.

string quartet from the middle o f the 18th
century to the present through study and
(wherever possible) performance o f selected
works.
Open to students with permission o f the
instructor.
Spring semester.

33. Lieder.
A study, through performance and analysis, of
various solutions by various composers to the
problems of relating text and music. Students
should be moderately proficient either as
singers or as pianists. A knowledge o f German
is desirable.
Not offered 1982-83.

39. Music and Dance: Criticism and
Reviewing.
This course, to be administered by the depart­
ment and taught by guest lecturers who are
prominent in the field o f reviewing, will cover
various aspects o f writing about the perform­
ance of music and dance: previewing, reviewing,
the critic’s role and responsibilities, and the
special problems o f relating performance to the
written word.
Not offered 1982-83.

60. Projects in Performance.
A study of chamber repertoire. Pertormance
practice and problems in music o f various
styles will be examined in terms o f analysis,
research, and rehearsal. Ability to perform
instrumentally or vocally is required.
Fall semester. Swing.

92. Independent Study.
93. Directed Reading.
95. Tutorial.
Special work in composition, theory, or history.
One or two credits.

96. Senior Thesis.
One or two credits.
Fall and spring semesters.

This course traces the development o f the

PERFORMANCE (MUSIC)
NOTE: All performance courses are for half­
course credit per semester. See p. 72 and p. 181
for general provisions governing work in
performance under the provisions for Creative
Arts.

152

40. Elements of Musicianship.
Sight-singing, rhythmic and melodic dictation.
Open to all students and may be taken with or
without credit.
Both semesters. Meyers.

41. Conducting.
Not offered 1982-83.

45. Performance (early music
ensemble).
Both semesters. Meyers.

42. Figured Bass and Score Reading.
Both semesters. Smart.

43. Performance (chorus).
Fall semester. Kosakowski.
Spring semester. Swing.

44. Performance (orchestra).
Both semesters.

46. Performance (band).
Both semesters. Leef.

47. Performance (changer music).
Both semesters. D. Freeman.

48. Performance (individual
instruction).
Both semesters.

DANCE PRO GRAM
Dance, a program within the Department of
Music, shares the Department philosophy that
courses in theory and history should be
integrated with performance. Serious dance
students are urged to supplement their study
with appropriate courses in music, theatre and
other related disciplines.
In a typical semester over twenty hours of
dance technique classes are offered on graded
levels with a variety of approaches. Technique
courses, numbered 1 through 5, receive no
academic credit but may be substituted for
required physical education. Advanced dancers
are encouraged to audition for the performing
group, The Swarthmore College Dancers. The
group meets three times weekly for class
(Dance 4 0 Performance Dance) and performs
several times during the year.

1. Introduction to Dance.
A course in dance technique with emphasis on
alignment and movement analysis and includes
introductory theory o f dance as an art form.
The class meets three hours weekly and is a
prerequisite (or equivalent prior training) for
all dance courses except Dance 23.
Each semester. Staff

2. Beginning Ballet.
Prerequisite: Dance 1 (or equivalent prior
training).
Each semester. Boyer, Klocke.

4. Intermediate Dance Technique.
Approaches to various styles o f dance technique.
Each semester. Staff.

5. High Intermediate Dance Technique.
Each semester. Staff.

9. Dance Repertory
This concentrated 7 week course will give the
student an opportunity to learn a dance
choreographed by a distinguished professional
dance artist. No credit.
Prerequisite: Dance 4 (or equivalent prior
training)
Fall semester. Taliaferro.

10. Dance Improvisation.
This course is geared to improvisation both as a
performance technique and as a tool for dance
composition. It gives the student a chance to
expand individual movement vocabulary and
work with others as a part o f a cohesive
ensemble. The class meets three hours weekly
and receives one half course credit.
Spring semester. Sepinuck.

11. Dance Composition I.
A study o f the principles o f dance composition
through exploration o f the elements of dance
movement invention and improvisation, de­
velopment o f movement themes, and choreo­
graphic structure. Students will be expected to
read, create movement studies, and choreo­
graph a full length dance as a final project. A
course in dance technique must be taken
concurrently.
Fall semester. Boyer.

11a. Dance Composition.
One half course credit may be awarded to those
students who have previously taken Dance 11
or the equivalent and who choreograph a work

153

Music

which is performed at a public concert.
Weekly consultations with the instruction will
be required.
Each semester. Boyer.

lecturers in special areas meet with the class at
appropriate intervals. Open to all students
without prerequisite.
Not offered 1982-83.

12. Dance Composition II.

39. Music and Dance: Criticism and
Reviewing.

A continuation o f Dance Composition I.
Fall semester. Boyer.

(See Music 39.)

23. Twentieth Century Dance.

40. Performance (Dance).

A study o f the evolution o f contemporary
dance as a performing art. The course begins
with a brief historical survey o f dance prior to
the turn o f the century. Emphasis is placed on
the artists o f the twentieth century whose
works influenced the shape o f modern dance
and ballet in their present form. Distinguished

This course includes dance technique on the
advanced level, basics o f production, and
performance. One half course credit may be
received each semester with participation in
scheduled performances. Admission by audi­
tion or invitation o f the dance faculty.
Each semester. Staff.

154

Philosophy

HUGH M. LACEY, Professor and Chairman
HANS F. OBERDIEK. Professor
RICHARD SCHULDENFREI,Professori
CHARLES RAFF, Associate Professor
ROSEMARY DESJARDINS, Assistant Professor
RICHARD ELDRIDCE, Assistant Professor
GERALD VISION, Visiting Lecturer**

Students majoring in philosophy must com­
plete at least one course or seminar in each of
these areas: (1) Logic, (2 ) Ancient or Modern
Philosophy, and (3) Moral or Social Philoso­
phy. Prospective majors should complete the
Logic requirement as early as possible. Mastery
of at least one foreign language is strongly
recommended. Students majoring in the Course
Program may be required to elect Philosophy
97.

13. Modern Philosophy.
Renaissance through Enlightenment. 16th-,
17th-, and 18th-centuries’ crises of faith and
authority, scientific revolutions, and concep­
tions o f modern man are presented through
philosophical issues o f the nature of knowledge,
reality, man. Readings selected from sources
including Luther, Montaigne, Bacon, Descartes,
Spinoza, Locke, Hume, Voltaire, Kant.
Fall semester. Raff.

I. Introduction to Philosophy.

14. Ancient Philosophy.

Philosophical literature and methods o f inves­
tigation are introduced through discussion of
typical philosophical problems, such as: the
problem of freedom, the arguments for the
existence o f God, the nature o f logic and
mathematics, the sources and limits o f human
knowledge, the justification o f moral judg­
ments. Readings include classical and current
sources.
Introduction to Philosophy is a prerequisite
for all other philosophy courses except Logic.
Each semester. The staff.

The development o f Greek philosophy from its
sixth-century o f B.C. beginnings to the thought
o f Plato and Aristotle, with some attention to
its impact on Western culture and its relation
to subsequent (and contemporary) develop­
ments in philosophy. Emphasis is on under­
standing and critically evaluating the teachings
o f Plato and Aristotle on fundamental issues of
metaphysics, epistemology, psychology, and
ethics.
Spring semester. E)esjardins.

II. Ethics.

See Religion 14.

A study o f the principal theories value and
moral obligation, and o f their justification. The
about emphasis is systematic, but works o f
leading ethical philosophers, both classical and
contemporary, will be read as illustrations of
the major theories.
Fall semester. Oberdiek.

12. Logic.
An introduction to the principles of deductive
logic with equal emphasis on the syntactic and
semantic aspects of logical systems. Applica­
tions o f logic to selected philosophical prob­
lems are also studied.
Fall semester. Vision.

16. Philosophy of Religion.
17. Aesthetics.
How can we we tell which things are worth the
special sort o f attention which we often devote
to works o f art? What does "art” mean? Do all
art works have some property—such as signifi­
cant form or beauty—in common? O r can any­
thing at all be a work o f art? W hat sorts o f
things ought we to do with works o f art, and
what things ought they to do for us? W e will
attempt to answer these questions by consider­
ing views about the nature and function o f
works o f art held by such philosophers as
Aristotle, Hume, R. G. Collingwood, Nelson
Goodman, and Arthur Danto. Some attention

Ij.Absent on leave, 1982-83.
*Fall semester, 1982.

155

Philosophy

will be paid to twentieth century painting and
to the writings o f such critics as Clement
Greenbert, Harold Rosenberg, and Michael
Fried.
Fall semester. Eldridge.

18. Philosophy of the Social Sciences.
The course will be concerned with the philo­
sophical problems which arise in the attempt to
study and understand man. Typical issues will
be the relation o f facts to values, empirical
evidence to theory, and ideas to other cultural
forces. An attempt will be made to show how
patterns o f response to these issues reflect
conceptions o f the nature o f man, and in
general bring out the substantive implications
o f methodology.
Not offered 1982-83. Schuldenfrei.

19. Medieval Philosophy.
Not offered 1982-83.

21. Social and Political Philosophy.
An examination o f philosophical theories of
society and politics with special attention given
to problems regarding human nature, law and
morality, liberty, the harm principle, rights,
political obligation, disobedience, revolution,
and social justice. Readings will be from both
classical and contemporary sources.
Spring semester. Oberdiek.

23. Contemporary Philosophy.
A single philosophical issue selected to illus­
trate 20th-century philosophical techniques
and theories; such as: the nature o f emotion,
value, human action, personal identity, truth,
God, or imagination. Readings include current
contributions and 20th-century classics by
Moore, Russell, or Wittgenstein.
Not offered 1982-83. Raff.

reasons for their doing this? Can traditional
philosophical problems—such as whether
things have essences and what we can know—
be solved by paying attention to what words
mean? These questions will be approached by
considering various theories of the meanings of
proper names, theories of the meanings of
complicated sentences stating the results of
scientific experiments, and theories o f the
meanings o f philosophical theses. Ordinary
language philosophy and the relevance of
linguistics to psychology and the theory of
knowledge will be touched on.
Spring semester. Eldridge..

27. Metaphysics.
An exploration o f selected topics arising out of
the question o f What there is: rationalist and
empiricist views on the justification of meta­
physical assertions; concrete and/or abstract
entities; the issue of realism, both common
sense and scientific: the status of mind and
concept of person; the role and/or possibility
of a transcendent reality. Against a historical
background, contemporary authors like Bert­
rand Russell. A.J. Ayer, Gilbert Ryle, P.S.
Strawson, and Wilfrid Sellars will be read.
Fall semester. Desjardins.

28. Marxist Philosophy.
Not offered 1982-83.

29. Nineteenth-Century Philosopy.
Not offered 1982-83. Eldridge.

34. Values and Ethics in Science and
Technology.
(Also listed as Engineering 34).
See Engineering 34.
(Offered when staff available).
Not offered 1982-83.

24. Theory of Knowledge.

38. Philosophy of Science.

Empiricist, idealist, and realist traditions in
epistemology surveyed as treatments o f prob­
lems o f scepticism, dogmatism, authority,
truth, self-knowledge, perception, memory,
objectivity. Readings from both current and
traditional theorists.
Spring semester. Raff.

The course will focus on issues connected with
the nature and verification of scientific theories.
Special treatment will be given to the nature of
scientific change, growth and development,
giving an historical emphasis to the course.
Fall semester. Lacey.

26. Philosophy of Language.
In the twentieth century, philosophers have
paid a great deal o f attention to what bits of
language mean, what structure they have, and
how they have acquired the meanings and
structures they have. Are there any good

156

39. Phenomenology and Existentialism.
Not. offered 1982-83.

59. Catholic Social and Political
Thought.
The course will study the Catholic tradition of
social and political thought, recent theoretical

I
1
j
1
I
1
■
I
1
1
1

developments in that tradition, and its rapidly
growing influence on social and political movements, especially in Latin America. The principal readings will be drawn from 1 ) Papal social
encyclicals, 2) documents o f the Second
Vatican Council and Latin American Bishops’
Conferences, 3 ) writings of liberation theology.
From time to time, selected applications o f this
theory, e.g. the growth o f “basic communities”
in Brazil, will also be studied.
Not offered 1982-83. Lacey.

I 87. Colloquium: Advanced Logic and
I Foundations of Mathematics.
I A selection o f topics from the following:
■ metatheorems o f first order logic, the incom1 pleteness of first order axiomatic systems of

arithmetic, recursive function theory, modal
logics, axiomatic theories o f space and time,
logical form and the structure of natural
languages, philosophical foundations o f arith­
metic, foundations of geometry emphasizing
problems of the nature of metrics. Two credits.
Approval o f instructor required.
Spring semester. Lacey.

93. Directed Reading.
Each semester. Staff.

96. Thesis.
Fall semester. Staff.

97. Senior Conference.
Fall semester. Desjardins

I SEMINARS
I
1
1
I
I
1
1
1
1

101. Moral Philosophy.
An examination o f the principle theories about
value and moral obligation, and o f their
justification: of the concepts of justice and
human rights; of the implications for ethics of
different theories about the freedom o f the
will. Works o f representative theorists, both
classical and contemporary, will be read.
Fall semester. Oberdiek.

I 102. Ancient Philosophy.
1 The development of Greek philosophy from
1 its sixth-century B.C. beginnings to the thought
I of Plato and Aristotle. Emphasis on achieving a

j comprehensive and critical understanding of
1
1
1
I
I
1
I

the philosophy of Aristotle,its historical role
and objective significance. Attention is given to
developing a proper methodology for critical
historical study in philosophy, and to the
Presocratic, Socratic and Platonic background
of Aristotle’s thought.
Spring semester. Desjardins.

I 103. Modern Philosophy.
I Metaphysical and epistemological problems
I about the nature of minds and bodies, the
I varieties of knowledge and freedom, are apI proached through the philosophical systems of
I Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley,
I Hume, Kant.
I Fall semester. Raff.
I
I

investigated in light o f the work o f Russell,
Moore, Wittgenstein, and the most recent
contributions.
Not offered 1982-83. Raff.

106. Aesthetics.
See Philosophy 17.
Fall semester. Eldridge.

107. Logic and Foundations of
Mathematics.
See Philosophy 87.
Spring semester. Lacey.

109. Metaphysics.
See Philosophy 27.
Not offered 1982-83. Desjardins.

110. Medieval Philosophy.
Not offered 1982-83.

111. Philosophy of Religion.
See Religion Department Preparation by course
and attachment.

113. Theory of Knowledge.
Topics in epistemology explore the nature and
limits o f rationality. Readings primarily from
current theorists.
Spring semester. Raff.

114. Nineteenth-Century Philosophy.
See Philosophy 29.
Not offered 1982-83. Eldridge.

104. Contemporary Philosophy.

115. Language and Thought.

Some current philosophical problems are

See Linguistics 107.

157

Philosophy

116. Philosophy of Language.
See Philosophy 26.
Spring semester. Eldridge.

117. Philosophy of the Social Sciences.
See Philosphy 18.
Not offered 1982-83. Schuldenfrei.

118. Philosophy of Psychology.
The study will center upon behaviorism, its
various kinds, its critics, and alternatives to it,
in particular cognitive theories. There will be
selected topics from the methodological and
philosophical foundations o f behaviorism,
types of theoretical concepts used in psychol­
ogy, the explanatory function of various
theoretical concepts (e.g., mentalistic and
neurophysiological), the explanation of lin­
guistic behavior, the compatibility of deter­
minism with psychology, the relation between
structural and functional explanation, criteria
o f choice between conflicting theories, the
relevance of values to theory choice.
Fall semester. Lacey.

119. History and Philosophy of Science.
An examination o f some o f the central prob­
lems in the philosophy o f science (e.g., the
nature o f scientific explanations, the interrela­
tionship between theory and observation,

158

criteria for the acceptance of a scientific theory,
the nature o f .scientific concepts) will be made
through an analysis of important episodes in
the history o f physics. Writings o f Aristotle,
Copernicus, Kepler, Galileo, Descartes, and
Newton will be studied, as well as contempo­
rary writings in the philosophy of science.
Spring semester. Lacey.

121. Social and Political Philosophy.
See Philosophy 21.
Spring semester. Oberdiek.

122. Philosophy of Law.
A study of concepts of law, including examina­
tion o f the relationships between legal systems
and other social and political institutions. Such
issues as the proper relationship between law
and morality, civil disobedience, legal enforce­
ment of morality, and justification o f punish­
ment are considered. Readings in both histori­
cal and contemporary sources.
Not offered 1982-83. Oberdiek.

180. Thesis.
A thesis may be submitted by majors in the
department in place of one Honors paper, upon
application by the student and at the discretion
of the department.

Physical Education and
Athletics
GOIHER H. DAVIES, Professor
ELEANOR K. HESS, Professor
ERNEST J. PRUDENTE, Associate Professor
DAVID B. SMOYER, Associate Professor and Chairman
SUSAN P. DAVIS, Assistant Professor
DOUGLAS M. WEISS, Assistant Professor
MICHAEL L. MULLAN, Assistant Professor
ELIZABETH D. WATTS, Instructor
RENEDICT CAYENNE, A ssistant!!
JOHN DiGREGORIO, Assistant
LORI FRIES-SMITH, Assistant
LEE W. JENKINS, A ssistant!!
JOSEPH KELLEHER, Assistant
THOMAS F. LAPINSKI, Assistant**
CURTIS LAUBER, Assistant**
JOEL MARCUS, Assistant
JAMES W. NOYES, Assistant!f
C. J. STEFANOWICZ, Assistant**
DENNIS C. WEST, Assistant
The aim of the Department is to contribute to
the total education o f all students through the
medium o f physical activity. We believe this
contribution can best be achieved through
encouraging participation in a broad program
of individual and team sports, dance, aquatics,
and physical conditioning. The program pro­
vides an opportunity for instruction and
experience in a variety o f these activities on all
levels. It is our hope that participation in this
program will foster an understanding o f move­
ment and the pleasure o f exercise, and will
enhance, by practice, qualities o f good sports­
manship, leadership, and cooperation in team
play. Students are also encouraged to develop
skill and interest in a variety o f activities which
can be enjoyed after graduation.
The intercollegiate athletic program is compre­
hensive, including varsity teams in twenty-one
different sports, eleven for men and ten for
women. During many of these activities con­
tests are arranged for junior varsity teams.
Ample opportunities exist for large numbers of
students to engage in intercollegiate competi­
tion, and those who qualify may be encouraged
to participate in regional and national cham­
pionship contests. Several club teams in vari­

**Fall semester, 1982.

ous sports are also organized and a program of
intramural activities is sponsored.
Students are encouraged to enjoy the instruc­
tional and recreational opportunities offered
by the Department throughout their college
careers. In the freshman and sophomore years
all students not excused for medical reasons are
required to complete a four quarter (two
semester) program in physical education. All
students must pass a survival swimming test or
take up to one quarter o f swimming instruction;
classes for this purpose are offered in the fall
quarter.
Courses offered by the Department are listed
below. Credit toward completion of the Physi­
cal Education requirement will also be given
for participation in intercollegiate athletics, as
well as for the following two dance courses:
Music — Dance 1 (Introduction to D ance) and
Music — Dance 4 (Interm ediate Dance Tech­
nique). To receive credit for any part o f the
program students must participate in their
chosen activity a minimum o f three hours a
week. Faculty regulations stipulate that stu­
dents who have not fulfilled the Physical
Education requirement will not be allowed to
enter the junior year.

t f Spring semesters, 1983.

159

Physical Education and Athletics

Fall Activities
Advanced Life Saving
Aquatics
Archery
Badminton
* * * * Cross Country
Field Hockey
Folk Sc Square Dance
* * * Football

Self-Defense
* Soccer
* Synchronized Swimming
* Tennis
Touch Football
** Volleyball
Weight Training

Winter Activities
Aquatics

** Badminton
*Basketball
Fencing
Folk & Square Dance
\ Gymnastics
Self-Defense
* Squash

**** Swimming
* Synchronized Swimming
Tennis
Volleyball
Water Safety Instructor
Weight Training
*** Wrestling

Spring Activities
Archery
Aquatics
Badminton
*** Baseball
Folk & Square Dance
*** Golf
**** Lacrosse
** Softball

1[. Women
* Intercollegiate competition and course
instruction.
* * Intercollegiate competition for women,
course instruction for men and women.

160

Squash
* Synchronized Swimming
* Tennis
**** Track and Field
Volleyball
Water Safety Instructor (continued)
Weight Training

* * * Intercollegiate competition for men.
* * * * intercollegiate competition for men and
women.

Physics

OLEXA-MYRON BILANIUK, Professor
JOHN R. BOCCIO, Professor and Chairman
MARK A. HEALD, Professorf
PAUL C. MANGELSDORF, JR., Professor
ALBURT M. ROSENBERG, Associate Professor
RUSH 0. HOLT, Assistant Professor^
FRANK A. MOSCATELLI, Assistant Professor
DAVID G. STORK, Instructor
JOHN DONEL, Assistant

The Physics Department offers two introduc­
tory courses. Physics 1, 2 is a more applied
course, covering both classical and modem
physics, designed primarily for those students
planning to take only one year o f physics.
Physics 3, 4 is a more analytical course, aimed
toward majors in physics and others planning
to take further work in the Department.
Physics 3, 4 covers fewer topics, being the first
half of a two-year introductory sequence
consisting o f 3, 4, 14,15.

Throughout the work o f the Department,
emphasis is placed on quantitative, analytical
reasoning, as distinct from the mere acquisition
of facts and skills. In all courses and seminars
particular importance is attached to laboratory
work, because physics is primarily an experi­
mental science. External Examination candi­
dates taking physics seminars accompanied by
experimental work must submit their labora­
tory notebooks to the visiting examiners for
their inspection.

Entering freshmen with strong physics back­
ground should see the Department Chairman if
they are interested in taking advanced courses
in the Department. Normally, Physics 3H, 4H
is required prior to enrollment in Physics 14 or
15.

In addition to curricular work, students are
encouraged to pursue research projects in
consultation with members o f the faculty.
Good shop facilities, a wide range o f electronic
instrumentation, and computing facilities in
both laboratories and the Computing Center
are available in support o f independent work.
Research colloquia are held regularly under the
auspices o f the local chapter o f the Society of
Physics Students o f the American Institute of
Physics.

In addition to Physics 1, 2, the Department
offers a selection of courses (Physics 6, 7 ,8,9 ,
10, 11, 21, 22) that are suitable for nonscience
majors seeking to fulfill the science distribution
requirement.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students who intend to major in physics
normally take Physics 3 ,4 and Chemistry 10 in
the freshman year and Physics 14, 15 in the
sophomore year. For freshmen prepared to
enter Mathematics 6 the normal mathematics
sequence for physics majors would be Mathe­
matics 6 ,1 6 or 16H, 18 or 18H, and 30, during
the first four semesters, followed by Mathe­
matics 81, 82. Students entering the mathe­
matics sequence with Mathematics 5 may wish

to defer Mathematics 3 0 until after their
sophomore year. Students taking Physics 1, 2
may also continue with Physics 14, 15 and
advanced work in the Department, although in
most cases it will be necessary to include a
half-credit tutorial in the sophomore year to
expand the student’s background in certain
topics treated intensively in Physics 3, 4.
Satisfactory work in an introductory course is
prerequisite for all further work in the Depart-

f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1983.
^.Absent on leave, 1982-83.

161

Physics

ment. In view o f graduate school requirements
and of the extensive literature of physics in
French, German and Russian, it is recom­
mended that the student acquire a reading
knowledge o f at least one o f these languages.
External Examination students majoring in
physics normally take Physics 101,107,108 and
Mathematics 8 1 ,8 2 , or equivalent. Physics 115
and additional work in mathematics and
chemistry are recommended but not required.
Other seminars and courses in the program
may be chosen to meet the interests o f the
student. Students preparing for graduate work
in physics often present four papers in physics
and two in mathematics; one or two papers in
chemistry, astronomy, engineering, economics,
or another minor may be substituted. An
External Examination major with three papers
in physics and greater diversity in the minors
and supporting courses constitutes an effective
educational program for careers in law, medi­
cine, and other professions inasmuch as the
aim throughout is to achieve an understanding
of fundamental ideas and concepts, as distinct
from the mastery o f information, skills, and
techniques in a limited segment o f science.
A course major in physics is also available,
normally including Physics 101, 107, 108 and
Mathematics 81, 82. Course majors take
departmental comprehensive examinations
during the last semester o f their senior year.

1,2. Introductory Physics.
An introduction to selected concepts and
applications o f classical and modern physics.
Vectors, Newtonian mechanics, special rela­
tivity, mechanical advantage, fluid mechanics,
thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism,
optics and optical instruments, waves, sound
and nuclear physics. Physics 5 must be taken
concurrently with Physics 1. Laboratory and
homework exercises include extensive use o f
interactive computing and computer graphics.
Three lectures, a conference section, and a
laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 4 completed or
Mathematics 5 concurrently or comparable
preparation in mathematics.
Mangelsdorf and staff.

3,4. General Physics: Mechanics,
Electricity and Magnetism.
A presentation o f a unified view o f physics
through analysis o f basic principles, their

162

implications and their limitations. Special
emphasis will be placed on analytical under­
standing of physical phenomena through the
use o f calculus and simple differential equa­
tions. Topics include mechanics in Cartesian
coordinate systems, conservation laws, oscilla­
tory motion, systems of particles, rigid body
rotation about a fixed axis, special relativity,
electricity and magnetism, Maxwell’s equa­
tions, direct- and alternating-current circuits,
optics, and wave phenomena. Physics 5 must
be taken concurrently with Physics 3. Labora­
tory and homework exercises include extensive
use o f inter-active computing and computer
graphics. Three lectures, a conference section,
and a laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 5, 6 taken concur­
rently, or comparable preparation in mathe­
matics.
Boccio and staff.

3H, 4H. General Physics Tutorial.
A half-credit course for students with ad­
vanced-placement credentials. Physics 5 must
be taken concurrently with Physics 3H. A
lecture/conference and a laboratory weekly.
Prerequisite: Permission of the department
chairman.

5. Computing from the User’s End.
(Also listed as Mathematics 6A and Economics
5 . ) A practical introduction to computer use
including interactive operating protocol, the
BASIC language, and graphics and statistical
packages. Assumes no prior background in
computing or physics. One intensive lecture
plus a workshop session per week; one-half
course credit. Required o f students enrolled in
Physics 1 and 3, for whom the workshop is
included in the regular laboratory session.
Separate workshops stressing appropriate ap­
plications and examples will be provided for
non-Physics students.
Each semester. Boccio and staff.

6. Principles of the Earth Sciences.
An analysis o f the forces shaping our physical
environment, drawing on the fields o f geology,
geophysics, meteorology and oceanography.
Special emphasis on plate tectonics and geomorphology. Readings and discussion based on
current literature. The underlying physical and
chemical principles are stressed. Laboratory
demonstrations and one or more field trips. No
special scientific background required.
Spring semester. Not offered in 1982-83.
Mangelsdorf.

7. Revolutions in Physics.

14. Introduction to Quantum Physics.

The problem of celestial motion and the
Copernican revolution. The problem o f ter­
restrial motion and Galileo. The Newtonian
synthesis. Einstein’s theory o f relativity. Con­
sideration o f the nature o f scientific revolu­
tions. Some use o f computer graphics will be
taught. Includes weekly laboratory. Intended
for nonscience majors.
Fall semester. Rosenberg.

Wave-particle duality; Schrodinger’s equation
and its application to one-dimensional models
and to simple atomic, nuclear, and solid state
systems; principle of superposition; time de­
pendence o f quantum states. Three lectures,
conference section, and laboratory weekly.
Prerequisites: Physics 2, 4; Mathematics 16 or
18 taken concurrently.
Fall semester. Bilaniuk

8. The Physics of Living Machines.

15. Thermal and Statistical Physics.

The camera and the eye, and semiconductor
devices and bioelectricity, sound detection and
orientation, signal to noise discrimination, as
illustrations o f the importance o f physical
theory and instruments in understanding cer­
tain aspects o f the living machine. Includes
weekly laboratory. Intended for nonscience
majors; not appropriate for pre-medical stu­
dents.
Fall semester. Rosenberg.

Statistical physics and thermodynamics with
applications and examples taken from solid
state physics. Three lectures, conference sec­
tion, and laboratory weekly.
Prerequisite: Physics 14, or permission of
instructor.
Spring semester. Boccio.

9. Order and Symmetry in Natural
Systems.
Analysis o f the forms seen in nature and the
principles involved in producing those forms.
Symmetries of designs and other geometrical
objects. Interacting wave-like phenomena.
Computer graphic deisplays will be used in
producing various patterns. Includes weekly
laboratory-workshop. Intended for nonscience
majors.
Spring semester. Rosenberg.

10. Analysis of the Perturbed
Environment.
Problems associated with numbers and flow in
the movement o f people. Energy resources and
distribution. Selected problems o f pollution,
including radioactive contamination. The com­
puter will be used to simulate different ecologi­
cal situations. The value and implication of
these models will be sought. Where needed,
basic physical concepts, computer techniques,
and analytical methods will be taught. Lectures
plus projects. Intended for nonscience majors.
Spring semester. Rosenberg.

11. What Are Elementary Particles?
This course traces the conceptual and historical
development of our view o f what the world is
made of from atoms through electrons, pho­
tons, nucleons, mesons and quarks. Intended
for nonscience majors.
Fall semester. Not offered in 1982-83. Rosenberg.

21. Principles of Aeronautics.
Principles o f flight, elements o f aircraft struc­
ture and performance, flight instruments, navi­
gation aids and methods, flight meteorology,
airspace utilization. Lectures, afternoon ground
lab, field trips. No prerequisites, but enroll­
ment limited. (The Department o f Physics is
officially certified by the F.A.A. as a Pilot
Ground School.)
Spring semester. Bilaniuk.

22. Energy for Mankind.
The role of energy in the modern world.
Renewable and nonrenewable energy resources,
their present and potential use and abuse. The
physical concept o f work and energy. Fossil,
hydroelectric, geothermal, tidal, wind, ocean,
bio-mass, direct-solar, satellite-solar, nuclear
fission, nuclear fusion, and other energy
sources; their respective advantages and dis­
advantages. Lectures and afternoon session
(lab or field trip). Acceptable for science
distribution requirement. No prerequisites,
but enrollment limited because o f field trips.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83. Bilaniuk.

31. Biophysics.
Ionizing radiation and biological damage- Bioelectrical potentials. Mechanisms o f vision and
hearing. Thermodynamics and life processes.
Pattern formation. Force and shape. Auto­
mata. Optical data analysis. Applications of
physical instrumentation. The course is in­
tended for biological and physical science,
mathematics and engineering students.
Spring semester. Rosenberg.

163

Physics

63. Procedures in Experimental
Physics.
Laboratory work directed toward the acquisi­
tion o f knowledge and skills which will be
useful in future research. Techniques, materials,
and the design o f experimental apparatus.
Shop practice, electrpnic circuit construction,
vacuum systems. Offered as a half-credit
attachment to Physics 107; may be elected by
other students with permission o f the in­
structor.
Spring semester. Staff.

individual students to do special work, with
either theoretical or experimental emphasis, in
fields not covered by the regular courses and
seminars. The student will present oral and
written reports to the instructor.

94. Experimental or Theoretical
Research.
Initiative for a research project may come from
the student, or the work may involve collabora­
tion with on-going faculty research. The
student will present a written and an oral
report to the Department.

93. Directed Reading or Project.
This course is to provide an opportunity for

SEMINARS
101. Classical Physics.
Formulations o f Newton, Lagrange, Hamilton,
and Maxwell, with applications including rigidbody motion, waves, normal-mode analysis,
boundary-value problems, and electric and
magnetic materials. Laboratory program in­
cluding electrical measurements, elementary
electronics, and instrumentation.
Prerequisites: Phys. 3, 4; Math 30.
Fall semester. Moscatelli.

107. Quantum Physics.
A more formal continuation o f Physics 14 with
applications in atomic, nuclear, solid state, and
particle physics. Relativistic dynamics. Labora­
tory program includes substantial set-piece
experiments and projects.
Prerequisites: Phys. 15 and 101; Math 81, with
Math 82 concurrently.
Spring semester.

108. Electrodynamics.
Applications o f Maxwell’s equations. Wave­
guides, antennas, radiation. Fraunhofer and
Fresnel diffraction theory. Four-vector formu­
lation of the special theory of relativity.
Microscopic theory of the electrical and mag­
netic properties of materials. Plasma physics.

164

Accompanied by laboratory exercises and
experimental projects.
Prerequisites: Physics 101; Mathematics 81,
82.
Fall semester. Heald.

115. Senior Seminar.
An intensive investigation o f one or more
advanced topics such as:
Applied Nuclear Physics
Classical and Quantum Field Theory
Fluid Dynamics
General Relativity
Group Theory
Particle Physics
Physical Oceanography
Plasma Physics
Quantum Mechanics
Quantum Optics
Solid State Physics
Statistical Physics
Topics will be planned in advance each year in
consultation with the students intending to
enroll in the seminar. Depending on interest
and appropriateness to External Examination
Programs, certain topics may be offered as
intensive half-semester seminars.
Spring semester.

Political Science

CHARLES E. GILBERT, Professor
RAYMOND F. HOPKINS, Professor*
JAMES R. KURTH, Professor
KENNETH G. LIEBERTHAL, Professor
I DAVID G. SMITH, Professor and Chairman
I CHARLES R. BEITZ, Associate Professor
I RICHARD L. RUBIN, Associate Professor o f Political Science and Public Policy!
KENNETH E. SHARPE, Associate Professor

I______

Courses and seminars offered by the Political
I Science Department deal with the place of
politics in society and contribute to an underJ standing o f the purposes, organization, and
I operation of political institutions, domestic
I and international. For the beginning student,
I the Department offers courses dealing generalI ly with the basic concepts of political science
I and the processes o f politics as illustrated by
case studies, by theoretical analysis, and by
I more extended study o f the elements o f politics

I

in various institutional settings. In appropriate
places throughout the curriculum attention is
focused on problems o f change (evolutionary
and revolutionary), freedom and authority,
war and peace — and on the development of
political institutions that are responsive to the
needs o f our day. Courses are provided that
give special attention to political theory, com­
parative political systems, political develop­
ment, politics and government in the United
States, and international relations.

I REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
I Students planning to study political science are
1. Elements of Politics.
I
I
I
I
J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
■
I
I
I

advised to start with Elements o f Politics
(Political Science 1), and to continue with one
or more o f the other introductory level
courses, Policy-Making in America (Political
Science 2), Comparative Politics (Political
Science 3), International Politics (Political
Science 4). Normally any two o f these courses,
preferably including Political Science 1 and/or
Political Science 2, constitute the prerequisite
for further work in the Department. Students
who intend to major in political science should
begin their work in the freshman year if
possible. Supporting courses strongly recommended for all majors are Statistics for
Observational Data (Mathematics 1); and
Introduction to Economics (Economics 1-2).
Political Theory, either in seminar for Honors
candidates, or in Course (Political Science 54
or 55) for Course students, is required o f all
majors.
Concentration in International Relations: This
concentration, designed for students interested
in a career in the field o f international relations,
is described in full on p. 000.

I

Ij.Absent on leave, 1982-83

Designed to probe some major questions of
politics, this course asks: W ho governs in the
interests o f whom? How? What are the sources
o f political stability and change? How is
political power created, maintained, or chal­
lenged? Answering these questions will involve
a study o f the basic institutions, concepts, and
moving forces o f politics and exploring prob­
lems such as justice, freedom, equality, and
obligation. Materials will be drawn from the
United States, Germany, China, and the Soviet
Union.
Fall semester. Staff.

2. Policy-Making in America.
Consideration o f basic elements o f American
national politics, and o f ways o f defining and
explaining the functions and results o f Ameri­
can politics. Major attention will be devoted to
electoral organizations, voting behavior and
opinion formation, legislation and presidential
leadership, administration and policy choices.
Each semester. Staff.

f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1983.

165

Political Science

3. Comparative Politics.

18. Political Development.

An introduction to theories o f comparative
politics and to the data used in comparing
political systems. Major attention will be given
to the political systems o f Western Europe,
particularly Britain, France, West Germany,
Italy, and Spain. The course will focus on
political culture; political-crises; political parties, including Communist, anarchist and fas­
cist movements; and contemporary political
institutions and policy-making.
Spring semester. Sharpe.

An examination o f the conditions o f change
and development. The processes which pro­
mote change and affect the stability and
capacity o f political systems will be considered
in the context of widely diverse states including
industrialized and third world states.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83. Hopkins.

4. International Politics.
An introduction to the analysis of the contem­
porary international system and its evolution
in the twentieth century. The course will
examine various approaches to explaining
wars, interventions, and international eco­
nomic conflicts.
Spring semester. Staff.

II. Problems in Community
Government
The social, economic, and legal setting of
American local government. Politics and ad­
ministration at state and local levels, with
emphasis on city and suburbs. Problems of
federalism and metropolitan areas. Various
public functions or policies—e.g., planning,
housing, law enforcement—are considered as
they relate to governmental capacities, private
interests, and political values.
Spring semester. Gilbert.

13. International Organizations in
Wbrld Politics.
This course surveys briefly the activities of
international organizations related to military
security and peacekeeping, but will focus
primarily on one or more o f the new issues
facing international organizations, such as
energy, food, economic or environmental
concerns.
Alternate years, spring semester.

14. American Foreign Policy.
An examination o f the making o f American
foreign policy and o f the major problems faced
by the United States in the modern world. The
course will focus on the influence o f political,
bureaucratic, and economic forces and on the
problems o f war, intervention, and economic
conflict.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. Kurth.

166

19. Comparative Communist Politics.
A comparative study of the various communist
countries, with special attention to the Soviet
Union and the Chinese People’s Republic.
Analysis o f differences in goal structures,
modes o f rule, and social development as a
function o f the interaction between legacies of
the paths to power, domestic political conflict,
and economic imperatives.
Spring semester. Lieberthal.

20. Politics of China.
An analysis o f critical elements in Chinese
politics: the historical legacy, ideology, policy­
making, policy implementation, economic
programs, and foreign policy.
Fall semester. Lieberthal.

21. Politics of Black Africa.
A survey o f political forces in contemporary
Africa. Selected countries will be studied to
illuminate important aspects o f political change
including traditional attitudes, leadership, eth­
nic rivalry, socialism, neocolonialism, military
intervention, national integration, and interna­
tional involvements.
Spring semester Not offered 1982-83. Hopkins.

22. Latin American Politics.
This introduction to Latin American politics
will explore such topics as the colonial legacy
o f Latin America; the difficulties o f creating
viable political institutions; contemporary
sources o f instability, revolution, and military
intervention; the different meaning o f politics
for various groups (Indians, peasants, workers,
middle-class groups, industrialists, landowners,
etc.); and the economic and political difficul­
ties raised by U.S.-Latin American relations.
These topics will be approached through a
comparative study o f such countries as Brazil,
Chile, Cuba, Mexico, and Argentina.
Spring semester. Sharpe.

51. Public Administration.
Problems o f policymaking and administration,
primarily in American national government,

from the standpoints o f public-policy analysis
and democratic theory. Central topics include:
accountability, responsibility, and productive
ity; organization theory and governmental
reorganization; budgeting, planning, and "ra­
tional” decision; public relations and clientelism; regulation and public enterprise; adminis­
trative law; intergovernmental relations; Con­
gress, Presidency, and administration.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. Gilbert.

51A. Public Law and Public
Administration.
Theory and practice o f administrative law in
the United States. Role o f the courts in
governmental administration. Issues o f organi­
zation and procedure. The interaction o f public
law and public policy, with particular attention
to certain sectors o f public policy.
Fall semester. Gilbert and Smith.

51B. Topics in Public Administration
and Policy.
Issues in administration selected in part for
their pertinence to the Public Policy concentra­
tion. Efficiency and responsibility; theories of
organization and decision; public budgeting;
policy analysis/evaluation/implementation;
regulation and administrative law; public rela­
tions and "the public interest” ; intergovern­
mental relations.
Spring semester. Gilbert.

52. American Constitutional Law.
The role o f the Supreme Court in the American
political system, viewed both historically and
through analysis o f leading cases. Areas of.
constitutional law and development empha­
sized are: the nature and exercise o f judicial
review; federalism and the scope o f national
power; due process, equal protection, the First
Amendment, and other civil liberties.
Open to sophomores and upperclassmen.
Fall semester. Smith.

53. American Party Politics.
An historical and functional analysis o f Ameri­
can political parties. The study o f interest
groups, public opinion and voting behavior,
electoral systems and representation, the legis­
lative process.
Fall semester. Rubin or Gilbert.

53B. The Mass Media and American
Politics.
An historical and contemporary consideration
o f the effects o f mass media on American

political institutions and political behavior.
Special emphasis on die transformation from
print to electronic media and its impact upon
political parties and governmental institutions.
Fall semester. Rubin.

53C. Presidential Politics.
The central focus o f the course is on electoral
connections between public opinion, political
organizations and institutions, and the exercise
o f presidential power.
Spring semester. Rubin.

54. Political Theory: Plato to
Machiavelli.
The development o f political thought in the
ancient and medieval periods, and the emer­
gence o f a distinctively modern political out­
look. Topics considered include: the origins,
functions, and purposes o f the city-state; the
role o f law and knowledge in government; the
relation o f ethics and politics; justice, and its
relation to Greek and Christian thought.
Recommended for students who plan to take
the Political Theory seminar.
Fall semester. Sharpe.

55. Modern Political Theory.
A study and critique o f liberalism through
close reading and analysis o f the writings of
such theorists as Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau,
Bentham, j.S . Mill, Marx, and Rawls. The
course will consider problems regarding liberty,
political obligation, the common good, human
nature, and distributive justice. Not open to
students who plan to take the Political Theory
seminar.
Spring semester. Beitz.

56. Contemporary Political Theory
An examination o f political theory from Marx
and J.S . Mill to present. Among other topics a
special concern will be the ability of contempo­
rary liberal political and economic thought to
respond to its critics* attacks on its psychologi­
cal and epistemological foundations, and on its
adequacy as a guide to political understanding
and action. An effort will be made to under­
stand the various and often conflicting currents
within liberal theory, as well as to identify
certain common problems. Marxist, existen­
tialist, anarchist and structuralist critics may be
considered.
Prerequisite: Political Science 55 or permission
o f the instructor.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1982-83. Sharpe or
Beitz.

167

Political Science

57. Jurisprudence.
As exploration o f the concept o f law as it has
been understood by lawyers, judges, philoso­
phers, and social scientists. Issues to be
considered include the nature and validity of
law, the relation o f law to morality, and the
place o f political theory in the judicial decision.
Some current moral issues in law may be
discussed. Readings will be chosen from
classical and contemporary works in the
philosophy and social science o f law as well as
from representative cases.
Spring semester. Beitz or Smith.

58. Health Policy.
(Also listed as Economics 58.) Analysis of
governmental policy toward health care and
public health, its impact upon institutions and
resource allocation, and major alternatives for
action. Central topics are the organization of
health care delivery (roles and views o f physi­
cians, nurses, administrators, patients and
insurers); the interplay of federal, state, and
local governments, quasi-public authorities,
and interest groups; technical and political
aspects of health insurance alternatives; health
manpower (medical and nursing schools, paraprofessionals); biomedical research programs.
Students wishing to take this course should
consult in advance with the instructors. Prior
work in at least two o f the following will be
helpful: Economics 1 -2 ,4 ,2 6 ; Political Science
2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineering 4, 32.
Spring semester. Hollister and Smith.

60. Special Topics in Political Science.
Open to senior Course majors in Political
Science. Devoted to the preparation of three
qualifying papers in the senior year.
Spring semester. Members o f the Department.

61. Social Change, Moral Criticism, and
Political Theory.
The course examines important thinkers and
the "G reat Books’* o f social change, concen­
trating especially on religious, moral, and
social criticism: for instance, selections from
The Bible, and works o f St. Augustine, George
Fox, John Woolman, Rousseau, Marx, and
Weber.
Spring semester. Boulding.

62. Economics, Justice and Law.
(Also listed as Economics 62 .) The purpose of
this course is to explore the premises behind
the use o f utilitarian constructs in the analysis

168

o f public policy issues. In particular, the
appropriateness o f the growing utilization of
economic methodology will be examined
through an intensive study o f issues in law and
distributive justice. The necessary background
in political theory and welfare economics will
be developed as needed.
Prerequisite: Permission o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. Beitz and
Kuperberg.

64. Political Socialization and Schools.
(Also listed as Education 64. See course
description under Program in Education.)
Spring semester. Travers.

65. Political Psychology.
(Also listed as Psychology 65 .) A psychological
examination o f individuals’ participation in
and impact upon politics and the effect of
various political systems on individuals. Topics
include opinion in the American electoral
process, ideology formation and models of
post-revolutionary man. Projects will involve
gathering original data and analyzing archival
data.
Not offered 1982-83. Peabody.

66. Energy Policy.
(Also listed as Economics 66 and Engineering
66. ) Presentation and exploration of political,
economic, and technological issues affecting
development o f energy policy, and investiga­
tion o f the influence of energy policy on
policymaking in other areas. Possible topics
include: development o f the U .S. Energy
bureaucracy; international political/economic
decision-making and OPEC; development and
impact o f energy price decontrol; economic
and political aspects o f U .S. energy technology
exports; economic and environmental perspec­
tives o f energy resource development (renew­
able and otherwise). Suggested preparation
includes Economics 1-2 and Political Science 2
or 51. Enrollment by permission o f instructors.
Fall semester. Rubin and Stone.

67. Social Insurance and Welfare
Policy.
(Also listed as Economics 67.) The principal
American policies and programs dealing pri­
marily with relief o f poverty and economic
insecurity, and the prospects and options for
reform in this field. Topics include: Social
Security, national health insurance, unemploy­
ment compensation and welfare reform. The

various public objectives and methods of
income support and related social services, as
well as certain contextual or alternative pro­
grams and regulatory policies. Conceptions of
"welfare” ; economic, social, political, and
administrative or professional considerations
in policy; historical and comparative perspec­
tives. Intended as a single- or double-credit
seminar for students in the Public Policy
Concentration and open for single credit to
others who have taken appropriate Public
Policy prerequisites, on which consult the
Catalogue and, as to exceptions, one o f the
instructors.
Spring semester.

68. Environmental Policy.
(Cross-listed as Engineering 68.) Issues in
environmental policy formulation and imple­
mentation are explored. Both o f these aspects
require understanding o f environmental pro­
cesses including natural and technoilogical
processes. Trade-offs between environmental
and economic objectives are examined using
quantitative policy models. Enrollment is by
consent o f the instructor. Operations Research
and/or Statistics are recommended as prereq­
uisites.
Spring semester. McGarity.

69. Defense Policy.
Analysis o f the history and stucture o f Ameri­
can defense policy since World War II, with
particular emphasis on the choice o f weapons
systems and military strategies. Political, eco­
nomic, bureaucratic, and other explanations o f
past and present policies will be explored.
Fall semester. Kurth.

91. Macroeconomic Policy and
American Political Institutions.
(Also listed as Economics 91.) The course
treats the economic and political aspects of
inflation, unemployment, and tax policy in the
U .S. Particular emphasis is given to interaction

between governmental institutions, markets
and public policy decisions. Specific topics
include: (A ) Unemployment Policy: the legacy
of the Great Depression and the Keynesian
Revolution; structural unemployment policy,
(discrimination by race or sex; unskilled
workers); unemployment compensation, wel­
fare, and minimum wage laws; (B) Inflation
Policy: the stagflation dilemma; monetary and
fiscal discipline; "incomes” policies (voluntary,
mandatory controls, tax-incentives — TIP);
(C ) Tax Policy: the trade-off between equality
and efficiency; tax reform to encourage pro­
ductivity and capital formation.
Prerequisite: Political Science 1 or 2 and
Economics 1 and 2.
Spring semester.

92. Race, Ethnicity and Public Policy.
An analysis o f important policy questions with
direct and indirect bearing on racial and ethnic
groups. The focus o f the course is on: I ) the
political institutions that shape the formulation
o f policy (elections and parties, courts, admin­
istrative agencies); 2 ) specific policy areas o f
contemporary conflict (housing, education,
employment); 3) the various mechanisms (af­
firmative action, quotas, targeted job aid) used
as remedies. The format will be discussion.
Suggested prerequisite either Political Science
1 or 2.
Foil semester. Rubin.

93. Directed Readings in Political
Science.
Available on an individual or group basis,
subject to the approval o f the chairman and the
instructor.

96. Thesis.
W ith the permission o f the chairman and a
supervising instructor, any major in Course
may substitute a thesis for one course, normally
during either semester o f the senior year.

SEMINARS
The following seminars prepare for examina­
tion for a degree with Honors:

101. Political Theory.
An analytical and critical examination o f the
philosophical foundations o f liberalism and

socialism, drawing on the writings o f theorists
from Hobbes to Marx and including works of
some contemporary political philosophers.
The subjects considered include such problems
as the nature o f legitimate authority, the basis
o f political obligation, liberty, and democracy.

169

Political Science

Particular attention will be given to the
question o f distributive justice and the rele­
vance o f Marx’s political and philosophical
writings to liberal theory.
Each semester. Beitz or Sharpe.

102. Politics and Legislation.
The study o f political parties, interest groups,
public opinion and voting behavior, electoral
systems and representation,- the legislative
process. Emphasis is on American politics,
with some comparative material; and, ultimate­
ly, on politics from the standpoint o f theories
o f political democracy.
Spring semester. Gilbert.

107. Comparative Communist Politics.
A comparative study o f the various communist
countries, with special attention to the Soviet
Union and the Chinese People’s Republic.
Analysis o f differences in goal structures,
modes o f rule, and social development as a
function o f the interaction between legacies of
the paths to power, domestic political conflict,
and economic imperatives.
Spring semester. Lieberthal.

108. Comparative Politics.

A comparative study o f the political systems of
Western Europe. The major countries exam­
ined will be Britain, France, Germany, Italy and
Spain. Topics will include (1) competing
103. Problems in Government and
theories o f comparative politics, (2) the rela­
Administration.
Problems o f administrative organization, policy­ tionships between economic development,
economic crises, and political conflict, (3 )
making and responsibility, with primary refer­
ence to the United States and to selected fields political parties, including communist, anar­
chist, and fascist movements, and (4 ) con­
o f policy.
temporary political institutions and policy­
Fall semester. Gilbert or Smith.
making.
104. International Politics.
Prerequisite: Political Science 3 or the equiva­
An inquiry into problems in international
lent.
politics. Topics will include (1) competing
Fall semester. Kurth.
theories o f international politics, ( 2) war and
the uses o f force, and (3) the management o f
108B. Comparative Politics: Latin
various global issues such as food and energy.
America.
Prerequisite: Political Science 4 or the equiva­
A comparative study o f the politics of several
lent.
Latin American countries: Chile, Brazil, Cuba,
Fall semester. Kurth.
Mexico, Peru, Argentina, the Dominican Re­
public. The course will focus on important
105. American Foreign Policy.
differences in major institutions, class struc­
A study o f key problems faced by the United
tures and social values, and an examination of
States in the modern world together with a
various theories explaining political stability
critical investigation o f the making and imple­
and change. Problems will include: difficulties
menting o f American foreign policy. A variety
o f creating stable democratic institutions;
o f explanations o f American foreign policy will
causes and results o f revolutions, coups, and
be discussed and evaluated, and the political,
military interventions; different meanings of
economic, and social influences upon it will be
politics for various classes in socialist, corporaconsidered. Key assumptions o f United States
tist, and (formerly) democratic regimes; and
policy-makers will be subjected to scrutiny, and
the utility o f dependency theory in explaining
alternate assumptions and policies will be
U.S.-Latin American relations.
analyzed.
Spring semester. Sharpe.
Spring semester. Kurth.

106. Public Law and Jurisprudence.

109. Political Development.

A study o f the sources and nature o f law;
historical, sociological, philosophic, "realistic,”
and behavioral approaches to jurisprudence;
the nature o f the judicial process and other
problems o f jurisprudence, illustrated by judi­
cial decisions and other legal materials relating
to selected areas o f law.
Spring semester. Smith.

A comparative study o f the politics of societies
undergoing change and modernization. Various
theories, approaches, and methods o f explana­
tion are examined and considered in the
context o f third world states in Asia, Africa,
the Middle East and Latin America.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83. Hopkins.

170

110. Urban Society, Politics, and Policy. tions; issues o f public policy.
The political and governmental organization of
extended cities in contemporary America:
social, economic, and constitutional founda­

Spring semester. Gilbert.

180. Thesis.
All members o f the Department.

Psychology
KENNETH J. BERGEN, Professor
DEAN PEABODY, Professor
ALLEN M. SCHNEIDER, Professor
ALFRED H. BLOOM, Associate Professor§§*
DEBORAH G. KEMLER, Associate Professor^
JEANNE MARECEK, Associate Professor and Acting Department Head
BARRY SCHWARTZ, Associate Professor and Department Head|
PHILIP J. KELLMAN, AssistantProfessor
KATHRYN HIRSH-PASEK, Visiting Assistant Professor
MICHAEL J. BOPP, Lecturer**
LEIGHTON C. WHITAKER, Director o f Swarthmore College Psychological Services
HANS WALLACH, Research Psychologist
The work o f the Department of Psychology
deals with the scientific study o f human
behavior and experience; processes of percep­
tion, learning, thinking, and motivation are
considered in their relation to the development
o f the individual personality, and to the
relations o f the individual to other persons.
For those students planning graduate and
professional work in psychology and related
fields, the courses and seminars o f the Depart­
ment are designed to provide a sound basis of
understanding o f psychological principles and

a grasp o f research method. Students learn the
nature of psychological inquiry and the psy­
chological approach to various problems en­
countered in the humanities, the social sciences,
and the life sciences.
A special major is available in conjunction with
Linguistics emphasizing fundamental issues in
human cognitive organization. A full descrip­
tion o f this program may be found under
Linguistics.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Psychology 3, Introduction to Psychology, is
normally a prerequisite for further work in the
Department.
A Course major consists o f at least eight
courses, normally including four o f the core
courses (with course numbers in the 3 0 ’s):
Physiological Psychology, Learning and Behav­
ior Theory, Perception, Cognitive Psychology,
Psychology o f Language, Social Psychology,
Personality, Abnormal Psychology, and Child
Development. Those wishing to substitute
more individualized programs should present
their reasons in writing. Majors should take at
least one course providing them with experi­
ence in research. In addition, majors in Course
are encouraged to enroll in Psychology 98
during the spring semester of their senior year.
This course is intended to provide integration
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1982.
^Absent on leave, 1982-83.

172

o f different fields o f psychology and to offer
majors one way to meet the comprehensive
requirement. Students intending to pursue
graduate work in psychology will also find it
useful to take Psychology 13, Statistics for
Experimental Data, or Psychology 14, Statistics
for Observational Data, or Psychology 15,
Statistics.

3. Introduction to Psychology.
An introduction to the basic process under­
lying human and animal behavior, studied in
experimental, social, and clinical contexts.
Analysis centers on the extent to which normal
and abnormal behavior are determined by
learning, motivation, neural, cognitive, and
social processes.
Each semester. Staff.

§§ Joint appointment with Linguistics.
**Fall semester, 1982.

4. Freshman Seminar.

24. Psychological Anthropology.

This class considers questions about the char­
acteristics o f different nationalities. Is it pos­
sible to make any general statements about
such characteristics, or are such generalizations
dangerous? How do judgments about national
characteristics by the general public compare
with the conclusions of social science? What is
the relation between the characteristics of
individuals and the nature o f their society? Do
they show historical continuity, or change?
By permission of the instructor.
Fall semester. Peabody.

(See Sociology/Anthropology 24.)
Fall semester. Piker.

5. Writing Course: Basic Issues in
Psychology.
This course considers basic issues in psychol­
ogy, beginning with the distinction between
Empiricism and Rationalism—between those
who emphasize the learning o f associations,
and those who emphasize the inherent struc­
tural nature o f the mind. Am,ong contemporary
psychologists, this distinction is best repre­
sented in the conflict between B. F. Skinner
and Noam Chomsky. The format of the course
is centered on discussion and criticism of
student papers. Students write short and
medium length papers which are the focus of
discussion. The course has no prerequisite, and
is intended primarily for students without
extensive backgrounds in psychology. It can
serve as a prerequisite for further work in
Psychology, in place o f Psychology 3, though it
does not preclude taking Psychology 3. The
course will be offered for one credit, with
enrollment limited to 12 students.
Spring semester. Peabody.

13. Statistics for Experimental Data.

25. Methods of Psychological
Research.
Direct research experience is emphasized, and
instruction proceeds by example. Discussion
focusses on the relationships between given
theories and the methods used in the support­
ing research. The comparative advantages and
disadvantages of participatory observation and
analysis, "objective” naturalistic observation,
interviewing, content analysis, and experimen­
tation are examined. Each student conducts an
individual research project and participates in
class projects.
Staff

30. Physiological Psychology.
A survey o f the neural and biochemical bases
o f behavior with special emphasis on sensory
processing, motivation, emotion, learning, and
memory. Both experimental analyses and clini­
cal implications are considered.
Spring semester. Schneider.

31. Learning and Behavior Theory.
The experimental analysis of the major phe­
nomena o f learning and conditioning is con­
sidered mainly at the animal level, with
particular attention to the theories o f B.F.
Skinner. Specific empirical and theoretical
issues are considered in detail, and the major
theories are evaluated. The laboratory is
designed to acquaint students with the pro­
cesses considered.
Not offered 1982-83.

32. Perception.

(See Education 21.)
Fall semester. Gross.

An exploration o f the connections among our
experience and knowledge, our biology and the
physical world. Theoretical positions empha­
sizing direct apprehension of the world will be
contrasted with those asserting the importance
of inference and hypothesis in perceiving.
Primary emphasis will be on experimental
research in adult visual perception, but other
senses and some developmental issues will also
be treated. Implications of the study of
perception for the theory of knowledge and the
visual arts will be examined.
Fall semester. Kellman.

23. Adolescence.

33. Cognitive Psychology.

(See Education 23.)
Spring semester. Gross.

A broad overview o f the psychology of
knowledge. Models o f human cognition will be

(See Mathematics 2.)
Fall semester. Iversen.

14. Statistics for Observational Data.
(See Mathematics 1.)
Spring semester. Iversen.

15. Statistics.
(See Mathematics 23.)
Fall semester. Iversen.

21. Educational Psychology.

Psychology

examined in light o f experimental data. Atten­
tion, pattern recognition, memory, concepts,
thinking and problem solving will be treated,
among other topics. A few laboratory exercises
will help to acquaint students with the issues
and methods in the field.
Fall semester. Kellman.

34. The Psychology of Language.
(See Linguistics 34).
Fall semester. Hirsch-Pasek.

35. Social Psychology.
An examination of theory^ and research rele­
vant to the understanding o f social interaction.
Special emphasis is placed on the social
construction o f reality, rules of relationship,
and the social life as drama.
Spring semester. Gergen.

36. Personality.
An examination o f contrasting theories of the
human personality. Theories o f Freud, Jung,
Fromm, Rogers and others will be discussed,
and special attention will be given to current
empirical work.
Fall semester. Gergen.

38. Abnormal Psychology.
A survey o f major forms o f psychopathology
in adults and children. Biogenetic, socio­
cultural, and psychological bases o f abnor­
mality are examined, along with their corre­
sponding modes o f treatment.
Spring semester. Marecek.

39. Child Development.
A selective survey o f cognitive and social
development from infancy to adolescence.
Major theoretical perspectives on the nature of
developmental change are examined, including
those of Piaget and his critics. Topics include
the growth of logic, language, and other
cognitive skills, as well as moral development,
sex typing, and personality theory in a develop­
mental context.
Fall semester. Hirsch-Pasek

43. Comparative Cognition.
An exploration o f cross-cultural research on
human cognition. What are the universals of
human cognition? What are its distinctive
features? What are the major factors that are
responsible for cross-cultural variation in
human cognition? What are the virtues and
pitfalls of comparative approaches to the study
o f cognition? The course is open to all students

174

who have had introductory psychology.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83.

44. Psychology of Women.
An examination of traditional and revisionist
theories and research on sex roles and sex
differences. The socialization o f sex roles in
adults and children will be studied, with
particular emphasis on the penalties that adults
incur for sex-role deviance. Other topics
include men’s and women’s marital and family
roles; gender roles and mental health; and
institutional and psychological barriers to
women’s achievement.
Fall semester. Marecek.

48. Perceptual Development.
Explores the perceptual world of the infant and
child in order to assess the impact of experience
on our ability to obtain knowledge through
perception. Research on the early perception
o f objects, space and motion, as well as event
and social perception, will be considered
against the backdrop o f major theoretical
controversies. Students will have the oppor­
tunity to devote much of their effort in the
course to preparing a substantial paper on a
topic of their choice. Some knowledge of
development and/or perception may be help­
ful, but is not prerequisite.
Spring semester. Kellman.

52. Representations of Women’s
Identity.
(See English 52). Satisfies distribution require­
ment in group 2 not group 3.
Spring semester.

55. Neuropsychology of Language.
The course investigates higher cortical function
in humans. It focuses on breakdowns in
cognition, languages, and memory which ac­
company particular types o f neurological dis­
order, with primary emphasis on what these
neurological breakdowns reveal, about cogni­
tive function in the normal, intact human.
Previous work in linguistics and in cognitive
psychology, and a working familiarity with the
functions o f the nervous system are helpful and
may be essential. Students deficient in back­
ground may be asked to do some preparatory
reading.

56. Cognitive Patterns in Moral,
Linguistic and Political Behavior.
An investigation into the role played by

cognitive dimensions in influencing moral,
linguistic, and political behavior, with emphasis
on adolescence and beyond. An attempt is
made to place the investigation within a
framework provided by current trends in
cognitive psychology, existential philosophy
and linguistics and to draw on the implications
of these dimensions with respect to the
relationship o f the individual to the nation­
state and the international system. (Crosslisted as Linguistics 56.)
Spring semester. Bloom.

61. Aphasia.
See Linguistics 61.

62. Schizophrenic Disorders.
A course in seminar format. Psychodynamic,
cognitive, social, biographic and psychophysiologic approaches are used to understand this
broad group o f disorders, their commonalities,
and variations, and their relatedness to other
psychological states. Some attention is given to
forms o f intervention with emphasis on psy­
chotherapy.
Prerequisites: Abnormal Psychology and inter­
est in broad coverage o f concepts o f schizo­
phrenic disorders and multi-disciplinary ap­
proaches to the subject matter. By application.
Fall semester. Whitaker.

participation in and impact upon politics and
the effect o f various political systems on
individuals. Topics include public opinion in
the American electoral process, ideology for­
mation, and models o f post-revolutionary
man. Projects involve gathering original data
and analyzing archival data. (Crosslisted as
Political Science 65.)

67. Special Topics in Child
Development.
Conducted in a combined lecture and discus­
sion-group format. Aspects o f personality,
social, and cognitive development are exam­
ined, with individual and group field projects
an important part of the course.
Not offered 1982-83.

68. Special Topics in Social
Psychology.
Considers selected special topics in human
relations.
Fall semester. Gergen.

69. Special Topics in Personality.
Considers selected topics in personality organi­
zation and dynamics.

88. Colloquium: Behaviorism and
Developmentalism.

Selected problems from the current literature
on human information processing and cogni­
tive psychology are considered in detail. Em­
phasis is placed on the relationship between
theories o f cognition and current experimental
findings. Also, the development of cognitive
skills receives some attention.
Kellman.

This course examines behaviorism, as exempli­
fied by B.E Skinner, in detail. It evaluates the
epistemological assumptions o f behaviorism,
the empirical support for these assumptions,
and the social and political implications of
behaviorist analysis. Special attention is paid to
the articulation of alternative epistemological
assumptions as potential frameworks for em­
pirical psychology.
Open to advanced students in philosophy
and/or psychology.

64. Modes of Psychotherapy.

90. Practicum in Clinical Psychology.

A survey o f the theories, techniques, and goals
of various modes of psychotherapy, including
psychodynamic approaches, behavior therapy,
humanistic therapies, cognitive therapy, and
family therapy. Other topics include research
on the effects of psychotherapy, the ethics and
politics o f psychotherapy, and the community
mental health movement.
Prerequisite: Psychology 38.
Spring semester. Marecek.

An opportunity for advanced psychology
students to gain supervised experience working
in off-campus research projects or clinical
settings. Informal seminars meet to consider
practical, theoretical, and ethical issues arising
from participants’ experiences. Course re­
quirements and evaluations are tailored to
individual projects. Advance arrangements for
placements should be made in consultation
with the instructor.
Spring semester. Marecek.

63. Special Topics in Cognitive
Psychology.

65. Political Psychology.
A psychological examination o f individuals’

175

Psychology

91. Research Practicum in
Physiological Psychology.
Research on the neural and chemical bases of
learning and memory. Current theories are
discussed. Special topics include: interhemispheric transfer, memory consolidation, and
recovery from retrograde amnesia. In seminar
format.
Prerequisite: Psychology 30. By application.
Fall semester. Schneider.

94. Independent Research.
Students conduct independent research pro­
jects. They typically study problems with
which they are already familiar from their
course work. Students must submit a written
report of their work. Registration for Indepen­
dent Research requires the sponsorship o f a
faculty member who agrees to supervise the
work.
Each semester. Staff.

95. Tutorial.
Any student may, with the consent o f a
member o f the department, work under a
tutorial arrangement for a single semester. The
student is thus allowed to select a topic of
particular interest, and in consultation with a

faculty member, prepare a reading list and
work plan. Tutorial work may include field
research outside Swarthmore.
Each semester. Staff.

96,97. Senior Paper.
W ith the permission of the Department,
students may do a comprehensive research
paper in their senior year—in lieu of compre­
hensive exams. Such students are expected to
take the course both semesters. The course
includes: (a) carrying out a research project
with the advice of a faculty sponsor and (b)
taking part in a joint discussion group that will
share the problems o f each stage o f their
research. It is helpful for such students to
develop a general plan by the end of the junior
year. By application.
Both semesters.

98. History and Systems of Psychology.
Intended to provide integration of different
fields of psychology and to offer majors one
way to meet the comprehensive requirement.
Historical treatment concentrates on the major
systematic points of view. Special considera­
tion is given to problems overlapping several
areas o f psychology.
Spring semester. Peabody.

SEMINARS
104. Individual in Society.

109. Physiological Psychology.

An analysis o f the relationship between people
and their society. Basic social processes are
discussed, including the understanding of
other persons, theories o f cognitive consist­
ency, group influence and conformity. Applica­
tions to political attitudes, group prejudices,
the relation of attitudes and personality, and
the relation o f psychology to the social sciences
are also considered.
Fall semester. Peabody.

An analysis o f the neural bases o f motivation,
emotion, learning, memory and language.
Generalizations derived from neurobehavioral
relations will be brought to bear on clinical
issues. Two credits.
Spring semester. Schneider.

105. Personality.
An exploration o f general theories o f human
functioning from Freud to the present. Special
attention is given to the empirical, intellectual,
ideological and pragmatic basis o f competing
theoretical perspectives.
Spring semester. Gergen.

107. Language and Thought.
See Linguistics 107.
Not offered 1982-83.

176

118. Philosophy of Psychology.
See Philosophy 118.
Lacey.

131a and b. Learning and Behavior
Theory.
See description o f Psychology 31. Students are
expected to attend lectures given in Psychology
31, and to participate in the laboratory. The
second part o f the seminar (131b) considers in
depth special topics o f interest discussed in the
first part o f the seminar. One credit each
semester.
Not offered 1982-83.

132a and b. Perception.

138a and b. Abnormal Psychology.

A study in depth o f selected topics in human
perception. Major theories and experimental
data will direct our exploration o f the roles o f
inborn mechanisms and inferential processes
in producing perceptual experience. Adult
visual perception o f form, space, motion and
their interrelations will be major concerns.
Intersensory coordination, some auditory per­
ception and perceptual adaptation will also be
treated. Psychology 132a meets with Psychol­
ogy 32. The second part o f the seminar ( 132b)
explores topics o f interest discussed in the first
part o f the seminar. One credit each semester.
Both semesters. Keliman.

See Psychology 38. Psychology 138a meets
with Psychology 38, Spring. The second part of
the seminar (138b, Fall) considers in depth
topics o f interest discussed in the first part of
the seminar. One credit each semester.
Both semesters. Marecek.
See description o f Psychology 39. Students are
expected to attend and take part in Psychology
39. The second part o f the seminar (139b)
considers in depth special topics o f interest
discussed in the first part of the seminar. One
credit each semester.
Both semesters.

133a and b. Cognitive Psychology.

180. Thesis.

An intensive study of higher mental processes.
Specific topics may include mental representa­
tion, memory organization, attention and con­
sciousness, concept formation, reading, think­
ing and problem-solving. Psychology 133a
meets with Psychology 33. The second part of
the seminar (133b) considers in depth special
topics o f interest discussed in the first part of
the seminar. One credit each semester.
Both semesters. Keliman.

May be presented as a substitute for one
seminar provided some member o f the Depart­
ment is available to undertake the direction of
the thesis. May be taken either as a 2-credit,
1-semester course or as a 2-semester course for
one credit each semester. Students writing a
thesis are expected to attend the weekly
meetings of senior paper students during the
semester(s) they are enrolled for Thesis.
Each semester. All members o f the Department.

139a and b. Child Development

MASTER’S DEGREE
A limited number o f students may be accepted
for graduate study toward the Master’s degree
in general psychology (see p. 56). Students
receiving the Bachelor’s degree from Swarthmore are not normally eligible to enter this
program.
The program o f work for the Master’s degree

requires the completion o f four seminars (as
listed above), or their equivalent. One o f the
seminars must be a research seminar leading to
a thesis. The work of the seminars is judged by
external examiners. The requirements for the
Master’s degree can normally be completed in
one year.

177

Public Policy

Coordinator: RICHARD L RUBIN f

The concentration in Public Policy enables
students to combine work in several depart­
ments toward critical understanding o f and
some practical competence in issues o f public
policy such as social welfare, health, energy^and
national defense. The focus o f the substantive
seminars or courses is on the development,
formulation, implementation, and evaluation
o f public policy decisisons. The departments
centrally concerned with the concentration are
Economics, Engineering, and Political Science;
but work in other departments is decidedly

pertinent to the concentration. Faculty mem­
bers from other departments may be directly
involved in the concentration, and course or
seminar offerings from other departments may,
in certain circumstances, meet requirements
for the concentration. Some competence in
formal or quantitative methods is required for
students concentrating in Public Policy, but
work in the concentration also, and at least
equally, emphasizes historical, institutional,
and normative analysis or understanding.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The concentration in Public Policy is not a
major. It may be taken together with a Course
or External Examination (Honors) major in
any field, and it can be combined most
integrally with a major in one or more o f the
participating departments of Economics, En­
gineering or Political Science. At a minimum,
the concentration consists o f certain course
requirements, totaling six credits and an intern­
ship. The program o f each concentrator should
be worked out in consultation with the
Coordinator o f the Public Policy Program and
approved by the Coordinator, preferably at the
same time as majors in the Course and Honors
Programs are planned. Students who wish to
concentrate in Public Policy are urged to
complete the introductory, prerequisite courses
in two or more o f the participating departments
by the end o f their sophomore year.
Academic requirements for the concentration
include three preparatory courses: Economics
20 (Economic Theory) or Economics 22
(Public Finance), Political Science 51 (Public
Administration), or 51A (Public Law and
Public Administration), or 5 IB (Topics in
Public Administration and Policy), and at least
one course in quantitative analysis. This last
requirement may be met by Mathematics 1
(Statistics for Observational Data), Mathe­
matics 23 (Statistics), Economics 4 (Statistics
for Economists), Engineering/Economics 57
(Operations Research), and Economics 108
(Econometrics) or any equivalent honors
course.
f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1983.

178

Two courses, colloquia, or seminars specific to
the Public Policy concentration and dealing
with certain substantive sectors or institutional
aspects o f public policy are required, and at
least one o f these will be a double credit
offering. For students entering the program
after January 1982, those seminars or courses
offered for double credit can be taken only
after all prerequisites for the concentration
have been taken. These offerings will be taught
jointly by faculty members from two different
departments. A larger number o f policy courses
will be available each year which can be taken
subject to the requirements of each instructor.
Only those seminars or courses designated as
double credit may be taken as units in the
external examination program.
Students able to do pertinent work beyond
these requirements are encouraged to do so.
Highly desirable, though not required, is some
course or seminar work dealing with questions
o f public law and political philosophy, such as
Political Science 57 (Jurisprudence), and Poli­
tical Science 62 (Economics, Justice and Law).
In special circumstances, students with ade­
quate and appropriate alternative preparation
(as might be the case for some natural science
students) may request that such preparation be
substituted for courses normally required in
the concentration. Approval o f such requests,
as for approval o f internships, will be the
responsibility o f the coordinator and the
committee on public policy studies.

INTERNSHIP
Some direct experience or practical responsi­
bility in the field, through work in a public,
private, or voluntary agency, is required for
graduation with a concentration in public
policy. This requirement may be met by
completing an internship during either a
semester or a summer or both. Normally,
students will hold internships between their
junior and senior years. The internship pro­
gram is supervised by the faculty member
serving as coordinator of the concentration,
and specific opportunities may be worked out
for the students.
The Following Courses Are Offered

Engineering/Political Science 66.
Energy Policy.

Economics/Political Science 67.
Social Insurance and Welfare Policy.

Engineering/Political Science 68.
Environmental Policy.

Political Science 69.
Defense Policy.

Economics/Political Science 91.
Macroeconomic Policy and American Political
Institutions.

Political Science 92.
Race, Ethnicity and Public Policy.

Economics/Political Science 58.
Health Policy.

ELIGIBILITY
The concentration is open to students majoring
in any field, although students in the social and
natural sciences are likely to be able to meet the
requirements most readily. Any student with
acceptable preparation is welcome to under­

take work in a public policy course, subject to
the priority for concentrators. For students
concentrating in Public Policy and reading for
Honors, certain work in the concentration may
be eligible for external examination.

179

Religion
PATRICK HENRY, Professor and Acting Chair (second semester)
J. WILLIAM FROST, Professor and Director of the Friends Historical Library
DONALD K. SWEARER, Professor
P. LINWOOD URRAN, JR., Professor and Chairf
ARTHUR I. WASKOW, Visiting Lecturer***
MICHAEL P. LEVINE, Lecturerft
DEMARIS WEHR, Lecturer**
Religion as a field o f study encompasses
historical religious traditions and varied di­
mensions o f human experience on social and
personal levels evidenced at all times and in all
forms o f human society. Because of the diverse
and pervasive nature of religion, several meth­
odologies have evolved for its study, including
the skills o f historical investigation, textual
criticism, philosophical analysis, and empirical
description. Added to these skills is the
important ingredient o f empathy toward the
claims religious persons make regarding what
they have perceived to be ultimately real. Focus
for the several methodologies is provided by
dividing the subject matter into two broad
areas: the Religious Traditions o f the West, and
the Religious Traditions o f Asia.
Any course numbered 1 through 9 may be
taken as introductory to other courses in the
Department. Successful completion o f one of
these courses is normally required for admis­
sion to courses numbered 10 and above. The
normal prerequisite for religion as a Course
major, or an External Examination major or
minor, is completion o f two courses.
The major in Religion is planned through
consultation with faculty members in the
Department. Majors in both the Course and
the External Examination Programs select an
area o f concentration — either Religious
Traditions o f the West or Religious Traditions
o f Asia — but also do some work in the other
area. For advanced work in some areas of
religion, foreign language facility is desirable.
An important part o f the Course major is the
production o f a sustained piece o f writing.
Normally, students in the Course program will
elect the Senior Comprehensive Paper. How­
ever, with the consent o f the Department,
students may substitute a two-credit Thesis.
f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1983.
**Fall semester, 1982.

180

1. Patterns of Western Religions.
An investigation o f the religious teaching and
practice o f the Jewish, Catholic, and Protestant
traditions. Both classical and contemporary
sources will be studied. There will be occasion­
al guest lecturers, and visits to synagogues and
churches. This course will be a Writing Course
o f 1.5 credits (see p. 49).
Fall semester. Henry.

2. Patterns of Asian Religions.
An introduction to the study o f religion
through an examination of selected teachings
and practices o f the religious traditions of India
and China structured as patterns of religious
life. Material is taken primarily from Hinduism
and Buddhism in India, and Confucianism and
Taoism in China.
Spring semester. Swearer.

3. Introduction to the Hebrew
Scriptures.
A comprehensive introduction to the Hebrew
Scriptures (Old Testament), leading to an
understanding of the development and variety
o f religious institutions, practices and beliefs in
ancient Israel.
Fall semester. Henry.

4. Introduction to the New Testament.
A comprehensive introduction to the New
Testament, leading to an understanding of
continuities and transformations in the emer­
gence o f Christianity and its development
during the first century.
Spring semester. Henry.

5. Problems of Religious Thought.
The purpose of this course is to study various
answers to the chief religious problems o f the
twentieth century. Problems include: the na­
ture o f religious experience, the existence of
God, religion and morality, science and religion,
and the problem o f evil. Answers include those
f t Spring semeter, 1983.

given by Martin Buber, William James, Rein­
hold Niebuhr, Paul Tillich and others. Students
are encouraged to find their own answers and
to work out their own religious beliefs.
Fall semester. Urban. Spring semester. Staff.

6. War and Peace.
An analysis o f the moral issues posed by war,
with consideration o f the arguments for holy
wars, just wars, defensive wars, pacifism, and
the sanctity o f life. The study o f America’s
wars from the Revolution to Vietnam will
show our nation’s responses to organized
violence.
Fall semester. Frost.

10. The Hindu Tradition.
An analysis o f the Hindu religious tradition
structured around the classical paths o f action
(karm a), knowledge (jnana), and devotion
(bhakti). The course includes analyses of
various mythic, poetic, and didactic texts,
selected rituals, representative institutions,
and symbolic expressions in art and archi­
tecture.
Not offered 1982-83. Swearer.

authority, mysticism and community are ex­
plored.
Not offered 1982-83. Swearer.

14. Philosophy of Religion.
An investigation o f the nature of religious
faith, the problem o f religious knowledge,
concepts o f deity, the problem o f evil, and the
relationship o f religion to ethics. Both critics
and supporters o f traditional religious perspec­
tives will be studied. (Crosslisted as Philos­
ophy 16.)
Spring semester. Staff.

15. Moses: History, Tradition,
Interpretation.
An investigation of the interplay of history,
myth, philosophy, ritual, and society in the
origin and development of religious tradition
and understanding, through a study o f the
figure of Moses as he appears in various
religious contexts (e.g., Hebrew Scriptures,
Philo, New Testament, Rabbinic literature, the
Qur’an, art and music).
Not offered 1982-83. Henry.

11. The Buddhist Tradition:

16. The Apostolic Age.

A study o f selected facets o f the worldviews of
the three major schools o f Asian Buddhism
(Theravada, Mahayana, Vajrayana). The course
includes analyses o f various mythic, poetic,
didactic texts, selected rituals, representative
institutions, and symbolic expressions in art
and architecture.
Fall semester. Swearer.

Investigation o f several key questions about
the development of the Christian community
to the middle of the second century. Particular
attention is paid to the nature of the sources,
and to both traditional and novel ways of
analyzing those materials. Among the topics
considered are: the Jewish matrix o f Christian
origins; Gnosticism; the Pauline churches;
martyrdom.
Not offered 1982-83. Henry.

12. Religious Autobiography.
Autobiography as a genre o f religious literature
and as a way o f understanding the religious
experience of men and women. Methods and
problems of studying religious autobiography
as well as how religious experience is affected
by culture, religious tradition, and sex will be
considered. Autobiographies to be read in­
clude Augustine, C.S. Lewis, Malcolm X,
Gandhi, Schweitzer, Basho, and Merton.
Not offered 1982-83. Henry.

13. Comparative Religious Mysticism.
Mysticism is studied as a distinctive phenome­
non within the religious traditions o f Asia and
the West. The writings o f particular mystics,
e.g., Eckhart, the Baal-shem, al Din Rumi,
Ramakrishna, are studied and such problems
as mystic states of consciousness, language and
mysticism, the mystic and traditional religious

17. History of Religion in America.
An examination of religious ideas and practices
of Americans from the 17th until the 20th
century. Particular emphasis is placed upon the
effects o f religious pluralism, immigrant
churches, the challenge o f Darwinism, and the
relation between the church and reform move­
ments from Puritanism to Progressivism.
Spring semester. Frost.

18. Quakerism.
The history o f the distinctive religious and
social ideas o f the Friends from the time of
George Fox until the present. Particular atten­
tion is paid to differences in the development
of Quakerism in England and America.
Not offered 1982-83. Frost.

181

Religion

19. Existentialism and Religious Belief.
A study o f one o f the most influential
philosophical movements o f the twentieth
century and its impact on religious thought.
Amongst philosophers attention is given to the
writings o f Edmund Husserl, Martin Heidegger,
andJean-Paul Sartre. Amongst religious think­
ers the writings o f Rudolf Bultmann, Jolm
Macquarrie, Karl Rahner, and Paul Tillich are
read.Spring semester. Staff.

23. Religious and Spiritual
Groups in Modern America.
An examination of selected religious groups in
modern America which stand outside the
Jewish and Christian mainstream. Groups
studied will include Theosophy, Western
Vedanta, American Buddhism, and Syncretistic
Christianity. Analysis o f their teachings and
practices, reasons for their development and
appeal, their relationship to American religion
and culture. The course will include fieldwork
with groups in the Philadelphia area.
Fall semester. Swearer.

24. Women’s Perspectives on Religion.
This course will examine feminist criticism of
traditional religious structures. Works by
Mary Daly, Rosemary Ruether, Carol Christ,
Naomi Goldenberg and others will be read.
Each student will prepare a final project and
keep an intellectual journal recording the
student’s interaction with the reading. Further
perspective on the feminist challenge to pre­
vailing religious world-views will be provided
by sociological studies, in particular Peter
Berger’s The Sacred Canopy.
Fall semester. Wehr.

25. Martin Buber and his Critics.
A study of the impact o f the many facets of
Martin Buber’s thought as seen through his
own writings and those o f his critics. Among
the areas to be examined are Buber’s social and
political ideas, his views on Jewish identity and
Zionism, as well as his Biblical and religious
studies and his philosophy o f I and Thou.
Fall semester. Waskow

30. Religion as a Cultural Institution.
See Sociology and Anthropology 30.

31. Indian Religious Literature.
An introduction to the classical literatures and
languages o f Hinduism and early Buddhism.

182

The course focuses on the B hagavadpita o f the
Hindu tradition and the D ham m apada o f the
Buddhist tradition. Study is in bilingual texts
with traditional commentaries, and includes an
elementary examination o f relevant structures
and vocabulary o f the Sanskrit and Pali
languages. Not a language course as such but of
relevance to an understanding o f Indo-Euro­
pean.
Not offered 1982-83. Swearer.

32. Religion in East Asia.
The major religous traditions of East Asia
studied against the social and cultural back­
ground o f Japan. Particular attention is given to
the appropriation and later development of
classical Chinese Buddhist, Confucian, and
Taoist traditions; religion, nationalism, and
state Shinto; religion and modes of Japanese
aesthetics; and the development of new reli­
gions in the 20th Century.
Not offered 1982-83. Swearer.

33. The Reformation.
A study o f the doctrinal, ecclesiastical, and
political effects stemming from the reforma­
tion o f the Roman Catholic Church in western
Europe in the period from 1500 until 1688,
focusing on Luther, Calvin, the Anabaptists,
the Henrician settlement, and Puritanism.
Topics considered include the relationship
between church and state, revelation and
science, and the emergence o f toleration.
Not offered 1982-83. Frost.

34. Religion in the 19th Century.
What were the effects in religious thought and
sensibility o f new ways o f understanding
history, society, nature, and the psyche that
developed in the nineteenth century? Repre­
sentative figures, such as Schleiermacher, New­
man, A rnold, Em erson, Khom yakov,
Troeltsch, Schweitzer, and the development of
distinctive schools o f thought within Judaism,
are considered in some detail.
Not offered 1982-83. Henry.

35. Formation of Christian Doctrine.
A study of the formation and classical expres­
sion of the doctrines of the Trinity, Incarnation,
Atonement, Original Sin, and the Sacraments
as found in Scripture and the Early and
Medieval Church. Toward the end o f the
semester students are given the opportunity to
expound and evaluate the views of 19th and

20th century thinkers on these major themes.
Such thinkers could include: K. Barth, M.
Buber, R. Bultmann, K. Rahner, R Schleiermacher, and P. Tillich.
Not offered 1982-83. Urban.

37. Faith and Reason in the Middle
Ages.
A study o f the interaction between religious
faith and philosophical inquiry from Augustine
to the 15th Century. Attention is paid to
specific problems such as the nature and
existence o f God, providence, analogy, and
universals and to outstanding thinkers such as
Anselm, Aquinas, and Ockham. Although the
primary emphasis is historical, attention is
given to the contemporary relevance o f medi­
eval thought.
Fall semester. Urban.

42. Religion and Literature.
(Crosslisted as English 59 .) This course will
explore the interactions and tensions between a
tragic view of existence and Christian theology,
addressing the problem o f theodicy—a God
who is just and good presiding over a world full
of evil and injustice—in two ways: ( 1 ) using the
tragic vision as a mode of apprehending God’s

more mysterious dealings with human beings,
and (2) evaluating the relevance, or irrelevance,
o f the Christian theological system to literary
tragedy.
Prerequisites: introductory courses in both
English Literature (2 -13) and Religion (1 -9 ) or
their equivalents.
Spring semester. Henry and Snyder.

93. Directed Reading.
Staff.

95. Tutorial.
Staff.

96. Thesis.
Majors in Course may, with Departmental
permission, write a two-credit thesis.

97. Senior Paper.
Senior majors in Course will normally write a
one-credit paper as the major part o f their
comprehensive requirement.
Spring semester. Staff.
Courses offered occasionally:

Religions of the Oppressed
Monasticism East and West
Religion and Science

PREPARATION FOR EXTERNAL EXAMINATIONS
The Department will arrange External Exami­
nations in the following areas, to be prepared
for in the ways indicated.

Preparation by seminar:
Religious Perspectives East and West
(Seminar: 101).
An examination of the nature and structure of
religious systems through the study o f seminal
thinkers or schools o f thought as they influ­
enced and were shaped by the traditions of
which they were a part. Thinkers considered
include Nagarjuna, Shankara, Ramanuja,
Thomas Aquinas, Spinoza, and Kierkegaard.
(This paper is required o f all students declaring
a Religion Major in their External Examination
Program.)
Spring semester. Swearer.

Christianity and Classical Culture
(Seminar: 102).
A study o f the development o f Christian

thought and institutions to the fifth century in
the context o f Greco-Roman religion and
society. Readings in Lucretius, Apuleius, Plu­
tarch, and Hellenistic religious texts, in Philo
and the Dead Sea Scrolls, and in early Christian
writers such as Justin Martyr, Tertullian,
Origen, Athanasius, Ambrose, Augustine.
Spring semester. Henry.

Asian Religious Thought
(Seminar: 103).
A study o f seminal writings in India and China
which have had a decisive influence on the
religious traditions o f these two cultures. The
traditions considered are: Vedanta, SamkhyaYoga, Mahayana Buddhism, Confucianism, and
Taoism.
Fall semester. Swearer.

Religion in Southeast Asia
(Seminar: 104).
An analysis of Theravada Buddhism as a part of
the cultural traditions o f Sri Lanka, Burma,

183

Religion

and Thailand. The seminar is structured in
terms o f three different contexts: national,
village, and urban. The themes dominating
these contexts are national integration, syn­
cretism, and modernization.
Not offered 1982-83. Swearer.

America. Topics include patterns Of conver­
sion, millennialism, personal and corporate
ethics, rituals, and theology.
Not offered 1982-83. Frost.

Religion and Society (Seminar: 105).

Representative thinkers and schools o f thought
in the present century. These include Karl
Barth, Martin Buber, Rudolph Bultmann, Karl
Rahner, Paul Tillich, and A.N. Whitehead.
Not offered 1982-83. Urban.

An examination o f the interaction between
religious values and institutions and society in
different cultural contexts and time periods.
Major concentration on the English Civil War,
late nineteenth-century Africa, and modern

Contemporary Religious Thought
(Seminar: 106).

Preparation by combinations o f courses:
Indian Religion

The Protestant Traditions

The Hindu Tradition (Swearer)
Indian Religious Literature (Swearer)

The Reformation (Frost)
History of Religion in American (Frost)

Buddhism

Preparation by course and attachment:

The Ruddhist Tradition (Swearer)
Religion in East Asia (Swearer)
A postolic Faith and A postolic Tradition
The Apostolic Age (Henry)

Early Judaism

Early Judaism (Samuel T. Lachs — Bryn
Mawr College)

Formation of Christian Doctrine (Urban)

Modem Jew ish Thought

Christian Thought to Aquinas

Martin Buber and His Critics (Waskow)

Formation of Christian Doctrine (Urban)
Faith and Reason in the Middle Ages

Philosophy o f Religion

(Urban)
The Age o f Faith and the Age o f Reformation
Formation of Christian Doctrine (Urban)
The Reformation (Frost)
Reform ation, Enlightenment, Romanticism:
The Twentieth-Century Background
The Reformation (Frost)

Philosophy of Religion (Urban)
Preparation by Thesis:
Students who declare a major in Religion in
their External Examination Program may, with
permission o f the Department, offer a thesis as
one o f their External Examination papers.

Religion in the Nineteenth Century
(Henry)

COURSES COMPLEMENTING RELIGION OFFERINGS AT SWARTHMORE
BRYN MAWR COLLEGE:

201a. Topics in Bible Literature.
Lachs.

103a and 104a. History and Literature
of the Bible.

HAVERFORD COLLEGE:

Lachs.

001. Elementary Hebrew.
Rabi.

101. Readings in the Hebrew Bible.
Rabi.

184

215a. Modern Critics of Christianity.
Thiemann.

310a. Life and Theology of Martin Luther.
Luman.

Sociology and
Anthropology
JENNIE KEITH, Professorlj.
ASMAROM LEGESSE, Professor
STEVEN I. PIKER, Professor and Chairman
HANS-EBERHARD MULLER, Associate Professor§§
PHILIP McMICHAEL, Assistant Professor
BRAULIO MUNOZ, Assistant Professor
JOY CHARLTON, Instructor

Although Sociology and Anthropology arose
initially out o f divergent historical traditions,
they are engaged in a common task. Studies in
the Department are directed toward the discovery of the general principles which help to
explain the order, meaning, and coherence of
human social and cultural life. To that end,
work in the Department will emphasize the
comparative analysis o f societies and social
institutions; the structure and functioning of

human communities; the principles o f social
organization and disorganization; and the con­
ditions which tend to foster continuity and
change, consensus and conflict. Emphasis will
also be laid on the relevance o f Sociology and
Anthropology to social problems in the mod­
ern age, particularly to the question o f the
nature, conditions, and limits of human free­
dom.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Courses numbered 1 through 12 as well as 24,
may serve as points o f entry for students
wishing to begin work in the Department.
Students may take more than one entry course.
Enrollment in these courses is unrestricted,
and completion o f one o f them will normally
be prerequisite to all other work in the Depart­
ment (the following courses may, with permis­
sion o f the instructor, be taken without
prerequisite: 3 0 ,4 7 ). Applicants for major will
normally be expected to have completed at

least two courses in the Department. Course
majors will complete a minimum o f eight units
o f work in the Department, including a doublecredit thesis tutorial to be taken during the fall
and spring semesters o f the senior year, as well
as course 50. Course majors normally will be
expected to complete course 50 no later than
the spring semester o f the junior year. Prospec­
tive majors may take the course during the
sophomore year. Majors in the external exam­
iners program are required to take S 6 l A 50.

AREAS OF SPECIAL CONCENTRATION IN SOCIOLOGY AND
ANTHROPOLOGY
Teaching and research interests o f members of
the Department cluster so as to create a num­
ber o f subject matter areas within or between
the two disciplines in which students may take
a concentration o f work, in course or seminar
format, or both. The Department here identi­
fies these general areas and the faculty members
who work within them, and encourages stu­

dents interested in them to meet with one or
more o f the indicated Department members to
explore program o f study possibilities.
A) Social Theory and Social Philosophy
(McMichael, Mueller, Munoz)
B ) Cultural Ecology, Human Adaptation, and
Human Evolution (Legesse, Piker)

^Absent on leave, 1982-83.
§§Inactive, 1982-83.

185

Sociology and Anthropology

C ) Post-Industrial Society (Charlton, Mueller,
McMichael)
D ) Cultural and Ethnic Pluralism (Keith,
Legesse, McMichael)
E) Psychology and Culture (Legesse, Piker,
Charlton)
F ) Sociology o f Art and Intellectual Life
(Mueller, Munoz)
G ) Modernization and Development in the
West and non-Western World (Keith,
Legesse, McMichael)
H) Inequality (Charlton, Legesse, McMichael,
Mueller)
I) Life Cycle (Keith, Legesse, Piker)

1. Modern America: Culture, Society
and State.
The analysis o f the central patterns and
processes o f modern America. Topics include
the evolution of corporate capitalism; class,
power and ethnicity; inequality and meritoc­
racy; political parties, ideology and participa­
tion, mass culture and intellectuals.
Spring semester. McMichael.

2. Introduction to Social and Cultural
Change.
The course has two themes. First, it examines
how simpler societies maintain an intimate and
stable relationship with the natural world,
whereas modern societies are faced with major
upheavals associated with rapid population
growth, economic development, and ecological
degradation. Second, the course focuses on
social movements, prophetism, communalism,
anarchism, and alienation as responses to
economic and ecological crisis and as forces of
social transformation. Students will participate
in an ethnographic encounter session as an
experiment in cross-cultural communication.
Spring semester. Legesse.

3. Creation of Community.
The process through which both the structures
and the feelings o f community are created, the
conditions which promote or obstruct that
creative process, and the consequences for the
individuals who participate in it, will be
examined through comparison o f community
formation in a variety o f settings: utopias,
kibbutzim, retirement villages, suburbs, mental
institutions.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. Keith.

4. Human Society: Whence and Whither?
The course invites attention to the develop­

186

ment o f societies from simple gathering and
hunting bands to complex industrial systems.
The major societal types will be analyzed with
the basic concepts o f sociology and anthro­
pology, especially those bearing on transfor­
mation o f societal life in the areas o f kinship,
socialization, work, distribution o f goods and
privileges, authority, myth and ritual. The
emphasis will be on processes of change and on
long lines o f historical development.
This course is designated Freshman Seminar. It
will meet once a week for three hours, and class
sessions will consist mainly o f discussion.
Enrollment limited.
|
Fall semester. Mueller, Piker.

7. Sex Roles, Power, and Identity.
An exploration o f the social, political, and
psychological implications o f gender, drawing
on socio-biological, cross-cultural, and histori­
cal materials. The primary emphasis will be
placed on developments in contemporary
America.
Fall Semester. Charlton.

10. Human Evolution.
This course emphasizes the humatn condition,
or culture, as a mode of adaptation to be seen in
evolutionary perspective. Topics to be treated
include: the relationship o f Hominids o f the
Order o f the Primates; stages in the evolution
o f humankind; and the evolution of distinctive­
ly cultural systems o f behavior. Special empha­
sis will be given to the evolution o f language,
the evolution o f the family and incest taboos,
and bio-evolutionary theses on human nature.
Fall semester. Piker.

11. Sociological Dimensions of
Literature.
This course analyzes the relationship between
the literary act and society from a sociological
perspective. Topics examined include: a) social
factors making for the rise of literary genres (an
extensive analysis o f the rise o f the European
novel is undertaken); b) social factors under­
lying the rise and fall o f literary "schools” or
"movements” ; c) effects o f the social position
of the writer on his work; d) role o f the public
in literary production; e) the patterns of
distribution and consumption of literary goods.
The class also analyzes major contemporary
literary products.
Prerequisite: Entry-level course or permission
of the instructor.
Not offered 1982-83. Munoz.

24. Psychological Anthropology.
Sometimes called culture and personality, this
field explores the relationship between the
individual and his or her culture. The course
treats the following issues: a) the psychological,
or symbolic, capacities presupposed by culture;
b) socialization, or the transmission o f culture
from generation to generation; c) the cultural
distribution o f personality traits; and d) culture
and mental health. Case materials will be
principally, but not exclusively, non-Western,
and the cross-cultural study o f child rearing
will receive particular emphasis.
Entry level course.
Spring semester. Piker.

26. The Research Experience.
Introduction to the process of research on
human social life: creation of research ques­
tions, strategies for obtaining evidence, tech­
niques o f evaluating hypotheses. The roles of
theory, ethical issues, and cultural and histori­
cal context in the research enterprise will be
addressed. Students will engage in research
activities, and members o f the department will
visit the class to discuss their own research
experiences.
Spring semester. Charlton.

27. Afro-American Culture and
Society.
Black culture is examined at several stages o f its
development in the twentieth century — as a
culture of survival, assimilation, pan-African­
ism, prophetism, nationalism, and revolution.
The sociology of Black American communities
is viewed in terms o f the lifecycle, family
structure, associational life, religious institu­
tions, and class structure, and how these
systems react to racism, urban migration,
economic deprivation, and political change.
Fall semester. Legesse.

30. Religion as a Cultural Institution.
(Cross-listed as Religion 30.) The focus is
exclusively cross-cultural, and case materials
will be drawn from both civilized and preliterate
traditions. The following topics will be taken
up: the content of religious symbolism, religion
as a force for both social stability and social
change, and the psychological bases for reli­
gious belief.
Spring semester. Piker.

33. Ecology and Society.
Examination o f different types o f ecological

conditions and how they influence pastoral,
agricultural, peri-urban and urban social sys­
tems. Special attention will be given to the
world food crisis, to climatic change, demo­
graphic pressures, environmental degradation
and a wide range of adaptive strategies that
have developed in response to ecological stress.
Fall semester. Legesse.

36. Peoples and Cultures of Africa.
An introduction to traditional and modem
Africa with emphasis on representative societies
from East and West Africa. The course
examines pre-colonial political and social insti­
tutions, African responses to colonial domina­
tion, and the impact o f urbanization and
economic development during the post-colo­
nial period.
Fall semester. Legesse.

43. Society and Culture in Spanish
America.
The relationship between society and culture
in Spanish America. Recent and historical
developments in social stratification and ethnic
relations will be considered as crucial factors
underlying Spanish-American culture. Particu­
lar attention will be given to Spanish-American
social thought as evidenced in social sciences
research, theology, philosophy, and literature.
Fall semester. Munoz.

44. Social Stratification.
Comparative study o f structured social in­
equality, processes of class formation, and
conditions of class conflict since the industrial
revolution.
Fall semester. McMichael.

45. Field Studies in Primate Rehavior.
(Cross-listed as Biology 45.) An investigation
of primate ethology as studied in the animal’s
natural environment. Particular emphasis will
be placed on those studies relating social
behavior to habitat or population stress. The
course will include both lecture and seminar
format; although there is no scheduled labora­
tory, students will be expected to participate in
at least one field trip.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 or one introductory
level course in Sociology/Anthropology giving
an appropriate background in anthropology.
Fall semester. Williams.

46. Political Anthropology.
This course will utilize the comparative per­
spective of anthropology to study the ways in

187

Sociology and Anthropology

which authority is acquired and accepted as
legitimate, the ways in which decisions are
made or avoided, and the ways in which
conflict is defined, mediated, and resolved or
extended. Subject matter will include political
communities in various cultural contexts and
at various levels o f social and technological
complexity.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83. Keith.

47. Education and Society.
(Cross-listed with Educ. 47.) This course will
explore the social and cultural functions and
consequences o f formal and informal education
in both Western and non-Western societies.
Modes of intended and unintended socializa­
tion within the school and outside will be
examined. A range o f factors which can
promote or inhibit learning will be explored
and linked to educational performance. Topics
include: school as an agent o f social mobility
and its relationship with the community; the
school as a social system and the dynamics of
classroom life; and the behavioral and academic
outcomes o f curricular innovation. Students
will be required to conduct weekly field work
in an educational setting.
Fall semester. Frances Schwartz.

49. The Meaning of Work: Sociology of
Occupations and Professions.
This course will take up theory and research
pertaining to the social organization o f work
and the meaning o f work experience in modern
societies. Among the topics to be discussed are
the concept o f career, the nature o f worksatisfaction, the process of professionalization,
degrees o f commitment to work, the relation­
ship o f work and leisure, mid-life career change
and retirement, both voluntary and involun­
tary. Occupational subcultures to be studied
will include several types o f industrial workers,
law, medicine, education, and the military.
Special attention will be devoted to the rela­
tionship o f work and family life, and to the
problems associated with the work of women.
Spring semester. Charlton.

Course majors during their junior year. It is
open to non-majors, though freshman and
sophomores must have permission of the
Department chairman.
Spring semester. Muñoz, Piker.

55. Aging in Society.
The course will examine aging from a crosscultural perspective with the goal o f distin­
guishing universal aspects of the aging process
from the diverse effects o f social and cultural
context on roles o f older people and the use of
age as a principle o f group definition. Specific
problems will include relations between gen­
erations, political organization o f older people,
and the role o f older people in the family and
the household.
Fall semester. Not offered 1982-83. Keith

56. Urban Anthropology.
Cross-cultural, comparative study of social life
in cities, with particular emphasis on bases and
strategies of group formation and maintenance,
e.g., kinship, ethnicity, friendship, residential
separation, ritual. Readings represent a wide
range o f societies both geographically and
culturally; and all students in the course will do
a field ‘work project.
Not offered 1982-83. Keith.

60. Spanish American Society
Through Its Novel.
(Also listed as SAL 60 — see Modern Lan­
guages.) This course will explore the relation­
ship between society and the novel in Spanish
America. Selected works by Carlos Fuentes,
Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel Garcia Márquez,
Miguel Angel Asturias and others will be
discussed in conjunction with sociological
patterns in contemporary Spanish America.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83. Hassettand
Muñoz.

62. Political Sociology.
Study of political elites, political institutions,
normal politics, and protest movements from
the perspective o f comparative historical soci­
ology.
Not offered 1982-83. Mueller.

50. Intellectual Foundations of
Contemporary Sociology and
Anthropology.

63. Power, Authority and Conflict: The
Making of the Modern State.

Examination of fundamental and recurrent
theoretical issues in sociology and anthropol­
ogy, from the perspective o f intellectual his­
tory. This course will normally be taken by

Theoretical and historical-comparative exami­
nation o f the origins o f power and its mechan­
isms in forging the modern state; forms of
social resistance; and perspectives on the

188

current crisis o f American political democracy.
Fall semester. McMichael.

66. Urban Sociology: The Social Life of
Cities.
Placing the American metropolis in developmental and comparative context, this survey of
urban life considers: classical theories of the
city; the city and the rise o f capitalism; third
world urbanization; cultural production and
change; the ideology o f private life in America;
the politics o f race and ethnicity; regional
imbalance, fiscal crisis, and public policy;
poverty and social disorder; the city as meta­
phor.
Fall semester. Charlton.

67. Urban Education
(See Education 67.)

80. Colloquium: Freud and Modern
Social Theory.

World. This process will be considered in the
context of demographic and ecological change,
the green revolution, and the rural-urban
exodus. The problem o f urban poverty will
receive special attention. Case material will be
drawn from Africa, Asia, and Latin America.
Spring semester. Legesse.

83. Colloquium: Art and Society.
The course is divided into two parts. The first
part examines the relationship between art and
society from a sociological perspective. Work
by Lukács, Benjamin, Gadamer, and others will
be discussed in this connection. The second
part introduces hermeneutics as a sociological
method for the interpretation o f art. Rigorous
analysis o f selected texts is carried out. This
semester the class will examine selected works
by Dostoevsky and, time permitting, Kafka.
Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Munoz.

The colloquium divides into two parts. The
first part is devoted to a close reading of
selected items from the Freudian canon. The
second part will examine Freud’s contribution
to current social and cultural analysis. This
semester, the colloquium will benefit from
guest lectures by members of the Swarthmore
faculty. Besides selected works by Freud,
works by Paul Ricoeur, Philip Rieff, Norman
O. Brown, Erich Fromm and Habermas will be
examined. Prerequisites: advanced work in
Sociology, Philosophy, Psychology, or permis­
sion of the instructor.
Spring semester. Munoz.

91D. Advanced Urban Research.

81. Collloquium. Development
Evolution, and Human Betterment.

93. Directed Reading.

The colloquium will study the general theory
of evolution, especially as applied to social
systems, and apply this to the study of the
development o f riches, political liberty, com­
petence, and social integration. Among the
readings will be some of the works o f Professor
Boulding, such as The M eaning o f the Twentieth
Century, Ecodynamics, and Evolutionary Econom­
ics. A term paper will be expected.
Prerequisites: upper class standing and permis­
sion of the department.
Spring semester. Professor Kenneth Boulding.

82. Colloquium: Development and
Urbanization in the Third World.
An examination of the post-colonial social
transformation that occurred in the Third

Students participate in evaluation research and
program development at J. F. Kennedy Com­
munity Mental Health and Mental Retardation
Center affiliated with Hahnemann Hospital in
Philadelphia. Field notes on this work are
turned in weekly, and class members meet
regularly at Swarthmore to discuss their experi­
ences. Juniors and seniors with a B average who
are willing to spend 1Vi days per week at
Hahnemann are eligible to apply. Transporta­
tion to J. F. Kennedy is paid, and credit varies
with individual involvement in the program.
Fall & spring. Charlton.
Individual or group study in fields o f special
interest to the students not dealt with in the
regular course offerings. Consent of the chair­
man and o f the instructor is required.
Members o f the Department.

96-97. Thesis. Theses will be required
of all Course majors.
Seniors in the Course program will normally
take two consecutive semesters o f thesis
tutorial. Students are urged to discuss their
thesis proposals with faculty during the spring
semester o f their junior year, especially if they
are interested in the possibility of field work.
Members of the Department.

The following course, with attachment,
can be taken in preparation for External
examinations: S&.A 44.

189

Sociology and Anthropology

SEMINARS
101. Critical Modern Social Theory.
This seminar will trace the development of
critical modern social theory from the works of
Marx to present day social theorists. Particular
attention will be paid to selected works by
Marx, Lukács, Adorno, Horkheimer, Marcuse,
Unger, and Habermas.
Prerequisites: advanced work in Sociology/
Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Science;
or permission of the instructor.
Spring semester. Munoz.

102. Creation of Community.
The central question for the seminar is under
what conditions community can successfully
be created. Utopian experiments, squatter
settlements and institutions such as retirement
residences and monastaries will be compared
as examples o f intentional and unintentional,
planned and unplanned community creation.
Spring semester. Not offered 1982-83. Keith.

103. Political Anthropology.
A cross-cultural perspective on politics: the
structures and processes o f authority, conflict
and group definition. Specific problems will
include legitimation o f authority, decision­
making, agenda-building, expansion, contain­
ment and resolution of conflict. Particular
emphasis will be placed on symbolic aspects of
politics. Readings will cover a wide range of
cultures and degrees o f societal complexity; in
addition, each student will work intensively
with ethnographic material from one tradition­
al society.
Not offered 1982-83. Keith.

104. Human Nature and Culture:
Convergent Perspectives.
(previously Psychological
Anthropology). This seminar deals with a
growing interdisciplinary field, the several
components o f which provide new and
convergent perspectives on human nature
and its cultural elaborations. The seminar
will draw materials most importantly from
the following areas: human evolution,
primatology, linguistics, psychology
(particularly cognitive and developmental), as
well as a number o f fields within
anthropology. It aims at perspectives on
humankind which include cultural,
psychological, and biological emphases.

190

Prerequisites: permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Piker.

105. Modern Social Theory.
An analysis o f selected works by the founders
o f modern social theory and contemporary
“social theorists. Works by Marx, Weber,
Durkheim, Parsons, and Schütz will be dis­
cussed.
Fall semester. Munoz.

107. Religion as a Cultural Institution.
The relations between religious belief and
practice, psychological properties of individuals
and society. The following specific topics will
be treated: religious evolution; religion as a
force for both social stability and social change;
the psychological bases for religious belief.
Major theories to be considered include those
of Max Weber, Emile Durkheim, and Sigmund
Freud.
Fall semester. Piker.

108. Social Stratification.
Comparative study of structured inequality
and the transformation o f work since the
industrial revolution, including analysis pf
processes of class transformation, ethnic dif­
ferentiation, the development o f the sexual
division of labor, and conditions o f modern
social conflict.
Fall semester. McMichael.

109. Social and Cultural Change.
This seminar will examine the theories of social
movements, modernization, Westernization,
cultural diffusion, and stages o f development
as they apply to the process o f social change in
non-Western societies. Case studies will be
drawn from China, India, Indonesia, Peru,
Brazil, Mexico, Nigeria, Kenya, and South
Africa.
Prerequisites: Entry-level course in Sociology/
Anthropology or permission of the instructor.
Spring semester. Legesse.

110. Sociology of Occupations and
Professions.
This seminar will take up theory and research
pertaining to the social organization o f work
and the meaning o f work experience in modern
societies. Among the topics to be discussed are
the concept o f career, the nature o f worksatisfaction, the process o f professionalization,

degrees o f committment to work, the relationship of work and leisure, mid-life career change
and retirement, both voluntary and involun­
tary. Occupational subcultures to be studied
will include several types o f industrial workers,
law, medicine, education, and the military.
Special attention will be devoted to the rela­
tionship o f work and family life, and to the
problems associated with the work o f women.
Spring semester. Charlton.

114. Political Sociology.
Analysis o f theories o f the social organization
of power, and examination o f these theories
through studies of the rise of the modern state
(both metropolitan and peripheral) in general,
I and the formation o f the American state and its
political culture in particular, with emphasis
on analyzing the development, operation, and
future of democratic institutions.
Spring semester. McMichael.

117. Urban Anthropology.
K Cross-cultural, comparative study o f social life
I in cities, with particular emphasis on bases and
I strategies of group formation and maintenance,
I e.g., kinship, ethnicity, friendship, residential
I separation, ritual. Readings represent a wide
I range of societies both geographically and
I culturally; and all students in the seminar will
I do a field work project.
I Not offered 1982-83. Keith.

118. Ecology and Society.
Examination o f different types o f ecological
conditions and how they influence pastoral,
agricultural, peri-urban, and urban social sys­
tems. Special attention will be given to the
world food crisis, to climatic change, demo­
graphic pressures, environmental degradation,
and a wide range o f adaptive strategies that
have developed in response to ecological stress.
Not offered 1982-83. Legesse.

119. Age, Culture, and Society.
The social and cultural significance o f age will
be examined in this seminar. Generational
conflicts, rites o f passage, peer grouping,
cultural definitions of the life course will be
major topics. Case material will include EastAfrican and Latin-American age grades, mod­
ern retirement communities, life histories from
various cultures. Seminar members will also do
observation and interview projects focused on
age.
Spring semester. Keith.

180. Thesis.
Honors candidates who choose to do so will
customarily write theses during the senior year.
Students are urged to have their thesis proposals
approved as early as possible during the junior
year.
Members o f the Department.

191

VI
The Corporation
Board o f Managers
Alumni Association
Officers &. Alumni
Council
The Faculty

192

Administration
Visiting Examiners
Degrees Conferred
Awards and Distinctions
Ehrollment Statistics

The Corporation

Eugene M. Lang, Chairman
912 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10021

Kendall Landis, Assistant Secretary
Swarthmore College,
Swarthmore, PA 19081

Richard B. Willis, Vice-Chairman
7251 Willow Road, Ambler, PA 19002

Ann Brownell Sloane, Treasurer
145 E. 74th Street, New York, NY 10021

Sue Thomas Turner, Secretary
Box 121, Cook Road,
Alfred Station, NY 14803

Lawrence L. Landry, Assistant Treasurer
Swarthmore College,
Swarthmore, PA 19081

Board of Managers
Ex officio
Su/arthmore, PA 19081.
Emeriti
Boyd T. Barnard,
2000 Market Street, 13th floor,
Philadelphia, PA 19103.
Isabel Jenkins Booth,
#84 Kendal at Longwood,
Kennett Square, PA 19348.
Eleanor Stabler Clarke,
#100 Kendal at Longwood,
Kennett Square, PA 19348.
George B. Clothier,
242 Cherry Lane, Palm Beach, FL 33480.

H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.,
The Benson East, Jenkintown, PA 19046.
Clark Kerr,
2521 Channing Way, Berkeley, CA 94720.
Claude C. Smith,
Duane, Morris &. Heckscher, 15th Floor,
One Franklin Plaza, Philadelphia, PA 19102.
Helen Gawthrop Worth,
#141 Kendal at Longwood,
Kennett Square, PA 19348.

Term Expires December, 1982
Neil E. Austrian,
Doyle Dane Bernbach Inc.,
437 Madison Ave.,
New York, NY 10022.
*Esther Leeds Cooperman,
12 Charlcote Place,
Baltimore, MD 21218.
Katherine Conner,
635 San Marino Ave.,
Bryn Mawr, PA 19010.
Julien Cornell,
Cental Valley, NY 10917.

Donald Lloyd-Jones,
P .O .Box 61616,
Dallas/Ft. Worth Airport, TX 75261.
* William C. H. Prentice,
RD 1, Westport, MA 02790.
John W . Roberts,
P.O. Box 27211, Richmond, VA 23261.
Marge Pearlman Scheuer,
101 Cental Park West,
New York, NY 10023.
Sue Thomas Turner,
Box 121, Cook Road,
Alfred Station, NY 14803.

*Nominated by the Alumni Association

193

Board of Managers

Term Expires December, 1983
William M. E. Clarkson,
Graphic Controls Corporation,
189 Van Rensselaer St.,
Buffalo, NY 14240.
Jerome Kohlberg, Jr.,
Kohlberg, Kravis, Roberts & Co.,
645 Madison Ave., 14th Floor,
New York, NY 10022.
*William F. Lee, Jr.
1700 Walnut St., Philadelphia, PA 19103.
Elizabeth J. McCormack,
Rockefeller Family and Associates,
3 0 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, NY 10020.

Charles C. Price, III,
120 Hilldale Road,
Lansdowne, PA
19050.
*Nancy Grace Roman,
4620 North Park Ave., Apt. 306W,
Chevy Chase, MD 20815.
Janet Hart Sylvester,
6648 32nd St. NW,
Washington, D.C. 20015.
Richard B. Willis,
7251 Willow Road, Ambler, PA 19002.

Term Expires December, 1984
*Joann Bodurtha,
Indian Health Service Hospital,
Beicourt, ND 58316.
*James M. Dolliver,
312 N. Sherman, Olympia, WA 98502.
Walter Lamb,
Merlin Road, Chester Springs, PA 19425.

Sara Lawrence Lightfoot,
18 Rutland Square, Boston, MA 02118.
Walter T. Skallerup, Jr.,
General Counsel o f the Navy,
Washington, D.C. 20350.

Term Expires December, 1985
Maria Klemperer Aweida,
7184 Spring Dr., Boulder, CO 80303.
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser,
1080 Fifth Ave., New York, NY 10028.
* Alexander Morgan Capron,
3905 Woodbine Street,
Chevy Chase, MD 20815.
Christopher F. Edley, Jr.
46 Shepard Street, # 34,
Cambridge, MA 02138.
Eugene M. Lang,
912 Fifth Ave., New York, NY 10021.

*Nominated by the Alumni Association

194

*Rosita Sarnoff,
23 East 1 1th St., New York, NY 10003.
Ann Brownell Sloane,
145 E. 75th St., 11 A,
New York, NY 10021.
William T. Spock,
10 Kershaw Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.
Jan Tarble,
Box 67193, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
Ira Tensard Wender,
555 Park Ave., New York, NY 10021.

Committees O f The Board
The Chairman o f the Board is ex officio a member o f every Committee.
Executive
Eugene M. Lang, Chairman
Richard B. Willis, Vice-Chairman
Neil Austrian
Katherine Conner
Julien Cornell

Donald Lloyd-Jones
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
Ann Brownell Sloane
Sue Thomas Turner

Finance and Trusts Administration
Ann Brownell Sloane, Chairperson
Neil Austrian
George B. Clothier
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Walter Lamb
William C. H. Prentice

Nancy Grace Roman
J. Lawrence Shane
William T. Spock
Janet Hart Sylvester
Richard B. Willis

Instruction and Libraries
Katherine Conner, Chairperson
Maria Klemperer Aweida
Alexander M. Capron
Esther Leeds Cooperman
James Dolliver
Clark Kerr
Jerome Kohlberg, Jr.
Sara Lawrence Lightfoot
Donald Lloyd-Jones

Elizabeth McCormack
William C. H. Prentice
Charles C. Price, III
Nancy Grace Roman
Walter T. Skallerup, Jr.
Sue Thomas Turner
Ira T. Wender
Helen Gawthrop Worth

Investment
Richard B. Willis, Chairman
Boyd T. Barnard
Richard C. Bond
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.

Jerome Kohlberg, Jr.
J. Lawrence Shane
Ann Brownell Sloane
Ira T. Wender

Property
Julien Cornell, Chairman
John W . Roberts, Vice-Chairman
Boyd T. Barnard
Ann L. Buttenwieser
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Walter Lamb

William F. Lee, Jr.
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
Janet Hart Sylvester
Jan Tarble
two faculty members
two student members

195

Board of Managers

Student Life
Marge Pearlman Scheuer, Chairperson
Maria Klemperer Aweida
William M. E. Clarkson
Esther Leeds Cooperman
James Dolliver
Christopher Edley, Jr.
Sara Lawrence Lightfoot

Joann Bodurtha
Ann L. Buttenwieser
Rosita Sarnoff
Sue Thomas Turner
Marshall Beil, ex officio
three faculty members
five student members

Nominating
Jerome Kohlberg, Jr., Chairman
Katherine Conner
Walter Lamb

William F. Lee, Jr.
Elizabeth McCormack
Sue Thomas Turner

Development
Neil Austrian, Chairman
Boyd T. Barnard
Julien Cornell
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Jerome Kohlberg, Jr.
Walter Lamb
William F. Lee, Jr.
Donald Lloyd-Jones
John W . Roberts

196

Walter T. Skallerup, Jr.
Janet Hart Sylvester
Sue Thomas Turner
Ira T. Wender
Richard B. Willis
Marshall Beil, ex officio
Barbara Brooks Smoyer, ex officio
three faculty members
two student members

Alumni Association
Officers & Alumni Council
President, Marshall Beil ’67, 319 W. 89th

Vice President, Walter A. Scheiber ’46,

St.,
New York, NY 10024

5316 Sangamore Road, Bethesda, MD 20016

President Designate,

Secretery, Linda Habas Mantel ’60, 61
Jane St., Apt. 15J, New York, NY 10014.

Susan Willis Ruff ’60, 3521 Ordway St.,
NW, Washington, DC 20016

Vice President, Margaret McCain Ford
’43, Horseshoe Hill, Rte. 2, Box 286,
Hockessin, DE 19707
Term Expires May
Zone A
New Jersey (Atlantic, Burlington, Camden, Cape May, Cumberland, Gloucester, Hunterdon,
Mercer, Ocean, Salem, Warren Counties), Pennsylvania (except Western Pennsylvania)
1983 Elizabeth Maxfield Crofts ’63,
1373 Butternut Dr.,
Southampton, PA 18966

Vera Lundy Jones ’58,
90 Bertrand Drive,
Princeton, NJ 08540

Frances Pace Crosby ’26,
227 N. Swarthmore Ave.,
Swarthmore, PA 19081

Dale G. Larrimore *72,
25 Braxton Road,
Rosemont, PA 19010

John B. Ferguson, Jr. *41,
1736 Paper Mill Rd.,
Meadowbrook, PA 19046

Arthur R. Lewis *52,
406 Woodland Ave.,
Wayne, PA 19087

John W. Seybold ’36,
6 Roylencroft Lane,
Rose Valley, PA 19063
1984 Enid Hobart Campbell ’48,
111 MacLean Circle,
Princeton, NJ 08540

1985 Vincent S. Boyer 39,
1322 Grenox Road,
Wynnewood, PA 19096
Sarah Teller Lottick ’58,
41 Gershom Place,
Kingston, PA 18704

Rosemary Accola Hewitt ’46,
410 Moylan Ave.,
Moylan, PA 19063

Frederick H. Richards ’45,
176 Canton Street,
Troy, PA 16947

William L. Huganir ’42,
1125 S. Schuylkill Lane,
Norristown, PA 19401

Sharon Turner Shelton *79,
111 MacDade Blvd., Apt. D-103,
Folsom, PA 19033

Zone B
Connecticut, New Jersey (Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Passaic,
Somerset, Sussex, and Union Counties), New York
1983 Sherry F. Bellamy ’74,
93 Lake Place,
New Haven, C T 0 6 5 1 1

Jeanne McKee Jacobson ’53,
19 Rosewood Drive,
Clifton Park, NY 12065

197

Alumni Association Officers
& Alumni Council

W ill McLain IU ’29,
P.O. Box 174,
Hope, NJ 07844

1985 John H. Bennett ’54,
166 Fairmount Ave.,
Chatham, NJ 07928

Norman B. Sher ’52,
2347 Hast 63rd St.,
Brooklyn, NY 11234
1984 Graham O. Harrison ’47,
720 Belmont Rd.,
Ridgewood, NJ 07450
Thea Borgmann Mendelson ’57,
1106 N. Cayuga St.,
Ithaca, NY 14850

Jane Carol Glendinning-Johnson ’66,
194 Forts Ferry Rd.,
Latham, NY 12110
Elinor Meyer Haupt ’55,
Bedell Rd., R.F.D. 2, Box 126A,
Katonah, NY 10536
Louis E. Rowley ’57,
312 Hussey Road,
Mt. Vernon, NY 10552

Zone C
Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont
1984 Marilyn Tindall Glater ’63,
131 Myrtle St.,
Boston, MA 0 2114

Paul E. Peelle *69,
37 Cosby,
Amherst, MA 01002

Zone D
Delaware, District o f Columbia, Maryland, Virginia
1983 Eleanor Duguid Craig ’60,
808 Greenwood Road,
Wilmington, DE 19807

Peter D. Kaspar ’38,
68 Huntly Circle,
Dover, DE 19901

1985 Monica Pannwitt Bradsher ’63,
5130 North 15th St.,
Arlington, VA 22205
Zone E
Ohio, Western Pennsylvania (Allegheny, Armstrong, Beaver, Butler, Clarion, Crawford, Erie,
Fayette, Greene, Lawrence, Mercer, Venango, Washington, Westmoreland Counties), West
Virginia
1984 Kathryn Sharp O ’N eal’70,
3657 Stoer Rd.,
Shaker Heights, OH 44122

Anthony L. W o lfe ’50,
7066 Woodland Ave.,
Ben Avon, Pittsburgh, PA 15202

Zone F
Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina,
Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas
1985 M. Jane Holding’72,
4 0 6 S. Fourth St.,
Smithfield, NC 27577

198

Stephen H. K ing’57,
4816 Heathe Dr.,
Tallahassee, FL 32308

Zone G
Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, South
Dakota, Wisconsin
1982 Fred H. Montgomery ’68,
831 W . Altgeld,
Chicago, IL 60614
1983 John F. Cromwell ’51,
454 Ivywood Drive,
Ballwin, MO 63011
Peter G. Gould *73,
1774 Sheridan,
Ann Arbor, MI 48104

Margaret Barber Scholten *36,
930 W . Inkster Avenue,
Kalamazoo, MI 49001
1985 Henry J. Bode *55,
544 Linden Ave.,
Oak Park, IL 60302
G. Caroline Shero *39,
616 Lake Rd.,
Oconomowoc, W I 53066

Zone H
Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon,
Utah, Washington, Wyoming, Territories, and foreign countries
1983 Marian Hubbell Mowatt *34,
6471 Sand Point Way, NE,
Seattle, WA 98115

Lawrence J. Smith *68,
1930 Oak Avenue,
Boulder, CO 80302

1984 Annette Richards Parent *46,
P.O. Box 1319,
Silver City, NM 88061

Kenneth Turan *67,
1115 Galloway Street,
Pacific Palisades, CA 90272

199

The Faculty

tTHeotfOre Friend, B.A. and LL.D., Williams
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University,
President. 1257 Upper Gulph Road, Radnor,
PA 19087.

Harrison M. Wright B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Provost, Professor of
History, and Acting President. 3 1 9 Cedar
Lane.
Janet Smith Dickerson, B.A., Western
College for Women; M.Ed., Xavier
University, Dean of the College. 531 Bryn
Mawr Avenue.

Lawrence L. Landry, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.,
Clark University, Vice President — Finance.
302 Avondale Road.

Kendall Landis, B.A., Swarthmore College;
M.A., Wesleyan University, Vice President
—Alumni, Development, Public Relations.
550 Elm Avenue.

Gilmore Stott B.A. and M.A., University
of Cincinnati; B.A. and M.A., University of
Oxford; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Provost and Associate
Dean o f the College, Lecturer in Philosophy.
318 Dartmouth Avenue.

Elizabeth Chadwick, A.B., Bryn Mawr
College; M. Phil and Ph.D., Yale University,
Associate Dean of the College, Lecturer in
English Literature. 513 Ogden Avenue.

Robert A. Barr, Jr., B.A., Swarthmore
College; M. A., University of Pennsylvania,
Dean of Admissions. 510 Strath Haven
Avenue.
Jane H. Mullins, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Registrar. 11 S. Princeton Avenue.

Michael Durkan, B.A., St. Patrick's
College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in
Library Training, University College, Dublin,
Librarian. 201 West Rose Valley Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.
Emi K. Horikawa, B.E., University of
Nevada; M.A., University o f Utah, Science
Librarian. 309 Rutgers Avenue.
Stephen Lehmann, B.A., M.A., and
M.L.S., University o f California, Berkeley;
Ed. M., Harvard University, Humanities
Librarian. 300 Harvard Avenue.

Susan G. Williamson, B.A., University of
California, Berkeley; M.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Social Sciences
Librarian. 602 Elm Avenue.

Leighton C. Whitaker, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A., University of Connecticut;
Ph.D., Wayne State University, Director,
Psychological Services. 220 Turner Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.

EMERITI

Mary Albertson, B.A., M.A. and Ph.D.,
Bryn Mawr College, Isaac H. Clothier
Professor Emerita of History and
International Relations. 505 Ogden Avenue.

Paul A. Beik, B.A., Union College, M.A.
and Ph.D., Columbia University, Centennial
Professor Emeritus of History. 2461
Venetian Way, Winter Park, FL 32789.

Elisa Asensio, M.A., Middlebury College,

Heinrich Brinkmann, B.A., Stanford
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Albert L. and Edna Pownall
Buffington Professor Emeritus of
Mathematics. Wallingford Arms,
Wallingford, PA 19086.

Professor Emerita of Spanish. 510 Panmure
Road, Haverford, PA 19041.

Lydia Baer, B.A., Oberlin College; M.A.
and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania,
Professor Emerita of German. Manatee River
Hotel, Bradenton, FL 33505.

\Absent on leave, 1982-83.

200

AIIC6 Brodhead, B.S. and M.A., University
of Pennsylvania, Professor Emerita of
Education. 144 Park Avenue.
Hilde D. Cohn, Dr. Phil., University of
Heidelberg, Professor Emerita of German.
Strath Haven Condominiums.

Martha A. Connor, B.S. and M.A.,
University o f Pennsylvania; B.S. in L.S.,
Drexel University, Librarian Emerita. Apt.
219 Crosslands, Kennett Square, PA 19348.

Tatiana M. Cosman, B.A. and M.A.,
Middlebury College; M.A., Columbia
University; Ph.D., New York University,
Assistant Professor (part-time) Emerita of
Russian. 306 S. Chester Road.

William C. Elmore, B.S., Lehigh
University; Ph.D., Yale University, Morris L.
Clothier Professor Emeritus of Physics. 288
Paxon Hollow Road, Media, PA 19063.

Lewis H. Elverson, B.S., University of
Pennsylvania, Professor Emeritus of Physical
Education for Men. Quidnet, Nantucket, MA
02554.
Robert K. Enders, B.A. and Ph.D.,
University of Michigan, Isaac H. Clothier, Jr.,
Professor Emeritus of Biology. 311 Elm
Avenue.
E. J. Faulkner, Professor Emeritus of
Physical Education for Men. 500 Osceola
Avenue, Apt. 210, Winter Park, FL 32789.
Launce J. Flemister, B.A.,

m .a .

and
Ph.D., Duke University, Professor Emeritus
of Zoology, P.O. Box F, Swarthmore, PA
19081.

Milan W. Garrett, B.A. and M.A., Stanford
University; B.A. and D. Phil., University of
Oxford, Professor Emeritus of Physics, 16
Beach Road, Severna Park, MD 21146.

Barbara Lange Godfrey, Dean Emerita of
Women. Strath Haven Condominiums.
Everett L. Hunt, B.A., Huron College;
M.A., University of Chicago; D. Litt., Huron
College, Dean Emeritus and Professor
Emeritus o f English. 221 N. Princeton
Avenue.

Fredric Klees, B.A., Bowdoin College,
Professor Emeritus o f English. 220 South
Chester Road.

Olga Lang, Graduate, University of
Moscow; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Professor Emerita o f Russian. 611 W . 111th
St., New York, NY 10025.
Sarah Lee Lippincott, B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M.A., Swarthmore College; D.
Sc., Villanova University, Professor Emeritus
of Astronomy and Director Emeritus o f the
Sproul Observatory. 507 Cedar Lane.

Luzern G. Livingston, B.S., Lawrence
College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin,
Professor Emeritus of Botany. 15 Dartmouth
Circle.
Franz H. Mautner, Dr. Phil., University of
Vienna, Professor Emeritus of German. 408
Walnut Lane.
John D. McCrumm, B.A. and M.S.,
University o f Colorado, Howard N. and Ada
J. Eavenson Professor Emeritus of
Engineering. 606 Ogden Avenue.

Norman A. Meinkoth, B. of Ed., Southern
Illinois Teachers College; M.S. and Ph.D.,
University of Illinois, Professor Emeritus of
Zoology. 431 West Woodland Avenue,
Springfield, PA 19064.

Irene Moll, B.S. in Ed., University of
Kansas; M.A., Texas University for Women,
Associate Professor Emerita o f Physical
Education for Women. 805 Illinois Street,
Lawrence, KS 66044.
John M. Moore, B.A., Park College; B.D.,
Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Harvard
University; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Professor Emeritus o f Philosophy and
Religion. 512 Ogden Avenue.
Bernard Morrill, B.S. in M.E.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology;
M.M.E., University of Delaware, Ph.D.,
University o f Michigan, Henry C. and J.
Archer Turner Professor Emeritus o f
Engineering. 21 Oberlin Avenue.
J. Roland Pennock, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Richter Professor Emeritus of
Political Science. 739 Harvard Avenue.
Edith Phillips, B.A., Goucher College;
Docteur de l’Universite de Paris, Susan W.
Lippincott Professor Emerita o f French.
Kendal at Longwood, Kennett Square, PA
19348.

201

The Faculty

Frank C. Pierson, B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Columbia University, Joseph
Wharton Professor Emeritus o f Political
Economy. 740 Ogden Avenue.
Hedley H. Rhys, B.A., West Virginia
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor Emeritus o f Art
History. Apt. 217, Crosslands, Kennett
Square, PA 19348.
J a m 6 S D. S o rb e r, B.A., Lehigh University;
M.A., University o f Nebraska, Professor
Emeritus o f Spanish, Apt. 211, Kendal at
Longwood, Kennett Square, PA 19348.

WilfliS J. Stetson, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor Emeritus o f Physical Education for
Men. 144 North Highland Road, Springfield,
PA 19064.

Derek Traversi, b .a . and M.A.,
University o f Oxford, Alexander Griswold
Cummins Professor Emeritus of English.
2 1 1A College Avenue.
Peter van de Kamp, Cand. and Docts.,

University of Utrecht; Ph.D., University of
California; D. Phil., University o f Groningen,
Edward Hicks Magill Professor Emeritus of
Astronomy and Director Emeritus o f the
Sproul Observatory, c/o Peter Rademacher,
R.D. 2, Salem, New York 12865.

Robert M. Walker, B.A. and M.F.A.,
Princeton University; Ph.D., Harvard
University. Professor Emeritus o f Art
History. 6 Fox Hollow, Mainestone,
Way land, MA 01778.

Hans Wallach, Dr. Phil., University of
Berlin, Centennial Professor Emeritus of
Psychology. 510 Bryn Mawr Avenue.

Neal A. Weber, b . a ., m .s . and D.Sc.,
University of North Dakota; M.A. and
Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor
Emeritus o f Zoology. 2606 Mission Road,
Tallahassee, FL 32304.
Howard H. Williams, B.A., Lake Forest
College; M.A. in L.S., Columbia University,
Reference Librarian Emeritus. 144 Park
Avenue.

PROFESSORS

George C. Avery, B.A., M.A., and Ph.D.,

Kenneth E. Boulding, B.A. and M.A.,

University o f Pennsylvania, Professor of
German. 230 Haverford Avenue.

Oxford University, Eugene M. Lang Visiting
Professor o f Social Change. 401 Walnut
Lane.

Robert C. Bannister, b .a . and Ph.D., Yale
University; B.A. and M.A., University of
Oxford, Professor o f History. 737 Harvard
Avenue.
Carl BarilS, B.A., Brown University; M.S.
in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Professor o f Engineering. 404
Walnut Lane.

Blexa-Myron Bilaniuk, Cand. Ingenieur,

David L. Bowler, B.S. in E.E., Bucknell
University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts
Institute o f Technology; M.A. and Ph.D.,
Princeton University, Professor o f Electrical
Engineering. 505 Yale Avenue.
David Cowden, B.A., Swarthmore College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor of English. 312 Ogden Avenue.

Universite de Louvain; B.S.E., B.S., M.S.,
M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Michigan,
Centennial Professor o f Physics. 100 Plush
Mill Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.

Gomer H. Davies, B.S., East Stroudsburg
State College; Ed.M., Temple University,
Professor o f Physical Education. 225 Cornell
Avenue.

Thomas H. Blackburn, B.A., Amherst;

Lee Devin, B.A., San Jose College; M.A.

B.A. and M.A. University o f Oxford; Ph.D.,
Stanford University, Professor o f English.
6 0 9 Elm Avenue.

and Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor of
English Literature and Director o f The
Theatre. 511 Harvard Avenue.

John R. BoCCiO, B.S. Polytechnic Institute

H. Searl Dunn, B.S.E. and M.S.E.,

o f Brooklyn; Ph.D., Cornell University,
Professor o f Physics. 6 Whittier Place.

Princeton University; Ph.D., Brown
University, Henry C. and J. Archer Turner

202

Professor o f Engineering. 603 Elm Avenue.

Edward A. Fehnel, B.S., M .S., and Ph.D.,
Lehigh University; Edmund Allen Professor
of Chemistry. 120 Paxon Hollow Rd., Rose
Tree, Media, PA 19063.

*James A. Field, Jr., B.S., M.A. and Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Isaac H. Clothier
Professor of History. 605 Hillbom Avenue.

fJames D. Freeman, B.A.,

m .a . and Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Professor o f Music and
Director o f the Orchestra. 206 Martroy Lane,
Wallingford, PA 19086.

J. William Frost, B.A., DePauw
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin, Howard M. and Charles F.
Jenkins Professor of Quaker History and
Research, and Director o f the Friends
Historical Library. 3 Whittier Place.

B.A. and M.A., University o f Oxford; M.A.
and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Religion. 509 Harvard Avenue.

Eleanor K. Hess, B.S. and M .S., University
o f Pennsylvania, Professor o f Physical
Education. 302 North Chester Road.
Robinson G. Hollister, Jr., B.A., Amherst
College; Ph.D., Stanford University,
Professor o f Economics (part-time).
1 Whittier Place.
^Raymond F. Hopkins, B.A., Ohio Wesleyan
University; M.A., Ohio State University;
M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Political Science. 308 Ogden Avenue.

fGudmund R. Iversen, M.A., University of
Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor o f Statistics, and Director, Center
for Social and Policy Studies. 212 Elm Avenue.

John E. Gaustad, B.A., Harvard

John R. Jenkins, B.S. and M .S., Utah State

University; Ph.D., Princeton University,
Professor of Astronomy and Director of the
Sproul Observatory. 430 S. Chester Road.

University; Ph.D., University o f California,
Los Angeles, Professor of Biology. 558
Rutgers Avenue.

Kenneth J. Gergen, B.A., Yale University;
Ph.D., Duke University, Professor of
Psychology. 331 Rogers Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.

Jennie Keith, B.A., Pomona College; M.A.

Charles E. Gilbert, B.A., Haverford

T. Kaori Kitao, B.A. and M.A., University

and Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Professor o f Anthropology.
135 Rutgers Avenue.

College; Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Richter Professor o f Political Science, 223
Kenyon Avenue.

o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f Art History. 540
Westminster Avenue.

N. G. L. Hammond, B.A., Cambridge
University, Julien and Virginia Cornell
Visiting Professor o f Classics.
405 Walnut Lane.

Eugene A. Klotz, B.S., Antioch College;

James H. Hammons, B.A., Amherst
College; M.A. and Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins
University, Professor of Chemistry.
17 Furness Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
f Mark A. Heald, B.A., Oberlin College; M.S.
and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Physics. 420 Rutgers Avenue.

Wulff D. Helntz, Dr. rer. nat. München
University, Professor o f Astronomy. 540
Riverview Avenue.

Patrick Henry, B.A., Harvard University;*

Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Mathematics. 735 Yale Avenue.

**EIHot R. KOffman (Professor, Department of
Computer and Information Services, Temple
University), B.S.E.E. and M.S.E.E.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology; Ph.D.,
Case Institute o f Technology, Visiting
Professor Engineering, Swarthmore College.

George Krugovoy, B.A.,

m .a ., and Ph.D.,
Philosophical Institute, Salzburg, Austria,
Professor o f Russian. 562 Juniata Avenue.

James R. Kurth, B.A., Stanford
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f Political Science.
Strath Haven Condominiums.

* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1982.

**Fall semester, 1982.

f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1983.

\Absent on leave, 1982-83.

203

The Faculty

Dean Peabody, B.A., Swarthmore College;

Hugh M. Lacey, B.A. and M.A., University
o f Melbourne, Ph.D., Indiana University,
Professor o f Philosophy. 4 Whittier Place.

Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor of
Psychology. 405 Rogers Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.

Asmarom Legesse, B.A., University

fJean Ashmead Perkins, B.A.,

College o f Addis Ababa; Ed.M. and Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Professor of
Anthropology. 407 Vassar Avenue.

Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Susan W . Lippincott
Professor o f French. 913 Strath Haven
Avenue.

Kenneth G. Lieberthal, B.A., Dartmouth
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Professor o f Political Science.
406 Cedar Lane.

Steven I. Piker, B.A., Reed College; Ph.D.,
University of Washington, Professor of
Anthropology. 125 Rutgers Avenue.

Nelson A. Macken, B.S., Case Institute o f

Frederic L. Pryor, B.A., Oberlin College;

Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University of
Delaware, Professor of Engineering. 250
Haverford Avenue.

M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor
o f Economics (part-time). 740 Harvard
Avenue.

Paul C. Mangelsdorf, Jr. B.A.,

fGilbert P. Rose, B.A. and Ph.D., University

Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Morris L. Clothier Professor of
Physics. 110 Cornell Avenue.

o f California, Berkeley, Professor o f Classics.
551 Marietta Avenue.

Philip Metzidakis, B.A., Dartmouth

David Rosen, B.A., New York University;

College; Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Spanish. 113 Governors Drive, Wallingford,
PA 19086.

M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor o f Mathematics. 336 North
Princeton Avenue.

Helen F. North, B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., f f f
Cornell University, Centennial Professor of
Classics. 604 Ogden Avenue.
Hans F. Oberdiek, B.S., and Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin, Professor o f
Philosophy. 410 Dickinson Avenue.
Martin Ostwald, B.A., University of
Toronto; M.A., University of Chicago;
Ph.D., Columbia University, William R.
Kenan, Jr., Professor o f Classics. 2 Whittier
Place.
^Howard Pack, B.B.A., City College o f New
York; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Professor o f Economics. 1530
Locust St., Philadelphia, PA 19102.
Harold E. Pagliaro, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Alexander Griswold
Cummins Professor o f English Literature.
536 Ogden Avenue.
Robert F. Pasternack, B.A. and Ph.D.,
Cornell University, Professor of Chemistry.
403 Walnut Lane.*

* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1982.
f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1 9 83.

204

*Robert Roza, B.A., University of Toronto;
M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University,
Professor of French. 233 Cornell Avenue.

Rernard Saffran, B.A., City College of
New York; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
Professor o f Economics. 201 Garrett
Avenue.

^Robert E. Savage, B.A., Oberlin College;
M.S. and Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin,
Professor o f Biology. 411 Vassar Avenue.

F. M Scherer, A.B., University of
Michigan; M.B.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f Economics. 35
Wellesley Road.

Allen M. Schneider, B.S., Trinity College;
Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor of
Psychology. 6 0 8 Elm Avenue.

^Richard Schuldenfrei, B.A. and M.A.,
University o f Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University
of Pittsburgh, Professor o f Philosophy.
8 S. Lemon St., Media, PA 19063.

^.Absent on leave, 1982-83.
f f f Program Director, Swarthmore
Program in Grenoble, spring semester, 1983.

J. Edward Skeath, B.A., Swarthmore

Francis P. Tafoya, B.A. and M.A.,

College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Illinois, Professor o f Mathematics. 400
Dickinson Avenue.

University o f Colorado; Ph.D., Yale
University, Professor of French and Spanish.
6 2 0 North Chester Road.

fBernard S. Smith, B.A. and M.A.,

Peter T. Thompson, B.A., The Johns

University o f Oxford; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f History. 311 Park
Avenue.

Hopkins University; Ph.D., University of
Pittsburgh, Professor of Chemistry. 203
College Avenue.

David G. Smith, B.A., and M.A., University
of Oklahoma; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins
University, Centennial Professor o f Political
Science. 63 Todmordon Dr., Rose Valley,
PA 19086.

fP. Linwood Urban, Jr., B.A., Princeton

Susan Snyder, B.A., Hunter College; M.A.
and Ph.D., Columbia University, Eugene M.
Lang Research Professor o f English
Literature. 524 Westminster Avenue.

Eugene Weber, B.A., Williams College;

Donald K. Swearer, B.A., M.A. and

M. Joseph Willis, B.C.E., University of

Ph.D., Princeton University; B.D. and
S.T.M., Yale Divinity School, Professor o f
Religion. 109 Columbia Avenue.

Washington; M.S., Cornell University;
Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University,
Professor of Engineering. 306 Chestnut Lane.

Peter Gram Swing, B.A. and M.A.,
Harvard University; Ph.D., University of
Chicago. Daniel Underhill Professor of
Music and Director o f the Chorus.
614 Hillborn Avenue.

University; S.T.B., S.T.M . and Th.D., General
Theological Seminary, Charles and Harriet
Cox McDowell Professor o f Religion.
20 South Princeton Avenue.
M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor o f German. 409 Strath Haven
Avenue.

^Philip M. Weinstein, A.B., Princeton
University; A.M. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor of English Literature.
510 Ogden Avenue.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Margaret Anderson, B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Brown University, Associate
Professor of History. 214 Rutgers Avenue.

Charles R. Beitz, B.A. Colgate University;
M.A., University of Michigan; M.A. and
Ph.D., Princeton University, Associate
Professor of Political Science. 2116 Spruce
Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

^Alfred H. Bloom, B.A., Princeton
University; M.A., and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Associate Professor o f Linguistics
and Psychology, and Program Director of
Linguistics. 5 Woodbrook Lane.

Patricia Wityk Boyer, B.S., Trenton State
College; M.A., New York University,
Associate Professor o f Dance and Director of
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1982.

the Dance Program. 817 Parkridge Drive,
Media, PA 19063.

Thompson Bradley, B.A., Yale University;
M.A., Columbia University, Associate
Professor o f Russian. Price’s Lane, Moylan,
PA 19065.

Robert Saint-Cyr Du Plessis, B.A.,
Williams College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Associate Professor o f History.
211 Rutgers Avenue.
Robert J. Gross, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A.T. and Ed. D., Harvard
University, Associate Professor o f Education.
214 Harvard Avenue.
John J. Hassett, B.A., St. Francis College;
^Absent on leave, 1982-83.

f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1983.

205

The Faculty

M.A., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin, Associate Professor of
Spanish. 326D Yale Square, Morton, PA
19070.
^Constance Cain Hungerford, B.A.,
Wellesley College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
California, Berkeley, Associate Professor of
Art History. 815 Westdale Avenue,
f Mark Jacobs, B.A., Harvard University;
Ph.D., Stanford University, Associate
Professor of Biology. 401 Dickinson Avenue.

Charles L. James, B.S., State University
o f New York at New Paltz; M .S., State
University of New York at Albany, Associate
Professor o f English. 402 Laurel Lane,
Wallingford, PA 19086.
^Deborah G. Kemler, B.A., M.A., and Ph.D.,
Brown University, Associate Professor of
Psychology. 211 Benjamin West Avenue.
Lillian M. Li, A.B., Raddiffe College; A.M.
and Ph.D., Harvard University, Associate
Professor o f History. 8 Whittier Place.
Jeanne Marecek, B.S., Loyola University;
Ph.D., Yale University, Associate Professor
o f Psychology. 325 S. Monroe St., Media,
PA 19063.
^Stephen B. Maurer, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Professor of
Mathematics. 317 N. Chester Road.
^Margaret L. Miovic, A.B., Raddiffe
College; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Associate Professor of Biology. Swarthmore
College.
*Kathryn L. Morgan, B.A., Virginia State
College; M.A., Howard University; M.A. and
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor o f History. Apt. 728, Strath Haven
Condominiums.
§§Hans-Eberhard Mueller, B.A., Hunter
College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
California, Berkeley, Associate Professor of
Sociology. 5 1 9 N. Lemon St., Media, PA
19063.
Ernest J. Prudente, b .s . and M.S.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor o f Physical Education. 914 Surrey
Road, Media, PA 19063.
* Absent on leave, fall semester 1982.
f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1983.

206

Charles Baft, B.A., University of
Rochester; M.A. and Ph.D., Brown
University, Associate Professor of
Philosophy. 214 Rutgers Avenue.

Alburt M. Rosenberg, B.A., Harvard
University; M.S., University of Florida;
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor o f Natural Sdence. 609 Hillborn
Avenue.
f Richard L. Rubin, A.B., Brown University;
M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University,
Associate Professor of Political Science and
Public Policy. 50414 Riverview Road.

Barry Schwartz, B.A., New York
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Associate Professor of
Psychology. 210 Garrett Avenue.

Kenneth E. Sharpe, b .a ., Dartmouth
College; M.S., London School of Economics
and Political Science; Ph.D., Yale University,
Associate Professor of Political Science. 521
Elm Avenue.
Simona V. Smith, Licences et Lettres,
University of Grenoble, Associate Professor
of French. 125 Forest Lane.

David B. Smoyer, B.A., Dartmouth
College; LL.B., Harvard Law School,
Associate Professor of Physical Education.
335 Park Avenue.
IjEva F. Travers, B.A., Connecticut College;
M.A. and Ed.D., Harvard University
Associate Professor of Education.
4 1 6 Park Avenue.
Timothy C. Williams, B.A., Swarthmore
College; A.M., Harvard University; Ph.D.,
Rockefeller University, Associate Professor
of Biology. 314 Rutgers Avenue.
Craig Williamson, B.A., Stanford
University; M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor of English Literature. 602 Elm
Avenue.

Jerome H. Wood, Jr., B.A. Howard
University; Ph.D., Brown University,
Associate Professor of History. 103 E.
Providence Road, Aldan, PA 19014.
'^Absent on leave, 1982-83.
§§Inactive, 1982-83.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

*EriC A. G. Binnie, B.A., Strathclyde
University, Scotland; M.A., McMaster
University; Ph.D., University o f Toronto,
Assistant Professor o f English and Technical
Director for The Theatre. 915 Harvard
Avenue.

Curtis H. Brizendine, B.A. and M.A.,
I University of Oregon; M.Ph. and Ph.D.,
University of Kansas, Assistant Professor of
I Art History. 318 N. Chester Road.
I Michael W. Cothren, B.A., Vanderbilt
I University; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia
I University, Assistant Professor o f Art History.
404 Elm Avenue.

Susail P. Davis, B.S., Springfield College;
M.S., Smith College, Assistant Professor of
I Physical Education. 2411 Whitehouse Road,
I Berwyn, PA 19312.

I Rosemary M. R. Desjardins, B.A. and
I
I
I
I

M. A., University o f Melbourne; Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania, Assistant
Professor of Philosophy. Swarthmore
College.

I Richard Eldridge, A.B., Middlebury
■ College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
I Chicago, Assistant Professor of Philosophy.
■ 404 Elm Avenue.
I Randall L. Exon, B.F.A., Washburn
I University; M.A. and M.F.A., University of
■ Iowa, Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts. 8
■ Crum Ledge.

ItMarion J. Faber, B.A., M.A., University
■ of California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Harvard
■ University, Assistant Professor of German.
■ 234 Benjamin West Avenue.
I Joyce Fillip, B.F.A. University o f Illinois;
■ M.F.A. University o f California, Davis;
H Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts.
■ Swarthmore College.

1 Gregory L Florant, B.S., Cornell
■ University, Ph.D., Stanford University,
■A ssistant Professor o f Biology. 404 Elm
■ Avenue.

* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1982.

Scott F. Gilbert, B.A., Wesleyan
University; M.A. and Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Assistant Professor of
Biology. 617 Fairview Road.

Charles M. Grinstead, B.A., Pomona
College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
California, Los Angeles, Assistant Professor
o f Mathematics. 519 Walnut Lane.

Kathryn A. Nirsh-Pasek, B.A., University
of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor of
Psychology. Swarthmore College.

tRush D. Holt, B.A. Carleton College; M.S.
and Ph.D., New York University, Assistant
Professor o f Physics. 302 N. Chester Road.

Carol C. Kahler, B.S., University of
Chicago; M.S. and Ph.D., University of
California, Berkeley, Assistant Professor o f
Chemistry. 5 Single Lane, Wallingford, PA
19086.
Philip J. Kellman, B.A., Georgetown
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor of
Psychology. 1021 Stewart Avenue,
Springfield, PA 19064.

Ann L. Kosakowski, B.A., Wellesley
College; M.Phil. and Ph.D., Yale University,
Assistant Professor o f Music. 318 N. Chester
Road.

Mark Kuperberg, B.A., Amherst College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Assistant Professor of
Economics. 147 Park Avenue.
^Gerald Levinson, B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Chicago, Assistant Professor o f Music. 2 Crum
Ledge.

Maria Malicka-Blaszkiewicz
(University o f Wroclaw), M.S.C. and Ph.D.,
University o f Wroclaw, Visiting Assistant
Professor o f Chemistry. 915 Harvard
Avenue.

\Absent on leave, 1982-83.

207

The Faculty

Arthur E. McGarity. B.A., Trinity
University; M.S.E., Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University. Assistant Professor of
Engineering. 525 Elm Avenue.
Philip McMichael, B.Ec. and B.A.,
University o f Adelaide, Ph.D., State
University o f New York, Binghamton,
Assistant Professor o f Sociology. 6 0 4 Elm
Avenue.

tBrian A. Meunier, B.F.A., University of
Massachusetts, Amherst; M.F.A., Tyler
School o f Art, Temple University, Assistant
Professor of Studio Arts. P.O. Box 327,
Swarthmore, PA 19081.

Frank A. Moscatelli, B.S., C. W . Post
College; M.S. and Ph.D., New York
University, Assistant Professor of Physics.
302 N. Chester Road.
***George Moskos, B.A., Davidson College;
M.A. and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin,
Madison, Assistant Professor o f French.
515 Elm Avenue.

Michad L. Mullan, B.A., University of
California, Berkeley; Assistant Professor of
Physical Education and Athletics. 213 Fildes
Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
Braulio Munoz, B. A., University of Rhode
Island; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Assistant Professor o f Sociology. 517 Elm
Avenue.
Joyce J. Nagata, B.F.A. and M.A.,
University o f Illinois, Champaign; M.F.A.,
University o f Wisconsin, Milwaukee;
Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts (part-time).
915 Harvard Avenue.
f Frederick L. Orthlieb, B.S. and M.S.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University, Assistant
Professor of Engineering. 13 Green Valley
Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.

Mary L. Poovey, B.A., Oberlin College;
M.A. and Ph.D., University of Virginia,
Assistant Professor o f English Literature.
603 Ogden Avenue.

Mary Beth Saffo, B.A., University of
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1981.
^Absent on leave, 1981-82.

208

California at Santa Cruz; Ph.D., Stanford
University;, Assistant Professor of Biology.
4 Crum Ledge.

^Richard P. Sailer, B.A., University
of Illinois; Ph.D., Cambridge University,
Assistant Professor o f Classics.
512 Elm Avenue.
Peter J. Schmidt, B.A., Oberlin College;
M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Virginia,
Assistant Professor of English Literature. 7
Crum Ledge.

Helene Shapiro, B.A., Kenyon College;
M.A. Princeton University; Ph.D., California
Institute of Technology, Assistant Professor
o f Mathematics. 111 S. Chester Road.
Faruq M. A. Siddiqui, B.S., Bangladesh
University of Engineering and Technology;
M.S. and Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh,
Assistant Professor of Engineering. 8
Whittier Place.
Leah Johnson Smith, B.A., Stanford
University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins
University, Assistant Professor of
Economics. 210 Garrett Avenue.
Charles F. Stone, III, B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Yale University; Assistant
Professor of Economics. 3 Crum Ledge.

William N. Turpin, M.A., University of St.
Andrews; M.A., University of Toronto; Ph.D.,
Cambridge University, Assistant Professor of
Classics. 512 Elm Avenue.

^Judith G. Voet, B.S., Antioch College;
Ph.D., Brandeis University, Assistant
Professor o f Chemistry. 368 Trevor Lane,
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004.

Jacob Weiner, B.A., Antioch College;
M .S., University of Michigan; Ph.D.,
University of Oregon, Assistant Professor of
Biology, 405 E. Rose Valley Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.

David F. Weiman, A.B., Brown University;
M.A., Yale University, Assistant Professor of
Economics. 404 Elm Avenue.

Douglas M. Weiss, A.T.C., Assistant
Professor of Physical Education.
117 S. Chester Road.
***Program Director, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble, fall semester, 1983.

INSTRUCTORS

Nathalie F. Anderson, B.A., Agnes Scott
College; M.A. Georgia State University,
Instructor in English Literature. 515 Elm
Avenue.

David G. Stork, B.S., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology; M.A., University of
Maryland, Instructor in Physics.
510 Elm Avenue.

Joy Charlton, B.A., University o f Virginia;

Andrew M. Verner, B.A., Duke

M.A., Northwestern University, Instructor in
Sociology. 4 0 9 Vi Elm Avenue.

University; M.A., Old Dominion University;
M. Phil., Columbia University, Instructor in
History. 11 Benjamin West Avenue.

Stephen S. Golub, B.A., Williams College;
M.A. and M.Phil., Yale University
Instructor in Economics.
318 N. Chester Road.

Irene T. Mulvey, B.A., Stonehill College,

Elizabeth D. Watts, B.S., West Chester
State College, Instructor o f Physical
Education and Athletics. 3102 Ruby Drive,
Wilmington, DE 19810.

Instructor in Mathematics. 2 Crum Ledge.

LECTURERS (all part-time)

•Michael J. Bopp, B.A. and Ed. M., Harvard
University; M.A., Temple University,
Lecturer in Psychology. Swarthmore College.

M.A.L.S., University o f Washington,
Lecturer in Chinese. 211 College Avenue.

Yinam Leef, B. Music and Artist Diploma,

**Lee V. Cassanelli (Associate Professor of

Rubin Academy of Music, Lecturer in Music.
History, University of Pennsylvania), Ph.D.,
Swarthmore College.
University o f Wisconsin, Visiting Lecturer in tfMichael P. Levine, B.A. and M.A.,
History. University o f Pennsylvania,
University of Virginia; Ph.D., Brown
Philadelphia, PA 19104.
University, Lecturer in Religion, Swarthmore
College.
“ Florence R. Echtman, B.A., Hunter
College; M.A., Middlebury College, Lecturer **John Loven, B.A. Swarthmore College,
in French. Swarthmore College.
Lecturer in English Literature. Walnut Ridge
Farm, Chester Springs, PA 19425.
Evgenyia L. Katsenelinboigen, Moscow
Polygraphic Institute, Lecturer in Russian.
Li-ching Chang Malr, B.A. and M.A.,
211 Mortroy Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
National Taiwan University; M.A.,
University o f Washington, Lecturer in
Mary K. Kenney, A.B., Chestnut Hill
Chinese. 23 Oberlin Avenue.
College; M.A., Villanova University, Lecturer
in Spanish. 404 Elm Avenue.
“ Portia K. Maultsby (Associate Professor of
Afro-American Studies, Indiana University),
B.M., Benedictine College; M.M. and Ph.D.,
Morton Klein, B.S., M.S., and Ph.D.,
University o f Wisconsin, Visiting Lecturer in
University of Pennsylvania, Lecturer in
Music. Swarthmore College.
Biology. Swarthmore College.
**Stephen M. Platt, B.S., Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute; M .S.E., University of
I **Joan Hutton Landis, B.A., Bennington
Pennsylvania, Lecturer in Engineering.
College; M.A.L.S., Wesleyan University,
Swarthmore College.
Lecturer in English Literature.
550 Elm Avenue.
Elke PlaxtOIV, B.A., Brigham Young
University; M.A., University o f Colorado,
Cecilia Chin Lee, B.A., National Taiwan

I

University; M. A., University o f Michigan,
**F all semester, 1 9 8 2 .

f f Spring semester.

209

The Faculty

Lecturer in German. 2022 Brandywine Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19103.

Ann Renninger, B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M.A., Bryn Mawr College,
Lecturer in Education. 27 Holland Avenue,
Ardmore, PA 19003.

Frances Schwartz, B.A., University of
Chicago; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Lecturer in Education. 1 College Avenue,
Haverford, PA 19041.

tfSusan F. Sterling, B.A., Washington
University; M.F.A., Princeton University,
Lecturer in Art History. Swarthmore College.

Barbara Yost Stewart, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College,
Lecturer in Biology. 543 Marietta Avenue.

Philosophy, Temple University),
B.A., University o f Illinois; M.A. and Ph.D.,
University of Michigan, Visiting Lecturer in
Philosophy. Swarthmore College.

John Di Gregorio, Assistant in Physical
Education. 2 2 0 Lynn Road, Ridley Park, PA
19078.

John R. Donel, B.S., Bloomsburg State
College; Assistant in Physics.
114 Willowbrook Road, Clifton Heights, PA
19018.

Dorothy K. Freeman, B.M., M.M., Boston
University, Associate in Performance (Music).
206 Martroy Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.

Lori Fries-Smith, Assistant in Physical
Education and Athletics.

Tedd R. Goundie, B.S., Muhlenberg College;
M .S., Bowling Green State University,
Assistant in Biology. 14-17 Valley Road,
Drexel HiU, PA 19026.*
**Fall semester, 1982.
1 1 Spring semester, 1983.

210

j

University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin,
Lecturer in Religion. Swarthmore College.
M.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A.,
Temple University, Lecturer in Religion.
502 Walnut Lane.

A
A

C

L
(1

R

“ Demaris Wehr, B.A., Earlham College;

ASSISTANTS AND ASSOCIATES (all part-time)
C

Assistant in Chemistry. 11 Rampart West,
Media, PA 19603.

ItJ

“ Arthur I. Waskow, B.A., The Johns Hopkins

Pennsylvania, Lecturer in German.
Swarthmore College.

Ursula M. Davis, B.S., Colby Junior College,

K
C

**6erald Vision (Associate Professor of

“ Renata Stora, M.A., University of

f t Benedict Cayenne, Assistant in Physical
Education and Athletics. 338 Mount Airy
Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19119.

A
A
1

t t Jack Topiol, B.S., Yale University;
M.A., University o f Pennsylvania, Visiting
Lecturer in Economics. 635 Heather Lane,
Bryn Mawr, PA 19010.

3

I6
I h

I

B

I P
I C

Assistant in Physical Education and
Athletics. 207 Fox Lane, Wallingford, PA
19086.

Karen Meyers, Associate in Performance
(Music). 735 Yale Avenue.
t t James W. Noyes, b .a ., Amherst College,
Assistant in Physical Education and
Athletics. Meadow Lane.

Carolyn Reichek, B.s., Columbia
University, Associate in Performance
(Dance), 435 Ogden Avenue.

I Roselyne Roesch, Maitrise, University of
Grenoble, Assistant in French.
I 302 N. Chester Road.

Gloria U. Rosen, B.A., Hunter College;
M.A., Mt. Holyoke College, Assistant in
Biology. 336 N. Princeton Avenue.

Paula Sepinuck, B.A., Bennington
College, Associate in Performance (Dance).

2 Lantoga Square, Wayne, PA 19087.

Nita Harris Siciliano, B.s., Russell Sage
College, Assistant in Chemistry. 1287 A
Samuel Road, West Chester, PA 19380.
Robert M. Smart, B.A., Curtis Institute of
Music; M.A., Westminster Choir College,
College Organist and Associate in
Performance (Music). 18 Oberlin Avenue.
**C. Joseph Stefanowicz, B.A., Lafayette
College, Assistant in Physical Education and
Athletics. 921 Flora Lane, Boothwyn, PA
19061.

**Clay Taliaferro, Associate in Performance
(Dance).

Dennis C. West, M.A., Purdue University;
M.Ed., Temple University, Assistant in
Physical Education and Athelics.
313 Barry Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.

Standing Committees o f the Faculty 1982-83
Academic and Cultural Support

Center for Social and Policy Studies

OBERDIEK, Chadwick, Davies, Gilbert, S.,
Gross, Johnston, Klotz, Maracek, Piker, Stone

IVERSEN/GILBERT, C., Kellman, Legesse,
Little, Macken, Pryor

Academic Requirements

Committee on Computing Services

DICKERSON, Chadwick, Florant, Golub,
Hammons, Kurth, Metzidakis, Mullins,
Shapiro, Stott, Willis, Wright

PRYOR, Boccio, Dunn, DuPlessis, Klotz,
Landry, Little, Mebane, Ryan, Skeath, Stone,
Thompson, Williams

Admissions and Scholarships

Committee on Faculty Procedures

HENRY, Alperin, Barr, Dickerson,
Hammons, Hassett, Hess, Kosakowski,
Munoz, Smoyer, Verner, Weiner

WRIGHT, Dunn, DuPlessis, Henry,
Oberdiek, Sharpe, Snyder

Asian Studies
LI, Brizendine, Lee, Lieberthal, K., Swearer
Black and Minority Concerns
BRADLEY, Blackburn, Brock, Davies,
Dickerson, James
Black Studies
WOOD, Boyer, Piker, Schmidt, Weiman,
Weiner

**Fall semester, 1 982.

Cooper Committee
SWING, Bradley, Devin, Durkan, Gilbert, S.,
Kitao, Landis, Mangelsdorf, Mullan, Poovey,
Sharpe, Weber, Verner
Council on Education Policy
WRIGHT, Anderson, M., Beitz, Bilaniuk,
Hollister, Pagliaro, Swearer

f f Spring semester, 1983.

211

The Faculty

Curriculum Committee

Smith, S.

WRIGHT, Bowler, Lieberthal, K., Mullins,
North, Stott

Physical Education and Athletics

Faculty Equal Opportunity Advisory Committee

BLACKBURN, Anderson, M., Boccio,
Chadwick, Hess, Mulian, Smoyer, Watts

WILLIAMSON, James, Maracek

Promotion and Tenure

Faculty Representative to the Bookstore

WRIGHT, Gilbert, Lacey, Snyder,
Thompson

Kurth
Faculty and Staff Benefits Committee
LANDRY, Aaron, Cook, Hammons, Lee, M.,
Metzidakis, Miller, Saffran, Skeath,
Van Ummersen, Weiman, Wright
Fellowships and Prizes
COWDEN, Avery, Beitz, Charlton,
Dickerson, Florant, Fehnei, Kosakowski,
Kuperberg, Ostwald, Rosen, D.
Foreign Language Study
TAFOYA, Bilaniuk, Brizendine, Chadwick,
Hassett
Health Sciences Advisory Committee
LIEBERTHAL, J., Chadwick, Kahler,
Mangelsdorf, Saffo, Schneider, Stewart
Library Committee
DURKAN, Aaron, Desjardins, Frost, Gergen,
Golub, Grinstead, Kitao, Raff, Rosenberg,

Research Ethics Committee
BANNISTER, Barns, Brizendine, Kellman
Research Support Committee
BILANIUK, Eisler, Gergen, Heintz, Kahler,
Krugovoy, Munoz, Ostwald, Raff
Space Use and Energy Conservation
CHEESMAN, Avery, Davis, Kuperberg,
Lyons, McGarity, Mullins. Orthlieb (Fall),
Prudente, Raymond, Stanton, Williams
Teacher Education Committee
GROSS, Peabody, Rosen, D., Renninger,
Schmidt, Saffo, Tafoya, Wood, Wright
Secretary to the Faculty
James
Parliamentarian
Frost

Standing Committees of the College
Advisory Committee on Resource Use
Faculty Members: Bowler, Hollister,
Lieberthal, K., North, Rosen; Chairmen of
the Board Committees on Development,
Finance, Instruction and Libraries,
Investment, Property, and Student Life; the
two Vice Presidents, Provost, and Dean;
three students; chaired by the President of

the College, with the Assistant to the
President as Recording Secretary
Equal Opportunity Advisory Committee
Faculty members: James, Maracek,
Williamson; three staff members, and two
students; chaired by the Equal Opportunity
Officer

Division Chairs
DIVISION OF HUMANITIES
North
DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES
Bowler

212

DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
Lieberthal, K.

Administration

PRESIDENT’S OFFICE

Harrison M. Wright, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Provost and Acting
President.

Jacqueline Robinson, Jane F. James,
B.S., State University o f New York at New
Paltz; Secretaries.

Eleanor B. Johnston, B.A., Pomona
College; M.A., Claremont Graduate School,
Assistant to the President.

VICE PRESIDENTS’ OFFICE

Kendall Landis, B.A., Swarthmore College;

Rodney M. Mebane, B.A., Swarthmore

M.A., Wesleyan University, Vice President Alumni, Development, Public Relations.

College; M.A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Financial Assistant.

Lawrence L. Landry, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.,
Clark University, Vice President - Finance.

Pauline M. Carroll, Mary C. Kasper,
Secretaries.

PROVOST’S OFFICE

Harrison M. Wright, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Provost and Acting
President.

Oxford; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Provost and Associate
Dean of the College.

Gilmore Stott, B.A. and M.A., University

Sandra R. Cochrane, Secretary.

of Cincinnati; B.A. and M.A., University of

DEAN’S OFFICE

Janet Smith Dickerson, B.A., Western

Gloria Carey Evans, B.A., Western

College for Women; M.Ed., Xavier
University, Dean o f the College.

Washington College o f Education; M.S.,
University of Washington; Ph.D., Stanford
University, Consultant for Testing and
Guidance and Adviser to Foreign Students.

Elizabeth Chadwick, A.B., Bryn Mawr
College; M. Phil, and Ph.D., Yale University,
Associate Dean o f the College.
Gilmore Stott, B.A. and M.A., University
of Cincinnati; B.A. and M.A., University of
Oxford; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Provost and Associate
Dean o f the College.

Jacob S. Roberts, Jr., B.A., Gettysburg
College; M .S.W ., University o f Pennsylvania,
Director, Black Cultural Center.

D. Gretchen Rowen, Tutor Coordinator
for Support Programs.

Nancy Anne Orr, B.A. and M.S., Indiana

D. Gretchen Rowen, Alma E. Stewart
Norma Boyle A.A., Temple University,

University, Assistant Dean.

Secretaries.

213

Administration

ADMISSIONS OFFICE

Robert A. Barr, Jr., B.A., Swarthmore

Brenda M. Brock, B.A., Earlham College,

College; M. A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Dean o f Admissions.

Jane Lindsay Lieberthal, B.A., Douglass

Phyllis Hall Raymond, B.A., Indiana
University; M.A., Swarthmore College,
Associate Dean o f Admissions.

David A. Walter, B.S., Swarthmore

Assistant Dean o f Admissions.
College; M.A., Columbia University,
Assistant to th Dean o f Admissions.

Joanne Barracliff, Catherine Boccio,
Barbara A. Hadly, Agnes Shonert,

College; M. Div., Princeton Theological
Seminary, Associate Dean o f Admissions.

Secretaries.

Wallace Ann Ayres, B. A., Swarthmore

State College, Receptionist.

Arlene K. Mooshlan, B.S., West Chester

College; Ed.M., Harvard University,
Assistant Dean o f Admissions.
ALUMNI RELATIONS AND INFORMATION SERVICES

Maralyn Drbison Gillespie, B.A.,
Swarthmore College, Associate Vice
President - Director of Alumni Relations and
Information Services.

Catherine Downing, B.A., Kent State
University, Publications Associate.

Jennifer L Denman, B.A., Swarthmore

Ann D. Geer, B.A., Randolph-Macon

College, Assistant Director o f Alumni
Relations.

Lorna Shurkin, B.A., Brooklyn College,
Director o f Information Services.

Nancy R. Smith, A.B., Radcliffe, Director

Kathryn Bassett, Alumni Editor
(part-time).
Woman’s College, Assistant.

Mimi GeiSS, Office Manager.

Ruthanne Krauss, Lloyd Merritts, Lisa
Goundie, Secretaries.

o f Publications and Managing Editor o f The
Alumni Magazine.

ANNUAL FUNDS AND RECORDS OFFICE

Katherine Danser, B.A., Dickinson
College, M.S.Ed., Bucknell University,
Director of Annual Funds.
Mary E. Gibbons, b . a ., Bucknell
University, Assistant Director of Annual
Funds.

Ann Sharbaugh, B.S., West Chester State
College, Fund Recorders.

Gloria RufUS, Alumni Recorder.
Karen Evans, Annual Funds Secretary.
Mildred B. Bergman, Clerk/Typist.

Elizabeth B. Campbell, Senior Fund
Recorder; Rosemary M. Phillippi, Sally

BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS DEPARTMENT

William M. Stanton, B.A., University of
Wisconsin, Director o f Physical Plant.

Gordon E. Cheesman, B.S., Swarthmore
College, Planning Engineer.

214

Donald V. Kelley, David F. Melrose,
Harold T. Hofman, Joseph Skinner,
Assistant Directors o f Physical Plant.

June M. Carnall. Facilities Coordinator.

Steven F. Wheaton, B.S., University of
Vermont, Assistant Director o f Grounds.

Joseph J. Delozier, Jr., Abbie Jones,
Leila Dennis McDuffy, Rachel
Williams, Phyllis Woodcock,

Alice Balbierer, Eleanor J. Breischaft,
Cheryl A. Diamond, Esther B. Kelley,
Secretaries; Jacqueline M. Batker,

Supervisors.

Purchasing Assistant.

BUSINESS OFFICE

Luther Van Ummersen, C.P.A., B.A.,
Tufts University, Controller.

Martha Knecht, C.P.A., B.A., Pennsylvania
State University, Associate Controller.

Ruth B. Walker, Secretary.
Mary Poltrock, Purchasing Agent.
Anthony F. Blasi, B.B.A., University of

Nancy Sheppard, Secretary.

Houston; B.S., University o f Delaware,
Manager of Bookstore.

Margaret A. Thompson, Ellen fl.
Augsberger, Laura B. McLaughlin,

Stenographic Office.

Assistants.

Lewis T. Cook, Jr., B.A., St. Lawrence
University; M.S. Pennsylvania State
University, Associate Vice President Business
Affairs.

Helen DiFeliciantonio, Director of
Ellend L. Dolski, Joann M. Massary,
Helene M. McCann, Edith R. Woodland,
Stenographic staff.

June TaSSOni, Postmistress

CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT

Judith Kapustin Katz, B.A., Temple

Julia Lemon, Recruiting Coordinator/

University; M. A., University o f Michigan;
Ed.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Director.

Secretary.

CENTER FOR SOCIAL AND POLICY STUDIES

Gudmund R. Iversen, M.A., University of

Naomi Marcus, Secretary.

Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Director.

COMPUTING SERVICES

Elizabeth R. Little, B.S., North Carolina
State University, Director o f Computing
Services.

Barbara Goguen, B.A., Brown University,
Assistant to the Director.

William C. Ryan, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Associate Director.
W. Marshall Northcott, B.S., Lock Haven
State College, Manager, Administrative
Systems.

215

Administration

William E. Conner, Jr., B.A., B.S., Villanova
University, John J. Pescatore, B.A.,

Robert E. Lee, Jr., B.A., Villanova

LaSalle University, Programmers.

University, M.P.A., Pennsylvania State
University, Computer Operator.

Alice H. McGovern, B.S., Fordham

Hazel C. Rapp, Secretary.

University, Information
Coordinator/Computer Operator.
DEVELOPMENT OFFICES

Richard W. Johnson II, B.A., Colgate
University, Director o f Development.

Prudence S. Churchill, B.A., Dickinson

Rochester/Berkley/Crozer, Assistant
Director of Development-Systems and
Research.

Coiiege; M.S.Ed., Temple University,
Director of Capital Support.

Ingrid L. Evans, B.A., Pennsylvania State

Betty Nathan Eisler, B.A., Swarthmore

Margaret W. Nikelly, B.A., Upsala

College; M.S., Drexel University, Director of
Foundation and Government Support.

College, Secretary and Assistant to the
Director of Development.

Terry Ellen Sparkes, B.A., Denison

Margaret Giovannini, Secretary to the

University; M.Div., Colgate-

Director of Capital Support.

University, Research Associate.

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE

Patricia A. Whitman, B.A., West Chester
State College, M.A., Miami University of
Ohio, Equal Opportunity Officer.

Jane F. Janies, B.S., State University of
New York at New Paltz, Secretary.

FINANCIAL AID OFFICE

Laura T. Alperin, B.A., Wheaton College,
Director o f Financial Aid.

Helen Elmer, Vera R. Morrison,
Secretaries.

FOOD SERVICE

Charles W. Spiegel, B.S., University of
Denver, Director.

Robert Mitten, A.A., Brandywine Junior
College, Denise M. Schmidt, B.S.,

Gwynedd-Mercy College, Food Service
Managers.

Elizabeth Davis, Secretary.

HEALTH SCIENCE ADVISORY PROGRAM

Jane Lindsay Lieberthal, b . a ., Douglass

Bonnie E. Harvey, B.A., Swarthmore

College; M.A., Columbia University, Health
Sciences Advisor.

College, Secretary.

216

HEALTH AND PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES
Worth Health Center

Psychological Services

Linda Echols, r .n ., b .s . n ., and m .s . n .,
University o f Pennsylvania; CRNP, Johns
Hopkins Hospital, Director of Worth Health
Center/Head Nurse.

Leighton C. Whitaker, Director. B.A.,
Swarthmore College; M.A., University of
Connecticut; Ph.D., Wayne State University;
Diplómate in Clinical Psychology of the
American Board of Professional Psychology.

Elissa R. Chansky, R.N., Beth Israel
Hospital, Constance C. Jones, r .n .,
Carol E. Ronan, r .n ., Barbara A.
Smetana, R.N., College Health Nurse
Practitioner, Brigham Young University.

Dianne S. Salter, Clinical Psychologist.
B.A., Antioch College; M.A., Adelphi
University; Ph.D., Adelphi University.

University; M.D., Hahnemann Medical
College, College Physician.

Paula S. Rosen, Social Worker (not
available Fall 1982). A.B., University of
Rochester; M.S.S., Bryn Mawr College
Graduate School of Social Work and Social
Research; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College
Graduate School o f Social Work and Social
Research.

Arthur T. Laver, B.A., Swarthmore

Ivan Fleishman, Clinical Psychologist.

David Elberly, B.A., Franklin and Marshall;
M.D., Albany Medical College, College
Physician.

Mark Goldstein, B.A., Penn State

Paul S. Zamostien, B.S., Ursinus College;

B.A., Rollins College; M.S., Hahnemann
Medical College-The Graduate School;
Psy.D., Hahnemann Medical College-The
Graduate School.

M.D., Jefferson Medical College, Consulting
Gynecologist.

Barbara L. Goldsmith, Clinical Psychology

College; M.D., Hahnemann Medical College,
Consulting Gynecologist.

James E. Clark, B.A., West Virginia
University; M.D., Jefferson Medical College,
Senior Consulting Physician.

Charles D. Hummer, Jr., B.A., Amherst
College; M.d. Hahnemann Medical College,
Athletic Orthopedic Consultant.
Erwin R. Schmidt, Jr., B.S., Yale
University M.D., University of Wisconsin,
Consulting Orthopedic Surgeon.-

Anita Knowles, Health Services Secretary.

intern from Hahnemann Medical College-The
Graduate School. B.A., State University of
New York at Albany; M:.Ed., Boston
University.

Silas L. Warner, Consulting Psychiatrist.
B.A., Princeton University; M.D.,
Northwestern University; Certified by the
American Board of Psychiatry; Philadelphia
Academy of Psychoanalysis.

Elizabeth P. Cozine, Psychological
Services Secretary-Receptionist. R.N.,
Paterson General Hospital.

LIBRARY STAFF
College Library

Michael J. Durkan, B.A., St. Patrick’s
College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in
Library Training, University College, Dublin;
College Librarian.
Jane H. Aaron, B.A., BirminghamSouthern College; M.S. in L.S., Drexel
University; Associate Librarian, and Head,
Technical Services.

Christine D. Carrozza, Secretary to the
College Librarian.

Elizabeth Amann, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.S. in L.S., Rutgers University;
Assistant Acquisitions/Public Services
Librarian.
Lorena A. Boylan, B.A., LaSalle College;
M.S. in L.S., Drexel University; Catalog
Librarian.

217

Administration

Edward H. Fuller, B.A., Widener College;

Minda N. Hart, B.A., Pennsylvania State

M .S. in L.S., Drexel University; Special
Collections Librarian.

University; Assistant/Acquisitions.

Rose Marie Johnson, Assistant/

Effll K. Horlkawa, B.E. University of

Acquisitions.

Nevada; M. A., University o f Utah; Science
Librarian.

Shirley F. Kirby, B.A., Washington

George K. Huber, B.A., University of

Lynn A. Lantz, B.A., Chatham College;

Pennsylvania; M.S. in L.S., Drexel
University; Librarian, Underhill Music
Library.

Assistant/Comell Library.

Stephen R. Lehmann, Ed.M., Harvard
University; M.A., University o f California
Berkeley; M .L.S., University of California
Berkeley; Humanities Librarian.

University; Periodicals Assistant.

Pauline Marshall, B.S., Simmons College;
Continuations Assistant.
Doris Pitman Moist, Processing Assistant.
Kristine E. Mudrick, B.A., Bates College;
Cornell Library Assistant.

Amy Morrison, B.A. and M.L.S., Rutgers

Anne J. Perkins, Cataloging Editor.

University; Assistant Catalog Librarian.

Lois 6. Peterson, B.A., Oberlin College;

Catherine J. Smith, B.A., Swarthmore

Interlibrary Loan Assistant.

College; B.S. in L.S., Drexel University;
Circulation Librarian.

Jean Pfeiffer, Circulation Assistant.

Susan G. Williamson, B.A., University
o f California-Berkeley; Ph.D., University
o f Pennsylvania; Social Sciences Librarian.

Nancy C. Bech, Assistant/Circulation.
Monique Constantino, Records &
Purchasing Assistant.

Netta Shinbaum, B.A., State University of
New York - Oswego; Cataloging Editor.

Anne M. Swann, B.A., Swarthmore
College; Cataloging Editor.

Marian B. Bruce, B.S., James Madison
University; Pauline E. Hallman; Claire R.
Smith; Diane Van Roden; Receptionists.

Friends Historical Library

J. William Frost, B.A., DePauw

Claire B. Shetter, Cataloging Assistant.

University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin, Director.

Nancy P. Speers, Jane M. Thorson,

Albert W. Fowler, B.A., Haverford

Kazue Oye, Conservation Assistant.

College; M.S. in L.S., Syracuse University,
Associate Director.

B.A., Goddard College, Assistants.

Swarthmore College Peace Collection

Jerry Richard Kyle, B.A. and M.A.,

Eleanor M. Barr, B.A., Mount Holyoke

Temple University, Curator.

College, M.L.S., University o f Pittsburgh,
Archivist.
Mary Ellen Clark, B. Mus., West Virginia
University, Assistant.
Martha P. Shane, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Archivist.

Barbara E. Addison, B.S., University of
Wisconsin (Milwaukee); M.S. in
Librarianship, University o f Wisconsin
(Madison), Cataloger Assistant.
Honorary Curators o f the Friends Historical Library

Margaret Hope Bacon, Judith C.
Breault, Frances Williams Browin,

218

John Edwin Brush, Harriet Frorer
Durham, David C. Elkinton, LaVerne

Forbush, James R. Frorer, Caroline
Biddle Malin, John M. Moore, Lyman

W. Riley, Catharine Morris Wright,
Ellis T. Williams.

Advisory Council o f the Swarthmore College Peace Collection

Irwin Abrams, Helen M. Carroll, Julien
Cornell, Hilary Conroy, Merle Curti,
Alfred A. Fraser III, Larry Gara, Robert

Wallace GHmore, Phebe R. Jacobsen,
Kendall Landis, E. Raymond Wilson.

PERSONNEL SERVICES

Marietta T. Lee, B.A., Villanova

Adelaide M. Young, Secretary.

University; M.P.A., Temple University,
Director.

REGISTRAR’S OFFICE

Jane H. Mullins, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Registrar.

Haney S. Bell, Agnes Kennedy, Natalie
Kruczaj, Recorders.

Evelyn G. Huk, Senior Recorder.
ARTHUR HOYT SCO TT HORITICULTURAL FOUNDATION

John C. Wister, B.A., Harvard University;
D.Sc., Swarthmore College, Director
Emeritus o f the Arthur Hoyt Scott
Horticultural Foundation.

David Melrose, Assistant Director.
Erica 6lasener, B.S., University of
Maryland, Educational Coordinator.

Josephine Hopkins, Secretary.

SECURITY AND SAFETY SERVICES

James C. Lyons III, A.B., Brown
University, Director.

Owen S. Redgrave, A.A.S., Delaware
County Community College, B.S. West
Chester State College, Larry LantZ,
Lieutenants.

Linda D. Miller, A.A.S., Delaware County
Community College, Communications
Sergeant.

Timothy Coachman, James F. Ellis,
Robert Griffith, Milton W. Payne, A.A.,
Salisbury State College, William A.
Relnick, Bobby Van Wilson, Security
Officers.

Judy Grace Feiy, John P. Kelly, B.A.,
Catholic University of America, Marion K.
Officer, Dorothy H. Olson, George
Ticknor (part-time), Communications
Officers.

Michael J. Fitzgerald, John J. Tyler,
Sergeants.
UPWARD BOUND

Edwin A. Collins, B.A., Lincoln Univesity;

DeLoiS M. Collins, B.A., Temple

B.S., Cheyney State College, Director.

University, Associate Director.
Melva N. McMillan, Secretary.

219

Administration

DEPARTMENT SECRETARIES, ASSISTANTS AND TECHNICIANS

Aft: Teresa F. Klingler, A.A., Hershey Junior
College, Secretary.

English Literature: Thelma M. Miller,

Astronomy: Elliot Borgman, B.A.,

History: Eleanor W . Bennett, Secretary.
Linguistics: Winifred G. Vaules, Secretary.

University o f Pennsylvania, Mary MacD.
Jackson, B.A., Swarthmore College, Ruth V.
Kennedy, B.A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Research Assistants, Barbara C. Niebruegge,
A.B., Radcliffe College, Secretary.

Secretary.

Mathematics: Joyce A. Glackin, Secretary.
Modern Languages: Martha Dieffenbach,

Audio-visual Technician: Stephen L.

Secretary, Eleanor L. O ’Keefe, Language
Laboratory Assistant.

Mann.

Music: Judy Lord, A.A., Wesley College,

B iology: Henrietta P. Ewing, B.A.,
Swarthmore College, Secretary, George
Flickinger, Instrumentation Technician, Ann
M. Rawson, B.A., Swarthmore College, M.S.,
Cornell University, Laboratory Technician.

Secretary.

Chemistry: Janice W . Bright, B.A.,
University o f California, Davis, Secretary, E.
Earl Matthews, A.S., Delaware County
Community College, Technician.

Classics: Sarah S. Fought, B.A. and M.A.,
University o f Wisconsin, Secretary.

Economics: Dorcas D. Allen, A.A., Harcum
Junior College, Eleanor Geitzer, Sara-Page
White, B.A., Swarthmore College, Secretaries.

Education: Maud W . Marshall, B.A.,
Goddard College, Secretary.

Electronics Technician: John J.
Dougherty.

Engineering: Frances L. Shero, B.A.,
Swarthmore College, Secretary, Grant Lee
Smith, Mechanician.

220

Philosophy: Alta K. Schmidt, Secretary.
Physical Education and Athletics:
Patricia E. Trinder, Secretary, Octavius
Holland, David Lester, Equipment Managers,
Deborah Crabbe, B.A., Laurentian University,
Sports Information Intern.

PhySiCS: John R. Andrews, Technician,
Catherine Hogan, Secretary.

Political Science: Dorcas D. Allen, A.A.,
Harcum Junior College, Eleanor Greitzer, SaraPage White, B.A., Swarthmore College,
Secretaries.

Psychology: Dorothea L. Beebe, B.A.,
Gettysburg College, Secretary.

Religion: Ann S. Blackburn, Secretary.
Sociology and Anthropology: Pauline B.
Federman, Secretary.

Visiting Examiners 1982

Art History

Engineering

Professor Christine Hasenmueller-Colley,
Vanderbilt University
Michael Davis, Princeton University
Professor Stephen Z. Levine, Bryn Mawr
College
Professor Marilyn McCully, Princeton
University
Professor Charles M. Rosenberg, University o f
Notre Dame

Professor Sam Goldwasser, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Frederick D. Ketterer, University o f
Pennsylvania
Dr. John Tichy, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute

Astronomy
Dr. William Buscombe, Northwestern
University
Dr. Ronald Stone, U. S. Naval Observatory

Biology
Dr. Gail Hearn, Beaver College
Dr. Virginia Miller, University o f Delaware
Professor Carl S. Pike, Franklin & Marshall
College
Dr. Lewis Pizer, University o f Colorado
Professor Stephen Roth, University o f
Pennsylvania
Dr. Joseph W . Sanger, University o f
Pennsylvania

Chemistry
Dr. Edward R. Grant, Cornell University
Professor David M. Lemal, Dartmouth College
Dr. Harold B. White, University o f Delaware

Classics
Professor Alvin Bernstein, Cornell University
Professor Julia Gaisser, Bryn Mawr College
Professor David Porter, Carleton College

Economics
Professor Glen Cain, University o f Wisconsin
Professor Paul Courant, University o f
Michigan
Dr. Richard Gaskins, Bryn Mawr College
Professor Eugene Kroch, Columbia University
Dr. Jeffrey B. Miller, University o f Delaware
Professor Phillip Mirowski, Tufts University
Professor William N. Parker, Yale University
Professor Daniel Richards, Hamilton College
Dr. Thomas Romer, Camegie-Mellon
University
Dr. Joanne Salop, International Monetary Fund
Dr. F. M. Scherer, Northwestern University
Professor Kriss Sjoblom, University o f
Pennsylvania
Dr. Larry Westphal, The World Bank

English
Professor Leonard Barkan, Northwestern
University
Professor Katrin Burlin, Bryn Mawr College
Professor David V. Erdman, State University
o f New York at Stony Brook
Professor Philip Fisher, Brandéis University
Professor Elizabeth Kirk, Brown University
Professor Viki Mahaffey, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor James L. Rosier, University o f
Pennsylvania

History
Professor Richard Beeman, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Samuel Cohn, Brandéis University
Professor Ziva Galili y Garcia, Rutgers
University
Professor James Gilbert, University o f
Maryland
Professor Waldo H. Heinrichs, Temple
University
Professor Philip A. Kuhn, Harvard
University
Professor Lynn Holland Lees, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Philip Nord, Princeton University
Professor Winthrop R. Wright, University o f
Maryland

Linguistics
Professor Frank Keil, Cornell University
Dr. Anthony Kroch, University o f
Pennsylvania
Dr. Gary Milsark, Temple University

Mathematics
Professor Curtis Greene, Haverford College
Professor Philip J. Hanlon, Massachusetts
Institute o f Technology
Professor Paul Shaman, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Frank Wattenberg, University o f
Massachusetts

221

V isitin g E x a m i n e r s 1 9 8 1

French
Professor Madelyn Gutwirth, West Chester
State College

Philosophy
Professor Raymond Frey, University o f
Toronto
David Hoy, Columbia University
Professor Frank Keil, Cornell University
Professor Joan Kung, University o f Virginia
Professor William Lycan, The Ohio State
University
Professor Elizabeth Rapaport, Brown
University
Professor Norbert Samuelson, Temple
University

Physics

Professor Robert O. Keohane, Brandeis
University
Professor Eugene Kroch, Columbia University
Professor Jack B. Nagel, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Robert Rothstein
Professor Alexander Wilde, Woodrow Wilson
International Center for Scholars

Psychology
Professor Thomas T. Hewett, Drexel
University
Professor Robert Hogan, Johns Hopkins
University
Professor Frank Keil, Cornell University
Dr. Anthony Kroch, University o f
Pennsylvania
Dr. Susan Packer, Princeton University
Professor Jonathan Schull, Haverford College

Professor Ralph D. Amado, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Derek Boyd, University o f Maryland
Professor Lorenzo M. Narducci, Drexel
University
Professor William T. Vetterling, Harvard
University

Professor Gananath Obeyesekere, Princeton
University
Professor Jaroslav Pelikan, Yale University
Professor Peter Slater, Carleton University

Political Science

Sociology & Anthropology

Professor Joseph Carens, Princeton University
Dean Eugene N. Feingold, University o f
Michigan
Professor Harvey Feigenbaum, George
Washington University
Professor Steven Goldstein, Smith College
Professor Kent Greenawalt, Columbia
University
Professor Amy Gutmann, Princeton University
Professor Miles Kahler, Princeton University

Professor Charles Bosk, University o f
Pennsylvania
Dr. Sheila Cosminsky, Rutgers University
Paul Di Maggio, Yale University
Professor Gananath Obeyesekere, Princeton
University
Frances Schwartz, Philadelphia Child Guidance
Clinic
Professor Carmen Sirianni, Northeastern
University

222

Religion

Degrees Conferred
May 31, 1982

BACHELOR O F ARTS
Dan Tyler Abell, Physics
Janet Alison Aker, History
Cecilia Sumuane Alailima, Biology
Nicole Marianne Alfandre, Art History
Jennie Dwight Allen, Sociology
and Anthropology
Paula Todd Allen, English Literature
Mary Ann Amemiya, English Literature
Emilie Margaret Amt, Medieval Studies
David R. Andrews, Economics
Matthew J. Arneson, Political Science
Jonathan Leigh Awner, Political Science
Mordena Anne Babich, Special Major:
Psycholinguistics
Julio Tonatiuh Bacmeister, Physics
Leslie Harmon Baker, English Literature
Roxanne Lynette Bartel, Biology
Anne Baumanff, Special Major:
Psycholinguistics
Daniel James Beck, Philosophy
Victoria Anne Behrman, History
Jon Bernhardt, Economics
David Charles Boltson, Psychology
Bridget Kathleen Bower, Religion
Andrew Rossman Bradbury, Physics
Amy Joan Braverman, Economics
Brian James Brennan, Art History
Griselda Eleanor Brown, Economics
Robert Douglas Brownstone, English Literature
and Political Science
Charles Sturm Buchanan, Art History
Robert Jeffrey Budner, Economics
Elizabeth Rachel Burchard, Special Major:
Biochemistry
Anthony Jerome Burton, Economics
Catherine A. Cambron, History
Carl Merritt Campbell, III, Economics
Roane L. Carey, History
Letitia Greta Carlson, Special Major:
Biochemistry
Mark Adrian Champe, Biology
David Arthur Chapman, Economics
Deborah Jeanne Choi, English Literature
Christopher F. Chyba, Physics
James H. Clancy, Economics and Political Science
Robert Allen Coe, Biology
Cynthia Sarah Cohen, Biology

f t Secondary School Teaching Certificate.

Margaret Holly Cohen, Psychology
Patrice Mary Coleman Sociology
and Anthropology
Debra Ruth Comer, Psychology
Michael Hugh Corbin, Political Science
David B. Cowan, Linguistics
Patricia Hutchinson Craig, Economics
Brian Albert Cromwell#, Economics
Mary F. Cronan, Biology
Ann Elizabeth Cudd, Mathematics
and Philosophy
Jay D’A m brosioff, Economics
Beth Dina Davidson, Religion
Alison De Long, English Literature
Javier A. Sanchez De Lozada Paz Campero
Philosophy and Economics
Denise Lavette DeShieids, Biology
Maureen Frances Del Duca, Political Science
Richard Joseph Delaney, Political Science
Clark Hamilton Denny, Psychology
James Philip Di Falco, Special Major:
Psychobiology
Christopher Marc Diamond, Biology
Chrysostomos N. Diamondidis, Economics
Emmanuelle Anne Dobbs, Art
Simon P. Dodge, Political Science
George Robert Dougherty#, Economics
George Rodgers Dowdle, Psychology
and Economics
Matthew Benedict Dupre, Psychology
John Herman Duvivier, Philosophy
John Daniel Walter Eckert, Medieval Studies
Bruce Alexander Edgar, Biology
Gretchen Marie Edwalds, Biology
Noah Jonathan Efron, Psychology
Lawrence Edward Ehmer, Mathematics
and Economics
John Merrick Eisenlohr, Mathematics
Sharon Ruth Eisenstadt, Mathematics
Drew Harrison Elliott#, Political Science
William Lawrence Ellis, Political Science
Charles Benjamin Epstein, Biology
Gwen Paula Erwin, English Literature
William Frederic Evans, Special Major:
Linguistics and Psychology
Michael Scott Fedak, Economics

#with Concentration in Public Policy.

223

Degrees Conferred

Daniel Glenn Federman, Special Major:
Bio-Psychology
Richard T. Ferris, Economics
Kathleen Marie Ferry, Medieval Studies
David Richard Fields, Economics
Oliver Fine, French
Daniel Zev Fisher, Philosophy
John Page Fisher, English Literature
with Concentration in Theatre
Robert Philip Fisher, Biology
Roxanne Hazel Fisher, Special Major:
The Biological and Psychological
Foundations o f Language
Maurice Brian Foley** & #, Economics
and Political Science
Matthew W . Frank, Political Science
Lauren Markey Gabor, History
Denise Carmen Gabuzda, Physics
Joseph Peter Gallo, Economics
Cecilia Elizabeth Gelfman, Biology
Sarah Ann Gentry, Biology
Kent Joseph George, Political Science
Ruby Nandini Ghosh, Physics
Margaret Jean Gillespie, Religion
Jonathan Mark Gilligan, Physics
Jennifer Ann Glancy, Philosophy
Thomas Keith Glennan, III, Economics
Gary Steven Glessner, Economics
Jill Gabrielie Golden, Political Science
Daniel N. Gordon, Latin
Elisabeth Ruth Gray, Physics
Jason Paul Greenberg, Biology
Elizabeth Ann Greene, Mathematics
Rhonda Renee Greggs, Biology
K. Randall Groh, Biology
Sarah Crawford Groves, Sociology
and Anthropology
James Alan Gustin, Biology
Ruth Haas, Mathematics
Louis Marvin Haber, Economics and Spanish
David Hahn, English Literature
Monica Anne Haley, Special Major:
Psychobiology
Jessica Halprin, Biology
John Benedict Hammond, English Literature
Dianna Valarie Hannigan, Biology
Gregory Carter Hansen, Biology
Alison Evans Heald, Chemistry
Kevin Charles Hearle, Economics

**with Concentration in Black Studies.
#with Concentration in Public Policy.

224

Laura Vanderbilt Heisterkamp, History
Audrey Lee Helfant, Greek
Harvey Hyden Hensley, Physics
Walter Ernest Hermanns! f , Biology
Peter Andrew Hess, Psychology
William Edwin Himwich, Physics
Lisa Maria Hirschkop, Music
Patrick Dugan Holmes, Psychology
Benjamin Roger Hood, Histdry
Marilyn Veronica Howarth, Biology
John Randall Howe, Economics
Timothy Doyle Hoyt, History
and Political Science
Jim Jui Jen Huang, Political Science
David Maxwell Hunt, Political Science
Eric Everett Hunter**, Economics
Mary L. Ierulli, Greek
Karen Linnea Impola, Psychology
Eve Rebekah Jacobs, History
Wendy Ellen Jacoby, Economics
Craig A. James, History
Seth Jamison, Political Science
Alice Marie Jones, Religion
Leslie Ellen Jones, Special Major:
English Literature and Sociology
Scott Jeffrey Jordan, Economics
Sherry Elaine Jordon, Religion
Philip Michael Joson, Biology
Martin Alexander Jurkat, Political ScienceInternational Relations
J. Richard Just, Economics
Karin Rose Kahn, English Literature
Steven Todd Kargman, Political Science
Karen Margaret Kelly, History
Scott Clark Kerber, Religion
Paul William Kerr, Special Major:
Linguistics and Psychology
John Frederick Kier, Philosophy
Jeffrey Blaine King, Chemistry
William MacLeod Kirby, Biology
Christian Kirkpatrick, English Literature
Ann Helen Kloeckner, Political Science
Phillip David Kloeckner, Biology
Jennifer Lynn Knapp, Political Science
and Psychology
Mary Jane Knight, History
Adam Kolker, History
Bryan Marcus Koulman, Philosophy
David William Kuhnsman, Political Science

f f Secondary School Teaching Certificate.

Jean Marie Kundel, Chemistry
Naomi Jessica Kuznets, History
Susan Anne Lamb, Music
Robert Greig Lancaster, Chemistry
David Andrew Landau, Biology
Peter Landeck, English Literature and Greek
Ellen Phyllis Landsburg, Special Major:
Psycholinguistics
Kenneth Bruce Laughlin, Chemistry
Sarah E. Lawrence, Art History
Jay Lebed, Philosophy
Benjamin Judah Leeman, Biology
David Tacheng Lei, Economics
Lee Terry Leitner, Biology
Marina Lent, Philosophy
Lim Heng Huat, Economics
Say-Peng Lim, Physics
Clifford Lopate, Physics
Catherine Seeley Lowney, Political ScienceInternational Relations
Dana Cabot Lyons, Political Science
Alice Priscilla Macneal, Music
Jennifer Frith Madison, Biology
Sara Deborah Ann Majerovitz, Psychology
Paul Ramsey Maliklj., Political Science
Stephen Nicholas Massi, Political Science
Mark Daniel Matlin, Physics
Michael John McGeary, Chemistry
Stephen McGrath, Economics
Shawn Frederick McHale, Sociology
and Anthropology
Alexander George McKale, Physics
James D. Mendez, Biology
John Walton Meriwether* &. Ij., Political
Science
Brock Armand Miller, History
Jonathan Robert Miller, Chemistry
Lisa Ann Minklei, Religion
Charles Godwin Moore, Economics
Daisy Pocahontas Moore, Psychology
Joseph M. More, Jr., Political Science
Audrey Sue Morrell, Psychology
Jan Alison Morrow, English Literature
David R. Moss, Political Science
Kevin Dean Murphy, Art History
Scott David Myers, English Literature
Barbara Helen Need, Linguistics
Elizabeth Chayes Neiman, Music and Special
Major: Linguistics and Psychology

*with Concentration in Asian Studies.
^with Concentration in International Relations,

Matthew Simon Nelson, Economics
Rebecca Judith Nelson, Biology
David Edward Neuville, Political Science
Antonia Silva New, English Literature
Thomas Sims Newlin, English Literature
and Russian
Stephen Paul Ng, Sociology and Anthropology
Elaine Marie Nider*, Political Science
Jane Ellen Obee#, Political Science
Jill Davies Ottenberg, English Literature
Robert Edward Ottenstein, Philosophy
Ernest Owusu, Economics
Noelle May Parris, Spanish
Norma Jean Patz, Psychology
Christina Hull Paxson, Economics
Kathryn Elizabeth Pearson, Music
Myfanwy Ann Phillips, Psychology
Jeffrey Stephen Purinton, Greek
Alison Quin, History
Koorosh Raffii, Economics
Jonathan Craig Randall, Special Major:
Psycholinguistics
Griffith Raymond, Special Major:
Bio-Psychology
Anthony Lammot Belin Rhodes, Biology
Cynthia Mills Richterf f , History
Katharine B. Rittenhouse, History
Hallie Jo Robbins, Special Major: Psychobiology
Barton Sanford Robins, Economics
Linda Sue Robinson, Political Science
Robert John Robinson, Economics
Roger Stacy Roney, Philosophy
Liat Rorer, Economics
Jane Rossetti, Economics and Political ScienceInternational Relations
Jennifer Rubin, Biology and Art History
John Skeer Rudd, History and Philosophy
Robert Shapleigh Ryland#, Economics
Julie A. Sacks, History
William B. Sailer#, Economics
Elizabeth Sanford, English Literature
Sarah Sargent, Biology
Kenneth William Schaphorst, Music
Bjorn Gustav Schelander*, Sociology
and Anthropology
Joel Abraham Segal, Special Major: Biochemistry
Ann Elizabeth Seitz f f , Special Major:
Bio-Psychology
Michael Howard Selby, Political Science

#with Concentration in Public Policy,
f f Secondary School Teaching Certificate.

225

Degrees Conferred

Thomas Arthur Sgouros, Jr., Physics
David Martin Shaiken, Philosophy
Timothy David Sharpe, History
Robert Noel Sheehy, Economics
Leslie Ann Sheriff, Biology
Ann Marie Sherry, English Literature
Thomas Fullagar Shipley, Psychology
Kenneth Ray Short, Psychology
Gregory Scott Shortell, Psychology
Martha Stanley Sielman, History
Amy Elizabeth Singer, History
John Michael Skrocki, Political Science
Paula Vene Smith, English Literature
Susan Spalding, Biology
Harlan Griffin Stabler, Sociology
and Anthropology
Ellen Hall Starbird, Political Science
Linda Stathoplos, Special Major: Biochemistry
Jennifer May Struble, History
Raymond Chien Sun, History
Christopher Swenson, Philosophy
Mary Tamaki Takeda, Biology
Krista Koch Taylor, Psychology
Peter Jon Tesler, Psychology
Jeffri Anne Thomas**, History
Marc David Tischler, Special Major:
Psychobiology
Noel Hugh Trask, Political Science
Helen Antona Traversi, Art History
Craig Steven Tyle, Philosophy
Paul Dante Usala, Psychology
Lauren Marina Vitali, Psychology

Janet Elizabeth Vultee, English Literature
Stephen M. Walker, Psychology and Sociology
and Anthropology
Rachel A. Walpole, Art History and Psychology
Arthur Wayne Walsh, Jr., English Literature
Anne Laurie Warran, Special Major:
Psychobiology
Kristin Andrea Washington, Psychology
Charles Eaton Watson, Political Science
Philip Weinberg, English Literature
Tamara Sue Weinberg, Psychology
Bruce David Weinstein, Philosophy
Joel Jay Weiss, Psychology
Mara Dee Weitzman, Biology
Bettina Maxine Welz, Biology
Joel Culter Wesson, Physics
William Joseph Weston, Sociology
and Anthropology
Thomas L Whitman, Music
Marie Elaine Williams#, Economics
Peter David Wilton, Psychology
Pamela Wales Winston, English Literature
Barbara Ann Wismer, Biology
Lise Helen Wittels, Special Major:
Biology and Psychology
Jonathan Wendell Woodbury, Economics
Jennifer Wright, Political Science
Henry Howard Yaffef J , Physics
King-Yuen Yik#, Economics
William Frederick Zimmerman, History
Benjamin Charles Zipursky, Philosophy

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Thomas Alton Bartoshesky, Engineering
Geoffrey Morris Brown, Engineering
Erik Allen Cheever, Engineering
David Taylor Clemens, Engineering
Scott Winslow Cowger, Engineering
Nancy Marie Crickman, Engineering
Patrick M. Dewar, Engineering
Gary Steven Glessner, Engineering
Anthony Joseph Kampling, Engineering
Lim Heng Huat, Engineering
Yvette Monique Miller, Engineering
HONORARY DEGREES
Ernesta Drinker Ballard, Doctor o f Laws
Katherine Merrill Lindsley Camp, Doctor
o f Laws
Howard A. Schneiderman, Doctor o f Science
**with Concentration in Black Studies.
#with Concentration in Public Policy.

226

Robert H. Morford, Engineering
Richard Jay Nakai, Engineering
Matthew Simon Nelson, Engineering
Jane Ellen Obee#, Engineering
Archibald Alexander Owen, Engineering
Steven F. Podell, Engineering
Koorosh Raffii, Engineering
Peter Alois Waplinger, Engineering
Colin Wills Wightman, Engineering
Clare Elizabeth Woodman, Engineering

MASTER O F ARTS
Li Mo Ying, Psychology

f t Secondary School Teaching Certificate.

Awards and Distinctions
May 31, 1982

HONORS AWARDED BY THE VISITING EXAMINERS— 22 MAY 1982

HIGHEST HONORS:
John Herman Duvivier, Jay Lebed, Elizabeth
Laura Mackie, Paula Vene Smith.

HIGH HONORS:
Jon Bernhardt, David B. Cowan, Brian
Albert Cromwell, Noah Jonathan Efron, John
Merrick Eisenlohr, Daniel Zev Fisher,
Elisabeth Ruth Gray, Ruth Haas, Kevin
Charles Hearle, Kenneth Bruce Laughlin,
Clifford Lopate, Brock Armand Miller,
Charles Godwin Moore, Christina Hull
Paxson, Jeffrey Stephen Purinton, Alison
Quin, Linda S. Robinson, Robert John
Robinson, Amy Elizabeth Singer, Raymond
Chien Sun, Noel Hugh Trask, Craig Steven
Tyle, Joel Cutler Wesson, William Joseph
Weston, Jennifer Wright, King-Yuen Yik.

HONORS:
Janet Alison Aker, Mary Ann Amemiya,
David R. Andrews, Julio Tonatiuh
Bacmeister, Robert Jeffrey Budner, Roane L.
Carey, David Arthur Chapman, Christopher
F. Chyba, Debra Ruth Comer, Michael Hugh

Corbin, Alison De Long, Richard Joseph
Delaney, Clark Hamilton Denny, Simon P.
Dodge, Katherine Elaine Duplay, Sharon
Ruth Eisenstadt, Michael Scott Fedak,
Richard T. Ferris, Denise Carmen Gabuzda,
Ruby Nandini Ghosh, Jonathan Mark
Gilligan, Jennifer Ann Glancy, Thomas Keith
Glennan, III, Daniel N. Gordon, David Hahn,
Eve Rebekah Jacobs, Scott Jeffrey Jordan,
Steven Todd Kargman, Adam Kolker, Jean
Marie Kundel, Naomi Jessica Kuznets, Sarah
E. Lawrence, David Tacheng Lei, Say-Peng
Lim, Mark Daniel Matlin, Shawn Frederick
McHale, Jan Alison Morrow, David R.
Moss, Barbara Helen Need, David Edward
Neuville, Antonia Silva New, Robert Edward
Ottenstein, Robert Shapleigh Ryland, Julie
A. Sacks, William B. Sailer, Thomas Arthur
Sgouros, Jr., Timothy David Sharpe, Thomas
Fullagar Shipley, Charles Eaton Watson,
Jonathan Wendell Woodbury, Henry
Howard Yaffe, William Frederick
Zimmerman, Benjamin Charles Zipursky.

DISTINCTION IN COURSE AWARDED BY FACULTY
Emilie Margaret Amt, Roxanne Lynette
Bartel, Andrew Rossman Bradbury, Letitia
Greta Carlson, David T. Clemens, Margaret
Holly Cohen, Ann Elizabeth Cudd, John
Daniel Walter Eckert, Bruce Alexander
Edgar, Charles Benjamin Epstein, Robert
Philip Fisher, K. Randall Groh, Alison Evans
Heald, Audrey Lee Helfant, Sherry Elaine
Jordon, Jennifer Lynn Knapp, Bryan Marcus

Koulman, Susan Anne Lamb, Alice Priscilla
Macneal, Thomas Sims Newlin, Kathryn
Elizabeth Pearson, Cynthia Mills Richter,
Sarah Sargent, Robert Noel Sheehy, Ellen
Hall Starbird, Linda Stathoplos, Marc David
Tischler, Janet Elizabeth Vultee, Rachel A.
Walpole, Joel Jay Weiss, Thomas I.
Whitman, Barbara Ann Wismer.

ELECTIONS TO HONORARY SOCIETIES

PHI BETA KAPPA:
[Emilie Margaret Amt, Roxanne Lynette
Bartel, Jon Bernhardt, Christopher F. Chyba,
David T. Clemens, Margaret Holly Cohen,
David B. Cowan, Alison De Long, John
Herman Duvivier, John Daniel Walter
Eckert, Bruce Alexander Edgar, Noah
[Jonathan Efron, Sharon Ruth Eisenstadt,
Charles Benjamin Epstein, Daniel Zev Fisher,
Robert Philip Fisher, Elisabeth Ruth Gray,
[Alison Evans Heald, Audrey Lee Helfant,

Sherry Elaine Jordon, Steven Todd Kargman,
Jennifer Lynn Knapp, Susan Anne Lamb,
Kenneth Bruce Laughlin, Jay Lebed, Say-Peng
Lim, Clifford Lopate, Elizabeth Laura
Mackie, Brock Armand Miller, Charles
Godwin Moore, Thomas Sims Newlin,
Christina Hull Paxson, Kathryn Elizabeth
Pearson, Jeffrey Stephen Purinton, Thomas
Fullagar Shipley, Amy Elizabeth Singer, Paula
Vene Smith, Ellen Hall Starbird, Raymond

227

Awards and Distinctions

Chien Sun, Marc David Tischler, Craig
Steven Tyle, Janet Elizabeth Vultee, Rachel
A. Walpole, Joel Cutler Wesson, William
Joseph Weston, Thomas I. Whitman,
Barbara Ann Wismer, Jennifer Wright, KingYuen Yik.

SIGMA XI:
Roxanne Bartel, Geoffrey Brown, Letitia
Carlson, Erik Cheever, Christopher Chyba,
David Clemens, Bruce Edgar, Sharon
Eisenstadt, Daniel Fisher, Robert Fisher,
Denise Gabuzda, Elisabeth Gray, Randall

Groh, Dianna Hannigan, Alison Heald,
Marilyn Howarth, William Kirby, Jean Marie
Kundel, Kenneth Laughlin, Jay Lebed,
Benjamin Leeman, Lee Leitner, Say-Peng
Lim, Clifford Lopate, Sarah Sargent, Martha
Sielman, Leslie Sheriff, Thomas Shipley,
Linda Stathoplos, Marc Tischler, Mara
Weitzman, Joel Wesson, Colin Wightman.

TAUBETA PI:
Geoffrey M. Brown, David T. Clemens, Gary
S. Glessner, Matthew Nelson, Archibald A.
Owen

FELLOWSHIPS
Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship to Jeffrey
Purinton *82
The Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship to Carl
Moor ’83
The General Electric Foundation Graduate
Fellowship to Donna Gresh ’83
The Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet
Scholarship to Michael Nicholas ’86
Friends o f Music and Dance Summer Fellowships:
for music, Elizabeth Neiman '82, Fred
Thomsen '83; for dance, Anna Reedy '83,
Caroline Rich '84
Phi Beta Kappa Fellowship to Jeffrey
Purinton '82
The Eugene M. Lang Alumni Fellowship to
Peter Blair '73
The Hannah A. Leedom Fellowship to Maurice

Foley '82, Daniel Gordon '82, John
McKinstry '81
The Joshua Lippincott Fellowship to Debra
Comer '82, John Eckert '82, William
Sailer '82
The John Lockwood Memorial Fellowship to
William Weston '82
The Thomas B. McCabe, Jr. and Yvonne Motley
McCabe Memorial Fellowship to Emily
Levy '80
The Lucretia Mott Fellowship to Jennifer
Knapp '82
The J. Roland Pennock Undergraduate
Fellowship in Public Affairs to Roger
Moore '83
The Martha E. Tyson Fellowship to Alice Jones
'82

AW ARDS AND PRIZES
The Academy o f American Poets Prize to
Shoshana Kerewsky '83
The Adams Prize in Quantitative Economics to
Brian Cromwell '82
The Stanley Adamson Prize in Chemistry to
Ellen Anderson '83
American Chemical Society Award to Ken
Laughlin '82
American Institute o f Chemists Award to Letitia
Carlson '82
The Brand Blanshard Prize to John
Duvivier '82
The Heinrich W. Brinkmann Mathematics Prize
to Kathryn Lesh '83
The Alice L. Crossley Prize to Sabina Beg '83
The Flack Achievement Award to Robert
Geraci '84

228

The Dorothy Ditter Gondos Award to Paula V.
Smith '82
The John Russell Hays Poetry Prizes: for
translation, Roger Westerman '84; for
original poetry, Paula V. Smith '82
The Philip M. Hicks Prizes to Leslie Baker '82,
Paula V. Smith '82
The Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion to Kent
George '82
The Ivy Award to John Duvivier '82
The Kwink Trophy to Patrick Holmes '82,
Philip Joson '82
The M cCabe Engineering Award to David
Clemens '82
The Lois Morrell Poetry Award to Shoshana
Kerewsky '83

The A. Edward Newton Library Prizes: first
prize, Roger Latham ’83; second prize, David
Boltson ’82; third prize, Andrew
Bradbury ’82
The O ak L eaf Award to Jennifer Rubin ’82
The May E. Parry Memorial Award to Monica
Haley ’82, Barbara Wismer ’82
The Drew Pearson Prize to David
Uhlmann ’84

The John W. Perdue Memorial Prize to Clyde
W. Carpenter ’83
The William Plummer Potter Public Speaking
Fund Prizes: first prize, Hannah Brown ’84;
second prize, Shoshana Kerewsky ’83; third
prize, Ali Crolius ’83
The Scott Award at Swarthmore to Patrick
Holmes ’82, Michael Selby ’82

229

Enrollment Statistics

E N R O L L M E N T O F S T U D E N T S B Y C L A S S E S 1 9 8 1 -8 2

Seniors
Juniors
Sophomores
Freshmen

Graduate Students
Special Students
TOTAL

MEN
197
162
165
177

WOMEN
143
136
166
141

TOTAL
340
298
331
318

701

586

1287

0
10

1
17

1
27

711

604

1315

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF STUDENTS 1981-82
New York .......................... 256
Pennsylvania ....................235
New Jersey .........................124
Maryland .............................91
California .............................78
Massachusetts .................... 56
Connecticut .........................53
V irginia................................. 34
Delaware...............................30
Ohio ......................................28
District of Columbia . . . . 24
T e x a s ..................................... 23
Illin o is................................. 19
M ichigan............................. 16
Colorado .......................... 13
Washington ...................... 13
Florida ............................... 12
Minnesota ........................ 11
Wisconsin ....................... 10
Maine ......................................9
Missouri ................................. 9
Indiana ................................... 8
New M e x ico ...........................8
Tennessee............................... 8
V erm o n t................................. 8
G eo rg ia....................................7
North Carolina .................... 7
New Hampshire .....................7
Oregon ............................
6

230

West Virginia . . . .
K ansas......................
Iowa ........................
Oklahoma .............
Rhode Island .........
South Carolina . . .
Kentucky ...............
Utah ........................
A labam a..................
A rizon a....................
A rkansas..................
Louisiana ...............
Nevada ....................
A lask a......................
H awaii......................
Idaho ........................
Mississippi .............
Puerto Rico ...........
South D ak o ta.........

........... 6
........... 5
........... 4
........... 4
...........4
........... 4
........... 3
........... 3
........... 2
........... 2
........... 2
........... 2
........... 2
........... 1
........... 1
........... 1
........... 1
........... 1
........... 1

Total U .S.A. . . . . . 1252

England................. ...............8
Canada ................. ............... 5
G reece................... ............... 5
Malaysia ............... ...............4
China ................................... 3
Barbados............... ............... 2

B olivia......................................2
Hong K o n g ............................. 2
India ........................................2
Indonesia ............................... 2
Ita ly ..........................................2
Ja p a n ........................................2
Argentina ............................. 1
Austria ................................. 1
Bangladesh .................
1
B razil..................................... 1
E gyp t..................................... 1
E th o p ia ................................. 1
Finland ................................. 1
Ghana ................................... 1
Jamaica ................................. 1
Lebanon ...................
1
Mexico ................................. 1
Netherlands ........................ 1
Pakistan ............................... 1
P e ru ....................................... 1
Portugal ............................... 1
Singapore ............................ 1
Swaziland ............................. 1
West Germany .................. 1
Total from Abroad .........57
GRAND TO TAL . . . . 1309

Index

Absence from examinations, 53
Academic honesty, 53
Administration and staff, 213
ADMISSION PROCEDURE, 17
Application dates, 18
Scholastic Aptitude and Achievement
Tests, 18
School subjects recommended, 17
Advanced Degrees, 56
Advanced Placement, 19
Advanced Standing, 19
Advising, 36
Alumni Association Officers, 197
Alumni Council, 197
Alumni Office, 36
Ancient History and Civilization, 88
Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural
Foundation, 13
Art History, 65
Arts Center, 10
Arts, Studio, 38, 68
Asian Studies, 70
Astronomy, 72
Athletic fields, see map
Athletics, 39, 159
Attachments to Courses, 46
Attendance at Classes, 52
Automobiles, regulations 37
Awards and Distinctions, 227
Awards and Prizes, 58
Bachelor o f Arts Degree, 56
Bachelor o f Science Degree, 56
Bequests, 10
Biology, 74
Black Cultural Center, 34
Black Studies, 80
Board o f Managers, 193
Committees of, 195
Botany, see Biology
Calendar, College, 5, 6
Career Planning and Placement, 36
Center for Social and Policy Studies, 11
Chemistry, 82
Chinese, 141
Classics, 86
College Entrance Examinations, 18
College, committees of, 212
College jobs, 23
Comprehensive Examinations, 43, 56
Computing Center, 10
Cooper (William J.) Foundation, 12
Cooperation with neighboring institutions, 49

Corporation, officers of, 193
Courses o f Instruction, 62
Course Program, 41
Creative Arts, 49
Curriculum, 41
Dance, 39, 153
Degree Requirements, 56
Degrees offered, 56
Degrees conferred, 223
Dining Hall, 33
Directed Reading, 46
Directions for Correspondence, 2
Directions for reaching the College, 240
Distinction in Course, 44
Distribution requirements, 42
Division Chairs, 212
Dormitories, 33
Drama, 39, 108
DuPont (Pierre S .) Science Building, 10
Economics, 91
Education, 98
Education Abroad, 49
Emeritus Professors, 200
Endowed Professorships, 14
Endowment, 10
Engineering, 101
English Literature, 108
Enrollment statistics, 230
Equal Opportunity Office, 216
Equal Opportunity Statement, 2
Examination regulations, 53
Exceptions to the four-year program, 45
Exclusion from College, 55
Expenses, 20
External Examination
(Honors) Program, 41, 44
Extra-curricular activities, 38
Faculty advisors, 36, 42, 43
Faculty, committees of, 211
Faculty members, 200
Faculty Regulations, 52
Fees (tuition, residence, etc.) 20, 57
Fellowships, 60
Financial Aid, 22
Fine Arts, see Art History
Foreign students, 230
Formats o f Instruction, 46
Fraternities, 39
French, 141
Friends Historical Library, 11
Friends Meeting, 34

231

Index

Geographical distribution of Students, 230
German, 143
Gifts, 10
Grades, 52
Graduate study, 56
Graduation requirements, 56
(see also Distribution requirements)
Greek, 87
Grenoble Program, 50
Handicapped Student Services, 33, 35, 45
Health care, 34
Health Sciences Advisory Program, 48
History, 118
Honors Program,
(See External Examination Program)
Honors Examiners, 45, 221
Housing, 33
Information Services Office, 36
Insurance, 20
Interdisciplinary work, 47
International Relations, 126
Judicial Bodies, 37
Lang Music Building, 10, 38
Language Laboratory, 11
Latin, 87
Leaves o f Absence, 54
Libraries, 11
Linguistics, 127
Literature Program, 129
Loans to students, 23
Madrid Program, 50
Map o f College grounds, 238
Martin Biological Laboratory, 10
Master’s degrees, 56, 177
Mathematics, 130
McCabe Library, 11
Medieval Studies, 136
Modern Languages and Literatures, 137
Music, 38, 149
Music, performance, 150, 152
Normal Course Load, 46
Observatory, 10, 72
Papazian Hall, 10
Philosophy, 155
Physical Education and Athletics, 159
Physical Education requirements, 54, 159
Physics, 161
Plan o f College grounds, 238
Political Science, 165

232

Practical work, 47
Pre-medical Program, 48
Prizes, 58
PROGRAM O F STUDY, 41
Freshmen and Sophomores, 42
Juniors and Seniors, 43
External Examination (Honors) Program, 44
Psychological Services, 34
Psychology, 172
Public Policy, 178
Registration, 53
Religion, 180
Religious life, 8, 34
Requirements for Admission, 17
Requirements for Graduation, 56
(see also Distribution requirements)
Residence, regulations, 33
Russian, 146
Scholarships, 23
Scholastic Aptitude Test, 18
Scott Horticultural Foundation, 12
Sharpies Dining Hall, 33
Social Committee, 38
Sociology and Anthropology, 185
Spanish, 147
Special Major, 43
Sproul Observatory, 10, 72
Student conduct, 37
Student-run courses, 46
Student Council, 37
Student employment, 23
Student Exchange Programs, 49
Study Abroad, 49
Summer school work, 54
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, 12
Tarble Social Center, 34
Theatre, Courses in, 108
Transfer, application for, 19
Tuition and other fees, 20, 57
Tutorials, 46
Upward Bound, 39
Visiting Examiners, 221
Vocational Advising, 36
Wilcox (Florence) Gallery, 10
Withdrawal and Readmission
for Health Reasons, 35
Women’s Center, 34
Worth Health Center, 35
Writing Courses, 49

Divisions and Departments
l.

DIVISION O F THE HUMANITIES
Helen F. North, Chair

Art

Modern Languages,

T. Kaori Kitao, Acting Chairperson

Francis P. Tafoya, Chairman

Classics,

Music,

Helen F. North, Chairman

James D. Freeman, Chairman (fall)
Patricia Wityk Boyer, Acting Chairman (spring)

English Literature,
Susan Snyder, Acting Chairman

Philosophy,

History,

Hugh M. Lacey, Chairman

Robert C. Bannister, Chairman

Psychology,

Linguistics (Program),

Jeanne Marecek, Acting Department Head

Alfred H. Bloom, Program Director

Religion,

Mathematics,

P. Linwood Urban, Jr., Chair (fall)
Patrick Henry, Acting Chair (spring)

J. Edward Skeath, Chairman

II.

DIVISION O F THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
Kenneth G. Lieberthal, Chair

Economics,

Mathematics,

Bernard Saffran, Chairman

J. Edward Skeath, Chairman

Education (Program),

Philosophy,

Robert J. Gross, Acting Program Director

Hugh M. Lacey, Chairman

Engineering,

Political Science,

H. Searl Dunn, Chairman

History,

David G. Smith, Chairman

Psychology,

Robert C. Bannister, Chairman

Jeanne Marecek, Acting Department Head

Linguistics (Program),

Sociology and Anthropology,

Alfred H. Bloom, Program Director

III.

Steven I. Piker, Chairman

DIVISION O F THE N ATU RA L SCIENCES AND ENGINEERING
David L. Bowler, Chair

Astronomy,

Mathematics,

John E. Gaustad, Chairman

J. Edward Skeath, Chairman

Biology,

Philosophy,

John B. Jenkins, Chairman

Hugh M. Lacey, Chairman

Chemistry,

Physics,

Peter T. Thompson, Chairman

John R. Boccio, Chairman

Engineering,

Psychology,

H. Searl Dunn, Chairman

Jeanne Marecek, Acting Department Head

Campus Map
• ÄVfe
Z.VWL
1« ® !

P. Ä
w te

ig i
£3$

.v&S#
ss
«

«g 5ß s*i

fe^lll
tsilfiS

'*Q&

* K ri> 4 i

^WB|B>ay?1
L
•‘vxw i& t.
,

7

T W

m W

Explanation of Buildings
1. P a r rish H a ll— A dm issions O ffice,
2.
3.

4.
5.

6.

W ilc o x Gallery, administration offices, business
offices, classrooms, and dormitory
P a r rish A n n e x —Faculty offices
S c o t t F o u n d a tio n B u ild in g —R elief map o f campus
H a ll B u ild in g — D a n ce Studios and Security O ffice
L a n g M u s ic B u ild in g — U n d erh ill M u sic Library, dance, music
M a r t in B io lo g ic a l L a b o r a to r y a n d A n im a l L a b o r a to r y —Biology, religion, and
language laboratory

7 . C o r n e ll S c ie n c e L ib ra r y

8.
9.
10.

D u P o n t S c ie n c e B u ild in g —Chemistry,
B e a rd sle y H a ll— C om puter C en ter

mathematics, and physics
and Center for Social and Policy Studies

H ic k s H a ll — Engineering

1 1 . T r o t t e r H a ll— A r t h is to r y a n d s o c ia l s c ie n c e s
1 2 . A r t s C e n t e r —Pearson

Theatre, drama, and studio arts
philosophy, psychology, and engineering laboratories

1 3 . Pap azian H a ll —Linguistics,
1 4 . F rie n d s M e e tin g H o u s e

238

iäslfyS

f ll

111
m
m
P

1 &M .

M
M ;
m
1 WC:

o

lif e

$s®
imuter Station

H l

Dormitories and Residences

1 5 . W h it t ie r H o u se

2 4 . T e n n is C o u r t s

1 6 . S c o t t H o r tic u ltu r a l
F o u n d a tio n O f f ic e

2 5 . C u n n in g h a m F ie ld s

1.

P a r rish H all

2 6 . C lo th ie r F ie ld s

A.

D a n a D o r m ito r y

1 7 . W is t e r G r e e n h o u s e

2 7 . B arn
2 8 . L a m b -M ille r F ie ld H o u se —

B.
C.

H a llo w e ll D o r m ito r y

1 8 . M c C a b e L ib ra r y

19.
20.
21.

22.

T a r b le S o c ia l C e n te r
W o r t h H e a lth C e n te r
B e n ja m in

W e s t H o u se—

2 9 . T a r b le P a v illio n —

Physical

education
3 0 . W a r e S w im m in g P o o l

B o n d M e m o r ia l and
L o d g e s— Alice Paul

3 4 . F r a te r n ity a n d S o c i a l L o d g e s

R o b in s o n H o u s e —

Cultural Center

3 1 . S q u ash C o u rts

E . W o r t h D o r m ito r y

F.
6.

M ertz H all
P a lm e r H all

H . P itte n g e r H all

3 2 . S e r v ic e B u ild in g

I . R o b e r t s H all

3 3 . H e a tin g P la n t

3 5 . S h a r p ie s D in in g H all
3 6 . C lo th ie r M e m o r ia l—

Auditorium

3 7 . S p r o u l O b s e r v a to r y — Astronomy

Black

W h a r to n H a ll

D . W ille t s D o r m ito r y

Birthplace o f Benjamin
West (designated a
national historical
landmark) and
faculty residence

Women’s Center,
dormitory space,
and meeting rooms

23.

Physical education

3 8 . S c o t t O u t d o o r A u d ito r iu m

J.

M a ry L y o n B u ild in g s

K . A s h t o n H o u se

L

W o o lm a n H o u se

M . P r o fe s s o r s ’ H o u se s
N . E m p lo y e e s ’ H o u se s
O . C o u r t n e y S m ith H o u se

239

Directions for Reaching
Swarthmore College
DRIVING
FROM THE NORTH
Follow NJ Turnpike South to PA Turnpike.
FROM THE PA TURNPIKE
Take Exit 24 (Valley Forge) and follow signs to Schuylkill
Expressway (Interstate 76). Take Route 3 2 0 South for 14.5
miles to College Avenue. Turn right on College Avenue.
FROM THE SOUTH
Follow Interstate 95 North and take the PA Route 3 2 0 Exit
in Chester, Pa. Follow PA Route 3 2 0 north for 4.1 miles to
College Avenue. Turn left on College Avenue.

TRAIN
The College is readily accessible from Philadelphia by train.
Amtrak trains from New York and Washington arrive
hourly at Philadelphia’s 30th Street Station. From 30th
Street Station, the ConRail Media Local takes 21 minutes to
reach the campus.

AIR
An express bus runs from the airport to 30th Street Station
where you can take the ConRail Media Local train directly to
the Swarthmore campus. The combined fare is less than
$ 4 .0 0 and the trip requires about one hour. Taxi service is
also available. The fare is approximately $ 18.00 and the trip
requires about 30 minutes.

240

SWARTHMORE COLLEGE
Swarthmore, Pa. 19081
215/447-7000

m
IM fá i

Second-Class Postage Paid
Swarthmore, Pa. 19081
USPS-530-620